AASHTOWare Wiki mdotwiki_aashtoware_35 https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page MediaWiki 1.35.2 first-letter Media Special Talk User User talk testnamespace2 testnamespace2 talk File File talk MediaWiki MediaWiki talk Template Template talk Help Help talk Category Category talk Module Module talk Gadget Gadget talk Gadget definition Gadget definition talk 0 1 1 2019-11-22T19:03:05Z MediaWiki default 0 wikitext text/x-wiki <strong>MediaWiki has been installed.</strong> Consult the [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents User's Guide] for information on using the wiki software. == Getting started == * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Configuration_settings Configuration settings list] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:FAQ MediaWiki FAQ] * [https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/mediawiki-announce MediaWiki release mailing list] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Localisation#Translation_resources Localise MediaWiki for your language] * [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Combating_spam Learn how to combat spam on your wiki] 5702e4d5fd9173246331a889294caf01a3ad3706 49 1 2021-07-07T19:35:17Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki <center><font color="red"><font size="48">UNDER CONSTRUCTION</font></font></center> <br></br> <center><font color="blue"><font size="24">Coming soon the new AASHTOWare Wiki</font></font></center> 4f4fb9c6c27c065138ac28f264264556cacf2ed4 50 49 2021-07-07T19:51:15Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki <center><font color="red"><font size="48">UNDER CONSTRUCTION</font></font></center> <br></br> <center><font color="blue"><font size="24">Coming soon the new AASHTOWare Wiki</font></font></center> <div style="text-align: right; direction: ltr; margin-left: 1em;">♞</div> 9f039fccc73c5334ffac90b8ba6fdceb9a83d2fb 0 3 3 2020-11-16T13:55:15Z McGowanR 4 Test Page 1 wikitext text/x-wiki This is Test Page 1 4bda1c43ba7ef352395460830ede1946c0fb4354 4 3 2020-11-16T13:58:53Z McGowanR 4 New Content Revision History Test wikitext text/x-wiki This is Test Page 1 Adding new content for Revision History Test 617ea346d8a400bd77b931db46b7c10d58cb8824 8 4 5 2020-11-17T20:36:24Z McGowanR 4 SideBar/Navigation Test 1 wikitext text/x-wiki * navigation ** mainpage|mainpage-description ** recentchanges-url|recentchanges ** randompage-url|randompage ** helppage|help-mediawiki *DWRs *Change Orders * SEARCH * TOOLBOX * LANGUAGES f0fed8e8ae9dfd6a4f3a8b730fbb29a42e101bd6 6 5 2020-11-17T20:37:23Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki * General ** mainpage|mainpage-description ** recentchanges-url|recentchanges ** randompage-url|randompage ** helppage|help-mediawiki * SEARCH * TOOLBOX * LANGUAGES 355aa7dc410a096a29addf22fc1ab65de5744906 7 6 2020-11-17T20:40:38Z McGowanR 4 SideBar Navigation Test 2 wikitext text/x-wiki * Home Page * General Info ** mainpage|mainpage-description ** recentchanges-url|recentchanges ** randompage-url|randompage ** helppage|help-mediawiki * DWRs * Change Orders * Materials * Pay Estimates * Misc. Contract Management * Training * SEARCH * TOOLBOX * LANGUAGES 5f29ed8a1de1511dc65d5e7a5434be0044daae19 8 7 2020-11-17T21:02:29Z McGowanR 4 Expanding DWR Section of Sidebar wikitext text/x-wiki * Home Page * General Info ** mainpage|mainpage-description ** recentchanges-url|recentchanges ** randompage-url|randompage ** helppage|help-mediawiki * DWRs ** Creating DWRs ** DWR Approval Process ** Advanced DWR Functions * Change Orders * Materials * Pay Estimates * Misc. Contract Management * Training * SEARCH * TOOLBOX * LANGUAGES 8c8f1cf2d11f12d58e78a8eeb1b725899a56e7c9 10 8 2020-11-17T21:05:45Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki * Home Page * General Info ** mainpage|mainpage-description ** recentchanges-url|recentchanges ** randompage-url|randompage ** helppage|help-mediawiki * DWRs **Creating DWRs|Creating DWRs * Change Orders * Materials * Pay Estimates * Misc. Contract Management * Training * SEARCH * TOOLBOX * LANGUAGES cf3ce4c16caef4b1f50fd8271b674a6c546c46d9 14 10 2020-11-18T13:30:58Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki * Home Page * General Info ** mainpage|mainpage-description ** recentchanges-url|recentchanges ** randompage-url|randompage ** helppage|help-mediawiki * DWRs **Creating DWRs|Creating DWRs **DWR Approval Process **Advanced DWR Functions * Change Orders * Materials * Pay Estimates * Misc. Contract Management * Training * SEARCH * TOOLBOX * LANGUAGES 388c9527feefce8a2bd8ffac10c3832949ce4018 16 14 2020-11-19T15:18:18Z McGowanR 4 Adding to list UL wikitext text/x-wiki * Home Page * General Info ** mainpage|mainpage-description ** recentchanges-url|recentchanges ** randompage-url|randompage ** helppage|help-mediawiki * DWRs **Creating DWRs|Creating DWRs **DWR Approval Process **Advanced DWR Functions * Change Orders **Creating Change Orders * Materials * Pay Estimates * Misc. Contract Management * Training * SEARCH * TOOLBOX * LANGUAGES 4e7d2fbe26b1ced0c9dd8a713617ac5060080238 44 16 2021-07-07T19:15:19Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki * Home Page * General Info ** mainpage|mainpage-description ** recentchanges-url|recentchanges ** randompage-url|randompage ** helppage|help-mediawiki * DWRs **Creating DWRs|Creating DWRs **DWR Approval Process **Advanced DWR Functions * Change Orders **Creating Change Orders * Reports **Working with Reports|Working with Reports * Materials * Pay Estimates * Misc. Contract Management * Training * SEARCH * TOOLBOX * LANGUAGES dbc78f112ad517018615d9628ec29cb5541734c5 45 44 2021-07-07T19:17:19Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki * Home Page * General Info ** mainpage|mainpage-description ** recentchanges-url|recentchanges ** randompage-url|randompage ** helppage|help-mediawiki * DWRs ** Creating DWRs|Creating DWRs ** DWR Approval Process ** Advanced DWR Functions * Change Orders ** Creating Change Orders * Reports ** Working with Reports|Working with Reports * Materials * Pay Estimates * Misc. Contract Management * Training * SEARCH * TOOLBOX * LANGUAGES c5dab31ec03e83bf1c4d0c5a665c2753325d7710 46 45 2021-07-07T19:19:17Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki *Home Page *General Info **mainpage|mainpage-description **recentchanges-url|recentchanges **randompage-url|randompage **helppage|help-mediawiki *DWRs **Creating DWRs|Creating DWRs **DWR Approval Process **Advanced DWR Functions *Change Orders **Creating Change Orders *Reports **Working with Reports|Working with Reports *Materials *Pay Estimates *Misc. Contract Management *Training *SEARCH *TOOLBOX *LANGUAGES 4e0a6fd6c955d2370b58d675d468b4ed988dca80 47 46 2021-07-07T19:20:34Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki *Home Page *General Info **mainpage|mainpage-description **recentchanges-url|recentchanges **randompage-url|randompage **helppage|help-mediawiki *DWRs **Creating DWRs|Creating DWRs ***DWR Approval Process ***Advanced DWR Functions *Change Orders **Creating Change Orders *Reports **Working with Reports|Working with Reports *Materials *Pay Estimates *Misc. Contract Management *Training *SEARCH *TOOLBOX *LANGUAGES 2dddd812edee8397f42de2d6f52cd0f7a1473145 48 47 2021-07-07T19:21:15Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki *Home Page *General Info **mainpage|mainpage-description **recentchanges-url|recentchanges **randompage-url|randompage **helppage|help-mediawiki *DWRs **Creating DWRs|Creating DWRs **DWR Approval Process **Advanced DWR Functions *Change Orders **Creating Change Orders *Reports **Working with Reports|Working with Reports *Materials *Pay Estimates *Misc. Contract Management *Training *SEARCH *TOOLBOX *LANGUAGES 4e0a6fd6c955d2370b58d675d468b4ed988dca80 51 48 2021-07-12T13:28:09Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki *Home Page *General Info **mainpage|mainpage-description **recentchanges-url|recentchanges **randompage-url|randompage **helppage|help-mediawiki *General Navigation *Access and Roles *Maintaining Your Contract **Maintaining Contract Items **Maintaining Users Access To Your Contract **Maintaining General Contract Information **Sub Contracts **Contractor Performance Reviews *DWRs **Creating DWRs|Creating DWRs **DWR Approval Process **Advanced DWR Functions *Change Orders **Creating Change Orders *Reports **Working with Reports|Working with Reports *Pay Estimates **Creating a Pay Estimate **Pay Estimate Approval Process *Materials **Maintaining Contract Materials **Material Approvals *Misc. Contract Management **Running Reports *Training **Contract Quick Start Guide *SEARCH *TOOLBOX *LANGUAGES db4a6fbd4bc7aa9c4b0632109d8b9d91233ff692 52 51 2021-07-12T13:32:20Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki *Home Page *General Info **mainpage|mainpage-description **recentchanges-url|recentchanges **randompage-url|randompage **helppage|help-mediawiki *General Navigation *Access and Roles *Maintaining Your Contract **Maintaining Contract Items|randompage **Maintaining Users Access To Your Contract|randompage **Maintaining General Contract Information|randompage **Sub Contracts|randompage **Contractor Performance Reviews|randompage *DWRs **Creating DWRs|Creating DWRs **DWR Approval Process **Advanced DWR Functions *Change Orders **Creating Change Orders *Reports **Working with Reports|Working with Reports *Pay Estimates **Creating a Pay Estimate **Pay Estimate Approval Process *Materials **Maintaining Contract Materials **Material Approvals *Misc. Contract Management **Running Reports *Training **Contract Quick Start Guide *SEARCH *TOOLBOX *LANGUAGES f0bf789cdd44324eaf9b268f9464b1bfd38cda7c 53 52 2021-07-12T13:32:51Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki *Home Page *General Info **mainpage|mainpage-description **recentchanges-url|recentchanges **randompage-url|randompage **helppage|help-mediawiki *General Navigation *Access and Roles *Maintaining Your Contract **Maintaining Contract Items|Working with Reports **Maintaining Users Access To Your Contract|Working with Reports **Maintaining General Contract Information|Working with Reports **Sub Contracts|randompage **Contractor Performance Reviews|Working with Reports *DWRs **Creating DWRs|Creating DWRs **DWR Approval Process **Advanced DWR Functions *Change Orders **Creating Change Orders *Reports **Working with Reports|Working with Reports *Pay Estimates **Creating a Pay Estimate **Pay Estimate Approval Process *Materials **Maintaining Contract Materials **Material Approvals *Misc. Contract Management **Running Reports *Training **Contract Quick Start Guide *SEARCH *TOOLBOX *LANGUAGES 010ce05bebfd7724233ba7c646a0c396f73b848f 54 53 2021-07-12T13:34:38Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki *Home Page *General Info **mainpage|mainpage-description **recentchanges-url|recentchanges **randompage-url|randompage **helppage|help-mediawiki *General Navigation *Access and Roles *Maintaining Your Contract **Maintaining Contract Items **Maintaining Users Access To Your Contract **Maintaining General Contract Information **Sub Contracts| **Contractor Performance Reviews *DWRs **Creating DWRs|Creating DWRs **DWR Approval Process **Advanced DWR Functions *Change Orders **Creating Change Orders *Reports **Working with Reports|Working with Reports *Pay Estimates **Creating a Pay Estimate **Pay Estimate Approval Process *Materials **Maintaining Contract Materials **Material Approvals *Misc. Contract Management **Running Reports *Training **Contract Quick Start Guide *SEARCH *TOOLBOX *LANGUAGES dcc20167758b1de1787f3433738510badc617425 55 54 2021-07-12T13:41:11Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *Home Page *General Info **mainpage|mainpage-description **recentchanges-url|recentchanges **randompage-url|randompage **helppage|help-mediawiki *General Navigation *Access and Roles *Maintaining Your Contract **Maintaining Contract Items **Maintaining Users Access To Your Contract **Maintaining General Contract Information **Sub Contracts| **Contractor Performance Reviews *DWRs|Creating DWRs **Creating DWRs|Creating DWRs **DWR Approval Process **Advanced DWR Functions *Change Orders **Creating Change Orders *Reports **Working with Reports|Working with Reports *Pay Estimates **Creating a Pay Estimate **Pay Estimate Approval Process *Materials **Maintaining Contract Materials **Material Approvals *Misc. Contract Management **Running Reports *Training **Contract Quick Start Guide *SEARCH *TOOLBOX *LANGUAGES 615f237f151847c8ffbce770ae742eafa1c90c0b 0 5 9 2020-11-17T21:03:32Z McGowanR 4 Created blank page wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 11 9 2020-11-17T21:11:13Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki #Test ##Test e53a710eda662db841144b98395ab5c89889ef68 12 11 2020-11-17T21:12:28Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki ==[[#Test|Test]]== ==[[#Test|Test]]== ==[[#Test|Test]]== 81b037d51d1a0348e3f5881c09483eb035f91282 13 12 2020-11-17T21:13:31Z McGowanR 4 /* Test */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==[[#Test|Test]]== ===[[#Test|Test]]=== ==[[#Test|Test]]== ==[[#Test|Test]]== 469ee1e1287d11a9972de0caed696d36ff2b9e4d 15 13 2020-11-19T15:16:37Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki ==[[#Test|Test]]== ===[[#Test|Test]]=== ==[[#Test|Test]]== ==[[#Test|Test]]== This Test content 9d4b6c3082a0cb280ae65235aa1e75eea50e1e4a 0 6 17 2020-11-20T15:40:41Z McGowanR 4 Created page with "==Working with Reports== You can generate reports from any page in the system by clicking the Actions menu on the Menu Bar and then clicking Generate Report. Reports are avail..." wikitext text/x-wiki ==Working with Reports== You can generate reports from any page in the system by clicking the Actions menu on the Menu Bar and then clicking Generate Report. Reports are available to you through the security settings of your active role and by agency customizations to the application. As a result, some reports might not be available to you. ===Generating A Report=== 1. Select Generate Report from the Actions menu on the Menu Bar. The system takes you to the Generate Report component, which lists all the reports you can generate. 2. In the list of reports, Search for a report using a keyword in the name of the report and Click the row for the Report you want to generate. The system adds a green check mark beside the report you selected and automatically takes you to the Select Data page. 3. If data is required, it will be noted on the Select Data page. The system displays a Quick Find search box for locating the appropriate type of data for the report. Type criteria in the Quick Find search box, or click Show first 10. The system displays a list of all the records in the system that match your search criteria. Select the records you want to include in the report. If you want to select all records that match your search criteria, click the Select: All option. 4. If you need to select parameters for generating the report, select Set Parameters from the Settings menu on the component subheader or select the Next Arrow. The system displays parameter options for the selected report. Select appropriate options in the parameters window. 5. By default, reports are generated in PDF format. If you want your report generated in HTML format, select Output Options from the Settings menu on the component subheader, and click the option labeled Generate as HTML. 6. Click the Execute button on the component header. The system generates the report and displays it in a new browser window. Use your browser's print function to print the report if you need a printed copy. (If you selected the option to generate the report in HTML format, the system displays a file Download window. Click the Open button, and the system displays the HTML report in a new browser window.) bc11e967c0486ac8a54ced7e97e5fbbdf1a1e6e9 18 17 2020-11-20T15:47:12Z McGowanR 4 /* Generating A Report */ Test image upload wikitext text/x-wiki ==Working with Reports== You can generate reports from any page in the system by clicking the Actions menu on the Menu Bar and then clicking Generate Report. Reports are available to you through the security settings of your active role and by agency customizations to the application. As a result, some reports might not be available to you. ===Generating A Report=== 1. Select Generate Report from the Actions menu on the Menu Bar. The system takes you to the Generate Report component, which lists all the reports you can generate. [[File:TestNinjaturtles2.jpg|thumb|center]] 2. In the list of reports, Search for a report using a keyword in the name of the report and Click the row for the Report you want to generate. The system adds a green check mark beside the report you selected and automatically takes you to the Select Data page. 3. If data is required, it will be noted on the Select Data page. The system displays a Quick Find search box for locating the appropriate type of data for the report. Type criteria in the Quick Find search box, or click Show first 10. The system displays a list of all the records in the system that match your search criteria. Select the records you want to include in the report. If you want to select all records that match your search criteria, click the Select: All option. 4. If you need to select parameters for generating the report, select Set Parameters from the Settings menu on the component subheader or select the Next Arrow. The system displays parameter options for the selected report. Select appropriate options in the parameters window. 5. By default, reports are generated in PDF format. If you want your report generated in HTML format, select Output Options from the Settings menu on the component subheader, and click the option labeled Generate as HTML. 6. Click the Execute button on the component header. The system generates the report and displays it in a new browser window. Use your browser's print function to print the report if you need a printed copy. (If you selected the option to generate the report in HTML format, the system displays a file Download window. Click the Open button, and the system displays the HTML report in a new browser window.) d55717dbb9d09a96832d06e35222e2f2c5a933cb 19 18 2020-11-20T16:35:23Z McGowanR 4 Test picture and note box wikitext text/x-wiki ==Working with Reports== You can generate reports from any page in the system by clicking the Actions menu on the Menu Bar and then clicking Generate Report. Reports are available to you through the security settings of your active role and by agency customizations to the application. As a result, some reports might not be available to you. ===Generating A Report=== 1. Select Generate Report from the Actions menu on the Menu Bar. The system takes you to the Generate Report component, which lists all the reports you can generate. [[File:TestNinjaturtles2.jpg|thumb|center]] 2. In the list of reports, Search for a report using a keyword in the name of the report and Click the row for the Report you want to generate. <div style="overflow:auto; height:200px; width:400px"> {| class="wikitable" style="background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Report names that are followed by (*) will use data from all contracts regardless of contracts selected in step 3. |- |} </div> The system adds a green check mark beside the report you selected and automatically takes you to the Select Data page. 3. If data is required, it will be noted on the Select Data page. The system displays a Quick Find search box for locating the appropriate type of data for the report. Type criteria in the Quick Find search box, or click Show first 10. The system displays a list of all the records in the system that match your search criteria. Select the records you want to include in the report. If you want to select all records that match your search criteria, click the Select: All option. 4. If you need to select parameters for generating the report, select Set Parameters from the Settings menu on the component subheader or select the Next Arrow. The system displays parameter options for the selected report. Select appropriate options in the parameters window. 5. By default, reports are generated in PDF format. If you want your report generated in HTML format, select Output Options from the Settings menu on the component subheader, and click the option labeled Generate as HTML. 6. Click the Execute button on the component header. The system generates the report and displays it in a new browser window. Use your browser's print function to print the report if you need a printed copy. (If you selected the option to generate the report in HTML format, the system displays a file Download window. Click the Open button, and the system displays the HTML report in a new browser window.) 99e610292d9805da26811533f82aa21a9aa3da9d 20 19 2020-11-20T16:36:43Z McGowanR 4 /* Generating A Report */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Working with Reports== You can generate reports from any page in the system by clicking the Actions menu on the Menu Bar and then clicking Generate Report. Reports are available to you through the security settings of your active role and by agency customizations to the application. As a result, some reports might not be available to you. ===Generating A Report=== 1. Select Generate Report from the Actions menu on the Menu Bar. The system takes you to the Generate Report component, which lists all the reports you can generate. [[File:TestNinjaturtles2.jpg|thumb|center]] 2. In the list of reports, Search for a report using a keyword in the name of the report and Click the row for the Report you want to generate. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Report names that are followed by (*) will use data from all contracts regardless of contracts selected in step 3. |- |} </div> The system adds a green check mark beside the report you selected and automatically takes you to the Select Data page. 3. If data is required, it will be noted on the Select Data page. The system displays a Quick Find search box for locating the appropriate type of data for the report. Type criteria in the Quick Find search box, or click Show first 10. The system displays a list of all the records in the system that match your search criteria. Select the records you want to include in the report. If you want to select all records that match your search criteria, click the Select: All option. 4. If you need to select parameters for generating the report, select Set Parameters from the Settings menu on the component subheader or select the Next Arrow. The system displays parameter options for the selected report. Select appropriate options in the parameters window. 5. By default, reports are generated in PDF format. If you want your report generated in HTML format, select Output Options from the Settings menu on the component subheader, and click the option labeled Generate as HTML. 6. Click the Execute button on the component header. The system generates the report and displays it in a new browser window. Use your browser's print function to print the report if you need a printed copy. (If you selected the option to generate the report in HTML format, the system displays a file Download window. Click the Open button, and the system displays the HTML report in a new browser window.) 423e99bb50edc28e3eb92d6fa4fd07a9d688ea8a 26 20 2020-11-23T20:37:43Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Working with Reports== You can generate reports from any page in the system by clicking the Actions menu on the Menu Bar and then clicking Generate Report. Reports are available to you through the security settings of your active role and by agency customizations to the application. As a result, some reports might not be available to you. ===Generating A Report=== 1. Select Generate Report from the Actions menu on the Menu Bar. The system takes you to the Generate Report component, which lists all the reports you can generate. [[File:Working with Reports image 1.svg|thumb|center|800px]] 2. In the list of reports, Search for a report using a keyword in the name of the report and Click the row for the Report you want to generate. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Report names that are followed by (*) will use data from all contracts regardless of contracts selected in step 3. |- |} </div> [[File:Working with Reports image 2.svg|thumb|center|800px]] The system adds a green check mark beside the report you selected and automatically takes you to the Select Data page. 3. If data is required, it will be noted on the Select Data page. The system displays a Quick Find search box for locating the appropriate type of data for the report. Type criteria in the Quick Find search box, or click Show first 10. The system displays a list of all the records in the system that match your search criteria. Select the records you want to include in the report. If you want to select all records that match your search criteria, click the Select: All option. [[File:Working with Reports image 3.svg|thumb|center|800px]] 4. If you need to select parameters for generating the report, select Set Parameters from the Settings menu on the component subheader or select the Next Arrow. The system displays parameter options for the selected report. Select appropriate options in the parameters window. [[File:Working with Reports image 4.svg|thumb|center|800px]] 5. By default, reports are generated in PDF format. If you want your report generated in HTML format, select Output Options from the Settings menu on the component subheader, and click the option labeled Generate as HTML. 6. Click the Execute button on the component header. The system generates the report and displays it in a new browser window. Use your browser's print function to print the report if you need a printed copy. (If you selected the option to generate the report in HTML format, the system displays a file Download window. Click the Open button, and the system displays the HTML report in a new browser window.) 83ffb625cac2d1a2f5b3b46b5c13f0f0ca1c76c4 27 26 2020-11-24T13:37:55Z McGowanR 4 /* Generating A Report */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Working with Reports== You can generate reports from any page in the system by clicking the Actions menu on the Menu Bar and then clicking Generate Report. Reports are available to you through the security settings of your active role and by agency customizations to the application. As a result, some reports might not be available to you. ===Generating A Report=== 1. Select Generate Report from the Actions menu on the Menu Bar. The system takes you to the Generate Report component, which lists all the reports you can generate. [[File:Working with Reports image 1.svg|thumb|center|800px]] 2. In the list of reports, Search for a report using a keyword in the name of the report and Click the row for the Report you want to generate. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Report names that are followed by (*) will use data from all contracts regardless of contracts selected in step 3. |- |} </div> [[File:Working with Reports image 2.svg|thumb|center|800px]] The system adds a green check mark beside the report you selected and automatically takes you to the Select Data page. 3. If data is required, it will be noted on the Select Data page. The system displays a Quick Find search box for locating the appropriate type of data for the report. Type criteria in the Quick Find search box, or click Show first 10. The system displays a list of all the records in the system that match your search criteria. Select the records you want to include in the report. If you want to select all records that match your search criteria, click the Select: All option. [[File:Working with Reports image 3.svg|thumb|center|800px]] 4. If you need to select parameters for generating the report, select Set Parameters from the Settings menu on the component subheader or select the Next Arrow. The system displays parameter options for the selected report. Select appropriate options in the parameters window. [[File:Working with Reports image 4.svg|thumb|center|800px]] 5. By default, reports are generated in PDF format. If you want your report generated in HTML format, select Output Options from the Settings menu on the component subheader, and click the option labeled Generate as HTML. 6. Click the Execute button on the component header. The system generates the report and displays it in a new browser window. Use your browser's print function to print the report if you need a printed copy. (If you selected the option to generate the report in HTML format, the system displays a file Download window. Click the Open button, and the system displays the HTML report in a new browser window.) 830f6c4da00f94515dbafa03ced9500dfcf092ef 29 27 2020-11-24T14:50:11Z McGowanR 4 /* Generating A Report */ compare resolution png and svg wikitext text/x-wiki ==Working with Reports== You can generate reports from any page in the system by clicking the Actions menu on the Menu Bar and then clicking Generate Report. Reports are available to you through the security settings of your active role and by agency customizations to the application. As a result, some reports might not be available to you. ===Generating A Report=== 1. Select Generate Report from the Actions menu on the Menu Bar. The system takes you to the Generate Report component, which lists all the reports you can generate. [[File:Working with Reports image 1.svg|thumb|center|800px]] [[File:Working with Reports image 1.png|thumb|center|800px]] 2. In the list of reports, Search for a report using a keyword in the name of the report and Click the row for the Report you want to generate. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Report names that are followed by (*) will use data from all contracts regardless of contracts selected in step 3. |- |} </div> [[File:Working with Reports image 2.svg|thumb|center|800px]] The system adds a green check mark beside the report you selected and automatically takes you to the Select Data page. 3. If data is required, it will be noted on the Select Data page. The system displays a Quick Find search box for locating the appropriate type of data for the report. Type criteria in the Quick Find search box, or click Show first 10. The system displays a list of all the records in the system that match your search criteria. Select the records you want to include in the report. If you want to select all records that match your search criteria, click the Select: All option. [[File:Working with Reports image 3.svg|thumb|center|800px]] 4. If you need to select parameters for generating the report, select Set Parameters from the Settings menu on the component subheader or select the Next Arrow. The system displays parameter options for the selected report. Select appropriate options in the parameters window. [[File:Working with Reports image 4.svg|thumb|center|800px]] 5. By default, reports are generated in PDF format. If you want your report generated in HTML format, select Output Options from the Settings menu on the component subheader, and click the option labeled Generate as HTML. 6. Click the Execute button on the component header. The system generates the report and displays it in a new browser window. Use your browser's print function to print the report if you need a printed copy. (If you selected the option to generate the report in HTML format, the system displays a file Download window. Click the Open button, and the system displays the HTML report in a new browser window.) 38d61202ec9cc80750ca451f647049851a2c9476 30 29 2020-11-24T14:53:13Z McGowanR 4 /* Generating A Report */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Working with Reports== You can generate reports from any page in the system by clicking the Actions menu on the Menu Bar and then clicking Generate Report. Reports are available to you through the security settings of your active role and by agency customizations to the application. As a result, some reports might not be available to you. ===Generating A Report=== 1. Select Generate Report from the Actions menu on the Menu Bar. The system takes you to the Generate Report component, which lists all the reports you can generate. [[File:Working with Reports image 1.svg|center]] [[File:Working with Reports image 1.png|center]] 2. In the list of reports, Search for a report using a keyword in the name of the report and Click the row for the Report you want to generate. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Report names that are followed by (*) will use data from all contracts regardless of contracts selected in step 3. |- |} </div> [[File:Working with Reports image 2.svg|thumb|center|800px]] The system adds a green check mark beside the report you selected and automatically takes you to the Select Data page. 3. If data is required, it will be noted on the Select Data page. The system displays a Quick Find search box for locating the appropriate type of data for the report. Type criteria in the Quick Find search box, or click Show first 10. The system displays a list of all the records in the system that match your search criteria. Select the records you want to include in the report. If you want to select all records that match your search criteria, click the Select: All option. [[File:Working with Reports image 3.svg|thumb|center|800px]] 4. If you need to select parameters for generating the report, select Set Parameters from the Settings menu on the component subheader or select the Next Arrow. The system displays parameter options for the selected report. Select appropriate options in the parameters window. [[File:Working with Reports image 4.svg|thumb|center|800px]] 5. By default, reports are generated in PDF format. If you want your report generated in HTML format, select Output Options from the Settings menu on the component subheader, and click the option labeled Generate as HTML. 6. Click the Execute button on the component header. The system generates the report and displays it in a new browser window. Use your browser's print function to print the report if you need a printed copy. (If you selected the option to generate the report in HTML format, the system displays a file Download window. Click the Open button, and the system displays the HTML report in a new browser window.) ada0bcb55f293f1a3a0cac5266c956662ce1d812 32 30 2020-11-24T14:55:08Z Joe 1 /* Generating A Report */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Working with Reports== You can generate reports from any page in the system by clicking the Actions menu on the Menu Bar and then clicking Generate Report. Reports are available to you through the security settings of your active role and by agency customizations to the application. As a result, some reports might not be available to you. ===Generating A Report=== 1. Select Generate Report from the Actions menu on the Menu Bar. The system takes you to the Generate Report component, which lists all the reports you can generate. [[File:Working with Reports image 1.svg|center]] [[File:Working with Reports image 1.png|center]] [[File:Joe test Capture 11 24.PNG|center]] 2. In the list of reports, Search for a report using a keyword in the name of the report and Click the row for the Report you want to generate. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Report names that are followed by (*) will use data from all contracts regardless of contracts selected in step 3. |- |} </div> [[File:Working with Reports image 2.svg|thumb|center|800px]] The system adds a green check mark beside the report you selected and automatically takes you to the Select Data page. 3. If data is required, it will be noted on the Select Data page. The system displays a Quick Find search box for locating the appropriate type of data for the report. Type criteria in the Quick Find search box, or click Show first 10. The system displays a list of all the records in the system that match your search criteria. Select the records you want to include in the report. If you want to select all records that match your search criteria, click the Select: All option. [[File:Working with Reports image 3.svg|thumb|center|800px]] 4. If you need to select parameters for generating the report, select Set Parameters from the Settings menu on the component subheader or select the Next Arrow. The system displays parameter options for the selected report. Select appropriate options in the parameters window. [[File:Working with Reports image 4.svg|thumb|center|800px]] 5. By default, reports are generated in PDF format. If you want your report generated in HTML format, select Output Options from the Settings menu on the component subheader, and click the option labeled Generate as HTML. 6. Click the Execute button on the component header. The system generates the report and displays it in a new browser window. Use your browser's print function to print the report if you need a printed copy. (If you selected the option to generate the report in HTML format, the system displays a file Download window. Click the Open button, and the system displays the HTML report in a new browser window.) d3557b85f8eb7f6a8bf534a1e93c17ad1257bbfe 33 32 2020-11-24T14:56:27Z Joe 1 /* Generating A Report */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Working with Reports== You can generate reports from any page in the system by clicking the Actions menu on the Menu Bar and then clicking Generate Report. Reports are available to you through the security settings of your active role and by agency customizations to the application. As a result, some reports might not be available to you. ===Generating A Report=== 1. Select Generate Report from the Actions menu on the Menu Bar. The system takes you to the Generate Report component, which lists all the reports you can generate. [[File:Working with Reports image 1.svg|center]] [[File:Working with Reports image 1.png|center]] [[File:Joe test Capture 11 24.PNG|center|750px]] 2. In the list of reports, Search for a report using a keyword in the name of the report and Click the row for the Report you want to generate. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Report names that are followed by (*) will use data from all contracts regardless of contracts selected in step 3. |- |} </div> [[File:Working with Reports image 2.svg|thumb|center|800px]] The system adds a green check mark beside the report you selected and automatically takes you to the Select Data page. 3. If data is required, it will be noted on the Select Data page. The system displays a Quick Find search box for locating the appropriate type of data for the report. Type criteria in the Quick Find search box, or click Show first 10. The system displays a list of all the records in the system that match your search criteria. Select the records you want to include in the report. If you want to select all records that match your search criteria, click the Select: All option. [[File:Working with Reports image 3.svg|thumb|center|800px]] 4. If you need to select parameters for generating the report, select Set Parameters from the Settings menu on the component subheader or select the Next Arrow. The system displays parameter options for the selected report. Select appropriate options in the parameters window. [[File:Working with Reports image 4.svg|thumb|center|800px]] 5. By default, reports are generated in PDF format. If you want your report generated in HTML format, select Output Options from the Settings menu on the component subheader, and click the option labeled Generate as HTML. 6. Click the Execute button on the component header. The system generates the report and displays it in a new browser window. Use your browser's print function to print the report if you need a printed copy. (If you selected the option to generate the report in HTML format, the system displays a file Download window. Click the Open button, and the system displays the HTML report in a new browser window.) af72c7937c5a3c398f02ca18be49035d04fedce2 6 8 22 2020-11-23T20:26:19Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 9 23 2020-11-23T20:27:55Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 10 24 2020-11-23T20:28:17Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 11 25 2020-11-23T20:28:32Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 12 28 2020-11-24T14:47:51Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 13 31 2020-11-24T14:54:34Z Joe 1 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 15 36 2021-06-22T14:49:26Z McGowanR 4 Test Page 2 wikitext text/x-wiki This is a test page * List Item 1 * List Item 2 649b8d4b69bfc48b522dbe52a1f7734074a0c670 37 36 2021-06-22T14:50:21Z McGowanR 4 Deleted Content Test wikitext text/x-wiki This is a test page * List Item 2 d9da91d2da6bf53884abf53a85e344eac1c149d4 38 37 2021-06-22T14:51:34Z McGowanR 4 McGowanR moved page [[Test Page 2]] to [[Test Page 2.1]] wikitext text/x-wiki This is a test page * List Item 2 d9da91d2da6bf53884abf53a85e344eac1c149d4 40 38 2021-06-22T14:53:43Z McGowanR 4 Added Item for rollback Test wikitext text/x-wiki This is a test page * List Item 2 * List Item 3 19ab46eb70533b5342e0c8fe156006e009c116fd 42 40 2021-06-22T14:56:32Z McGowanR 4 File Upload Test wikitext text/x-wiki This is a test page * List Item 2 * List Item 3 [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|thumb]] 8a3ecdf901dc3ad640823831a4796fab305e5b9c 0 16 39 2021-06-22T14:51:34Z McGowanR 4 McGowanR moved page [[Test Page 2]] to [[Test Page 2.1]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Test Page 2.1]] b1e2b56abad94867bf5cbc198bc832b76d9725e7 6 17 41 2021-06-22T14:56:01Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 8 4 56 55 2021-07-12T13:45:09Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki *General Information **Home Page|mainpage-description **General Navigation **Access and Roles *Maintaining Your Contract **Maintaining Contract Items **Maintaining Users Access To Your Contract **Maintaining General Contract Information **Sub Contracts| **Contractor Performance Reviews *DWRs|Creating DWRs **Creating DWRs|Creating DWRs **DWR Approval Process **Advanced DWR Functions *Change Orders **Creating Change Orders *Reports **Working with Reports|Working with Reports *Pay Estimates **Creating a Pay Estimate **Pay Estimate Approval Process *Materials **Maintaining Contract Materials **Material Approvals *Misc. Contract Management **Running Reports *Training **Contract Quick Start Guide *SEARCH *TOOLBOX *LANGUAGES 2a5028b2de00dbd8f9c2c117c3f04db527e5d5ee 57 56 2021-07-12T13:45:54Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki *General Information **mainpage|mainpage-description **General Navigation **Access and Roles *Maintaining Your Contract **Maintaining Contract Items **Maintaining Users Access To Your Contract **Maintaining General Contract Information **Sub Contracts| **Contractor Performance Reviews *DWRs|Creating DWRs **Creating DWRs|Creating DWRs **DWR Approval Process **Advanced DWR Functions *Change Orders **Creating Change Orders *Reports **Working with Reports|Working with Reports *Pay Estimates **Creating a Pay Estimate **Pay Estimate Approval Process *Materials **Maintaining Contract Materials **Material Approvals *Misc. Contract Management **Running Reports *Training **Contract Quick Start Guide *SEARCH *TOOLBOX *LANGUAGES 4f0ac3099a96b73e6a6ebc3bd34407d4283096a8 58 57 2021-07-12T13:46:52Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki *General Information **mainpage|mainpage-description **General Navigation **Access and Roles *Maintaining Your Contract **Maintaining Contract Items **Maintaining Users Access To Your Contract **Maintaining General Contract Information **Sub Contracts| **Contractor Performance Reviews *DWRs|Creating DWRs **Creating DWRs|Creating DWRs **DWR Approval Process **Advanced DWR Functions *Change Orders **Creating Change Orders *Reports **Working with Reports|Working with Reports *Pay Estimates **Creating a Pay Estimate **Pay Estimate Approval Process *Materials **Maintaining Contract Materials **Material Approvals *Misc. Contract Management **Running Reports *Training **Contract Quick Start Guide **Video Library *SEARCH *TOOLBOX *LANGUAGES 75ba70ce4ab8384fe33a7f5777eb1ca38447a2a1 59 58 2021-07-12T13:47:29Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki *General Information **mainpage|mainpage-description **Access and Roles **General Navigation *Maintaining Your Contract **Maintaining Contract Items **Maintaining Users Access To Your Contract **Maintaining General Contract Information **Sub Contracts| **Contractor Performance Reviews *DWRs|Creating DWRs **Creating DWRs|Creating DWRs **DWR Approval Process **Advanced DWR Functions *Change Orders **Creating Change Orders *Reports **Working with Reports|Working with Reports *Pay Estimates **Creating a Pay Estimate **Pay Estimate Approval Process *Materials **Maintaining Contract Materials **Material Approvals *Misc. Contract Management **Running Reports *Training **Contract Quick Start Guide **Video Library *SEARCH *TOOLBOX *LANGUAGES 4eb7ce31a17e9df30c44f555b6ce63e4165f3e7a 60 59 2021-07-12T13:50:20Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki *General Information **mainpage|mainpage-description **Access and Roles **General Navigation *Maintaining Your Contract **Maintaining Contract Items **Maintaining Users Access To Your Contract **Maintaining General Contract Information **Sub Contracts **Contractor Performance Reviews *Daily Work Reports **Creating DWRs|Creating DWRs **DWR Approval Process **Advanced DWR Functions *Change Orders **Creating Change Orders *Reports **Working with Reports|Working with Reports *Pay Estimates **Creating a Pay Estimate **Pay Estimate Approval Process *Materials **Maintaining Contract Materials **Material Approvals *Misc. Contract Management **Running Reports *Training **Contract Quick Start Guide **Video Library *SEARCH *TOOLBOX *LANGUAGES bc92d0d2bf80824210f8b73361d3d476c3ecd8de 61 60 2021-07-12T13:52:57Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki *General Information **mainpage|mainpage-description **Access and Roles **General Navigation *Maintaining Your Contract **Maintaining Contract Items **Maintaining Users Access To Your Contract **Maintaining General Contract Information **Sub Contracts **Contractor Performance Reviews *Daily Work Reports **Creating DWRs|Creating DWRs **DWR Approval Process **Advanced DWR Functions *Change Orders **Creating Change Orders **Change Order Approval Process *Pay Estimates **Creating a Pay Estimate **Pay Estimate Approval Process *Materials **Maintaining Contract Materials **Material Approvals *Misc. Contract Management **Running Reports *Training **Contract Quick Start Guide **Video Library *SEARCH *TOOLBOX *LANGUAGES 6cdbf4155889566de0b0214d5acf26fda2b720d3 81 61 2021-07-15T17:02:06Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki *General Information **mainpage|mainpage-description **Access and Roles **General Navigation *Maintaining Your Contract **Maintaining Contract Items **Maintaining Users Access To Your Contract **Maintaining General Contract Information **Sub Contracts **Contractor Performance Reviews *Daily Work Reports **Creating DWRs|Creating DWRs **DWR Approval Process **Advanced DWR Functions *Change Orders **Creating Change Orders **Change Order Approval Process *Pay Estimates **Creating a Pay Estimate **Pay Estimate Approval Process *Materials **Maintaining Contract Materials **Material Approvals *Misc. Contract Management **Running Reports *Training **Contract Quick Start Guide **Video Library|Video Library *SEARCH *TOOLBOX *LANGUAGES 18a60d30be03ecd12753fb152412d6015c15a4d8 86 81 2021-07-15T18:42:44Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *General Information **mainpage|mainpage-description **Access and Roles **General Navigation|General Navigation *Maintaining Your Contract **Maintaining Contract Items **Maintaining Users Access To Your Contract **Maintaining General Contract Information **Sub Contracts **Contractor Performance Reviews *Daily Work Reports **Creating DWRs|Creating DWRs **DWR Approval Process **Advanced DWR Functions *Change Orders **Creating Change Orders **Change Order Approval Process *Pay Estimates **Creating a Pay Estimate **Pay Estimate Approval Process *Materials **Maintaining Contract Materials **Material Approvals *Misc. Contract Management **Running Reports *Training **Contract Quick Start Guide **Video Library|Video Library *SEARCH *TOOLBOX *LANGUAGES 9fa66965407bd47fd9d2664270d16760de005e81 89 86 2021-08-04T18:35:51Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *General Information **mainpage|mainpage-description **Access and Roles|Access and Roles **General Navigation|General Navigation *Maintaining Your Contract **Maintaining Contract Items **Maintaining Users Access To Your Contract **Maintaining General Contract Information **Sub Contracts **Contractor Performance Reviews *Daily Work Reports **Creating DWRs|Creating DWRs **DWR Approval Process **Advanced DWR Functions *Change Orders **Creating Change Orders **Change Order Approval Process *Pay Estimates **Creating a Pay Estimate **Pay Estimate Approval Process *Materials **Maintaining Contract Materials **Material Approvals *Misc. Contract Management **Running Reports *Training **Contract Quick Start Guide **Video Library|Video Library *SEARCH *TOOLBOX *LANGUAGES 28ac826c8af1f2c042b5ba2dd8dd53be19f1d0a7 6 19 62 2021-07-14T14:16:08Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 20 63 2021-07-14T14:17:18Z McGowanR 4 Creating Page>General Navigation wikitext text/x-wiki GENERAL NAVIGATION 7b6bcf32ea9ea6b173bb266e98f39899452f0df9 69 63 2021-07-14T14:42:53Z McGowanR 4 New Content wikitext text/x-wiki =GENERAL NAVIGATION= ==Symbols and Buttons== [[File:General Navigation Image 1.png|center]] ==Home Dashboard== The Home Dashboard is the first screen you seen when you log into the system. Each screen in the system is made up of 4 main parts. The Global Menu, Quick Links, Page Title, and Components. ===Global Menu=== [[File:General Navigation Image 2.png|center]] ===Quick Links=== Quick Links are shortcuts provided on every page that will help you quickly navigate the system. Quick Links also change depending on what page you are viewing. Quick Links take you to a specific part of the existing page or a completely different page within the system. [[File:General Navigation Image 3.png|center]] ===Page Title=== Every page has a page title under the Quick Links Section. This lets you know what screen you are on. If you are on the Home Dashboard the page title displays your active role. [[File:General Navigation Image 4.png|center]] ===Components=== Each page is made of individual components. Each component can have several of its own buttons and menus. They can be expanded or collapsed. They may have their own action menu and help button. They can also have search fields used to filter and sort records that are displayed within the component. [[File:General Navigation Image 5.png|center]] ==Changing User Roles== When multiple roles are assigned to a user, the user can only log on with one role at a time. If a role does not have access to a specific page or report, the user must change to a role that grants that access. The Home menu lists all of the roles to which the user is currently assigned in blue and his active (current) role is displayed in black with a green check mark. The user does not need to log off to change his active role; he can do this at any time by clicking on another role in the Home menu. 1. Click the '''Home button action men'''u on any page to access the Home menu. [[File:General Navigation Image 6.png|center]] 2. Select the role that you wish to use. The page will refresh, and you will be in your new role. 015d72c9fedfbead6e8336bc02aaf237c940d88a 70 69 2021-07-14T15:21:44Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki =GENERAL NAVIGATION= ==Symbols and Buttons== [[File:General Navigation Image 1.png|center]] ==Home Dashboard== The Home Dashboard is the first screen you seen when you log into the system. Each screen in the system is made up of 4 main parts. The Global Menu, Quick Links, Page Title, and Components. ===Global Menu=== [[File:General Navigation Image 2.png|center]] ===Quick Links=== Quick Links are shortcuts provided on every page that will help you quickly navigate the system. Quick Links also change depending on what page you are viewing. Quick Links take you to a specific part of the existing page or a completely different page within the system. [[File:General Navigation Image 3.png|center]] ===Page Title=== Every page has a page title under the Quick Links Section. This lets you know what screen you are on. If you are on the Home Dashboard the page title displays your active role. [[File:General Navigation Image 4.png|center]] ===Components=== Each page is made of individual components. Each component can have several of its own buttons and menus. They can be expanded or collapsed. They may have their own action menu and help button. They can also have search fields used to filter and sort records that are displayed within the component. [[File:General Navigation Image 5.png|center]] ==Changing User Roles== ''When multiple roles are assigned to a user, the user can only log on with one role at a time. If a role does not have access to a specific page or report, the user must change to a role that grants that access. The Home menu lists all of the roles to which the user is currently assigned in blue and his active (current) role is displayed in black with a green check mark. The user does not need to log off to change his active role; he can do this at any time by clicking on another role in the Home menu.'' 1. Click the '''Home button action menu''' on any page to access the Home menu. [[File:General Navigation Image 6.png|center]] 2. Select the role that you wish to use. The page will refresh, and you will be in your new role. 86a908a5e83b0b9994140adaa193e33e1fd14842 84 70 2021-07-15T18:28:50Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki =GENERAL NAVIGATION= ==Symbols and Buttons== [[File:General Navigation Image 1.png|center]] ==Home Dashboard== <p style="color:green"><i>The Home Dashboard is the first screen you seen when you log into the system. Each screen in the system is made up of 4 main parts. The Global Menu, Quick Links, Page Title, and Components.</i> ===Global Menu=== <p style="color:green"><i>The global menu is on every screen in the system. It allows you to easily navigate the system.</i> 1. The following buttons are available: a. '''Home Button''' – This button takes you back to the Home Dashboard. b. '''Home Action Menu''' – This action menu allows you to change your role. c. '''Previous Button''' – This button acts like the back button on a web browser and takes you back to the previous page. d. '''Previous Action Menu''' – This action menu lists your most recently visited pages and allows you to quickly navigate back to a page you visited. e. '''My Pages Button''' – This button takes you to a page that lists your bookmarked pages. f. '''My Pages Action Menu''' – This menu allows you to quickly access your bookmarked pages and also allows you to bookmark a page. g. '''Global Actions Menu''' – The menu allows you to access the Global Actions Menu. h. '''Help Button''' – This button opens the system help. i. '''Log Off Button''' – This button logs you out of the system and closes your browser window. [[File:General Navigation Image 2.png|center]] ===Quick Links=== <p style="color:green"><i>Quick Links are shortcuts provided on every page that will help you quickly navigate the system. Quick Links also change depending on what page you are viewing. Quick Links take you to a specific part of the existing page or a completely different page within the system.</i> [[File:General Navigation Image 3.png|center]] ===Page Title=== <p style="color:green"><i>Every page has a page title under the Quick Links Section. This lets you know what screen you are on. If you are on the Home Dashboard the page title displays your active role.</i> [[File:General Navigation Image 4.png|center]] ===Components=== <p style="color:green"><i>Each page is made of individual components. Each component can have several of its own buttons and menus. They can be expanded or collapsed. They may have their own action menu and help button. They can also have search fields used to filter and sort records that are displayed within the component.</i> [[File:General Navigation Image 5.png|center]] ==Changing User Roles== <p style="color:green"><i>When multiple roles are assigned to a user, the user can only log on with one role at a time. If a role does not have access to a specific page or report, the user must change to a role that grants that access. The Home menu lists all of the roles to which the user is currently assigned in blue and his active (current) role is displayed in black with a green check mark. The user does not need to log off to change his active role; he can do this at any time by clicking on another role in the Home menu.</i></p> 1. Click the '''Home button action menu''' on any page to access the Home menu. [[File:General Navigation Image 6.png|center]] 2. Select the role that you wish to use. The page will refresh, and you will be in your new role. 71de6f0cb14358cba5eefd44c08acb7cf1c8b0fa 85 84 2021-07-15T18:38:54Z McGowanR 4 /* Global Menu */ wikitext text/x-wiki =GENERAL NAVIGATION= ==Symbols and Buttons== [[File:General Navigation Image 1.png|center]] ==Home Dashboard== <p style="color:green"><i>The Home Dashboard is the first screen you seen when you log into the system. Each screen in the system is made up of 4 main parts. The Global Menu, Quick Links, Page Title, and Components.</i> ===Global Menu=== <p style="color:green"><i>The global menu is on every screen in the system. It allows you to easily navigate the system.</i> </p> 1. The following buttons are available: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Home Button''' – This button takes you back to the Home Dashboard.</li> <li>'''Home Action Menu''' – This action menu allows you to change your role.</li> <li>'''Previous Button''' – This button acts like the back button on a web browser and takes you back to the previous page.</li> <li>'''Previous Action Menu''' – This action menu lists your most recently visited pages and allows you to quickly navigate back to a page you visited.</li> <li>'''My Pages Button''' – This button takes you to a page that lists your bookmarked pages.</li> <li>'''My Pages Action Menu''' – This menu allows you to quickly access your bookmarked pages and also allows you to bookmark a page.</li> <li>'''Global Actions Menu''' – The menu allows you to access the Global Actions Menu.</li> <li>'''Help Button''' – This button opens the system help.</li> <li>'''Log Off Button''' – This button logs you out of the system and closes your browser window.</li> [[File:General Navigation Image 2.png|center]] ===Quick Links=== <p style="color:green"><i>Quick Links are shortcuts provided on every page that will help you quickly navigate the system. Quick Links also change depending on what page you are viewing. Quick Links take you to a specific part of the existing page or a completely different page within the system.</i> [[File:General Navigation Image 3.png|center]] ===Page Title=== <p style="color:green"><i>Every page has a page title under the Quick Links Section. This lets you know what screen you are on. If you are on the Home Dashboard the page title displays your active role.</i> [[File:General Navigation Image 4.png|center]] ===Components=== <p style="color:green"><i>Each page is made of individual components. Each component can have several of its own buttons and menus. They can be expanded or collapsed. They may have their own action menu and help button. They can also have search fields used to filter and sort records that are displayed within the component.</i> [[File:General Navigation Image 5.png|center]] ==Changing User Roles== <p style="color:green"><i>When multiple roles are assigned to a user, the user can only log on with one role at a time. If a role does not have access to a specific page or report, the user must change to a role that grants that access. The Home menu lists all of the roles to which the user is currently assigned in blue and his active (current) role is displayed in black with a green check mark. The user does not need to log off to change his active role; he can do this at any time by clicking on another role in the Home menu.</i></p> 1. Click the '''Home button action menu''' on any page to access the Home menu. [[File:General Navigation Image 6.png|center]] 2. Select the role that you wish to use. The page will refresh, and you will be in your new role. 28acae1d8b696217434a6d24c19feda078ebe02d 6 21 64 2021-07-14T14:24:36Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 22 65 2021-07-14T14:25:02Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 23 66 2021-07-14T14:25:28Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 24 67 2021-07-14T14:25:46Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 25 68 2021-07-14T14:26:17Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 26 71 2021-07-14T18:33:46Z BurnsD 6 Created page with "<div style="float: left; padding-right: 1px;">{{#ev:youtube|ScB1b3fqjQo|350|left|MDOT's e-Construction Process on I-96}}</div>" wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="float: left; padding-right: 1px;">{{#ev:youtube|ScB1b3fqjQo|350|left|MDOT's e-Construction Process on I-96}}</div> 21f15d35cbd435f46794aa611985d3c6c251cf0e 72 71 2021-07-14T18:35:21Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;">[mailto:Change?body=http://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/E-Construction Email this Page]</div> <div style="float: left; padding-left: 1px;">{{TOC | width size = 120px }}</div> <div style="float: right; padding-right: 1px;">{{#ev:youtube|JbwlvmOTUrI|350|right|MDOT's e-Construction Process}}</div> be590925c11a11e2d5b75a3fb76eb8ab12deffef 73 72 2021-07-14T18:36:12Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="float: right; padding-right: 1px;">{{#ev:youtube|JbwlvmOTUrI|350|right|MDOT's e-Construction Process}}</div> 2faa37a18ebddbb542c70d507a717e828d12df72 74 73 2021-07-14T19:07:19Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#ev:youtube|dty4giUSy6M|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|-M_QsVV6kyY|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|ItAJEb3utkM|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|FvKcFDVrPUg|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|XXXXXXXXXXXX|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|XXXXXXXXXXXX|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|XXXXXXXXXXXX|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|XXXXXXXXXXXX|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|XXXXXXXXXXXX|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|XXXXXXXXXXXX|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|XXXXXXXXXXXX|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|XXXXXXXXXXXX|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|XXXXXXXXXXXX|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|XXXXXXXXXXXX|550|center}} 8d3f2731ac4b367c96875b5cce6132006c9240b6 75 74 2021-07-14T19:14:35Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#ev:youtube|dty4giUSy6M|550|center}}<!---Approving DWRs></!---> {{#ev:youtube|-M_QsVV6kyY|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|ItAJEb3utkM|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|FvKcFDVrPUg|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|XXXXXXXXXXXX|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|XXXXXXXXXXXX|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|XXXXXXXXXXXX|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|XXXXXXXXXXXX|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|XXXXXXXXXXXX|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|XXXXXXXXXXXX|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|XXXXXXXXXXXX|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|XXXXXXXXXXXX|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|XXXXXXXXXXXX|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|XXXXXXXXXXXX|550|center}} c228f227c4b8a8fe3df27fcdbedf0bcd74d5299b 76 75 2021-07-14T19:21:13Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#ev:youtube|dty4giUSy6M|550|center}}<!---Approving DWRs---><br> {{#ev:youtube|-M_QsVV6kyY|550|center}}<!---XXXXXXXX---><br> {{#ev:youtube|ItAJEb3utkM|550|center}}<!---XXXXXXXX---><br> {{#ev:youtube|FvKcFDVrPUg|550|center}}<!---XXXXXXXX---><br> {{#ev:youtube|3mgvhYWVHyk|550|center}}<!---XXXXXXXX---><br> {{#ev:youtube|u7LisvoVGXs|550|center}}<!---XXXXXXXX---><br> {{#ev:youtube|LdUaw7RSDXw|550|center}}<!---XXXXXXXX---><br> {{#ev:youtube|ikIRpLpquzs|550|center}}<!---XXXXXXXX---><br> {{#ev:youtube|iNAxoLP9rP4|550|center}}<!---XXXXXXXX---><br> {{#ev:youtube|O1qPoj2koAg|550|center}}<!---XXXXXXXX---><br> {{#ev:youtube|dgryQ0kXUVM|550|center}}<!---XXXXXXXX---><br> {{#ev:youtube|xozKr3AIc6k|550|center}}<!---XXXXXXXX---><br> {{#ev:youtube|Ers2RbJBhig|550|center}}<!---XXXXXXXX---><br> {{#ev:youtube|XbD82OrdnUU|550|center}}<!---XXXXXXXX---><br> b8a969e6d639143c857f8d84a5dbae51fe172adc 77 76 2021-07-14T19:33:42Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#ev:youtube|dty4giUSy6M|550|center}}<!---Approving DWRs---><br> {{#ev:youtube|-M_QsVV6kyY|550|center}}<!---Attachments---><br> {{#ev:youtube|ItAJEb3utkM|550|center}}<!---Basic DWR---><br> {{#ev:youtube|FvKcFDVrPUg|550|center}}<!---Basic Navigation---><br> {{#ev:youtube|3mgvhYWVHyk|550|center}}<!---Change Order Approval---><br> {{#ev:youtube|u7LisvoVGXs|550|center}}<!---Change Orders---><br> {{#ev:youtube|LdUaw7RSDXw|550|center}}<!---Changing Roles---><br> {{#ev:youtube|ikIRpLpquzs|550|center}}<!---Contract Access---><br> {{#ev:youtube|iNAxoLP9rP4|550|center}}<!---Contract Setup---><br> {{#ev:youtube|RaKKLJAa4C0|550|center}}<!---Contractor Evaluations---><br> {{#ev:youtube|O1qPoj2koAg|550|center}}<!---DWR Materials---><br> {{#ev:youtube|dgryQ0kXUVM|550|center}}<!---Estimates---><br> {{#ev:youtube|xozKr3AIc6k|550|center}}<!---Maintaining Qualifications---><br> {{#ev:youtube|Ers2RbJBhig|550|center}}<!---Running Reports---><br> {{#ev:youtube|XbD82OrdnUU|550|center}}<!---SubContracts---><br> 23c1200654d98f6d75bf56539ca357e6bb4e98bb 78 77 2021-07-14T20:18:52Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki =AASHTOWare Video Library= ==General Videos== === Basic Navigation=== {{#ev:youtube|FvKcFDVrPUg|550|center}} ===Changing Roles=== {{#ev:youtube|LdUaw7RSDXw|550|center}} {{#ev:youtube|iNAxoLP9rP4|550|center}}<!---Contract Setup---><br> {{#ev:youtube|Ers2RbJBhig|550|center}}<!---Running Reports---><br> {{#ev:youtube|dty4giUSy6M|550|center}}<!---Approving DWRs---><br> {{#ev:youtube|-M_QsVV6kyY|550|center}}<!---Attachments---><br> {{#ev:youtube|ItAJEb3utkM|550|center}}<!---Basic DWR---><br> {{#ev:youtube|3mgvhYWVHyk|550|center}}<!---Change Order Approval---><br> {{#ev:youtube|u7LisvoVGXs|550|center}}<!---Change Orders---><br> {{#ev:youtube|ikIRpLpquzs|550|center}}<!---Contract Access---><br> {{#ev:youtube|RaKKLJAa4C0|550|center}}<!---Contractor Evaluations---><br> {{#ev:youtube|O1qPoj2koAg|550|center}}<!---DWR Materials---><br> {{#ev:youtube|dgryQ0kXUVM|550|center}}<!---Estimates---><br> {{#ev:youtube|xozKr3AIc6k|550|center}}<!---Maintaining Qualifications---><br> {{#ev:youtube|XbD82OrdnUU|550|center}}<!---SubContracts---><br> 3aee34a9fb725ad9bf6b50d29c175be71e7dde8b 79 78 2021-07-14T20:25:21Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki =AASHTOWare Video Library= ==General Videos== === Basic Navigation=== {{#ev:youtube|FvKcFDVrPUg|550|center}} ===Changing Roles=== {{#ev:youtube|LdUaw7RSDXw|550|center}} ===Contract Setup=== {{#ev:youtube|iNAxoLP9rP4|550|center}} ===Running Reports=== {{#ev:youtube|Ers2RbJBhig|550|center}} ===Maintaining Qualifications=== {{#ev:youtube|xozKr3AIc6k|550|center}} ==Daily Work Report Videos== === Basic DWR=== {{#ev:youtube|ItAJEb3utkM|550|center}} ===DWR Materials=== {{#ev:youtube|O1qPoj2koAg|550|center}} ===Attachments=== {{#ev:youtube|-M_QsVV6kyY|550|center}} ===Approving DWRs=== {{#ev:youtube|dty4giUSy6M|550|center}} ==Change Order Videos== ===Change Orders=== {{#ev:youtube|u7LisvoVGXs|550|center}} ===Change Order Approval=== {{#ev:youtube|3mgvhYWVHyk|550|center}} ==Contract Administration Videos== ===Contract Access=== {{#ev:youtube|ikIRpLpquzs|550|center}} ===Contractor Evaluations=== {{#ev:youtube|RaKKLJAa4C0|550|center}} ===Pay Estimates=== {{#ev:youtube|dgryQ0kXUVM|550|center}} ===Subcontracts=== {{#ev:youtube|XbD82OrdnUU|550|center}} b49b32644242f1443c5e4495edc5902537b9651d 80 79 2021-07-14T20:27:05Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki =AASHTOWare Video Library= ==General Videos== === Basic Navigation=== {{#ev:youtube|FvKcFDVrPUg|550|center}} ===Changing Roles=== {{#ev:youtube|LdUaw7RSDXw|550|center}} ===Running Reports=== {{#ev:youtube|Ers2RbJBhig|550|center}} ===Maintaining Qualifications=== {{#ev:youtube|xozKr3AIc6k|550|center}} ==Daily Work Report Videos== === Basic DWR=== {{#ev:youtube|ItAJEb3utkM|550|center}} ===DWR Materials=== {{#ev:youtube|O1qPoj2koAg|550|center}} ===Attachments=== {{#ev:youtube|-M_QsVV6kyY|550|center}} ===Approving DWRs=== {{#ev:youtube|dty4giUSy6M|550|center}} ==Change Order Videos== ===Change Orders=== {{#ev:youtube|u7LisvoVGXs|550|center}} ===Change Order Approval=== {{#ev:youtube|3mgvhYWVHyk|550|center}} ==Contract Administration Videos== ===Contract Access=== {{#ev:youtube|ikIRpLpquzs|550|center}} ===Contract Setup=== {{#ev:youtube|iNAxoLP9rP4|550|center}} ===Contractor Evaluations=== {{#ev:youtube|RaKKLJAa4C0|550|center}} ===Pay Estimates=== {{#ev:youtube|dgryQ0kXUVM|550|center}} ===Subcontracts=== {{#ev:youtube|XbD82OrdnUU|550|center}} 309ee604b8c0cc4dfd12ca6e1ba7bdbdc1aa74e2 6 27 82 2021-07-15T17:08:02Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 28 83 2021-07-15T17:14:08Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 29 87 2021-08-04T16:47:10Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 30 88 2021-08-04T18:32:51Z McGowanR 4 Creating New Page_Access and Roles wikitext text/x-wiki =AASHTOWare Access and Roles= ==MILogin== <p style="color:green"><i>MILogin is the State of Michigan Identity, Credential and Access Management (MICAM) solution. The MILogin solution provides enhanced single sign-on capabilities in addition to meeting many other business requirements and security and compliance needs.</i> <p style="color:green"><i>Every user of AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials accesses the system through MILogin.</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |To create a MILogin account use the links below, click the Signup button, and follow the on-screen directions. |- |} </div> <p style="color:green"><i>State of Michigan Employees and other users with an “@michigan.gov” email account can access MILogin through the following link: https://miloginworker.michigan.gov/ Consultants, Contractors, Local Agency staff, and other Third-Party users can access MILogin through the following link: https://milogintp.michigan.gov/</i></p> '''Requesting AASHTOWare Access''' #Login to your MILogin account. #Select the '''Request Access''' button in the top banner. [[File:Access and Roles Picture1.png|center]] #Use the search box and enter A'''ASHTOWare Project''' #Select '''AASHTOWare Project''' from the list of applications that appears #Follow any remaining on-screen directions. <p style="color:green"><i>Once your request is approved you will receive a confirmation email.</i> ==User Roles== <p style="color:green"><i>To protect the confidentiality of the information contained inside, the system only displays the information and actions for which a logged-on user has been assigned access rights by means of user roles. User roles combine the permissions needed for several related tasks and allow MDOT to efficiently provide agency and non-agency users with access to the parts of the system they need.</i></p> <p style="color:green"><i>Keep in mind that newly assigned roles do not appear on the Home menu until the next time the user logs on or refreshes the page.</i></p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |User roles are assigned by the help desk. To modify your existing roles please contact the help desk: [mailto:Change?body=http://mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] |- |} </div> 9d1c83348ddab4c8f1e8014537486007f066e61f 6 31 90 2021-08-04T20:03:06Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 32 91 2021-08-04T20:03:53Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 33 92 2021-08-04T20:04:08Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 34 93 2021-08-04T20:05:17Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 35 94 2021-08-04T20:05:25Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 36 95 2021-08-04T20:05:34Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 37 96 2021-08-04T20:05:55Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 38 97 2021-08-04T20:06:05Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 39 98 2021-08-04T20:06:42Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 40 99 2021-08-04T20:07:18Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 41 100 2021-08-04T20:07:31Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 42 101 2021-08-04T20:07:46Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 43 102 2021-08-04T20:08:36Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 44 103 2021-08-04T20:08:43Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 45 104 2021-08-04T20:08:58Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 46 105 2021-08-04T20:09:10Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 47 106 2021-08-04T20:09:16Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 48 107 2021-08-04T20:09:27Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 49 108 2021-08-04T20:09:56Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 50 109 2021-08-04T20:10:04Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 51 110 2021-08-04T20:10:13Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 52 111 2021-08-04T20:10:49Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 53 112 2021-08-04T20:10:58Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 54 113 2021-08-04T20:11:09Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 55 114 2021-08-04T20:11:30Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 56 115 2021-08-04T20:11:53Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 57 116 2021-08-04T20:12:12Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 58 117 2021-08-04T20:34:25Z McGowanR 4 Creating Page_Daily Work Reports wikitext text/x-wiki =DAILY WORK REPORTS= ==Adding Daily Work Reports== <p style="color:green"><i>There are several ways to create a daily work report. The steps below show one of the fastest ways to create a DWR without entering the contract.</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For information about how DWRs can be created with the Mobile Inspector application, contact the MDOT Construction Technology help desk at 517-322-1556 or [mailto:Change?body=http://mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Daily Work Report Overview''' quick link. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture1.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Select Contract to Add DWR''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture2.png|center]] 3. Search for and Select the contract ID in which to add a DWR. 4. Click the '''Create DWR on Contract''' button. You will be taken to the General tab. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture3.png|center]] 5. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''DWR Date''' field, enter the date for the DWR using the calendar or manual entry.</li> <li>'''Weather''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate weather condition.</li> <li>'''Rainfall Amount''' field, enter the amount of rainfall recorded for the DWR date, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Low Temperature''' field, enter the low temperature recorded for the DWR date.</li> <li>'''High Temperature''' field, enter the high temperature recorded for the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Remarks''' section, in the '''Type''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate remark type</li> <li>'''Remarks''' section, in the '''Remarks''' field, enter remarks for the day.</li> </ol> 6. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''SECIR Report''' field - indicates whether a Storm Water Environmental Compliance Inspection Report may be required (to be used in a future release of the software).</li> <li>'''Contractors Onsite''' field - indicates whether a contractor is recorded on the DWR.</li> <li>'''Attachments''' field - indicates whether there are attachments associated with this DWR.</li> <li>'''Remarks''' field - indicates the number of remarks.</li> <li>'''Federal Project Number''' field - indicates the project number assigned by the federal government.</li> <li>'''Entered By''' field - indicates the user ID and name of the person that created the DWR.</li> <li>'''Entered Date''' field - indicates the date and time the record was added to the system.</li> <li>'''Approval Date''' field - indicates the date that the DWR was approved.</li> <li>'''Approved By''' field - indicates the user who approved the DWR.</li> <li>'''Payment Est Num''' field - indicates the number generated by the system and assigned to the contract payment estimate when it is created.</li> <li>'''Payment Est Statu'''s field - indicates the status of the payment estimate.</li> <li>'''Agency Views''' field - indicates whether agency views are associated with a contract item posted to this DWR.</li> <li>'''Work Items Installed''' field - indicates whether any work items are recorded on the DWR.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. c5e554deb7d12edb1404b98e0f6952f05e5374c7 118 117 2021-08-04T20:35:45Z McGowanR 4 /* DAILY WORK REPORTS */ wikitext text/x-wiki =DAILY WORK REPORTS= ==Adding Daily Work Reports== <p style="color:green"><i>There are several ways to create a daily work report. The steps below show one of the fastest ways to create a DWR without entering the contract.</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For information about how DWRs can be created with the Mobile Inspector application, contact the MDOT Construction Technology help desk at 517-322-1556 or [mailto:Change?body=http://mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Daily Work Report Overview''' quick link. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture1.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Select Contract to Add DWR''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture2.png|center]] 3. Search for and Select the contract ID in which to add a DWR. 4. Click the '''Create DWR on Contract''' button. You will be taken to the General tab. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture3.png|center]] 5. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''DWR Date''' field, enter the date for the DWR using the calendar or manual entry.</li> <li>'''Weather''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate weather condition.</li> <li>'''Rainfall Amount''' field, enter the amount of rainfall recorded for the DWR date, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Low Temperature''' field, enter the low temperature recorded for the DWR date.</li> <li>'''High Temperature''' field, enter the high temperature recorded for the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Remarks''' section, in the '''Type''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate remark type</li> <li>'''Remarks''' section, in the '''Remarks''' field, enter remarks for the day.</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture4.png|center]] 6. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''SECIR Report''' field - indicates whether a Storm Water Environmental Compliance Inspection Report may be required (to be used in a future release of the software).</li> <li>'''Contractors Onsite''' field - indicates whether a contractor is recorded on the DWR.</li> <li>'''Attachments''' field - indicates whether there are attachments associated with this DWR.</li> <li>'''Remarks''' field - indicates the number of remarks.</li> <li>'''Federal Project Number''' field - indicates the project number assigned by the federal government.</li> <li>'''Entered By''' field - indicates the user ID and name of the person that created the DWR.</li> <li>'''Entered Date''' field - indicates the date and time the record was added to the system.</li> <li>'''Approval Date''' field - indicates the date that the DWR was approved.</li> <li>'''Approved By''' field - indicates the user who approved the DWR.</li> <li>'''Payment Est Num''' field - indicates the number generated by the system and assigned to the contract payment estimate when it is created.</li> <li>'''Payment Est Statu'''s field - indicates the status of the payment estimate.</li> <li>'''Agency Views''' field - indicates whether agency views are associated with a contract item posted to this DWR.</li> <li>'''Work Items Installed''' field - indicates whether any work items are recorded on the DWR.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. 4ddf8036ecb2844e9c020e850f2a7de86992e526 119 118 2021-08-04T21:30:57Z McGowanR 4 Adding New Content wikitext text/x-wiki =DAILY WORK REPORTS= ==Adding Daily Work Reports== <p style="color:green"><i>There are several ways to create a daily work report. The steps below show one of the fastest ways to create a DWR without entering the contract.</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For information about how DWRs can be created with the Mobile Inspector application, contact the MDOT Construction Technology help desk at 517-322-1556 or [mailto:Change?body=http://mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Daily Work Report Overview''' quick link. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture1.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Select Contract to Add DWR''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture2.png|center]] 3. Search for and Select the contract ID in which to add a DWR. 4. Click the '''Create DWR on Contract''' button. You will be taken to the General tab. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture3.png|center]] 5. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''DWR Date''' field, enter the date for the DWR using the calendar or manual entry.</li> <li>'''Weather''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate weather condition.</li> <li>'''Rainfall Amount''' field, enter the amount of rainfall recorded for the DWR date, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Low Temperature''' field, enter the low temperature recorded for the DWR date.</li> <li>'''High Temperature''' field, enter the high temperature recorded for the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Remarks''' section, in the '''Type''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate remark type</li> <li>'''Remarks''' section, in the '''Remarks''' field, enter remarks for the day.</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture4.png|center]] 6. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''SECIR Report''' field - indicates whether a Storm Water Environmental Compliance Inspection Report may be required (to be used in a future release of the software).</li> <li>'''Contractors Onsite''' field - indicates whether a contractor is recorded on the DWR.</li> <li>'''Attachments''' field - indicates whether there are attachments associated with this DWR.</li> <li>'''Remarks''' field - indicates the number of remarks.</li> <li>'''Federal Project Number''' field - indicates the project number assigned by the federal government.</li> <li>'''Entered By''' field - indicates the user ID and name of the person that created the DWR.</li> <li>'''Entered Date''' field - indicates the date and time the record was added to the system.</li> <li>'''Approval Date''' field - indicates the date that the DWR was approved.</li> <li>'''Approved By''' field - indicates the user who approved the DWR.</li> <li>'''Payment Est Num''' field - indicates the number generated by the system and assigned to the contract payment estimate when it is created.</li> <li>'''Payment Est Statu'''s field - indicates the status of the payment estimate.</li> <li>'''Agency Views''' field - indicates whether agency views are associated with a contract item posted to this DWR.</li> <li>'''Work Items Installed''' field - indicates whether any work items are recorded on the DWR.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. ==Daily Work Report Notes== <p style="color:green"><i>The notes captured in the Notes section of the Daily Work Report are like sticky notes on a paper document. They are not part of the official DWR. Notes may contain any type of information related to the DWR and can be added or deleted at any time, regardless of the DWR status.</i> <p style="color:green"><i>'''Notes should not be used for recording information that should be documented in the official DWR!'''</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Many roles have the ability to create DWR notes but only the Office Technician roles can delete DWR notes. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add notes to. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture5.png|center]] 5. Click the '''Notes''' tab. 6. Click the '''New''' button. 7. Enter the appropriate information in the '''DWR Note''' field. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture6.png|center]] 8. Click the '''Save''' button. ==Recording Time Information on a Daily Work Report== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Time Tab is used to charge contract time against Work Day and Calendar Day contracts. This tab is not used for Completion Date contracts.</i></p> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to record time information on. 5. Select the '''Contract Time''' tab. 6. Search for and select the time ID to modify, and click the expand arrow for the time ID. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor Working''' check the box to indicate the contractor was working on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Available''' field, enter the number of time units available for the contractor to work.</li> <li>'''Hours Worked''' field, enter the number of time units the contractor worked.</li> <li>'''Controlling Operation''' field, enter the primary type of work related to the time charge.</li> <li>'''Delay Reason''' field, enter a description of circumstances or events impeding progress of work related to the contract time.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record.</li> <li>'''Time Charged''' field, enter the number of time units charged.</li> <li>'''Work Start Time''' field, enter the date and time of day the contractor began work.</li> <li>'''Work Stop Time''' field, enter the date and time of day the contractor stopped work.</li> </ol> 8. Click the '''Save''' button. ==Adding Contractors On Site== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contractors On Site tab is used to record the contractors that will be part of this DWR.</i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The contractor must be listed on the Contractors On Site tab if you wish to post any items to that contractor. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add contractors to. 5. Select the '''Contractors On Site''' tab. 6. Click the '''Select Contractors''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture7.png|center]] 7. Search for and Select the contractor(s) for this DWR by Clicking on the row(s). 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractors''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture8.png|center]] 9. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor''' field indicates the contractor(s) you selected.</li> <li>'''Prime''' field indicates whether the contractor is the prime contractor on the contract.</li> <li>'''DBE Certified''' field indicates whether this contractor is certified as a DBE vendor.</li> <li>'''Equipment''' field indicates whether the contractor has equipment being reported on this DWR.</li> <li>'''Personnel''' field indicates whether this contractor has personnel being reported on this DWR.</li> </ol> 10. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Start Time''' field - enter the time of day this contractor was first observed on site.</li> <li>'''End Time''' field - enter the time of day this contractor was last observed on site.</li> <li>'''Hours''' field - enter the total time the contractor was observed on site.</li> </ol> 11. Click the '''Save''' button. ==Adding Contractor Equipment on a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |MDOT has chosen to use a standardized equipment list. Specific or special equipment information should be recorded in the comments field of the equipment being used. |- |} </div> 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add Equipment to. 5. Select the '''Contractor Equipment''' tab. 6. Click the row '''Actions''' button for the contractor associated with this DWR and choose the '''Select Equipment''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture9.png|center]] 7. Search for and Select the appropriate contract vendor equipment ID(s). 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractor Equipment''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture10.png|center]] 9. The following fields are optional: a. '''Number On Site''' field, enter the number of pieces of the equipment on site on the DWR date. b. '''Number Used''' field, enter the number of pieces of the equipment used on site on the DWR date. c. '''Hours Used''' field, enter the number of hours the equipment was used on the DWR date. d. '''Hours Idle''' field, enter the number of hours the equipment was idle on the DWR date. e. '''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record (Tip: clicking the magnifying glass opens a text dialog panel for the comments field). [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture11.png|center]] 10. Click the '''Save''' button. 581bbb326f00e89a4c663b3caccd15edf3b3cac7 123 119 2021-09-03T15:13:56Z McGowanR 4 /* Adding Contractor Equipment on a Daily Work Report */ wikitext text/x-wiki =DAILY WORK REPORTS= ==Adding Daily Work Reports== <p style="color:green"><i>There are several ways to create a daily work report. The steps below show one of the fastest ways to create a DWR without entering the contract.</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For information about how DWRs can be created with the Mobile Inspector application, contact the MDOT Construction Technology help desk at 517-322-1556 or [mailto:Change?body=http://mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Daily Work Report Overview''' quick link. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture1.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Select Contract to Add DWR''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture2.png|center]] 3. Search for and Select the contract ID in which to add a DWR. 4. Click the '''Create DWR on Contract''' button. You will be taken to the General tab. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture3.png|center]] 5. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''DWR Date''' field, enter the date for the DWR using the calendar or manual entry.</li> <li>'''Weather''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate weather condition.</li> <li>'''Rainfall Amount''' field, enter the amount of rainfall recorded for the DWR date, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Low Temperature''' field, enter the low temperature recorded for the DWR date.</li> <li>'''High Temperature''' field, enter the high temperature recorded for the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Remarks''' section, in the '''Type''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate remark type</li> <li>'''Remarks''' section, in the '''Remarks''' field, enter remarks for the day.</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture4.png|center]] 6. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''SECIR Report''' field - indicates whether a Storm Water Environmental Compliance Inspection Report may be required (to be used in a future release of the software).</li> <li>'''Contractors Onsite''' field - indicates whether a contractor is recorded on the DWR.</li> <li>'''Attachments''' field - indicates whether there are attachments associated with this DWR.</li> <li>'''Remarks''' field - indicates the number of remarks.</li> <li>'''Federal Project Number''' field - indicates the project number assigned by the federal government.</li> <li>'''Entered By''' field - indicates the user ID and name of the person that created the DWR.</li> <li>'''Entered Date''' field - indicates the date and time the record was added to the system.</li> <li>'''Approval Date''' field - indicates the date that the DWR was approved.</li> <li>'''Approved By''' field - indicates the user who approved the DWR.</li> <li>'''Payment Est Num''' field - indicates the number generated by the system and assigned to the contract payment estimate when it is created.</li> <li>'''Payment Est Statu'''s field - indicates the status of the payment estimate.</li> <li>'''Agency Views''' field - indicates whether agency views are associated with a contract item posted to this DWR.</li> <li>'''Work Items Installed''' field - indicates whether any work items are recorded on the DWR.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. ==Daily Work Report Notes== <p style="color:green"><i>The notes captured in the Notes section of the Daily Work Report are like sticky notes on a paper document. They are not part of the official DWR. Notes may contain any type of information related to the DWR and can be added or deleted at any time, regardless of the DWR status.</i> <p style="color:green"><i>'''Notes should not be used for recording information that should be documented in the official DWR!'''</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Many roles have the ability to create DWR notes but only the Office Technician roles can delete DWR notes. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add notes to. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture5.png|center]] 5. Click the '''Notes''' tab. 6. Click the '''New''' button. 7. Enter the appropriate information in the '''DWR Note''' field. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture6.png|center]] 8. Click the '''Save''' button. ==Recording Time Information on a Daily Work Report== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Time Tab is used to charge contract time against Work Day and Calendar Day contracts. This tab is not used for Completion Date contracts.</i></p> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to record time information on. 5. Select the '''Contract Time''' tab. 6. Search for and select the time ID to modify, and click the expand arrow for the time ID. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor Working''' check the box to indicate the contractor was working on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Available''' field, enter the number of time units available for the contractor to work.</li> <li>'''Hours Worked''' field, enter the number of time units the contractor worked.</li> <li>'''Controlling Operation''' field, enter the primary type of work related to the time charge.</li> <li>'''Delay Reason''' field, enter a description of circumstances or events impeding progress of work related to the contract time.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record.</li> <li>'''Time Charged''' field, enter the number of time units charged.</li> <li>'''Work Start Time''' field, enter the date and time of day the contractor began work.</li> <li>'''Work Stop Time''' field, enter the date and time of day the contractor stopped work.</li> </ol> 8. Click the '''Save''' button. ==Adding Contractors On Site== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contractors On Site tab is used to record the contractors that will be part of this DWR.</i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The contractor must be listed on the Contractors On Site tab if you wish to post any items to that contractor. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add contractors to. 5. Select the '''Contractors On Site''' tab. 6. Click the '''Select Contractors''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture7.png|center]] 7. Search for and Select the contractor(s) for this DWR by Clicking on the row(s). 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractors''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture8.png|center]] 9. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor''' field indicates the contractor(s) you selected.</li> <li>'''Prime''' field indicates whether the contractor is the prime contractor on the contract.</li> <li>'''DBE Certified''' field indicates whether this contractor is certified as a DBE vendor.</li> <li>'''Equipment''' field indicates whether the contractor has equipment being reported on this DWR.</li> <li>'''Personnel''' field indicates whether this contractor has personnel being reported on this DWR.</li> </ol> 10. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Start Time''' field - enter the time of day this contractor was first observed on site.</li> <li>'''End Time''' field - enter the time of day this contractor was last observed on site.</li> <li>'''Hours''' field - enter the total time the contractor was observed on site.</li> </ol> 11. Click the '''Save''' button. ==Adding Contractor Equipment on a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |MDOT has chosen to use a standardized equipment list. Specific or special equipment information should be recorded in the comments field of the equipment being used. |- |} </div> 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add Equipment to. 5. Select the '''Contractor Equipment''' tab. 6. Click the row '''Actions''' button for the contractor associated with this DWR and choose the '''Select Equipment''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture9.png|center|850px]] 7. Search for and Select the appropriate contract vendor equipment ID(s). 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractor Equipment''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture10.png|center]] 9. The following fields are optional: a. '''Number On Site''' field, enter the number of pieces of the equipment on site on the DWR date. b. '''Number Used''' field, enter the number of pieces of the equipment used on site on the DWR date. c. '''Hours Used''' field, enter the number of hours the equipment was used on the DWR date. d. '''Hours Idle''' field, enter the number of hours the equipment was idle on the DWR date. e. '''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record (Tip: clicking the magnifying glass opens a text dialog panel for the comments field). [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture11.png|center]] 10. Click the '''Save''' button. 988084df3e9319002da5bdda11f2e3ed41a91c16 124 123 2021-09-03T17:11:59Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki =DAILY WORK REPORTS= ==Adding Daily Work Reports== <p style="color:green"><i>There are several ways to create a daily work report. The steps below show one of the fastest ways to create a DWR without entering the contract.</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For information about how DWRs can be created with the Mobile Inspector application, contact the MDOT Construction Technology help desk at 517-322-1556 or [mailto:Change?body=http://mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Daily Work Report Overview''' quick link. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture1.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Select Contract to Add DWR''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture2.png|center]] 3. Search for and Select the contract ID in which to add a DWR. 4. Click the '''Create DWR on Contract''' button. You will be taken to the General tab. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture3.png|center]] 5. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''DWR Date''' field, enter the date for the DWR using the calendar or manual entry.</li> <li>'''Weather''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate weather condition.</li> <li>'''Rainfall Amount''' field, enter the amount of rainfall recorded for the DWR date, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Low Temperature''' field, enter the low temperature recorded for the DWR date.</li> <li>'''High Temperature''' field, enter the high temperature recorded for the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Remarks''' section, in the '''Type''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate remark type</li> <li>'''Remarks''' section, in the '''Remarks''' field, enter remarks for the day.</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture4.png|center]] 6. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''SECIR Report''' field - indicates whether a Storm Water Environmental Compliance Inspection Report may be required (to be used in a future release of the software).</li> <li>'''Contractors Onsite''' field - indicates whether a contractor is recorded on the DWR.</li> <li>'''Attachments''' field - indicates whether there are attachments associated with this DWR.</li> <li>'''Remarks''' field - indicates the number of remarks.</li> <li>'''Federal Project Number''' field - indicates the project number assigned by the federal government.</li> <li>'''Entered By''' field - indicates the user ID and name of the person that created the DWR.</li> <li>'''Entered Date''' field - indicates the date and time the record was added to the system.</li> <li>'''Approval Date''' field - indicates the date that the DWR was approved.</li> <li>'''Approved By''' field - indicates the user who approved the DWR.</li> <li>'''Payment Est Num''' field - indicates the number generated by the system and assigned to the contract payment estimate when it is created.</li> <li>'''Payment Est Statu'''s field - indicates the status of the payment estimate.</li> <li>'''Agency Views''' field - indicates whether agency views are associated with a contract item posted to this DWR.</li> <li>'''Work Items Installed''' field - indicates whether any work items are recorded on the DWR.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. ==Daily Work Report Notes== <p style="color:green"><i>The notes captured in the Notes section of the Daily Work Report are like sticky notes on a paper document. They are not part of the official DWR. Notes may contain any type of information related to the DWR and can be added or deleted at any time, regardless of the DWR status.</i> <p style="color:green"><i>'''Notes should not be used for recording information that should be documented in the official DWR!'''</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Many roles have the ability to create DWR notes but only the Office Technician roles can delete DWR notes. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add notes to. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture5.png|center]] 5. Click the '''Notes''' tab. 6. Click the '''New''' button. 7. Enter the appropriate information in the '''DWR Note''' field. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture6.png|center]] 8. Click the '''Save''' button. ==Recording Time Information on a Daily Work Report== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Time Tab is used to charge contract time against Work Day and Calendar Day contracts. This tab is not used for Completion Date contracts.</i></p> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to record time information on. 5. Select the '''Contract Time''' tab. 6. Search for and select the time ID to modify, and click the expand arrow for the time ID. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor Working''' check the box to indicate the contractor was working on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Available''' field, enter the number of time units available for the contractor to work.</li> <li>'''Hours Worked''' field, enter the number of time units the contractor worked.</li> <li>'''Controlling Operation''' field, enter the primary type of work related to the time charge.</li> <li>'''Delay Reason''' field, enter a description of circumstances or events impeding progress of work related to the contract time.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record.</li> <li>'''Time Charged''' field, enter the number of time units charged.</li> <li>'''Work Start Time''' field, enter the date and time of day the contractor began work.</li> <li>'''Work Stop Time''' field, enter the date and time of day the contractor stopped work.</li> </ol> 8. Click the '''Save''' button. ==Adding Contractors On Site== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contractors On Site tab is used to record the contractors that will be part of this DWR.</i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The contractor must be listed on the Contractors On Site tab if you wish to post any items to that contractor. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add contractors to. 5. Select the '''Contractors On Site''' tab. 6. Click the '''Select Contractors''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture7.png|center]] 7. Search for and Select the contractor(s) for this DWR by Clicking on the row(s). 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractors''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture8.png|center]] 9. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor''' field indicates the contractor(s) you selected.</li> <li>'''Prime''' field indicates whether the contractor is the prime contractor on the contract.</li> <li>'''DBE Certified''' field indicates whether this contractor is certified as a DBE vendor.</li> <li>'''Equipment''' field indicates whether the contractor has equipment being reported on this DWR.</li> <li>'''Personnel''' field indicates whether this contractor has personnel being reported on this DWR.</li> </ol> 10. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Start Time''' field - enter the time of day this contractor was first observed on site.</li> <li>'''End Time''' field - enter the time of day this contractor was last observed on site.</li> <li>'''Hours''' field - enter the total time the contractor was observed on site.</li> </ol> 11. Click the '''Save''' button. ==Adding Contractor Equipment on a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |MDOT has chosen to use a standardized equipment list. Specific or special equipment information should be recorded in the comments field of the equipment being used. |- |} </div> 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add Equipment to. 5. Select the '''Contractor Equipment''' tab. 6. Click the row '''Actions''' button for the contractor associated with this DWR and choose the '''Select Equipment''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture9.png|center|850px]] 7. Search for and Select the appropriate contract vendor equipment ID(s). 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractor Equipment''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture10.png|center]] 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Number On Site''' field, enter the number of pieces of the equipment on site on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Number Used''' field, enter the number of pieces of the equipment used on site on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Used''' field, enter the number of hours the equipment was used on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Idle''' field, enter the number of hours the equipment was idle on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record (Tip: clicking the magnifying glass opens a text dialog panel for the comments field).</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture11.png|center]] 10. Click the '''Save''' button. ==Adding Contractor Personnel on a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add Personnel to. 5. Select the '''Contractor Personnel''' tab. 6. For the appropriate contractor, click the row '''Actions''' button, and choose the '''Select Personnel''' action. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |MDOT has chosen to use a standardized personnel list. Specific or special personnel information should be recorded in the comments field of the personnel listed. |- |} </div> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture12.png|center|850px]] 7. Select the personnel records to associate with the DWR. 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractor Personnel''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture13.png|center]] 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Number On Site''' field, enter the count of how many of this type of personnel to record on this DWR date for this contractor.</li> <li>'''Total Hours''' field, enter the total number of hours worked by this person for this DWR contractor on this date.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record (Tip: clicking the magnifying glass opens a text dialog panel for the comments field).</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture14.png|center]] 10. Click the '''Save''' button. 72c5283efbb657860fce2e6d2e1f1f14b2f647ff 125 124 2021-09-03T19:20:28Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki =DAILY WORK REPORTS= ==Adding Daily Work Reports== <p style="color:green"><i>There are several ways to create a daily work report. The steps below show one of the fastest ways to create a DWR without entering the contract.</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For information about how DWRs can be created with the Mobile Inspector application, contact the MDOT Construction Technology help desk at 517-322-1556 or [mailto:Change?body=http://mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Daily Work Report Overview''' quick link. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture1.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Select Contract to Add DWR''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture2.png|center]] 3. Search for and Select the contract ID in which to add a DWR. 4. Click the '''Create DWR on Contract''' button. You will be taken to the General tab. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture3.png|center]] 5. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''DWR Date''' field, enter the date for the DWR using the calendar or manual entry.</li> <li>'''Weather''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate weather condition.</li> <li>'''Rainfall Amount''' field, enter the amount of rainfall recorded for the DWR date, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Low Temperature''' field, enter the low temperature recorded for the DWR date.</li> <li>'''High Temperature''' field, enter the high temperature recorded for the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Remarks''' section, in the '''Type''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate remark type</li> <li>'''Remarks''' section, in the '''Remarks''' field, enter remarks for the day.</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture4.png|center]] 6. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''SECIR Report''' field - indicates whether a Storm Water Environmental Compliance Inspection Report may be required (to be used in a future release of the software).</li> <li>'''Contractors Onsite''' field - indicates whether a contractor is recorded on the DWR.</li> <li>'''Attachments''' field - indicates whether there are attachments associated with this DWR.</li> <li>'''Remarks''' field - indicates the number of remarks.</li> <li>'''Federal Project Number''' field - indicates the project number assigned by the federal government.</li> <li>'''Entered By''' field - indicates the user ID and name of the person that created the DWR.</li> <li>'''Entered Date''' field - indicates the date and time the record was added to the system.</li> <li>'''Approval Date''' field - indicates the date that the DWR was approved.</li> <li>'''Approved By''' field - indicates the user who approved the DWR.</li> <li>'''Payment Est Num''' field - indicates the number generated by the system and assigned to the contract payment estimate when it is created.</li> <li>'''Payment Est Statu'''s field - indicates the status of the payment estimate.</li> <li>'''Agency Views''' field - indicates whether agency views are associated with a contract item posted to this DWR.</li> <li>'''Work Items Installed''' field - indicates whether any work items are recorded on the DWR.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Daily Work Report Notes== <p style="color:green"><i>The notes captured in the Notes section of the Daily Work Report are like sticky notes on a paper document. They are not part of the official DWR. Notes may contain any type of information related to the DWR and can be added or deleted at any time, regardless of the DWR status.</i> <p style="color:green"><i>'''Notes should not be used for recording information that should be documented in the official DWR!'''</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Many roles have the ability to create DWR notes but only the Office Technician roles can delete DWR notes. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add notes to. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture5.png|center]] 5. Click the '''Notes''' tab. 6. Click the '''New''' button. 7. Enter the appropriate information in the '''DWR Note''' field. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture6.png|center]] 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Recording Time Information on a Daily Work Report== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Time Tab is used to charge contract time against Work Day and Calendar Day contracts. This tab is not used for Completion Date contracts.</i></p> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to record time information on. 5. Select the '''Contract Time''' tab. 6. Search for and select the time ID to modify, and click the expand arrow for the time ID. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor Working''' check the box to indicate the contractor was working on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Available''' field, enter the number of time units available for the contractor to work.</li> <li>'''Hours Worked''' field, enter the number of time units the contractor worked.</li> <li>'''Controlling Operation''' field, enter the primary type of work related to the time charge.</li> <li>'''Delay Reason''' field, enter a description of circumstances or events impeding progress of work related to the contract time.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record.</li> <li>'''Time Charged''' field, enter the number of time units charged.</li> <li>'''Work Start Time''' field, enter the date and time of day the contractor began work.</li> <li>'''Work Stop Time''' field, enter the date and time of day the contractor stopped work.</li> </ol> 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Contractors On Site== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contractors On Site tab is used to record the contractors that will be part of this DWR.</i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The contractor must be listed on the Contractors On Site tab if you wish to post any items to that contractor. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add contractors to. 5. Select the '''Contractors On Site''' tab. 6. Click the '''Select Contractors''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture7.png|center]] 7. Search for and Select the contractor(s) for this DWR by Clicking on the row(s). 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractors''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture8.png|center]] 9. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor''' field indicates the contractor(s) you selected.</li> <li>'''Prime''' field indicates whether the contractor is the prime contractor on the contract.</li> <li>'''DBE Certified''' field indicates whether this contractor is certified as a DBE vendor.</li> <li>'''Equipment''' field indicates whether the contractor has equipment being reported on this DWR.</li> <li>'''Personnel''' field indicates whether this contractor has personnel being reported on this DWR.</li> </ol> 10. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Start Time''' field - enter the time of day this contractor was first observed on site.</li> <li>'''End Time''' field - enter the time of day this contractor was last observed on site.</li> <li>'''Hours''' field - enter the total time the contractor was observed on site.</li> </ol> 11. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Contractor Equipment on a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |MDOT has chosen to use a standardized equipment list. Specific or special equipment information should be recorded in the comments field of the equipment being used. |- |} </div> 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add Equipment to. 5. Select the '''Contractor Equipment''' tab. 6. Click the row '''Actions''' button for the contractor associated with this DWR and choose the '''Select Equipment''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture9.png|center|850px]] 7. Search for and Select the appropriate contract vendor equipment ID(s). 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractor Equipment''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture10.png|center]] 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Number On Site''' field, enter the number of pieces of the equipment on site on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Number Used''' field, enter the number of pieces of the equipment used on site on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Used''' field, enter the number of hours the equipment was used on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Idle''' field, enter the number of hours the equipment was idle on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record (Tip: clicking the magnifying glass opens a text dialog panel for the comments field).</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture11.png|center]] 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Contractor Personnel on a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add Personnel to. 5. Select the '''Contractor Personnel''' tab. 6. For the appropriate contractor, click the row '''Actions''' button, and choose the '''Select Personnel''' action. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |MDOT has chosen to use a standardized personnel list. Specific or special personnel information should be recorded in the comments field of the personnel listed. |- |} </div> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture12.png|center|850px]] 7. Select the personnel records to associate with the DWR. 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractor Personnel''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture13.png|center]] 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Number On Site''' field, enter the count of how many of this type of personnel to record on this DWR date for this contractor.</li> <li>'''Total Hours''' field, enter the total number of hours worked by this person for this DWR contractor on this date.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record (Tip: clicking the magnifying glass opens a text dialog panel for the comments field).</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture14.png|center]] 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Posting Items to a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to post items to. 5. Select the '''Item Postings''' tab. 6. Click the '''Select Items''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture15.png|center]] 7. Search for and Select the contract line number(s) to add to the DWR. 8. Click the '''Save''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture16.png|center]] 9. Click the expand arrow for the newly added item posting. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture17.png|center]] 10. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Attention''' field indicates the number of attention flags recorded for this entity.</li> <li>'''Units''' field indicates the type of measurement used to determine the quantity of the reference item.</li> <li>'''Agency Views''' field indicates if there are agency views or not on this DWR.</li> </ol> 11. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the contractor that performed the work for this item posting.</li> <li>'''Quantity Posted''' field, enter the quantity of the item installed by the contractor on this date.</li> <li>'''Station From'''field, enter the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Station From Plus''' field, enter the distance from the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Type''' field, enter the offset type for the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Distance''' field, enter the offset distance for the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Station To''' field, enter the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Station To Plus''' field, enter the distance from the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Type''' field, enter the offset type for the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Distance''' field, enter the offset distance for the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Location''' field, enter the location where the work was performed for the DWR item posting.</li> <li>'''Measured''' check box, check if the item quantity installed is measured, or leave the box unchecked if the installed quantity is interim.</li> <li>'''Material Set''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the material set associated with the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Plan Sheet Page Number''' field, enter the number of the plan sheet page on which this work item is found.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the item posting.</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture18.png|center]] 12. Click the '''Save''' button. 13. The list of materials associated with the material set you have chosen will now populate at the bottom of your item posting. 14. The following fields will self-populate <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Material Name''' field indicates the name of the material being used.</li> <li>'''Conversion Factor''' field indicates the item-material conversion factor used to determine the installed quantity</li> <li>'''Overwritten''' field indicates if the user has updated the installed quantity field</li> <li>'''Installed Qty''' field indicates the quantity of material placed in the field for the listed material</li> <li>'''Material Units''' field indicates unit of the material being used. </ol> 15. Update the '''Installed Qty''' field if needed and click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Recording Material Comments and Sources== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to edit. 5. Select the '''Material Postings''' tab. 6. Click the expand arrow for the item. 7. Click the expand arrow for the material. 8. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Source''' field, begin typing the source name to find and select the source of the material</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any information needing to be documented for this material</li> </ol> 9. Click the '''Save''' button <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Attachments and Links to a DWR== <p style="color:green"><i>The application provides an easy way to integrate outside information of various kinds into your project. Examples of the types of files you might attach include Microsoft® Word documents, Excel spreadsheets, PDFs, digital photographs and other types of graphic files.</i> </p> '''To add an attachment:''' 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add attachments to. 5. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select '''Attachments.''' 6. Click the '''Select File''' button. 7. Navigate to and select the file you wish to attach. 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Name''' field indicates the file name.</li> <li>'''Historical Report''' field indicates if the file was created by the historical report process.</li> <li>'''Size''' field indicates the file size.</li> <li>'''Additional Roles Count''' field indicates additional security features of the attachment.</li> </ol> 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Description''' field – enter a description for the attachment</li> <li>'''Attorney/Client Privilege''' – select this is the file is associated with attorney/client privilege</li> </ol> 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <p style="color:green"><i>Links are like attachments except that you don’t need to have the actual file. Just the URL, URN, or some other link to where the file is located.</i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Links are a great option for referencing files that are already stored in ProjectWise. Just use the URN! (in PW right click the file > Send Links > Copy Document URNs to Clipboard) |- |} </div> '''To add a link:''' 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add links to. 5. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select '''Links.''' 6. Click the ''New''' button. A new link row will appear. 7. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Additional Roles Count''' field indicates additional security features of the link.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields are required: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Link Name''' field – enter the name of the document or location you are linking to</li> <li>'''URL''' – enter the link you wish to use</li> </ol> 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Description''' field – enter a description for the link</li> </ol> 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Submitting a Daily Work Report for Approval== <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Depending on your access, you may not have the ability to submit for approval, approve, or reject a DWR and can skip this section. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to submit. 5. The Status must be Draft to Submit for Approval. 6. Click the row '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Submit for Approval''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture19.png|center]] 7. The DWR will save automatically and the Status will change to Pending. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture20.png|center]] <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Approving a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Construction''' component. 2. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 3. To approve a DWR, you must have authority to approve it and it must have a status of Pending Approval. 4. Click the row '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Approve action.''' [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture21.png|center]] 5. The DWR will save automatically and the Status will change to Approved. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture22.png|center]] <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |A DWR can be rejected and submitted for approval many times. However, once the DWR is approved it is not able to be edited. An approved DWR is locked from any future changes. |- |} </div> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Additional Daily Work Reports== <p style="color:green"><i>The steps below show another popular way to create a DWR. This method shows the navigation steps of creating a DWR from within the contract itself.</i> </p> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID in which to add a DWR.''' [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture23.png|center]] 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab and Click the '''Add''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture24.png|center]] 4. Enter the general information for the DWR as shown in “Adding First Daily Work Report.” 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Copying a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID in which the DWR is located.''' 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab 4. Click the row '''Actions''' button on the DWR you wish to copy and choose the '''Copy''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture25.png|center]] 5. Click the '''Save''' button. 6. Update information for the DWR and Click '''Save''' again. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Generating DWR Reports== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Sub reports can optionally be generated for remarks; contract times; contractor personnel and equipment and attachments in the DWR. 5. You can generate reports for multiple DWRs created by multiple inspectors for different date ranges. When multiple reports are generated, each DWR is separated by a page break. 6. If you generate this report for a DWR that is not yet approved, the system automatically includes a Draft watermark on all pages of the report. 7. Click the row '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Daily Work Report''' action from the '''Reports''' section. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture26.png|center]] 1. Click all of the following check boxes: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Show Remarks''' check box to display the sub report for Remarks.</li> <li>'''Show Contract Times''' check box to display the sub report for Contract Time.</li> <li>'''Show Contractor Personnel''' check box to display the sub report for Contractor Personnel.</li> <li>'''Show Contractor Equipment''' check box to display the sub report for Contractor Equipment.</li> <li>'''Show Attachments''' check box to display the sub report for Attachments.</li> </ol> 2. Click the '''Execute''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture27.png|center]] 58a9582b28c7eb04667a140d1c5a23f3842ed0fd 8 4 120 89 2021-08-05T15:54:09Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *General Information **mainpage|mainpage-description **Access and Roles|Access and Roles **General Navigation|General Navigation *Maintaining Your Contract **Maintaining Contract Items **Maintaining Users Access To Your Contract **Maintaining General Contract Information **Sub Contracts **Contractor Performance Reviews *Daily Work Reports **Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Daily_Work_Reports|Creating DWRs **DWR Approval Process **Advanced DWR Functions *Change Orders **Creating Change Orders **Change Order Approval Process *Pay Estimates **Creating a Pay Estimate **Pay Estimate Approval Process *Materials **Maintaining Contract Materials **Material Approvals *Misc. Contract Management **Running Reports *Training **Contract Quick Start Guide **Video Library|Video Library *SEARCH *TOOLBOX *LANGUAGES 6a87e50f2ff953414861214cade1c78980cb7a58 121 120 2021-08-05T15:57:23Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *General Information **mainpage|mainpage-description **Access and Roles|Access and Roles **General Navigation|General Navigation *Maintaining Your Contract **Maintaining Contract Items **Maintaining Users Access To Your Contract **Maintaining General Contract Information **Sub Contracts **Contractor Performance Reviews *Daily Work Reports **Daily_Work_Reports#Recording_Time_Information_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Recording Time Information on a Daily Work Report **DWR Approval Process **Advanced DWR Functions *Change Orders **Creating Change Orders **Change Order Approval Process *Pay Estimates **Creating a Pay Estimate **Pay Estimate Approval Process *Materials **Maintaining Contract Materials **Material Approvals *Misc. Contract Management **Running Reports *Training **Contract Quick Start Guide **Video Library|Video Library *SEARCH *TOOLBOX *LANGUAGES 31739c9454e01f2bd73e57febed7e772d6d52b4f 122 121 2021-08-05T16:00:13Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *General Information **mainpage|mainpage-description **Access and Roles|Access and Roles **General Navigation|General Navigation *Maintaining Your Contract **Maintaining Contract Items **Maintaining Users Access To Your Contract **Maintaining General Contract Information **Sub Contracts **Contractor Performance Reviews *Daily_Work_Reports|Daily Work Reports **Daily_Work_Reports#Recording_Time_Information_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Recording Time Information on a Daily Work Report **DWR Approval Process **Advanced DWR Functions *Change Orders **Creating Change Orders **Change Order Approval Process *Pay Estimates **Creating a Pay Estimate **Pay Estimate Approval Process *Materials **Maintaining Contract Materials **Material Approvals *Misc. Contract Management **Running Reports *Training **Contract Quick Start Guide **Video Library|Video Library *SEARCH *TOOLBOX *LANGUAGES 5dd8390d40c0f76f7dcbbe27186add048a5d7e86 126 122 2021-09-10T14:25:19Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Symbols_and_Buttons|Symbols and Buttons **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Home_Dashboard|Home Dashboard **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Global_Menu|Global Menu **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Quick_Links|Quick Links **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Page_Title|Page Title **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Components|Components **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Changing_User_Roles|Changing User Roles *DAILY WORK REPORTS *CHANGE ORDERS *PAYMENT ESTIMATES *VIDEO LIBRARY *TOOLBOX 7d7616d206e6840f0c23530aff43fc9d2d875b1a 127 126 2021-09-10T14:28:50Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Symbols_and_Buttons|Symbols and Buttons **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Home_Dashboard|Home Dashboard **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Global_Menu|Global Menu **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Quick_Links|Quick Links **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Page_Title|Page Title **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Components|Components **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Changing_User_Roles|Changing User Roles *DAILY WORK REPORTS *CHANGE ORDERS *PAYMENT ESTIMATES *VIDEO LIBRARY *TOOLBOX e90b401185bc5a5c20ce28f7d1143370fcd783ea 128 127 2021-09-10T14:33:57Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Symbols_and_Buttons|Symbols and Buttons **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Home_Dashboard|Home Dashboard **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Global_Menu|Global Menu **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Quick_Links|Quick Links **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Page_Title|Page Title **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Components|Components **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Changing_User_Roles|Changing User Roles *DAILY WORK REPORTS *CHANGE ORDERS *PAYMENT ESTIMATES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Video_Library|VIDEO LIBRARY *TOOLBOX 37c85379f13a670d49af8c5f88a0e30ff8008be5 129 128 2021-09-10T15:26:42Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Symbols_and_Buttons|Symbols and Buttons **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Home_Dashboard|Home Dashboard **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Global_Menu|Global Menu **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Quick_Links|Quick Links **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Page_Title|Page Title **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Components|Components **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Changing_User_Roles|Changing User Roles *DAILY WORK REPORTS *CHANGE ORDERS *PAYMENT ESTIMATES *RUNNING REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Video_Library|VIDEO LIBRARY *TOOLBOX c9b9e7fb6527f2233357cc50e37ebf791148816d 131 129 2021-09-20T12:39:14Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Symbols_and_Buttons|Symbols and Buttons **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Home_Dashboard|Home Dashboard **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Global_Menu|Global Menu **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Quick_Links|Quick Links **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Page_Title|Page Title **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Components|Components **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Changing_User_Roles|Changing User Roles *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports|DAILY WORK REPORTS **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Daily_Work_Reports|Adding Daily Work Reports **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Daily_Work_Report_Notes|Daily Work Report Notes **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Recording_Time_Information_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Recording Time Information on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractors_On_Site|Adding Contractors On Site **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractor_Equipment_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Adding Contractor Equipment on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractor_Personnel_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Adding Contractor Personnel on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Posting_Items_to_a_Daily_Work_Report|Posting Items to a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Recording_Material_Comments_and_Sources|Recording Material Comments and Sources **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Attachments_and_Links_to_a_DWR|Adding Attachments and Links to a DWR **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Submitting_a_Daily_Work_Report_for_Approval|Submitting a Daily Work Report for Approval **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report|Approving a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Additional_Daily_Work_Reports|Adding Additional Daily Work Reports **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Copying_a_Daily_Work_Report|Copying a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Generating_DWR_Reports|Generating DWR Reports *CHANGE ORDERS *PAYMENT ESTIMATES *RUNNING REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Video_Library|VIDEO LIBRARY *TOOLBOX 398fff3fc7613eaedd3ea3aaa268adb094d75e56 133 131 2021-10-06T12:36:42Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Symbols_and_Buttons|Symbols and Buttons **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Home_Dashboard|Home Dashboard **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Global_Menu|Global Menu **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Quick_Links|Quick Links **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Page_Title|Page Title **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Components|Components **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Changing_User_Roles|Changing User Roles *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports|DAILY WORK REPORTS **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Daily_Work_Reports|Adding Daily Work Reports **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Daily_Work_Report_Notes|Daily Work Report Notes **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Recording_Time_Information_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Recording Time Information on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractors_On_Site|Adding Contractors On Site **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractor_Equipment_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Adding Contractor Equipment on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractor_Personnel_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Adding Contractor Personnel on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Posting_Items_to_a_Daily_Work_Report|Posting Items to a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Recording_Material_Comments_and_Sources|Recording Material Comments and Sources **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Attachments_and_Links_to_a_DWR|Adding Attachments and Links to a DWR **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Submitting_a_Daily_Work_Report_for_Approval|Submitting a Daily Work Report for Approval **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report|Approving a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Additional_Daily_Work_Reports|Adding Additional Daily Work Reports **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Copying_a_Daily_Work_Report|Copying a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Generating_DWR_Reports|Generating DWR Reports *CHANGE ORDERS|https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adding_a_Change_Order_to_a_Contract|Adding a Change Order to a Contract **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Change_Order_Explanations|Change Order Explanations **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Changing_Item_Quantities_with_a_Change_Order|Changing Item Quantities with a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Balancing_Completed_Items|Balancing Completed Items **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items|Modifying Contract Items **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adjusting_Contract_Time_with_a_Change_Order|Adjusting Contract Time with a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Managing_Change_Order_Reviewers|Managing Change Order Reviewers **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Managing_Change_Order_Approvals|Managing Change Order Approvals **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Submitting_a_Change_Order_for_Approval|Submitting a Change Order for Approval **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Viewing_a_Contract_Change_Order|Viewing a Contract Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Reviewing_a_Change_Order|Reviewing a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Approving_or_Rejecting_a_Change_Order|Approving or Rejecting a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Tracking_Approvals_for_a_Change_Order|Tracking Approvals for a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Generating_the_Change_Order_Report|Generating the Change Order Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Appendix_A|Appendix A *PAYMENT ESTIMATES *RUNNING REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Video_Library|VIDEO LIBRARY *TOOLBOX 3d8081a8d4418c39d4a9ab756d2b1556c0610ea3 134 133 2021-10-06T12:37:54Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Symbols_and_Buttons|Symbols and Buttons **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Home_Dashboard|Home Dashboard **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Global_Menu|Global Menu **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Quick_Links|Quick Links **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Page_Title|Page Title **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Components|Components **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Changing_User_Roles|Changing User Roles *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports|DAILY WORK REPORTS **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Daily_Work_Reports|Adding Daily Work Reports **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Daily_Work_Report_Notes|Daily Work Report Notes **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Recording_Time_Information_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Recording Time Information on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractors_On_Site|Adding Contractors On Site **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractor_Equipment_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Adding Contractor Equipment on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractor_Personnel_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Adding Contractor Personnel on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Posting_Items_to_a_Daily_Work_Report|Posting Items to a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Recording_Material_Comments_and_Sources|Recording Material Comments and Sources **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Attachments_and_Links_to_a_DWR|Adding Attachments and Links to a DWR **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Submitting_a_Daily_Work_Report_for_Approval|Submitting a Daily Work Report for Approval **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report|Approving a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Additional_Daily_Work_Reports|Adding Additional Daily Work Reports **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Copying_a_Daily_Work_Report|Copying a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Generating_DWR_Reports|Generating DWR Reports *CHANGE ORDERS|https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders|CHANGE ORDERS **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adding_a_Change_Order_to_a_Contract|Adding a Change Order to a Contract **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Change_Order_Explanations|Change Order Explanations **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Changing_Item_Quantities_with_a_Change_Order|Changing Item Quantities with a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Balancing_Completed_Items|Balancing Completed Items **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items|Modifying Contract Items **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adjusting_Contract_Time_with_a_Change_Order|Adjusting Contract Time with a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Managing_Change_Order_Reviewers|Managing Change Order Reviewers **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Managing_Change_Order_Approvals|Managing Change Order Approvals **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Submitting_a_Change_Order_for_Approval|Submitting a Change Order for Approval **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Viewing_a_Contract_Change_Order|Viewing a Contract Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Reviewing_a_Change_Order|Reviewing a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Approving_or_Rejecting_a_Change_Order|Approving or Rejecting a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Tracking_Approvals_for_a_Change_Order|Tracking Approvals for a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Generating_the_Change_Order_Report|Generating the Change Order Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Appendix_A|Appendix A *PAYMENT ESTIMATES *RUNNING REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Video_Library|VIDEO LIBRARY *TOOLBOX 7f857caab0bccb67681e9e50d376b4713caaa843 136 134 2021-10-08T12:23:26Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Symbols_and_Buttons|Symbols and Buttons **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Home_Dashboard|Home Dashboard **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Global_Menu|Global Menu **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Quick_Links|Quick Links **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Page_Title|Page Title **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Components|Components **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Changing_User_Roles|Changing User Roles *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports|DAILY WORK REPORTS **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Daily_Work_Reports|Adding Daily Work Reports **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Daily_Work_Report_Notes|Daily Work Report Notes **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Recording_Time_Information_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Recording Time Information on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractors_On_Site|Adding Contractors On Site **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractor_Equipment_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Adding Contractor Equipment on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractor_Personnel_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Adding Contractor Personnel on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Posting_Items_to_a_Daily_Work_Report|Posting Items to a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Recording_Material_Comments_and_Sources|Recording Material Comments and Sources **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Attachments_and_Links_to_a_DWR|Adding Attachments and Links to a DWR **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Submitting_a_Daily_Work_Report_for_Approval|Submitting a Daily Work Report for Approval **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report|Approving a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Additional_Daily_Work_Reports|Adding Additional Daily Work Reports **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Copying_a_Daily_Work_Report|Copying a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Generating_DWR_Reports|Generating DWR Reports *CHANGE ORDERS|https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders|CHANGE ORDERS **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adding_a_Change_Order_to_a_Contract|Adding a Change Order to a Contract **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Change_Order_Explanations|Change Order Explanations **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Changing_Item_Quantities_with_a_Change_Order|Changing Item Quantities with a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Balancing_Completed_Items|Balancing Completed Items **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items|Modifying Contract Items **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adjusting_Contract_Time_with_a_Change_Order|Adjusting Contract Time with a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Managing_Change_Order_Reviewers|Managing Change Order Reviewers **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Managing_Change_Order_Approvals|Managing Change Order Approvals **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Submitting_a_Change_Order_for_Approval|Submitting a Change Order for Approval **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Viewing_a_Contract_Change_Order|Viewing a Contract Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Reviewing_a_Change_Order|Reviewing a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Approving_or_Rejecting_a_Change_Order|Approving or Rejecting a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Tracking_Approvals_for_a_Change_Order|Tracking Approvals for a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Generating_the_Change_Order_Report|Generating the Change Order Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Appendix_A|Appendix A *PAYMENT ESTIMATES **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Pay_Estimates|Pay Estimates *RUNNING REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Video_Library|VIDEO LIBRARY *TOOLBOX f1955479ff0aff2a8f22bd697c9c7a62488b1ef4 137 136 2021-10-08T12:24:21Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Symbols_and_Buttons|Symbols and Buttons **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Home_Dashboard|Home Dashboard **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Global_Menu|Global Menu **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Quick_Links|Quick Links **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Page_Title|Page Title **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Components|Components **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Changing_User_Roles|Changing User Roles *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports|DAILY WORK REPORTS **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Daily_Work_Reports|Adding Daily Work Reports **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Daily_Work_Report_Notes|Daily Work Report Notes **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Recording_Time_Information_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Recording Time Information on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractors_On_Site|Adding Contractors On Site **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractor_Equipment_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Adding Contractor Equipment on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractor_Personnel_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Adding Contractor Personnel on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Posting_Items_to_a_Daily_Work_Report|Posting Items to a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Recording_Material_Comments_and_Sources|Recording Material Comments and Sources **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Attachments_and_Links_to_a_DWR|Adding Attachments and Links to a DWR **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Submitting_a_Daily_Work_Report_for_Approval|Submitting a Daily Work Report for Approval **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report|Approving a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Additional_Daily_Work_Reports|Adding Additional Daily Work Reports **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Copying_a_Daily_Work_Report|Copying a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Generating_DWR_Reports|Generating DWR Reports *CHANGE ORDERS|https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders|CHANGE ORDERS **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adding_a_Change_Order_to_a_Contract|Adding a Change Order to a Contract **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Change_Order_Explanations|Change Order Explanations **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Changing_Item_Quantities_with_a_Change_Order|Changing Item Quantities with a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Balancing_Completed_Items|Balancing Completed Items **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items|Modifying Contract Items **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adjusting_Contract_Time_with_a_Change_Order|Adjusting Contract Time with a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Managing_Change_Order_Reviewers|Managing Change Order Reviewers **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Managing_Change_Order_Approvals|Managing Change Order Approvals **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Submitting_a_Change_Order_for_Approval|Submitting a Change Order for Approval **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Viewing_a_Contract_Change_Order|Viewing a Contract Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Reviewing_a_Change_Order|Reviewing a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Approving_or_Rejecting_a_Change_Order|Approving or Rejecting a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Tracking_Approvals_for_a_Change_Order|Tracking Approvals for a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Generating_the_Change_Order_Report|Generating the Change Order Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Appendix_A|Appendix A *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Pay_Estimates|PAYMENT ESTIMATES *RUNNING REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Video_Library|VIDEO LIBRARY *TOOLBOX 98bdd9f52de139f527a3b1e2f4cb77afe9c86033 138 137 2021-10-08T12:28:53Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Symbols_and_Buttons|Symbols and Buttons **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Home_Dashboard|Home Dashboard **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Global_Menu|Global Menu **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Quick_Links|Quick Links **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Page_Title|Page Title **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Components|Components **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Changing_User_Roles|Changing User Roles *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports|DAILY WORK REPORTS **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Daily_Work_Reports|Adding Daily Work Reports **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Daily_Work_Report_Notes|Daily Work Report Notes **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Recording_Time_Information_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Recording Time Information on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractors_On_Site|Adding Contractors On Site **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractor_Equipment_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Adding Contractor Equipment on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractor_Personnel_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Adding Contractor Personnel on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Posting_Items_to_a_Daily_Work_Report|Posting Items to a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Recording_Material_Comments_and_Sources|Recording Material Comments and Sources **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Attachments_and_Links_to_a_DWR|Adding Attachments and Links to a DWR **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Submitting_a_Daily_Work_Report_for_Approval|Submitting a Daily Work Report for Approval **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report|Approving a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Additional_Daily_Work_Reports|Adding Additional Daily Work Reports **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Copying_a_Daily_Work_Report|Copying a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Generating_DWR_Reports|Generating DWR Reports *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders|CHANGE ORDERS **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adding_a_Change_Order_to_a_Contract|Adding a Change Order to a Contract **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Change_Order_Explanations|Change Order Explanations **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Changing_Item_Quantities_with_a_Change_Order|Changing Item Quantities with a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Balancing_Completed_Items|Balancing Completed Items **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items|Modifying Contract Items **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adjusting_Contract_Time_with_a_Change_Order|Adjusting Contract Time with a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Managing_Change_Order_Reviewers|Managing Change Order Reviewers **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Managing_Change_Order_Approvals|Managing Change Order Approvals **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Submitting_a_Change_Order_for_Approval|Submitting a Change Order for Approval **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Viewing_a_Contract_Change_Order|Viewing a Contract Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Reviewing_a_Change_Order|Reviewing a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Approving_or_Rejecting_a_Change_Order|Approving or Rejecting a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Tracking_Approvals_for_a_Change_Order|Tracking Approvals for a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Generating_the_Change_Order_Report|Generating the Change Order Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Appendix_A|Appendix A *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Pay_Estimates|PAYMENT ESTIMATES *RUNNING REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Video_Library|VIDEO LIBRARY *TOOLBOX b3f88f59f81cdf91106cc273f76e39411ff5086b 0 1 130 50 2021-09-20T12:17:20Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |- |} </div> ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] <br> 1-844-4MI-MDOT (1-844-464-6368) </div> d1ab9af7c58e204e134767de3ca515d8aaf0a203 0 59 132 2021-10-06T12:11:01Z McGowanR 4 Created page with "=CHANGE ORDERS= <p style="color:green"><i>Change orders allow you to legally change a signed contract, including adding new items of work to the contract, increasing/decreasi..." wikitext text/x-wiki =CHANGE ORDERS= <p style="color:green"><i>Change orders allow you to legally change a signed contract, including adding new items of work to the contract, increasing/decreasing quantities of existing items, making time extensions, setting final quantities, and specification changes. Please remember that depending on policies, system configurations, and roles, you may not have access to all the AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials functionality shown in this Users’ guide. </i> </p> ==Adding a '''Change Order''' to a Contract== 1. Navigate to the Change Order component. [[File:Change Orders Picture1.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Select Contract to Add Change Order''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture2.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the appropriate contract. 4. Click the '''Create Change Order on Contract''' button. 5. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Change Order Date''' - enter the date of the change order.</li> <li>'''Description''' - enter a description for the change order.</li> <li>'''Change Order Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the classification for the change order.</li> <li>'''Author''' - search for and select the user ID for the person creating the change order.</li> </ol> 6. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Entered By''' - indicates the name of the person who added the record.</li> <li>'''Entered Date''' - indicates the date and time the record was added.</li> <li>'''Explanations''' - indicates the number of explanations associated to the change order, from the Change Order Explanations section in the lower part of the window.</li> <li>'''Change Order Revision Number''' - indicates that number of times that the change order was revised.</li> <li>'''Approval Date''' - indicates the date the change order was approved, when applicable.</li> <li>'''Current Approval Round''' - specifies the current round of approval that has been achieved for the change order.</li> <li>'''Current Approval Group''' - specifies the approval group corresponding to the current level of approval.</li> <li>'''Override Approval Rules''' - indicates whether standard approval rules are superseded for the change order.</li> <li>'''Total of Previously Approved Change Orders''' - indicates the total amount of all other change orders for this contract that have reached approval status.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Change Order Explanations== <p style="color:green"><i>Explanation information can be added for the change order in the Change Order Explanations section. You can add your own explanation. The system enters a sequence number in the Order field, which can be changed. </i> </p> To add an explanation to a change order: 1. In the '''Change Orders Explanation''' section, in the '''Reference Explanation Name''' field, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. [[File:Change Orders Picture3.png|center]] 2. Click the Save button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Changing Item Quantities with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>Sometimes during construction on an project, there may be a need to increase or decrease the quantity of a work item that was approved in the executed contract. The Increase/Decrease Items tab contains a row for each item quantity being changed on this change order. The rows are divided into two sections, one for general quantity changes on items that are not completed in the project and the other for quantity changes needed to balance completed items. </i> </p> 1. Click the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' tab. 2. In the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' section, click the '''Select Items''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture4.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the item(s) to change. 4. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 5. Click the arrow to expand the row. 6. In the '''Increase/Decrease Quantity''' field, enter the change to the approved quantity for the contract project item. 7. In the '''Change Order Increase/Decrease Items Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. [[File:Change Orders Picture5.png|center]] 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Balancing Completed Items== <p style="color:green"><i>At the time a work item is marked complete on a contract, the quantity used might not match the approved quantity on the contract; that is, the remaining item quantity might not be zero. A portion of the approved quantity might not have been used and is therefore left over, or the project may have overrun the approved quantity of the item. </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>Use the Balance Completed Items section to balance the quantity for a completed item, that is, to provide it with a zero quantity. The system automatically calculates the correct increase or decrease needed to balance the completed item. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |A non-lump sum item must be marked complete on the Contract Items screen for this process to work. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' tab 2. In the '''Balance Completed Items''' section, click the '''Balance Completed Items''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture6.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the item(s) to balance. 4. Click the '''Balance Completed Items''' button. 5. In the '''Balance Completed Items Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. 6. Click the '''Save''' button. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The system will list all the non lumpsum items on the contract that have been marked complete. |- |} </div> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>Sometimes during a construction project, the contractor will need to complete items of work that were not included in the executed contract. This is one of the most common reasons for creating a change order. Any kind of item can be added to the contract on a change order, including new reference items, contract items and, unattached items. </i> </p> 1. Click the '''New Items''' tab. 2. In the '''New Items''' section, click the '''Select New Item''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture7.png|center]] 3. In the '''Item''' field, search for and select the item to add to the change order. 4. Click the row for the project/category to which the item will be added. 5. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 6. Click the expand arrow for the row. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the project item line number.</li> <li>'''Contract Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the contact item line number.</li> <li>'''Quantity''' -enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the identification name or number for the fund package.</li> <li>'''Unit Price''' - enter the unit price for the item at the contract project level.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - enter an additional description for the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> <li>'''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates source of where the item originated.</li> <li>'''Extended Amount''' - shows the extended amount for the new item on the change order.</li> </ol> 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Unattached Items== <p style="color:green"><i>An unattached item is an item that was added to the contract after the contract was executed. Unattached items are included in contract categories and can be tracked on daily work reports but are not recognized as contract items by the system and cannot be included in a contract payment until they are added to the contract through a change order and the change order is approved. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For this section to work properly, at least one unattached item should already have been added on the Contract Items screen. |- |} </div> 1. In the '''Unattached Items''' section, click the '''Select Unattached Item''' button. The system displays a row for each unattached item that was created on the contract. [[File:Change Orders Picture8.png|center]] 2. Click the row for the appropriate unattached item to add to the change order. 3. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 4. Click the expand arrow for the row, if necessary. 5. Verify the project item line number in the '''Project Item Line Number''' field. 6. Verify the contact item line number in the '''Contract Item Line Number''' field. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Quantity''' - enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate fund package.</li> <li>'''Unit Price''' - enter the unit price for the item at the contract project level.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - enter an additional description for the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates source of where the item originated.</li> <li>'''Extended Amount''' - shows the extended amount for the new item on the change order.</li> </ol> 9. Enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate, in the '''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section. 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Modifying Contract Items== <p style="color:green"><i>Contract items are items that are already associated with this contract but need to be added to one or more additional projects or categories. Previously these were called modified original items. </i> </p> 1. In the '''Contract Items''' section, click the '''Select Contract Item''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture9.png|center]] 2. Search for and select the item(s) to add to the change order in the '''Contract Item''' field. 3. Click the row for the project/category to which the item will be added. 4. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 5. Click the expand arrow for the row. 6. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the project item line number.</li> <li>'''Quantity''' - enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the identification name or number for the fund package.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> </ol> 7. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contract Item Line Number''' - identifies the line item within the contract. <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates where the contract item originated. <li>'''Unit Price''' - indicates the price for the item at the contract proposal level. <li>'''Extended Amount''' - indicates the extended amount for the new item on the change order. <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - displays additional information describing the entity. </ol> 8. Enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate in the '''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section. 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adjusting Contract Time with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>A common reason for creating a change order is to adjust the completion date for a milestone or contract because work has fallen behind or been completed ahead of schedule. The Time Adjustments tab contains an accordion list of all the time adjustments that have been recorded in the change order. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If the Time Type for the adjustment is Available Time or Calendar Time, you can change the value in the Adjustment Time Units field. When you save the change, the system automatically recalculates the value in the Adjustment Completion Date field. |- |} </div> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If the Time Type is Contract Time, you can change the Adjustment Completion Date field. When you save the change, the system automatically recalculates the value in the Adjustment Time Units field. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Time Adjustments''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Contract''' Time button. 3. Search for and select the contract time records to adjust. 4. Click the '''Add Time Adjustments to Change Order''' button. 5. The following fields must be completed: a. '''Adjustment Time Units''' field, enter the number of time units to add or remove from the associated contract time on this change order. 6. In the '''Time Adjustment Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the time extension, as appropriate. 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Managing Change Order Reviewers== <p style="color:green"><i>Prior to starting the change order approval process, you can send the change order for review by multiple reviewers. The change order must be in Draft or Pending Review status to be reviewed. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The change order will not go to the approvers until the reviewer has approved it! |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Review Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Reviewers''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture10.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the reviewer(s) to add to the change order. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |To see the reviewer(s) decision, click the expand arrow. |- |} </div> To cancel a reviewer(s) for a change order: 1. Click the row '''Actions''' button and select the '''Cancel Reviewer''' action. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Managing Change Order Approvals== <p style="color:green"><i>When a user submits the change order for approval, the system automatically adds the default approval groups before changing the change order's status to Pending Approval. The system does this based on the Change Order Type field selected on the general tab. The steps described in this section should only be followed if the default approval groups need to be modified in some way. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Only follow these steps to manually add or modify the change order approval groups. |- |} </div> To add approval groups to a change order: 1. Click the '''Approval Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the list Actions button on the '''Add Approval Group''' and select the '''Assign Default Approval Groups''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture11.png|center]] '''Depending on your role''', you may be able to manually add one or more approval groups to the change order and override the default approval structure. Although, this should not be necessary. 1. Click the '''Add Approval Group''' button. 2. Search for and select the reference approval group(s) to add. 3. In the '''Override Comments''' field, enter information about why the approval groups are being added. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Submitting a Change Order for Approval== <p style="color:green"><i>When the change order is ready, it must be submitted for approval to begin the approval processes. </i> </p> 1. On the '''Contract Change Order''' Summary for the appropriate change order, click the component '''Actions''' button, and select the '''Submit for Approval''' task. [[File:Change Orders Picture12.png|center]] 2. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing a Contract Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Change Order Overview lists all the change orders for a contract and contains all the information currently recorded in a change order. Select a change order to view its details. </i> </p> [[File:Change Orders Picture13.png|center]] 1. There are various functions available within the change order: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>Increasing or decreasing the approved quantities of items.</li> <li>Adding new items to the contract, including whether negative prices and quantities are allowed.</li> <li>Increasing or decreasing contract times.</li> <li>Processing a change order without the approval of the prime contractor.</li> <li>Editing textual content of the contract</li> </ol> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Change Orders can only be edited by certain roles and only when the Change order is in Draft status. |- |} </div> [[File:Change Orders Picture14.png|center]] 2. Recorded item or time entries are listed within the change order tabs. Some or all of these functions can be included in a change order. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Reviewing a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>You can review a change order only when it is in Pending Review status. When reviewing the change order, reviewers make their recommendations to either approve or reject the change order. If the change order is approved at all review levels, it will go to the first approver on the approval group. If any reviewer rejects the review, it will go back to the creator of the change order. </i> </p> 1. In the '''Contract Change Order Summary''', click the component '''Actions''' button. 2. To approve the review of the change order, select the '''Approve''' task. 3. To reject the review of the change order, select the '''Reject''' task. [[File:Change Orders Picture15.png|center]] 4. In the Approval Decision Comments field, enter a comment about the decision to approve or reject the change order. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Approving or Rejecting a Change Order== To approve a change order: 1. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select the '''Approve or Reject''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture16.png|center]] 2. In the '''Approval Decision Comments''' field, enter a comment about the decision to approve or reject the change order. 3. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Tracking Approvals for a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>The Approval Tracking tab on the Contract Change Order Summary contains an accordion list of approval records for the change order, sorted by round and approval group. </i> </p> To track the approvals on a change order: 1. Click the '''Approval Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow for the approval group to view. [[File:Change Orders Picture17.png|center]] 3. View the information. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Generating the Change Order Report== <p style="color:green"><i>The Change Order Report contains all the information about the selected change orders </i> </p> 1. Click the component '''Actions''' button 2. From the '''Reports''' section, select the '''Change Order Report'''. [[File:Change Orders Picture18.png|center]] 3. Select the '''Output Type'''. 4. Select the '''Report Layout Source'''. 5. Click the '''Execute''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Appendix A== The following is a list of contract types and roles that have access to approve Change Orders for Michigan. '''Note: To view which contract type your contract is, see the Contract Administration Summary >General tab.''' [[File:Change Orders Picture19.png|center]] a12879d02fccb0818abbd3788babc9fd8919408f 149 132 2021-10-08T17:54:44Z McGowanR 4 /* Managing Change Order Reviewers */ wikitext text/x-wiki =CHANGE ORDERS= <p style="color:green"><i>Change orders allow you to legally change a signed contract, including adding new items of work to the contract, increasing/decreasing quantities of existing items, making time extensions, setting final quantities, and specification changes. Please remember that depending on policies, system configurations, and roles, you may not have access to all the AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials functionality shown in this Users’ guide. </i> </p> ==Adding a '''Change Order''' to a Contract== 1. Navigate to the Change Order component. [[File:Change Orders Picture1.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Select Contract to Add Change Order''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture2.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the appropriate contract. 4. Click the '''Create Change Order on Contract''' button. 5. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Change Order Date''' - enter the date of the change order.</li> <li>'''Description''' - enter a description for the change order.</li> <li>'''Change Order Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the classification for the change order.</li> <li>'''Author''' - search for and select the user ID for the person creating the change order.</li> </ol> 6. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Entered By''' - indicates the name of the person who added the record.</li> <li>'''Entered Date''' - indicates the date and time the record was added.</li> <li>'''Explanations''' - indicates the number of explanations associated to the change order, from the Change Order Explanations section in the lower part of the window.</li> <li>'''Change Order Revision Number''' - indicates that number of times that the change order was revised.</li> <li>'''Approval Date''' - indicates the date the change order was approved, when applicable.</li> <li>'''Current Approval Round''' - specifies the current round of approval that has been achieved for the change order.</li> <li>'''Current Approval Group''' - specifies the approval group corresponding to the current level of approval.</li> <li>'''Override Approval Rules''' - indicates whether standard approval rules are superseded for the change order.</li> <li>'''Total of Previously Approved Change Orders''' - indicates the total amount of all other change orders for this contract that have reached approval status.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Change Order Explanations== <p style="color:green"><i>Explanation information can be added for the change order in the Change Order Explanations section. You can add your own explanation. The system enters a sequence number in the Order field, which can be changed. </i> </p> To add an explanation to a change order: 1. In the '''Change Orders Explanation''' section, in the '''Reference Explanation Name''' field, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. [[File:Change Orders Picture3.png|center]] 2. Click the Save button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Changing Item Quantities with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>Sometimes during construction on an project, there may be a need to increase or decrease the quantity of a work item that was approved in the executed contract. The Increase/Decrease Items tab contains a row for each item quantity being changed on this change order. The rows are divided into two sections, one for general quantity changes on items that are not completed in the project and the other for quantity changes needed to balance completed items. </i> </p> 1. Click the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' tab. 2. In the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' section, click the '''Select Items''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture4.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the item(s) to change. 4. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 5. Click the arrow to expand the row. 6. In the '''Increase/Decrease Quantity''' field, enter the change to the approved quantity for the contract project item. 7. In the '''Change Order Increase/Decrease Items Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. [[File:Change Orders Picture5.png|center]] 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Balancing Completed Items== <p style="color:green"><i>At the time a work item is marked complete on a contract, the quantity used might not match the approved quantity on the contract; that is, the remaining item quantity might not be zero. A portion of the approved quantity might not have been used and is therefore left over, or the project may have overrun the approved quantity of the item. </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>Use the Balance Completed Items section to balance the quantity for a completed item, that is, to provide it with a zero quantity. The system automatically calculates the correct increase or decrease needed to balance the completed item. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |A non-lump sum item must be marked complete on the Contract Items screen for this process to work. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' tab 2. In the '''Balance Completed Items''' section, click the '''Balance Completed Items''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture6.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the item(s) to balance. 4. Click the '''Balance Completed Items''' button. 5. In the '''Balance Completed Items Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. 6. Click the '''Save''' button. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The system will list all the non lumpsum items on the contract that have been marked complete. |- |} </div> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>Sometimes during a construction project, the contractor will need to complete items of work that were not included in the executed contract. This is one of the most common reasons for creating a change order. Any kind of item can be added to the contract on a change order, including new reference items, contract items and, unattached items. </i> </p> 1. Click the '''New Items''' tab. 2. In the '''New Items''' section, click the '''Select New Item''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture7.png|center]] 3. In the '''Item''' field, search for and select the item to add to the change order. 4. Click the row for the project/category to which the item will be added. 5. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 6. Click the expand arrow for the row. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the project item line number.</li> <li>'''Contract Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the contact item line number.</li> <li>'''Quantity''' -enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the identification name or number for the fund package.</li> <li>'''Unit Price''' - enter the unit price for the item at the contract project level.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - enter an additional description for the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> <li>'''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates source of where the item originated.</li> <li>'''Extended Amount''' - shows the extended amount for the new item on the change order.</li> </ol> 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Unattached Items== <p style="color:green"><i>An unattached item is an item that was added to the contract after the contract was executed. Unattached items are included in contract categories and can be tracked on daily work reports but are not recognized as contract items by the system and cannot be included in a contract payment until they are added to the contract through a change order and the change order is approved. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For this section to work properly, at least one unattached item should already have been added on the Contract Items screen. |- |} </div> 1. In the '''Unattached Items''' section, click the '''Select Unattached Item''' button. The system displays a row for each unattached item that was created on the contract. [[File:Change Orders Picture8.png|center]] 2. Click the row for the appropriate unattached item to add to the change order. 3. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 4. Click the expand arrow for the row, if necessary. 5. Verify the project item line number in the '''Project Item Line Number''' field. 6. Verify the contact item line number in the '''Contract Item Line Number''' field. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Quantity''' - enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate fund package.</li> <li>'''Unit Price''' - enter the unit price for the item at the contract project level.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - enter an additional description for the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates source of where the item originated.</li> <li>'''Extended Amount''' - shows the extended amount for the new item on the change order.</li> </ol> 9. Enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate, in the '''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section. 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Modifying Contract Items== <p style="color:green"><i>Contract items are items that are already associated with this contract but need to be added to one or more additional projects or categories. Previously these were called modified original items. </i> </p> 1. In the '''Contract Items''' section, click the '''Select Contract Item''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture9.png|center]] 2. Search for and select the item(s) to add to the change order in the '''Contract Item''' field. 3. Click the row for the project/category to which the item will be added. 4. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 5. Click the expand arrow for the row. 6. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the project item line number.</li> <li>'''Quantity''' - enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the identification name or number for the fund package.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> </ol> 7. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contract Item Line Number''' - identifies the line item within the contract. <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates where the contract item originated. <li>'''Unit Price''' - indicates the price for the item at the contract proposal level. <li>'''Extended Amount''' - indicates the extended amount for the new item on the change order. <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - displays additional information describing the entity. </ol> 8. Enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate in the '''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section. 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adjusting Contract Time with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>A common reason for creating a change order is to adjust the completion date for a milestone or contract because work has fallen behind or been completed ahead of schedule. The Time Adjustments tab contains an accordion list of all the time adjustments that have been recorded in the change order. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If the Time Type for the adjustment is Available Time or Calendar Time, you can change the value in the Adjustment Time Units field. When you save the change, the system automatically recalculates the value in the Adjustment Completion Date field. |- |} </div> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If the Time Type is Contract Time, you can change the Adjustment Completion Date field. When you save the change, the system automatically recalculates the value in the Adjustment Time Units field. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Time Adjustments''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Contract''' Time button. 3. Search for and select the contract time records to adjust. 4. Click the '''Add Time Adjustments to Change Order''' button. 5. The following fields must be completed: a. '''Adjustment Time Units''' field, enter the number of time units to add or remove from the associated contract time on this change order. 6. In the '''Time Adjustment Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the time extension, as appropriate. 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Managing Change Order Reviewers== <p style="color:green"><i>Prior to starting the change order approval process, you can send the change order for review by multiple reviewers. The change order must be in Draft or Pending Review status to be reviewed. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The change order will not go to the approvers until the reviewer has approved it! |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Review Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Reviewers''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture10.png|center|auto]] 3. Search for and select the reviewer(s) to add to the change order. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |To see the reviewer(s) decision, click the expand arrow. |- |} </div> To cancel a reviewer(s) for a change order: 1. Click the row '''Actions''' button and select the '''Cancel Reviewer''' action. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Managing Change Order Approvals== <p style="color:green"><i>When a user submits the change order for approval, the system automatically adds the default approval groups before changing the change order's status to Pending Approval. The system does this based on the Change Order Type field selected on the general tab. The steps described in this section should only be followed if the default approval groups need to be modified in some way. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Only follow these steps to manually add or modify the change order approval groups. |- |} </div> To add approval groups to a change order: 1. Click the '''Approval Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the list Actions button on the '''Add Approval Group''' and select the '''Assign Default Approval Groups''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture11.png|center]] '''Depending on your role''', you may be able to manually add one or more approval groups to the change order and override the default approval structure. Although, this should not be necessary. 1. Click the '''Add Approval Group''' button. 2. Search for and select the reference approval group(s) to add. 3. In the '''Override Comments''' field, enter information about why the approval groups are being added. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Submitting a Change Order for Approval== <p style="color:green"><i>When the change order is ready, it must be submitted for approval to begin the approval processes. </i> </p> 1. On the '''Contract Change Order''' Summary for the appropriate change order, click the component '''Actions''' button, and select the '''Submit for Approval''' task. [[File:Change Orders Picture12.png|center]] 2. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing a Contract Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Change Order Overview lists all the change orders for a contract and contains all the information currently recorded in a change order. Select a change order to view its details. </i> </p> [[File:Change Orders Picture13.png|center]] 1. There are various functions available within the change order: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>Increasing or decreasing the approved quantities of items.</li> <li>Adding new items to the contract, including whether negative prices and quantities are allowed.</li> <li>Increasing or decreasing contract times.</li> <li>Processing a change order without the approval of the prime contractor.</li> <li>Editing textual content of the contract</li> </ol> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Change Orders can only be edited by certain roles and only when the Change order is in Draft status. |- |} </div> [[File:Change Orders Picture14.png|center]] 2. Recorded item or time entries are listed within the change order tabs. Some or all of these functions can be included in a change order. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Reviewing a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>You can review a change order only when it is in Pending Review status. When reviewing the change order, reviewers make their recommendations to either approve or reject the change order. If the change order is approved at all review levels, it will go to the first approver on the approval group. If any reviewer rejects the review, it will go back to the creator of the change order. </i> </p> 1. In the '''Contract Change Order Summary''', click the component '''Actions''' button. 2. To approve the review of the change order, select the '''Approve''' task. 3. To reject the review of the change order, select the '''Reject''' task. [[File:Change Orders Picture15.png|center]] 4. In the Approval Decision Comments field, enter a comment about the decision to approve or reject the change order. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Approving or Rejecting a Change Order== To approve a change order: 1. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select the '''Approve or Reject''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture16.png|center]] 2. In the '''Approval Decision Comments''' field, enter a comment about the decision to approve or reject the change order. 3. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Tracking Approvals for a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>The Approval Tracking tab on the Contract Change Order Summary contains an accordion list of approval records for the change order, sorted by round and approval group. </i> </p> To track the approvals on a change order: 1. Click the '''Approval Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow for the approval group to view. [[File:Change Orders Picture17.png|center]] 3. View the information. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Generating the Change Order Report== <p style="color:green"><i>The Change Order Report contains all the information about the selected change orders </i> </p> 1. Click the component '''Actions''' button 2. From the '''Reports''' section, select the '''Change Order Report'''. [[File:Change Orders Picture18.png|center]] 3. Select the '''Output Type'''. 4. Select the '''Report Layout Source'''. 5. Click the '''Execute''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Appendix A== The following is a list of contract types and roles that have access to approve Change Orders for Michigan. '''Note: To view which contract type your contract is, see the Contract Administration Summary >General tab.''' [[File:Change Orders Picture19.png|center]] 3ff3ff2524c41282a7f6c179d8c375b40c83358a 150 149 2021-10-08T17:55:11Z McGowanR 4 /* Managing Change Order Reviewers */ wikitext text/x-wiki =CHANGE ORDERS= <p style="color:green"><i>Change orders allow you to legally change a signed contract, including adding new items of work to the contract, increasing/decreasing quantities of existing items, making time extensions, setting final quantities, and specification changes. Please remember that depending on policies, system configurations, and roles, you may not have access to all the AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials functionality shown in this Users’ guide. </i> </p> ==Adding a '''Change Order''' to a Contract== 1. Navigate to the Change Order component. [[File:Change Orders Picture1.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Select Contract to Add Change Order''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture2.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the appropriate contract. 4. Click the '''Create Change Order on Contract''' button. 5. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Change Order Date''' - enter the date of the change order.</li> <li>'''Description''' - enter a description for the change order.</li> <li>'''Change Order Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the classification for the change order.</li> <li>'''Author''' - search for and select the user ID for the person creating the change order.</li> </ol> 6. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Entered By''' - indicates the name of the person who added the record.</li> <li>'''Entered Date''' - indicates the date and time the record was added.</li> <li>'''Explanations''' - indicates the number of explanations associated to the change order, from the Change Order Explanations section in the lower part of the window.</li> <li>'''Change Order Revision Number''' - indicates that number of times that the change order was revised.</li> <li>'''Approval Date''' - indicates the date the change order was approved, when applicable.</li> <li>'''Current Approval Round''' - specifies the current round of approval that has been achieved for the change order.</li> <li>'''Current Approval Group''' - specifies the approval group corresponding to the current level of approval.</li> <li>'''Override Approval Rules''' - indicates whether standard approval rules are superseded for the change order.</li> <li>'''Total of Previously Approved Change Orders''' - indicates the total amount of all other change orders for this contract that have reached approval status.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Change Order Explanations== <p style="color:green"><i>Explanation information can be added for the change order in the Change Order Explanations section. You can add your own explanation. The system enters a sequence number in the Order field, which can be changed. </i> </p> To add an explanation to a change order: 1. In the '''Change Orders Explanation''' section, in the '''Reference Explanation Name''' field, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. [[File:Change Orders Picture3.png|center]] 2. Click the Save button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Changing Item Quantities with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>Sometimes during construction on an project, there may be a need to increase or decrease the quantity of a work item that was approved in the executed contract. The Increase/Decrease Items tab contains a row for each item quantity being changed on this change order. The rows are divided into two sections, one for general quantity changes on items that are not completed in the project and the other for quantity changes needed to balance completed items. </i> </p> 1. Click the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' tab. 2. In the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' section, click the '''Select Items''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture4.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the item(s) to change. 4. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 5. Click the arrow to expand the row. 6. In the '''Increase/Decrease Quantity''' field, enter the change to the approved quantity for the contract project item. 7. In the '''Change Order Increase/Decrease Items Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. [[File:Change Orders Picture5.png|center]] 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Balancing Completed Items== <p style="color:green"><i>At the time a work item is marked complete on a contract, the quantity used might not match the approved quantity on the contract; that is, the remaining item quantity might not be zero. A portion of the approved quantity might not have been used and is therefore left over, or the project may have overrun the approved quantity of the item. </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>Use the Balance Completed Items section to balance the quantity for a completed item, that is, to provide it with a zero quantity. The system automatically calculates the correct increase or decrease needed to balance the completed item. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |A non-lump sum item must be marked complete on the Contract Items screen for this process to work. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' tab 2. In the '''Balance Completed Items''' section, click the '''Balance Completed Items''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture6.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the item(s) to balance. 4. Click the '''Balance Completed Items''' button. 5. In the '''Balance Completed Items Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. 6. Click the '''Save''' button. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The system will list all the non lumpsum items on the contract that have been marked complete. |- |} </div> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>Sometimes during a construction project, the contractor will need to complete items of work that were not included in the executed contract. This is one of the most common reasons for creating a change order. Any kind of item can be added to the contract on a change order, including new reference items, contract items and, unattached items. </i> </p> 1. Click the '''New Items''' tab. 2. In the '''New Items''' section, click the '''Select New Item''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture7.png|center]] 3. In the '''Item''' field, search for and select the item to add to the change order. 4. Click the row for the project/category to which the item will be added. 5. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 6. Click the expand arrow for the row. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the project item line number.</li> <li>'''Contract Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the contact item line number.</li> <li>'''Quantity''' -enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the identification name or number for the fund package.</li> <li>'''Unit Price''' - enter the unit price for the item at the contract project level.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - enter an additional description for the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> <li>'''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates source of where the item originated.</li> <li>'''Extended Amount''' - shows the extended amount for the new item on the change order.</li> </ol> 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Unattached Items== <p style="color:green"><i>An unattached item is an item that was added to the contract after the contract was executed. Unattached items are included in contract categories and can be tracked on daily work reports but are not recognized as contract items by the system and cannot be included in a contract payment until they are added to the contract through a change order and the change order is approved. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For this section to work properly, at least one unattached item should already have been added on the Contract Items screen. |- |} </div> 1. In the '''Unattached Items''' section, click the '''Select Unattached Item''' button. The system displays a row for each unattached item that was created on the contract. [[File:Change Orders Picture8.png|center]] 2. Click the row for the appropriate unattached item to add to the change order. 3. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 4. Click the expand arrow for the row, if necessary. 5. Verify the project item line number in the '''Project Item Line Number''' field. 6. Verify the contact item line number in the '''Contract Item Line Number''' field. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Quantity''' - enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate fund package.</li> <li>'''Unit Price''' - enter the unit price for the item at the contract project level.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - enter an additional description for the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates source of where the item originated.</li> <li>'''Extended Amount''' - shows the extended amount for the new item on the change order.</li> </ol> 9. Enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate, in the '''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section. 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Modifying Contract Items== <p style="color:green"><i>Contract items are items that are already associated with this contract but need to be added to one or more additional projects or categories. Previously these were called modified original items. </i> </p> 1. In the '''Contract Items''' section, click the '''Select Contract Item''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture9.png|center]] 2. Search for and select the item(s) to add to the change order in the '''Contract Item''' field. 3. Click the row for the project/category to which the item will be added. 4. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 5. Click the expand arrow for the row. 6. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the project item line number.</li> <li>'''Quantity''' - enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the identification name or number for the fund package.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> </ol> 7. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contract Item Line Number''' - identifies the line item within the contract. <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates where the contract item originated. <li>'''Unit Price''' - indicates the price for the item at the contract proposal level. <li>'''Extended Amount''' - indicates the extended amount for the new item on the change order. <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - displays additional information describing the entity. </ol> 8. Enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate in the '''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section. 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adjusting Contract Time with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>A common reason for creating a change order is to adjust the completion date for a milestone or contract because work has fallen behind or been completed ahead of schedule. The Time Adjustments tab contains an accordion list of all the time adjustments that have been recorded in the change order. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If the Time Type for the adjustment is Available Time or Calendar Time, you can change the value in the Adjustment Time Units field. When you save the change, the system automatically recalculates the value in the Adjustment Completion Date field. |- |} </div> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If the Time Type is Contract Time, you can change the Adjustment Completion Date field. When you save the change, the system automatically recalculates the value in the Adjustment Time Units field. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Time Adjustments''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Contract''' Time button. 3. Search for and select the contract time records to adjust. 4. Click the '''Add Time Adjustments to Change Order''' button. 5. The following fields must be completed: a. '''Adjustment Time Units''' field, enter the number of time units to add or remove from the associated contract time on this change order. 6. In the '''Time Adjustment Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the time extension, as appropriate. 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Managing Change Order Reviewers== <p style="color:green"><i>Prior to starting the change order approval process, you can send the change order for review by multiple reviewers. The change order must be in Draft or Pending Review status to be reviewed. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The change order will not go to the approvers until the reviewer has approved it! |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Review Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Reviewers''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture10.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the reviewer(s) to add to the change order. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |To see the reviewer(s) decision, click the expand arrow. |- |} </div> To cancel a reviewer(s) for a change order: 1. Click the row '''Actions''' button and select the '''Cancel Reviewer''' action. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Managing Change Order Approvals== <p style="color:green"><i>When a user submits the change order for approval, the system automatically adds the default approval groups before changing the change order's status to Pending Approval. The system does this based on the Change Order Type field selected on the general tab. The steps described in this section should only be followed if the default approval groups need to be modified in some way. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Only follow these steps to manually add or modify the change order approval groups. |- |} </div> To add approval groups to a change order: 1. Click the '''Approval Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the list Actions button on the '''Add Approval Group''' and select the '''Assign Default Approval Groups''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture11.png|center]] '''Depending on your role''', you may be able to manually add one or more approval groups to the change order and override the default approval structure. Although, this should not be necessary. 1. Click the '''Add Approval Group''' button. 2. Search for and select the reference approval group(s) to add. 3. In the '''Override Comments''' field, enter information about why the approval groups are being added. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Submitting a Change Order for Approval== <p style="color:green"><i>When the change order is ready, it must be submitted for approval to begin the approval processes. </i> </p> 1. On the '''Contract Change Order''' Summary for the appropriate change order, click the component '''Actions''' button, and select the '''Submit for Approval''' task. [[File:Change Orders Picture12.png|center]] 2. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing a Contract Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Change Order Overview lists all the change orders for a contract and contains all the information currently recorded in a change order. Select a change order to view its details. </i> </p> [[File:Change Orders Picture13.png|center]] 1. There are various functions available within the change order: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>Increasing or decreasing the approved quantities of items.</li> <li>Adding new items to the contract, including whether negative prices and quantities are allowed.</li> <li>Increasing or decreasing contract times.</li> <li>Processing a change order without the approval of the prime contractor.</li> <li>Editing textual content of the contract</li> </ol> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Change Orders can only be edited by certain roles and only when the Change order is in Draft status. |- |} </div> [[File:Change Orders Picture14.png|center]] 2. Recorded item or time entries are listed within the change order tabs. Some or all of these functions can be included in a change order. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Reviewing a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>You can review a change order only when it is in Pending Review status. When reviewing the change order, reviewers make their recommendations to either approve or reject the change order. If the change order is approved at all review levels, it will go to the first approver on the approval group. If any reviewer rejects the review, it will go back to the creator of the change order. </i> </p> 1. In the '''Contract Change Order Summary''', click the component '''Actions''' button. 2. To approve the review of the change order, select the '''Approve''' task. 3. To reject the review of the change order, select the '''Reject''' task. [[File:Change Orders Picture15.png|center]] 4. In the Approval Decision Comments field, enter a comment about the decision to approve or reject the change order. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Approving or Rejecting a Change Order== To approve a change order: 1. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select the '''Approve or Reject''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture16.png|center]] 2. In the '''Approval Decision Comments''' field, enter a comment about the decision to approve or reject the change order. 3. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Tracking Approvals for a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>The Approval Tracking tab on the Contract Change Order Summary contains an accordion list of approval records for the change order, sorted by round and approval group. </i> </p> To track the approvals on a change order: 1. Click the '''Approval Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow for the approval group to view. [[File:Change Orders Picture17.png|center]] 3. View the information. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Generating the Change Order Report== <p style="color:green"><i>The Change Order Report contains all the information about the selected change orders </i> </p> 1. Click the component '''Actions''' button 2. From the '''Reports''' section, select the '''Change Order Report'''. [[File:Change Orders Picture18.png|center]] 3. Select the '''Output Type'''. 4. Select the '''Report Layout Source'''. 5. Click the '''Execute''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Appendix A== The following is a list of contract types and roles that have access to approve Change Orders for Michigan. '''Note: To view which contract type your contract is, see the Contract Administration Summary >General tab.''' [[File:Change Orders Picture19.png|center]] da8f7b9b93d7162fc18c4e4cdb7006b40ebb5145 0 60 135 2021-10-08T12:20:03Z McGowanR 4 Created blank page wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 61 139 2021-10-08T17:46:09Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 62 140 2021-10-08T17:49:27Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 63 141 2021-10-08T17:50:09Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 64 142 2021-10-08T17:50:17Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 65 143 2021-10-08T17:50:51Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 66 144 2021-10-08T17:51:03Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 67 145 2021-10-08T17:51:12Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 68 146 2021-10-08T17:51:21Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 69 147 2021-10-08T17:51:41Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 70 148 2021-10-08T17:51:55Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 72 152 2021-10-11T14:56:24Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 73 153 2021-10-11T14:56:26Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 74 154 2021-10-11T14:56:29Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 75 155 2021-10-11T14:56:48Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 76 156 2021-10-11T14:57:00Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 77 157 2021-10-11T14:57:11Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 78 158 2021-10-11T15:13:17Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 79 159 2021-10-11T15:13:26Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 80 160 2021-10-11T15:13:35Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 81 161 2021-10-11T18:34:10Z McGowanR 4 Created page with "=Working with Reports= <p style="color:green"><i>You can generate reports from any page in the system by clicking the Actions menu on the Menu Bar and then clicking Generate..." wikitext text/x-wiki =Working with Reports= <p style="color:green"><i>You can generate reports from any page in the system by clicking the Actions menu on the Menu Bar and then clicking Generate Report. Reports are available to you through the security settings of your active role and by agency customizations to the application. As a result, some reports might not be available to you. </i> </p> ==Generating A Report== 1. Select '''Generate Report''' from the '''Actions''' menu on the Menu Bar. <p style="color:green"><i>The system takes you to the Generate Report component, which lists all the reports you can generate. </i> </p> [[File:Running Reports1.png|center]] 2. In the list of reports, '''Search''' for a report using a keyword in the name of the report and '''Click''' the row for the '''Report''' you want to generate. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Report names that are followed by (*) will use data from all contracts regardless of contracts selected in step 3. |- |} </div> [[File:Running Reports2.png|center]] <p style="color:green"><i>The system adds a green check mark beside the report you selected and automatically takes you to the '''Select Data''' page. </i> </p> 3. If data is required, it will be noted on the '''Select Data''' page. <p style="color:green"><i> The system displays a Quick Find search box for locating the appropriate type of data for the report. Type criteria in the Quick Find search box, or click '''Show first 10'''. The system displays a list of all the records in the system that match your search criteria. Select the records you want to include in the report. If you want to select all records that match your search criteria, click the Select: '''All''' option. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If you are working on a large data set and you select to include All records in the report, keep in mind that such a large request for data requires a longer processing time. |- |} </div> [[File:Running Reports3.png|center]] 4. If you need to select parameters for generating the report, select '''Set Parameters''' from the '''Settings''' menu on the component subheader or select the '''Next Arrow'''. The system displays parameter options for the selected report. Select appropriate options in the parameters window. [[File:Running Reports4.png|center]] 5. By default, reports are generated in PDF format. If you want your report generated in HTML format, select '''Output Options''' from the '''Settings''' menu on the component subheader, and click the option labeled '''Generate as HTML'''. 6. Click the '''Execute''' button on the component header. <p style="color:green"><i>The system generates the report and displays it in a new browser window. Use your browser's print function to print the report if you need a printed copy. </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>(If you selected the option to generate the report in HTML format, the system displays a file Download window. Click the Open button, and the system displays the HTML report in a new browser window.) </i> </p> 26f98d9c8012ec344e7270f53e4f457ee4da6b9b 168 161 2021-10-12T12:30:33Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki =Working with Reports= <p style="color:green"><i>You can generate reports from any page in the system by clicking the Actions menu on the Menu Bar and then clicking Generate Report. Reports are available to you through the security settings of your active role and by agency customizations to the application. As a result, some reports might not be available to you. </i> </p> ==Generating A Report== 1. Select '''Generate Report''' from the '''Actions''' menu on the Menu Bar. <p style="color:green"><i>The system takes you to the Generate Report component, which lists all the reports you can generate. </i> </p> [[File:Running Reports Picture1.png|center]] 2. In the list of reports, '''Search''' for a report using a keyword in the name of the report and '''Click''' the row for the '''Report''' you want to generate. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Report names that are followed by (*) will use data from all contracts regardless of contracts selected in step 3. |- |} </div> [[File:Running Reports Picture2.png|center]] <p style="color:green"><i>The system adds a green check mark beside the report you selected and automatically takes you to the '''Select Data''' page. </i> </p> 3. If data is required, it will be noted on the '''Select Data''' page. <p style="color:green"><i> The system displays a Quick Find search box for locating the appropriate type of data for the report. Type criteria in the Quick Find search box, or click '''Show first 10'''. The system displays a list of all the records in the system that match your search criteria. Select the records you want to include in the report. If you want to select all records that match your search criteria, click the Select: '''All''' option. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If you are working on a large data set and you select to include All records in the report, keep in mind that such a large request for data requires a longer processing time. |- |} </div> [[File:Running Reports Picture3.png|center]] 4. If you need to select parameters for generating the report, select '''Set Parameters''' from the '''Settings''' menu on the component subheader or select the '''Next Arrow'''. The system displays parameter options for the selected report. Select appropriate options in the parameters window. [[File:Running Reports Picture4.png|center]] 5. By default, reports are generated in PDF format. If you want your report generated in HTML format, select '''Output Options''' from the '''Settings''' menu on the component subheader, and click the option labeled '''Generate as HTML'''. 6. Click the '''Execute''' button on the component header. <p style="color:green"><i>The system generates the report and displays it in a new browser window. Use your browser's print function to print the report if you need a printed copy. </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>(If you selected the option to generate the report in HTML format, the system displays a file Download window. Click the Open button, and the system displays the HTML report in a new browser window.) </i> </p> 67adb5a9cb2958034991db7a02c3143b9b75a80b 8 4 162 138 2021-10-11T18:40:50Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Symbols_and_Buttons|Symbols and Buttons **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Home_Dashboard|Home Dashboard **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Global_Menu|Global Menu **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Quick_Links|Quick Links **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Page_Title|Page Title **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Components|Components **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Changing_User_Roles|Changing User Roles *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports|DAILY WORK REPORTS **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Daily_Work_Reports|Adding Daily Work Reports **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Daily_Work_Report_Notes|Daily Work Report Notes **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Recording_Time_Information_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Recording Time Information on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractors_On_Site|Adding Contractors On Site **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractor_Equipment_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Adding Contractor Equipment on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractor_Personnel_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Adding Contractor Personnel on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Posting_Items_to_a_Daily_Work_Report|Posting Items to a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Recording_Material_Comments_and_Sources|Recording Material Comments and Sources **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Attachments_and_Links_to_a_DWR|Adding Attachments and Links to a DWR **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Submitting_a_Daily_Work_Report_for_Approval|Submitting a Daily Work Report for Approval **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report|Approving a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Additional_Daily_Work_Reports|Adding Additional Daily Work Reports **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Copying_a_Daily_Work_Report|Copying a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Generating_DWR_Reports|Generating DWR Reports *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders|CHANGE ORDERS **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adding_a_Change_Order_to_a_Contract|Adding a Change Order to a Contract **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Change_Order_Explanations|Change Order Explanations **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Changing_Item_Quantities_with_a_Change_Order|Changing Item Quantities with a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Balancing_Completed_Items|Balancing Completed Items **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items|Modifying Contract Items **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adjusting_Contract_Time_with_a_Change_Order|Adjusting Contract Time with a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Managing_Change_Order_Reviewers|Managing Change Order Reviewers **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Managing_Change_Order_Approvals|Managing Change Order Approvals **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Submitting_a_Change_Order_for_Approval|Submitting a Change Order for Approval **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Viewing_a_Contract_Change_Order|Viewing a Contract Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Reviewing_a_Change_Order|Reviewing a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Approving_or_Rejecting_a_Change_Order|Approving or Rejecting a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Tracking_Approvals_for_a_Change_Order|Tracking Approvals for a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Generating_the_Change_Order_Report|Generating the Change Order Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Appendix_A|Appendix A *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Pay_Estimates|PAYMENT ESTIMATES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Running_Reports|RUNNING REPORTS **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Running_Reports#Generating_A_Report|Generating A Report *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Video_Library|VIDEO LIBRARY *TOOLBOX d067c53bfc3ca07183e1160cc1933a2040221318 172 162 2021-10-15T21:37:19Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Symbols_and_Buttons|Symbols and Buttons **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Home_Dashboard|Home Dashboard **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Global_Menu|Global Menu **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Quick_Links|Quick Links **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Page_Title|Page Title **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Components|Components **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Changing_User_Roles|Changing User Roles *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports|DAILY WORK REPORTS **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Daily_Work_Reports|Adding Daily Work Reports **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Daily_Work_Report_Notes|Daily Work Report Notes **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Recording_Time_Information_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Recording Time Information on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractors_On_Site|Adding Contractors On Site **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractor_Equipment_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Adding Contractor Equipment on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractor_Personnel_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Adding Contractor Personnel on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Posting_Items_to_a_Daily_Work_Report|Posting Items to a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Recording_Material_Comments_and_Sources|Recording Material Comments and Sources **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Attachments_and_Links_to_a_DWR|Adding Attachments and Links to a DWR **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Submitting_a_Daily_Work_Report_for_Approval|Submitting a Daily Work Report for Approval **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report|Approving a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Additional_Daily_Work_Reports|Adding Additional Daily Work Reports **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Copying_a_Daily_Work_Report|Copying a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Generating_DWR_Reports|Generating DWR Reports *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries|DAILY DIARIES **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries#Adding_a_Daily_Diary|Adding a Daily Diary **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries#Maintaining_a_Daily_Diary|Maintaining a Daily Diary **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries#Managing_DWRs_in_a_Daily_Diary|Managing DWRs in a Daily Diary **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries#Approving_DWRs_in_a_Diary|Approving DWRs in a Diary **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries#Maintaining_DWR_Remarks_in_a_Daily_Diary|Maintaining DWR Remarks in a Daily Diary **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries#Recording_Time_Information_in_a_Daily_Diary|Recording Time Information in a Daily Diary **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries#Daily_Diary_Report|Daily Diary Report *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders|CHANGE ORDERS **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adding_a_Change_Order_to_a_Contract|Adding a Change Order to a Contract **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Change_Order_Explanations|Change Order Explanations **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Changing_Item_Quantities_with_a_Change_Order|Changing Item Quantities with a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Balancing_Completed_Items|Balancing Completed Items **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items|Modifying Contract Items **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adjusting_Contract_Time_with_a_Change_Order|Adjusting Contract Time with a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Managing_Change_Order_Reviewers|Managing Change Order Reviewers **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Managing_Change_Order_Approvals|Managing Change Order Approvals **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Submitting_a_Change_Order_for_Approval|Submitting a Change Order for Approval **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Viewing_a_Contract_Change_Order|Viewing a Contract Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Reviewing_a_Change_Order|Reviewing a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Approving_or_Rejecting_a_Change_Order|Approving or Rejecting a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Tracking_Approvals_for_a_Change_Order|Tracking Approvals for a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Generating_the_Change_Order_Report|Generating the Change Order Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Appendix_A|Appendix A *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Pay_Estimates|PAYMENT ESTIMATES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Running_Reports|RUNNING REPORTS **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Running_Reports#Generating_A_Report|Generating A Report *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Video_Library|VIDEO LIBRARY *TOOLBOX aecdab45e572ccc571c6778288a687b5307448eb 175 172 2021-10-19T19:30:23Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Symbols_and_Buttons|Symbols and Buttons **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Home_Dashboard|Home Dashboard **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Global_Menu|Global Menu **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Quick_Links|Quick Links **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Page_Title|Page Title **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Components|Components **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation#Changing_User_Roles|Changing User Roles *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports|DAILY WORK REPORTS **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Daily_Work_Reports|Adding Daily Work Reports **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Daily_Work_Report_Notes|Daily Work Report Notes **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Recording_Time_Information_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Recording Time Information on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractors_On_Site|Adding Contractors On Site **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractor_Equipment_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Adding Contractor Equipment on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Contractor_Personnel_on_a_Daily_Work_Report|Adding Contractor Personnel on a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Posting_Items_to_a_Daily_Work_Report|Posting Items to a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Recording_Material_Comments_and_Sources|Recording Material Comments and Sources **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Attachments_and_Links_to_a_DWR|Adding Attachments and Links to a DWR **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Submitting_a_Daily_Work_Report_for_Approval|Submitting a Daily Work Report for Approval **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report|Approving a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Adding_Additional_Daily_Work_Reports|Adding Additional Daily Work Reports **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Copying_a_Daily_Work_Report|Copying a Daily Work Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports#Generating_DWR_Reports|Generating DWR Reports *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries|DAILY DIARIES **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries#Adding_a_Daily_Diary|Adding a Daily Diary **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries#Maintaining_a_Daily_Diary|Maintaining a Daily Diary **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries#Managing_DWRs_in_a_Daily_Diary|Managing DWRs in a Daily Diary **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries#Approving_DWRs_in_a_Diary|Approving DWRs in a Diary **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries#Maintaining_DWR_Remarks_in_a_Daily_Diary|Maintaining DWR Remarks in a Daily Diary **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries#Recording_Time_Information_in_a_Daily_Diary|Recording Time Information in a Daily Diary **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries#Daily_Diary_Report|Daily Diary Report *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders|CHANGE ORDERS **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adding_a_Change_Order_to_a_Contract|Adding a Change Order to a Contract **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Change_Order_Explanations|Change Order Explanations **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Changing_Item_Quantities_with_a_Change_Order|Changing Item Quantities with a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Balancing_Completed_Items|Balancing Completed Items **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items|Modifying Contract Items **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Adjusting_Contract_Time_with_a_Change_Order|Adjusting Contract Time with a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Managing_Change_Order_Reviewers|Managing Change Order Reviewers **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Managing_Change_Order_Approvals|Managing Change Order Approvals **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Submitting_a_Change_Order_for_Approval|Submitting a Change Order for Approval **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Viewing_a_Contract_Change_Order|Viewing a Contract Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Reviewing_a_Change_Order|Reviewing a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Approving_or_Rejecting_a_Change_Order|Approving or Rejecting a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Tracking_Approvals_for_a_Change_Order|Tracking Approvals for a Change Order **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Generating_the_Change_Order_Report|Generating the Change Order Report **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders#Appendix_A|Appendix A *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Pay_Estimates|PAYMENT ESTIMATES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Running_Reports|RUNNING REPORTS **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Running_Reports#Generating_A_Report|Generating A Report *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions|GLOBAL ACTIONS **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions#Overview_of_Global_Actions|Overview of Global Actions **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions#Executing_Processes|Executing Processes **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions#Scheduling_a_Process|Scheduling a Process **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions#Viewing_Process_History|Viewing Process History **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions#Viewing_System_Process_History|Viewing System Process History **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions#Viewing_Scheduled_Processes|Viewing Scheduled Processes **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions#Viewing_and_Saving_Process_Output_Files|Viewing and Saving Process Output Files **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions#Attaching_a_File_to_a_Row|Attaching a File to a Row **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions#Using_Global_Attachments|Using Global Attachments **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions#Attaching_a_Link_to_an_Entity|Attaching a Link to an Entity **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions#Using_Global_Links|Using Global Links **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions#View_and_Clear_New_User_Help_Check_Box|View and Clear New User Help Check Box **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions#Changing_Your_Email_Address|Changing Your Email Address **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions#Managing_My_Outbox|Managing My Outbox **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions#Creating_an_Email_Message|Creating an Email Message **https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions#Creating_Dynamic_Mailing_Groups|Creating Dynamic Mailing Groups *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Video_Library|VIDEO LIBRARY *TOOLBOX c79d90f4d61f0cbccb4c33ac8178eaf450de0205 176 175 2021-11-04T19:55:03Z McGowanR 4 Replaced content with "*https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION *https://..." wikitext text/x-wiki *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports|DAILY WORK REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries|DAILY DIARIES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders|CHANGE ORDERS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Pay_Estimates|PAYMENT ESTIMATES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Running_Reports|RUNNING REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions|GLOBAL ACTIONS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Video_Library|VIDEO LIBRARY *TOOLBOX 297a975baecb3b1ae45ba09d6346a75a01500b0f 177 176 2021-11-04T19:55:42Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports|DAILY WORK REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries|DAILY DIARIES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders|CHANGE ORDERS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Pay_Estimates|PAYMENT ESTIMATES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Running_Reports|RUNNING REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions|GLOBAL ACTIONS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Video_Library|VIDEO LIBRARY *TOOLBOX 63978e838bc38b370fa8d2cd9a386fd1183fb177 178 177 2021-11-04T19:56:57Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports|DAILY WORK REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries|DAILY DIARIES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders|CHANGE ORDERS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Pay_Estimates|PAYMENT ESTIMATES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Running_Reports|RUNNING REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions|GLOBAL ACTIONS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Video_Library|VIDEO LIBRARY a22ec36b921fb4883d64931c629010be25e47ccd 180 178 2021-11-29T18:14:16Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports|DAILY WORK REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries|DAILY DIARIES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders|CHANGE ORDERS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Pay_Estimates|PAYMENT ESTIMATES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Running_Reports|RUNNING REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions|GLOBAL ACTIONS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Video_Library|VIDEO LIBRARY https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications|MOBILE APPLICATIONS 3a4499a476ba192813b3cf77accede8dc9663438 181 180 2021-11-29T18:16:51Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports|DAILY WORK REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries|DAILY DIARIES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders|CHANGE ORDERS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Pay_Estimates|PAYMENT ESTIMATES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Running_Reports|RUNNING REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions|GLOBAL ACTIONS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Video_Library|VIDEO LIBRARY *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications|MOBILE APPLICATIONS c9d39b82a989b916d5ecae185173f326dc408cd2 183 181 2021-11-30T20:37:58Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration|CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports|DAILY WORK REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries|DAILY DIARIES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders|CHANGE ORDERS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Pay_Estimates|PAYMENT ESTIMATES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Running_Reports|RUNNING REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions|GLOBAL ACTIONS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Video_Library|VIDEO LIBRARY *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications|MOBILE APPLICATIONS 7700d4b80480af4fc738d3c6daf18d9e266682d3 0 60 163 135 2021-10-11T20:35:58Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki =Payment Estimates= <p style="color:green"><i>A payment estimate is an estimated payment to the contractor for work performed on the contract. This can include a percentage of the total contract amount, a percentage of the total for a contract project, or payment for individual work items on the contract. The Contract Payment Estimate Overview lists all the contract payment estimates recorded in the system. </i> </p> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding a Contract Payment Estimate== <p style="color:green"><i>You can add a payment estimate for an active contract after the Contract Time specified in the agency option Estimate Creation Contract Time has passed. </i> </p> To add a new payment estimate: 1. From the '''Construction''' component, click the '''Payment Estimate''' link. 2. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select the '''Select Contract''' to '''Add Payment Estimate''' action. 3. Search for and select the contract. 4. Click the '''Add Payment Estimate on Contract''' button. 5. In the '''Type''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the type of payment estimate. 6. In the '''Period End Date''' field, enter the date that marks the last day of the payment estimate period. 7. Click the '''Execute Add Payment Estimate''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Contract Payment Estimate== <p style="color:green"><i>The Payment Estimate Summary lists all the information recorded for a contract payment estimate. The General tab lists read-only information about the contract payment estimate. </i> </p> To view and maintain a payment estimate: 1. Click the '''Number''' link of the appropriate payment estimate. 2. View the payment estimate general information. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Notes for a Payment Estimate== <p style="color:green"><i>The Notes tab on the Contract Payment Estimate Summary contains a list of notes recorded for the payment estimate. </i> </p> To add notes to a payment estimate: 1. Click on the '''Notes''' tab. 2. Click the '''New''' button. 3. In the '''Payment Estimate Note''' field, enter a comment related to the estimated payment made to the contractor for work performed on the contract. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. 5. The '''Created By''' and the '''Created Date''' fields should populate with your person id and the date and time that the note was created. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Exceptions for a Payment Estimate== <p style="color:green"><i>The Exceptions tab on the Contract Payment Estimate Summary lists exceptions and discrepancies generated for the payment estimate. You can view the list of exceptions and address them as needed to allow approval of the payment estimate. You address an exception by changing its status to Unresolved, Acknowledged, or Overridden. The exceptions and discrepancies that are tracked, and the policies for addressing them are determined by your agency. </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>After payment estimate exceptions are addressed as needed, you can recalculate to view the results. The system recalculates exceptions for the payment estimate, deletes line-item adjustments generated by payment exceptions, and recalculates funding and retainage. </i> </p> To address Exceptions for a Payment Estimate: 1. Click on the '''Exceptions''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow for the selected exception. 3. In the '''Status''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the state of the contract payment estimate exception. 4. In the '''Remarks Type''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the remark type. 5. In the '''Remark''' field, enter a remark. 6. Click the '''Save''' button. 7. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select the '''Recalculate Exceptions''' task. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==View Time Charges for a Payment Estimate== <p style="color:green"><i>The Time Charges tab on the Contract Payment Estimate Summary contains a list of contract times associated with the contract. This information is view only. </i> </p> To view Time Charges for a Payment Estimate: 1. Click on the '''Time Charges''' tab. 2. View the time charges for the payment estimate. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Project Vouchers for a Payment Estimate== <p style="color:green"><i>The Projects tab on the Contract Payment Estimate Summary contains a list of projects for the payment estimate, along with any voucher information recorded for each project. A voucher is a record of payment for work performed on a project. Each project payment estimate can have only one voucher number. You can add a voucher when a payment estimate is in Draft status and the payment estimate project does not already have a voucher. </i> </p> To add Project Vouchers for a Payment Estimate: 1. Click on the '''Projects''' tab. 2. For the appropriate project, click the project row '''Actions''' button, and select the '''Add Voucher''' action. 3. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing a Payment Estimate for a Contract Project== <p style="color:green"><i>To view a Payment Estimate for a Contract Project: </i> </p> 1. Click the '''Project ID''' link. 2. View the information. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Item Information for a Payment Estimate== <p style="color:green"><i>The Items tab on the Contract Payment Estimate Summary displays read- only information about items included in the selected payment estimate. </i> </p> To view item Information for a Payment Estimate: 1. Click the '''Contract Payment Estimate Summary''' quick link. 2. Click on the '''Items''' tab. 3. Search for the appropriate item and click the expand arrow to view the item information. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Contract Adjustments for a Payment Estimate== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Adjustments tab on the Contract Payment Estimate Summary provides information about payment estimate adjustments at the contract level. All the contract adjustments that have been made for a payment estimate are displayed in two collapsible sections, one for system-generated adjustments and the other for adjustments entered manually. You can create as many contract adjustments for a payment estimate as you want, if the estimate is in Draft status. </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>The System-Generated Contract Adjustments section of the tab displays an accordion list of all adjustments created by the system for this payment estimate. The information in this section is for viewing only and cannot be modified. There are four types of system-generated contract adjustments: Liquidated Damages, Disincentive, Incentive, or Retainage. </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>The User-Generated Contract Adjustments section displays an accordion list of all adjustments that have been made manually for the payment estimate. There are four types of user-generated contract adjustments: Liquidated Damages, Disincentive, Incentive, or Other Contract Adjustment. </i> </p> To Add Contract Adjustments for a Payment Estimate: 1. Click on the '''Contract Adjustments''' tab. 2. The following fields must be completed: a. '''User-Generated Contract Adjustments''' section - click the '''New''' button. b. '''Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the adjustment type. c. '''Other Contract Adjustment Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the identifier for the contract adjustment. d. '''Amount''' - enter the dollar amount of the contract adjustment on the payment estimate. e. '''Comments''' - enter any additional information about the adjustment. f. '''Time ID/Description''' - search for and select the identification name or number for the contract time. 3. The following fields will self-populate: a. Clicking the link in the '''Distributed By''' field allows you to view the adjustment distribution among categories and projects for the payment estimate. b. '''Rate''' - indicates the rate of incentive, disincentive, or liquidated damage for the specified contract time, if applicable. c. '''Unit of Time''' - indicates the type of unit used to measure the contract time. d. '''Time Units''' - indicates the current number of time units specified for completion of a contract time. e. '''Last Updated By''' - indicates the name of the person who most recently changed the record. f. '''Last Updated Date''' - indicates the date and time the record was most recently changed. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. 5. In the '''System-Generated item Adjustments''' section, search for and select the system generated contract adjustment to view. 6. Go to the row actions for the contract adjustment that you just created and click the '''Delete''' action. 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Item Adjustments for a Payment Estimate== <p style="color:green"><i>The Item Adjustments tab on the Contract Payment Estimate Summary provides information about payment estimate adjustments at the item level. Item adjustments can result from item overruns, price changes, stockpile adjustments, and for other reasons defined by your agency. The Item Adjustments tab displays a row for each item adjustment associated with the payment estimate. Item adjustments are grouped by type in three sections: User-Generated Quantity-Based Adjustments, User-Generated Dollar-Based Adjustments, and System-Generated Item Adjustments. </i> </p> 1. For details see sections: a. Adding a User-Generated Quantity-Based Adjustment b. Adding a User-Generated Dollar-Based Adjustment c. Viewing System-Generated Item Adjustment <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding a User-Generated Quantity-Based Adjustment== <p style="color:green"><i>There is only one type of user-generated quantity-based item adjustments, Other Item Adjustment, and you can only create one per item. User-generated quantity-based item adjustments are temporary adjustments made against a line item with an approved DWR installed quantity included on the current payment estimate, and they affect quantity as well as dollars on the item. </i> </p> To add a user-generated item quantity adjustment for a payment estimate: 1. Click on the '''Items Adjustments''' tab. 2. In the '''User-Generated Quantity Based Item Adjustments''' section, click the '''Select Project Items''' button. 3. Search for and select the items to modify. 4. Click the '''Add to Item Adjustments''' button. 5. Click the expand arrow for the row. 6. In the '''Other Item Adjustment Type''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate type of adjustment. 7. The '''Posted Quantity This Pay Estimate''' field displays the quantity of the item postings included on this estimate. 8. In the '''Pay Quantity This Pay Estimate''' field, enter the adjusted payment quantity. '''(Note: You can only fill in a value of 0 to the Posted Quantity This Pay Estimate.)''' 9. In the '''Comments''' field, enter any additional information for this item adjustment. 10. Click the '''Save''' button. 11. '''ONLY''' perform the following steps if you do '''<u>NOT</u>''' want to keep your quantity-based item adjustment. a. Go to the row actions for the quantity-based item adjustment that you just created and click the '''Delete''' action. b. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding a User-Generated Dollar-Based Item Adjustment== <p style="color:green"><i>There are only two types of user-generated dollar-based item adjustments: Other Item Adjustment or Overrun, and you can create as many per item as you need. Enter the specific amount of the adjustment on the item. This is a permanent adjustment that the system will never attempt to reverse in any way, and they only affect dollars on the item. You can only reverse or change a dollar-based item adjustment by manually creating another dollar-based item adjustment on the same or later payment estimate. </i> </p> To add a user-generated item dollar adjustment for a payment estimate: 1. Click on the '''Items Adjustments''' tab. 2. In the '''User-Generated Dollar-Based Item Adjustments''' section, click the '''Select Project Items''' button. 3. The following fields must be completed a. '''User-Generated Dollar-Based Item Adjustments''' - click the '''Select Project Items''' button. b. Search for and select the items to modify. c. Click the '''Add to Item Adjustments''' button. d. Click the expand arrow for the row. e. '''Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the type of adjustment. f. '''Other Item Adjustment Type''' - enter the item adjustment type. g. '''Amount''' - enter the dollar amount of the adjustment. h. '''Comment''' - enter any additional information about the record. 4. The following fields will self-populate: a. '''Function''' - indicates the basis used for the adjustment. b. '''Last Updated By''' - indicates the name of the person who most recently changed the record. c. '''Last Updated Dated''' - indicates the date and time the record was most recently updated. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. 6. '''ONLY''' perform the following steps if you do '''<u>NOT</u>''' want to keep your dollar-based item adjustment. a. Go to the row actions for the dollar-based item adjustment that you just created and click the '''Delete''' action. b. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing System-Generated Item Adjustment== <p style="color:green"><i>The System-Generated Contract Adjustments section of the Item Adjustments tab displays an accordion list of all item adjustments that have been created by the system for the estimate. The information in this section is for viewing only; you cannot modify a system-generated item adjustment. System generated item adjustments can result from item overruns, price changes, and stockpile adjustments. </i> </p> 1. In the '''System-Generated Item Adjustments''' section, search for and select the appropriate item adjustment. 2. View the information. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Accounting Information for a Payment Estimate== <p style="color:green"><i>The Accounting tab on the Contract Payment Estimate Summary enables you to view and enter information about checks distributed for the payment estimate and its associated vouchers. </i> </p> To maintain accounting information for a Payment Estimate: 1. Click the '''Accounting''' tab. 2. In the '''Transfer to Accounting Date''' field, enter the date that the payment estimate is marked as ready to transfer to the accounting department. 3. In the '''Accounting Received Date''' field, enter the date that the accounting department received information for the payment estimate. 4. In the '''Transaction Number''' field, enter the check number for the payment estimate. 5. In the Transaction Date field, enter the date on the check for the payment estimate. 6. Click the expand arrow for the payment estimate to view and modify voucher information for the payment estimate. 7. Enter the transfer and transaction information and dates as appropriate for the voucher, as shown above. 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Changing the Status of a Payment Estimate== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Payment Estimate Summary enables users to change the status of a payment estimate to Pending Approval, Approved, Rejected, or back to Draft. The commands and possible status changes that are available for you vary depending on the approval level and security access rights assigned to your user role by your agency. To change the status of a payment estimate, your active user role must be assigned the current approval level for the payment estimate. </i> </p> To change the status of a Payment Estimate: 1. Click on the '''General''' tab. 2. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select the '''Submit for Approval''' action. 3. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Tracking Payment Estimate Approval Decisions== <p style="color:green"><i>The Approval Tracking tab on the Contract Payment Estimate Summary lists rows of decision records for each approval level needed for the contract payment estimate. This list enables you to view the decisions and comments entered by all the users who are responsible for approving the payment estimate. </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>The information displayed on this tab is for review and tracking purposes and cannot be edited. </i> </p> To view approval decisions for a Payment Estimate: 1. Click on the '''Approval Tracking''' tab. 2. View the information. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Changing to Draft== <p style="color:green"><i>You can change the status of a payment estimate from Rejected or Pending Approval to Draft. The Change to Draft command is available only if the payment estimate status is Pending Approval and your active user role is assigned approval level 1, or if the payment estimate status is Rejected and your active user role has been assigned Change Estimate to Draft access rights. </i> </p> To change the status of a Payment Estimate: 1. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select the '''Change to Draft''' action. 2. Click the '''Save''' button. The following two steps will allow you to continue this baseline and approve the payment estimate. 3. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select the '''Submit for Approval''' action. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Making Payment Estimate Approval Decisions== <p style="color:green"><i>The Payment Estimate Approval Decision Overview lists rows of approval decision records for payment estimates that you can either approve or reject. This list includes only those approval decision records for payment estimates that have a status of Pending Approval and for which your active user role is assigned an approval decision of Pending Approval. </i> </p> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Approving a Payment Estimate== <p style="color:green"><i>The Approve command is available only if the payment estimate has a status of Pending Approval, and only if your active user role is assigned an approval decision value of Pending Approval for the payment estimate. When you approve a payment estimate, the status of the decision record is changed to Approved, and the status of the next sequential decision record for the payment estimate is changed to Pending Approval. </i> </p> To approve a Payment Estimate: 1. From the Construction component, select the '''Payment Estimate''' link. 2. Search for and select the payment estimate to approve. 3. In the '''Component Action''' menu, click the drop-down arrow and select '''Approve'''. 4. In the '''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record. 5. Saves automatically. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Rejecting a Payment Estimate== <p style="color:green"><i>When you reject a payment estimate, all of the information contained in the payment estimate becomes read-only. A rejected payment estimate can only be modified after a user with the appropriate permissions selects the Change to Draft command to return the payment estimate to draft status. </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>The Reject command is available only if the payment estimate has a status of Pending Approval, and only if your active user role is assigned an approval decision value of Pending Approval for the payment estimate. </i> </p> To reject a Payment Estimate: 1. Search for and select the '''Payment Estimate''' to reject. 2. In the '''Approval Decision''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select '''Reject'''. 3. In the '''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Generating Payment Estimate Reports== <p style="color:green"><i>Numerous reports are available to track and review information about payment estimates, such as the Items with Unpaid Placed Quantities report, Payment Estimate Contract Summary report, Payment Estimate for Contractor report, Payment Estimate Project Summary report, Payment Estimate Summary by Project report, and the Summary by Funding report. </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i> Your agency determines which reports are available to you through the security settings of your active role and by agency customizations to the application. As a result, some reports might not be available to you. </i> </p> To generate a Payment Estimate Report: 1. From the Construction component, click the '''Payment Estimates''' link. 2. For the appropriate payment estimate, click the row '''Actions''' button. 3. In the '''Reports''' section, select the '''Payment Estimate Report'''. 4. Select the '''Output Type'''. 5. Select the '''Report Layout Source'''. 6. Click the '''Execute''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Appendix A== The following is a list of payment estimate types and roles that have access to approve Payment Estimates for Michigan. '''Note: No other payment estimate types should be used for any contracts except for the ones below.''' '''Note: Any type with Progress in front were formerly Semi-Monthly Estimates and any type with Suppl were formerly Post-Final Estimates. Final Estimates types have Final in front of the type.''' Payment Estimate Type Contract Type Order of Approvals by Role Number of Approvals Progress MDOT DESG – Design Division FIN – Finance (Negotiated) MAIN – Maintenance REAL – Real Estate TRAF – Traffic And Safety MDOT_OFFICETECH MDOT_CONSTRENGR MDOT_FINADMIN 3 Final MDOT DESG – Design Division FIN – Finance (Negotiated) MAIN – Maintenance REAL – Real Estate TRAF – Traffic And Safety MDOT_OFFICETECH MDOT_CONSTRENGR MDOT_FINADMIN 3 Suppl MDOT DESG – Design Division FIN – Finance (Negotiated) MAIN – Maintenance REAL – Real Estate TRAF – Traffic And Safety MDOT_OFFICETECH MDOT_CONSTRENGR MDOT_FINADMIN 3 Progress Local ESD – Local Agency Projects-formerly Eng. Serv LOC_OFFICETECH LOC_PROJENGRREP MDOT_FINADMIN 3 Final Local ESD – Local Agency Projects-formerly Eng. Serv LOC_OFFICETECH LOC_PROJENGRREP MDOT_FINADMIN 3 Suppl Local ESD – Local Agency Projects-formerly Eng. Serv LOC_OFFICETECH LOC_PROJENGRREP MDOT_FINADMIN 3 Progress Consultant DESG – Design Division FIN – Finance (Negotiated) MAIN – Maintenance REAL – Real Estate TRAF – Traffic And Safety CONSL_OFFICETECH CONSL_PROJENGR MDOT_CONSTRENGR MDOT_FINADMIN 3 Final Consultant DESG – Design Division FIN – Finance (Negotiated) MAIN – Maintenance REAL – Real Estate TRAF – Traffic And Safety CONSL_OFFICETECH CONSL_PROJENGR MDOT_CONSTRENGR MDOT_FINADMIN 4 Suppl Consultant DESG – Design Division FIN – Finance (Negotiated) MAIN – Maintenance REAL – Real Estate TRAF – Traffic And Safety CONSL_OFFICETECH CONSL_PROJENGR MDOT_CONSTRENGR MDOT_FINADMIN 4   Payment Estimate Type Contract Type Order of Approvals by Role Number of Approvals Progress Consl-Local ESD – Local Agency Projects-formerly Eng. Serv CONSL_OFFICETECH CONSL_PROJENGR LOC_PROJENGRREP MDOT_FINADMIN 4 Final Consl-Local ESD – Local Agency Projects-formerly Eng. Serv CONSL_OFFICETECH CONSL_PROJENGR LOC_PROJENGRREP MDOT_FINADMIN 4 Suppl Consl-Local ESD – Local Agency Projects-formerly Eng. Serv CONSL_OFFICETECH CONSL_PROJENGR LOC_PROJENGRREP MDOT_FINADMIN 4 Progress Aero-Consl AERO – Aeronautics CONSL_OFFICETECH CONSL_PROJENGR MDOT_AEROENGR MDOT_FINADMIN 4 Final Aero-Consl AERO – Aeronautics CONSL_OFFICETECH CONSL_PROJENGR MDOT_AEROENGR MDOT_FINADMIN 4 Suppl Aero-Consl AERO – Aeronautics CONSL_OFFICETECH CONSL_PROJENGR MDOT_AEROENGR MDOT_FINADMIN 4 Progress Aero-No OT AERO – Aeronautics CONSL_PROJENGR MDOT_AEROENGR MDOT_FINADMIN 3 Final Aero-No OT AERO – Aeronautics CONSL_PROJENGR MDOT_AEROENGR MDOT_FINADMIN 3 Suppl Aero-No OT AERO – Aeronautics CONSL_PROJENGR MDOT_AEROENGR MDOT_FINADMIN 3 Progress Aero State AERO – Aeronautics MDOT_AEROOFFICETECH MDOT_AEROENGR MDOT_FINADMIN 3 Final Aero State AERO – Aeronautics MDOT_AEROOFFICETECH MDOT_AEROENGR MDOT_FINADMIN 3 Suppl Aero State AERO – Aeronautics MDOT_AEROOFFICETECH MDOT_AEROENGR MDOT_FINADMIN 3 Progress Rail RR – Railroad UPTR - Uptran MDOT_RAILPROJENGR MDOT_RAILPROJMANEML14 MDOT_FINADMIN 3 Final Rail RR – Railroad UPTR - Uptran MDOT_RAILPROJMANEML14 MDOT_RAILMOMANEML15 MDOT_FINADMIN 3   Payment Estimate Type Contract Type Order of Approvals by Role Number of Approvals Suppl Rail RR – Railroad UPTR - Uptran MDOT_RAILPROJMANEML14 MDOT_RAILMOMANEML15 MDOT_FINADMIN 3 Progress MBA MBA – Mackinac Bridge Authority MBA_CONSTRENGR 1 Final MBA MBA – Mackinac Bridge Authority MBA_CONSTRENGR 1 Suppl MBA MBA – Mackinac Bridge Authority MBA_CONSTRENGR 1 Progress MBA Consl MBA – Mackinac Bridge Authority CONSL_PROJENGR MBA_CONSTRENGR 2 Final MBA Consl MBA – Mackinac Bridge Authority CONSL_PROJENGR MBA_CONSTRENGR 2 Suppl MBA Consl MBA – Mackinac Bridge Authority CONSL_PROJENGR MBA_CONSTRENGR 2 Progress IBA Consl IBA – International Bridge Authority CONSL_PROJENGR IBA_CONSTRENGR 2 Final IBA Consl IBA – International Bridge Authority CONSL_PROJENGR IBA_CONSTRENGR 2 Suppl IBA Consl IBA – International Bridge Authority CONSL_PROJENGR IBA_CONSTRENGR 2 14cdda1f6e9c34573cdc39454dd1b057539c0a3b 6 82 164 2021-10-12T12:26:57Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 83 165 2021-10-12T12:27:22Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 84 166 2021-10-12T12:27:37Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 85 167 2021-10-12T12:27:59Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 59 169 150 2021-10-13T17:17:38Z McGowanR 4 /* Adding a Change Order to a Contract */ wikitext text/x-wiki =CHANGE ORDERS= <p style="color:green"><i>Change orders allow you to legally change a signed contract, including adding new items of work to the contract, increasing/decreasing quantities of existing items, making time extensions, setting final quantities, and specification changes. Please remember that depending on policies, system configurations, and roles, you may not have access to all the AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials functionality shown in this Users’ guide. </i> </p> ==Adding a Change Order to a Contract== 1. Navigate to the '''Change Order''' component. [[File:Change Orders Picture1.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Select Contract to Add Change Order''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture2.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the appropriate contract. 4. Click the '''Create Change Order on Contract''' button. 5. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Change Order Date''' - enter the date of the change order.</li> <li>'''Description''' - enter a description for the change order.</li> <li>'''Change Order Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the classification for the change order.</li> <li>'''Author''' - search for and select the user ID for the person creating the change order.</li> </ol> 6. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Entered By''' - indicates the name of the person who added the record.</li> <li>'''Entered Date''' - indicates the date and time the record was added.</li> <li>'''Explanations''' - indicates the number of explanations associated to the change order, from the Change Order Explanations section in the lower part of the window.</li> <li>'''Change Order Revision Number''' - indicates that number of times that the change order was revised.</li> <li>'''Approval Date''' - indicates the date the change order was approved, when applicable.</li> <li>'''Current Approval Round''' - specifies the current round of approval that has been achieved for the change order.</li> <li>'''Current Approval Group''' - specifies the approval group corresponding to the current level of approval.</li> <li>'''Override Approval Rules''' - indicates whether standard approval rules are superseded for the change order.</li> <li>'''Total of Previously Approved Change Orders''' - indicates the total amount of all other change orders for this contract that have reached approval status.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Change Order Explanations== <p style="color:green"><i>Explanation information can be added for the change order in the Change Order Explanations section. You can add your own explanation. The system enters a sequence number in the Order field, which can be changed. </i> </p> To add an explanation to a change order: 1. In the '''Change Orders Explanation''' section, in the '''Reference Explanation Name''' field, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. [[File:Change Orders Picture3.png|center]] 2. Click the Save button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Changing Item Quantities with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>Sometimes during construction on an project, there may be a need to increase or decrease the quantity of a work item that was approved in the executed contract. The Increase/Decrease Items tab contains a row for each item quantity being changed on this change order. The rows are divided into two sections, one for general quantity changes on items that are not completed in the project and the other for quantity changes needed to balance completed items. </i> </p> 1. Click the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' tab. 2. In the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' section, click the '''Select Items''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture4.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the item(s) to change. 4. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 5. Click the arrow to expand the row. 6. In the '''Increase/Decrease Quantity''' field, enter the change to the approved quantity for the contract project item. 7. In the '''Change Order Increase/Decrease Items Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. [[File:Change Orders Picture5.png|center]] 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Balancing Completed Items== <p style="color:green"><i>At the time a work item is marked complete on a contract, the quantity used might not match the approved quantity on the contract; that is, the remaining item quantity might not be zero. A portion of the approved quantity might not have been used and is therefore left over, or the project may have overrun the approved quantity of the item. </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>Use the Balance Completed Items section to balance the quantity for a completed item, that is, to provide it with a zero quantity. The system automatically calculates the correct increase or decrease needed to balance the completed item. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |A non-lump sum item must be marked complete on the Contract Items screen for this process to work. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' tab 2. In the '''Balance Completed Items''' section, click the '''Balance Completed Items''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture6.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the item(s) to balance. 4. Click the '''Balance Completed Items''' button. 5. In the '''Balance Completed Items Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. 6. Click the '''Save''' button. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The system will list all the non lumpsum items on the contract that have been marked complete. |- |} </div> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>Sometimes during a construction project, the contractor will need to complete items of work that were not included in the executed contract. This is one of the most common reasons for creating a change order. Any kind of item can be added to the contract on a change order, including new reference items, contract items and, unattached items. </i> </p> 1. Click the '''New Items''' tab. 2. In the '''New Items''' section, click the '''Select New Item''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture7.png|center]] 3. In the '''Item''' field, search for and select the item to add to the change order. 4. Click the row for the project/category to which the item will be added. 5. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 6. Click the expand arrow for the row. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the project item line number.</li> <li>'''Contract Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the contact item line number.</li> <li>'''Quantity''' -enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the identification name or number for the fund package.</li> <li>'''Unit Price''' - enter the unit price for the item at the contract project level.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - enter an additional description for the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> <li>'''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates source of where the item originated.</li> <li>'''Extended Amount''' - shows the extended amount for the new item on the change order.</li> </ol> 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Unattached Items== <p style="color:green"><i>An unattached item is an item that was added to the contract after the contract was executed. Unattached items are included in contract categories and can be tracked on daily work reports but are not recognized as contract items by the system and cannot be included in a contract payment until they are added to the contract through a change order and the change order is approved. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For this section to work properly, at least one unattached item should already have been added on the Contract Items screen. |- |} </div> 1. In the '''Unattached Items''' section, click the '''Select Unattached Item''' button. The system displays a row for each unattached item that was created on the contract. [[File:Change Orders Picture8.png|center]] 2. Click the row for the appropriate unattached item to add to the change order. 3. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 4. Click the expand arrow for the row, if necessary. 5. Verify the project item line number in the '''Project Item Line Number''' field. 6. Verify the contact item line number in the '''Contract Item Line Number''' field. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Quantity''' - enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate fund package.</li> <li>'''Unit Price''' - enter the unit price for the item at the contract project level.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - enter an additional description for the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates source of where the item originated.</li> <li>'''Extended Amount''' - shows the extended amount for the new item on the change order.</li> </ol> 9. Enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate, in the '''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section. 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Modifying Contract Items== <p style="color:green"><i>Contract items are items that are already associated with this contract but need to be added to one or more additional projects or categories. Previously these were called modified original items. </i> </p> 1. In the '''Contract Items''' section, click the '''Select Contract Item''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture9.png|center]] 2. Search for and select the item(s) to add to the change order in the '''Contract Item''' field. 3. Click the row for the project/category to which the item will be added. 4. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 5. Click the expand arrow for the row. 6. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the project item line number.</li> <li>'''Quantity''' - enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the identification name or number for the fund package.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> </ol> 7. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contract Item Line Number''' - identifies the line item within the contract. <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates where the contract item originated. <li>'''Unit Price''' - indicates the price for the item at the contract proposal level. <li>'''Extended Amount''' - indicates the extended amount for the new item on the change order. <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - displays additional information describing the entity. </ol> 8. Enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate in the '''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section. 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adjusting Contract Time with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>A common reason for creating a change order is to adjust the completion date for a milestone or contract because work has fallen behind or been completed ahead of schedule. The Time Adjustments tab contains an accordion list of all the time adjustments that have been recorded in the change order. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If the Time Type for the adjustment is Available Time or Calendar Time, you can change the value in the Adjustment Time Units field. When you save the change, the system automatically recalculates the value in the Adjustment Completion Date field. |- |} </div> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If the Time Type is Contract Time, you can change the Adjustment Completion Date field. When you save the change, the system automatically recalculates the value in the Adjustment Time Units field. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Time Adjustments''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Contract''' Time button. 3. Search for and select the contract time records to adjust. 4. Click the '''Add Time Adjustments to Change Order''' button. 5. The following fields must be completed: a. '''Adjustment Time Units''' field, enter the number of time units to add or remove from the associated contract time on this change order. 6. In the '''Time Adjustment Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the time extension, as appropriate. 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Managing Change Order Reviewers== <p style="color:green"><i>Prior to starting the change order approval process, you can send the change order for review by multiple reviewers. The change order must be in Draft or Pending Review status to be reviewed. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The change order will not go to the approvers until the reviewer has approved it! |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Review Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Reviewers''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture10.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the reviewer(s) to add to the change order. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |To see the reviewer(s) decision, click the expand arrow. |- |} </div> To cancel a reviewer(s) for a change order: 1. Click the row '''Actions''' button and select the '''Cancel Reviewer''' action. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Managing Change Order Approvals== <p style="color:green"><i>When a user submits the change order for approval, the system automatically adds the default approval groups before changing the change order's status to Pending Approval. The system does this based on the Change Order Type field selected on the general tab. The steps described in this section should only be followed if the default approval groups need to be modified in some way. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Only follow these steps to manually add or modify the change order approval groups. |- |} </div> To add approval groups to a change order: 1. Click the '''Approval Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the list Actions button on the '''Add Approval Group''' and select the '''Assign Default Approval Groups''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture11.png|center]] '''Depending on your role''', you may be able to manually add one or more approval groups to the change order and override the default approval structure. Although, this should not be necessary. 1. Click the '''Add Approval Group''' button. 2. Search for and select the reference approval group(s) to add. 3. In the '''Override Comments''' field, enter information about why the approval groups are being added. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Submitting a Change Order for Approval== <p style="color:green"><i>When the change order is ready, it must be submitted for approval to begin the approval processes. </i> </p> 1. On the '''Contract Change Order''' Summary for the appropriate change order, click the component '''Actions''' button, and select the '''Submit for Approval''' task. [[File:Change Orders Picture12.png|center]] 2. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing a Contract Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Change Order Overview lists all the change orders for a contract and contains all the information currently recorded in a change order. Select a change order to view its details. </i> </p> [[File:Change Orders Picture13.png|center]] 1. There are various functions available within the change order: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>Increasing or decreasing the approved quantities of items.</li> <li>Adding new items to the contract, including whether negative prices and quantities are allowed.</li> <li>Increasing or decreasing contract times.</li> <li>Processing a change order without the approval of the prime contractor.</li> <li>Editing textual content of the contract</li> </ol> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Change Orders can only be edited by certain roles and only when the Change order is in Draft status. |- |} </div> [[File:Change Orders Picture14.png|center]] 2. Recorded item or time entries are listed within the change order tabs. Some or all of these functions can be included in a change order. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Reviewing a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>You can review a change order only when it is in Pending Review status. When reviewing the change order, reviewers make their recommendations to either approve or reject the change order. If the change order is approved at all review levels, it will go to the first approver on the approval group. If any reviewer rejects the review, it will go back to the creator of the change order. </i> </p> 1. In the '''Contract Change Order Summary''', click the component '''Actions''' button. 2. To approve the review of the change order, select the '''Approve''' task. 3. To reject the review of the change order, select the '''Reject''' task. [[File:Change Orders Picture15.png|center]] 4. In the Approval Decision Comments field, enter a comment about the decision to approve or reject the change order. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Approving or Rejecting a Change Order== To approve a change order: 1. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select the '''Approve or Reject''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture16.png|center]] 2. In the '''Approval Decision Comments''' field, enter a comment about the decision to approve or reject the change order. 3. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Tracking Approvals for a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>The Approval Tracking tab on the Contract Change Order Summary contains an accordion list of approval records for the change order, sorted by round and approval group. </i> </p> To track the approvals on a change order: 1. Click the '''Approval Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow for the approval group to view. [[File:Change Orders Picture17.png|center]] 3. View the information. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Generating the Change Order Report== <p style="color:green"><i>The Change Order Report contains all the information about the selected change orders </i> </p> 1. Click the component '''Actions''' button 2. From the '''Reports''' section, select the '''Change Order Report'''. [[File:Change Orders Picture18.png|center]] 3. Select the '''Output Type'''. 4. Select the '''Report Layout Source'''. 5. Click the '''Execute''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Appendix A== The following is a list of contract types and roles that have access to approve Change Orders for Michigan. '''Note: To view which contract type your contract is, see the Contract Administration Summary >General tab.''' [[File:Change Orders Picture19.png|center]] 67bb7b1d0cdd8e208c1489cece0e5049ab383b11 0 86 170 2021-10-15T21:30:51Z McGowanR 4 Created page with "==Daily Diaries== <p style="color:green"><i>A Daily Diary is a collection of all the Daily Work Reports (DWRs) submitted on one day by all inspectors working on a contract. T..." wikitext text/x-wiki ==Daily Diaries== <p style="color:green"><i>A Daily Diary is a collection of all the Daily Work Reports (DWRs) submitted on one day by all inspectors working on a contract. The project manager usually submits one daily diary per day per contract. In the daily diary, the project manager authorizes the DWRs and records the time charge information for the day. The system does not allow more than one diary to be created per day per contract, and a diary may not be created for a future date. Diaries can be created for days when no DWRs are collected. </i> </p> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding a Daily Diary== <p style="color:green"><i>Information about the diary is contained in two components. The upper part of the page contains the Daily Diary component, which displays general information about the diary. On this component, you can view but not change diary information. The lower part of the page contains the Daily Diary Summary component, which allows you to add information about the diary. </i> </p> Required fields are:  Diary Date Instructions Navigation: Construction > Daily Diary To add a Daily Diary: 1. From the Construction component, click the Daily Diary link. 2. Click the component Actions button, and choose the Select Contract to Add Daily Diary action. 3. Search for and select the contract to which to add a Daily Diary. 4. Click the Create Daily Diary on Contract button. 5. In the Diary Date field, enter the date documented by the diary. 6. In the Author field, search for and select the user ID and name of the person who authored the daily diary. 7. In the Weather field, click the drop-down arrow and select the weather condition for the diary date. 8. In the Low Temperature field, enter the low temperature recorded for the diary date. 9. In the High Temperature field, enter the high temperature recorded for the diary date. 10. The Diary Locked field indicates whether the diary is read-only or can be changed. 11. The Payment Est Num field shows the contractor payment estimate number when it is created. 12. In the Comments field, enter any additional information about the record. 13. The Remarks field indicates the number of remarks. 14. The Federal Project Number field indicates the federal project number. 15. The Entered By field indicates the user ID and name of the person that created the daily diary. 16. The Entered Date field indicates the date and time this record was added to the system. 17. The Last Updated By field indicates the name of the person who most recently changed the record. 18. The Last Updated Date field indicates the date and time this record was most recently changed. 19. The Contractor Working field indicates whether the contractor was working on the diary date. 20. The Payment Est Status field indicates the status of the payment estimate. 21. In the Remarks section, in the Remarks Type field, click the drop-down arrow and select the remark type. 22. In the Remark field, enter a remark for the diary date. 23. Click the Save button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining a Daily Diary== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Daily Diary Summary contains all the information currently recorded in the daily diary. You can automatically record weather information from the DWRs associated to the daily diary. The system enters the lowest DWR temperature in the Low Temperature field and the highest DWR temperature in the High Temperature field. Instructions Navigation: Construction > Daily Diary To add weather information from the DWRs in a Daily Diary: 1. Click the component Actions button, and select the Populate Related DWR Weather action. Note that the Weather, Low Temperature, and High Temperature fields are populated with information from the associated DWRs. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Managing DWRs in a Daily Diary== Note: In order to perform this task, at least one DWR has to be created on the same date as the Diary. The DWRs tab on the Contract Daily Diary Summary component contains a list of all the daily work reports currently included in the daily diary. Instructions Navigation: Construction > Contract Daily Diary Summary > DWRs tab To view or modify the DWRs in a Daily Diary: 1. Click on the DWRs tab. 2. Click the Sequence link to be taken to the DWR. 3. View the DWR information, or make adjustments as appropriate and click the Save button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Approving DWRs in a Diary== You can approve a single DWR, or all of the DWRs in a diary with a status of Pending Approval. If DWR status is in Draft, click the Action Row button for the DWR and select Submit for Approval. Instructions Navigation: Construction > Contract Daily Diary Summary To approve all pending DWRs in a Daily Diary: 1. Click the DWRs tab. 2. Click the Actions button above the list of DWRs, and select Approve Pending DWRs. Instructions Navigation: Construction > Contract Daily Diary Summary To approve individual DWRs in a Daily Diary: 1. Click the DWR row Actions button, and select the Approve task. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining DWR Remarks in a Daily Diary== The DWR Remarks tab on the Contract Daily Diary Summary allows you to add and maintain the DWR remarks you want to include in the daily diary. DWR remarks are organized by DWR in accordion rows. Note: The DWR(s) has to be approved in order for this section and modal window to work properly. Instructions Navigation: Construction > Contract Daily Diary Summary > DWR Remarks tab To add or modify remarks in a Daily Diary: 1. From the Construction component, click the Daily Diary link. 2. Search for and select the diary to review. 3. Click on the DWR Remarks tab. 4. Click the Select DWR Remarks button. 5. Search for and select the remark(s) to add. 6. Click the Add DWR Remarks to Diary button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Recording Time Information in a Daily Diary= Note: In order to perform the following tasks, any contract time that you want to charge should be activated with an effective date and status. The contract time will also need to be chargeable (for AD and CD site times only). Contract times are records of time-related information that are important to the contract. You can add or change contract times for the daily diary. Instructions Navigation: Construction >Daily Diary > Contract Times tab To add or modify contract times in a Daily Diary: 1. Click the Contract Times tab. 2. Click the Contractor Working checkbox to indicate whether the contractor was working on the diary date. 3. In the Hours Available field, enter the number of time units available for the contractor to work for the date. 4. In the Hours Worked field, enter the number of time units the contractor worked for the date. 5. In the Controlling Operation field, enter the primary type of work related to the time charge for the date. 6. In the Delay Reason field, enter the description of circumstances or events impeding progress of work related to the contract time for the date. 7. In the Comments field, enter additional information for the diary contract time. 8. The Adjusted Time Charged field indicates the total number of time units charged, including adjustments. 9. The Change in Time Charged field indicates the adjusted time charged minus the original time charged in a daily diary. 10. In the Work Start Time field, enter the date and time of day the contractor began work. 11. In the Work Stop Time field, enter the date and time of day the contractor stopped work. 12. Click the Save button. Applying Time Information from a DWR to the Diary If contract time information has been recorded in an associated DWR, you may apply that information to the daily diary. Note: The DWR(s) has to be approved or in a pending approval status in order for this section and modal window to work properly. Instructions Navigation: Construction > Contract Daily Diary Summary > Contract Times tab To apply DWR times to a Daily Diary: 1. Click the contract time row Actions button, and select the Apply DWR Contract Time action. 2. Search for and select the DWR from which to apply time information. 3. Click the Apply DWR Contract Time button <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Daily Diary Report== <p style="color:green"><i>The Daily Diary Report lists information from one or more selected daily diaries, including the date, weather, and location, and the name of the prime contractor and whether or not the contractor worked on that day. The report also provides totals for contract time, which varies depending on whether the main contract time is Available Time, Calendar Time, or Completion Date. Instructions Navigation: Construction > Daily Diary To process a report for a Daily Diary: 1. Click the component Actions button, and from the Reports section, select the Daily Diary Report. 2. Select the Output Type. 3. Select the Report Layout Source. 4. Click the Execute button. 4524a40332efb9e2a85642c4965ffdddac70ddab 171 170 2021-10-15T21:34:53Z McGowanR 4 /* =Recording Time Information in a Daily Diary */ wikitext text/x-wiki ==Daily Diaries== <p style="color:green"><i>A Daily Diary is a collection of all the Daily Work Reports (DWRs) submitted on one day by all inspectors working on a contract. The project manager usually submits one daily diary per day per contract. In the daily diary, the project manager authorizes the DWRs and records the time charge information for the day. The system does not allow more than one diary to be created per day per contract, and a diary may not be created for a future date. Diaries can be created for days when no DWRs are collected. </i> </p> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding a Daily Diary== <p style="color:green"><i>Information about the diary is contained in two components. The upper part of the page contains the Daily Diary component, which displays general information about the diary. On this component, you can view but not change diary information. The lower part of the page contains the Daily Diary Summary component, which allows you to add information about the diary. </i> </p> Required fields are:  Diary Date Instructions Navigation: Construction > Daily Diary To add a Daily Diary: 1. From the Construction component, click the Daily Diary link. 2. Click the component Actions button, and choose the Select Contract to Add Daily Diary action. 3. Search for and select the contract to which to add a Daily Diary. 4. Click the Create Daily Diary on Contract button. 5. In the Diary Date field, enter the date documented by the diary. 6. In the Author field, search for and select the user ID and name of the person who authored the daily diary. 7. In the Weather field, click the drop-down arrow and select the weather condition for the diary date. 8. In the Low Temperature field, enter the low temperature recorded for the diary date. 9. In the High Temperature field, enter the high temperature recorded for the diary date. 10. The Diary Locked field indicates whether the diary is read-only or can be changed. 11. The Payment Est Num field shows the contractor payment estimate number when it is created. 12. In the Comments field, enter any additional information about the record. 13. The Remarks field indicates the number of remarks. 14. The Federal Project Number field indicates the federal project number. 15. The Entered By field indicates the user ID and name of the person that created the daily diary. 16. The Entered Date field indicates the date and time this record was added to the system. 17. The Last Updated By field indicates the name of the person who most recently changed the record. 18. The Last Updated Date field indicates the date and time this record was most recently changed. 19. The Contractor Working field indicates whether the contractor was working on the diary date. 20. The Payment Est Status field indicates the status of the payment estimate. 21. In the Remarks section, in the Remarks Type field, click the drop-down arrow and select the remark type. 22. In the Remark field, enter a remark for the diary date. 23. Click the Save button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining a Daily Diary== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Daily Diary Summary contains all the information currently recorded in the daily diary. You can automatically record weather information from the DWRs associated to the daily diary. The system enters the lowest DWR temperature in the Low Temperature field and the highest DWR temperature in the High Temperature field. Instructions Navigation: Construction > Daily Diary To add weather information from the DWRs in a Daily Diary: 1. Click the component Actions button, and select the Populate Related DWR Weather action. Note that the Weather, Low Temperature, and High Temperature fields are populated with information from the associated DWRs. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Managing DWRs in a Daily Diary== Note: In order to perform this task, at least one DWR has to be created on the same date as the Diary. The DWRs tab on the Contract Daily Diary Summary component contains a list of all the daily work reports currently included in the daily diary. Instructions Navigation: Construction > Contract Daily Diary Summary > DWRs tab To view or modify the DWRs in a Daily Diary: 1. Click on the DWRs tab. 2. Click the Sequence link to be taken to the DWR. 3. View the DWR information, or make adjustments as appropriate and click the Save button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Approving DWRs in a Diary== You can approve a single DWR, or all of the DWRs in a diary with a status of Pending Approval. If DWR status is in Draft, click the Action Row button for the DWR and select Submit for Approval. Instructions Navigation: Construction > Contract Daily Diary Summary To approve all pending DWRs in a Daily Diary: 1. Click the DWRs tab. 2. Click the Actions button above the list of DWRs, and select Approve Pending DWRs. Instructions Navigation: Construction > Contract Daily Diary Summary To approve individual DWRs in a Daily Diary: 1. Click the DWR row Actions button, and select the Approve task. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining DWR Remarks in a Daily Diary== The DWR Remarks tab on the Contract Daily Diary Summary allows you to add and maintain the DWR remarks you want to include in the daily diary. DWR remarks are organized by DWR in accordion rows. Note: The DWR(s) has to be approved in order for this section and modal window to work properly. Instructions Navigation: Construction > Contract Daily Diary Summary > DWR Remarks tab To add or modify remarks in a Daily Diary: 1. From the Construction component, click the Daily Diary link. 2. Search for and select the diary to review. 3. Click on the DWR Remarks tab. 4. Click the Select DWR Remarks button. 5. Search for and select the remark(s) to add. 6. Click the Add DWR Remarks to Diary button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Recording Time Information in a Daily Diary== Note: In order to perform the following tasks, any contract time that you want to charge should be activated with an effective date and status. The contract time will also need to be chargeable (for AD and CD site times only). Contract times are records of time-related information that are important to the contract. You can add or change contract times for the daily diary. Instructions Navigation: Construction >Daily Diary > Contract Times tab To add or modify contract times in a Daily Diary: 1. Click the Contract Times tab. 2. Click the Contractor Working checkbox to indicate whether the contractor was working on the diary date. 3. In the Hours Available field, enter the number of time units available for the contractor to work for the date. 4. In the Hours Worked field, enter the number of time units the contractor worked for the date. 5. In the Controlling Operation field, enter the primary type of work related to the time charge for the date. 6. In the Delay Reason field, enter the description of circumstances or events impeding progress of work related to the contract time for the date. 7. In the Comments field, enter additional information for the diary contract time. 8. The Adjusted Time Charged field indicates the total number of time units charged, including adjustments. 9. The Change in Time Charged field indicates the adjusted time charged minus the original time charged in a daily diary. 10. In the Work Start Time field, enter the date and time of day the contractor began work. 11. In the Work Stop Time field, enter the date and time of day the contractor stopped work. 12. Click the Save button. Applying Time Information from a DWR to the Diary If contract time information has been recorded in an associated DWR, you may apply that information to the daily diary. Note: The DWR(s) has to be approved or in a pending approval status in order for this section and modal window to work properly. Instructions Navigation: Construction > Contract Daily Diary Summary > Contract Times tab To apply DWR times to a Daily Diary: 1. Click the contract time row Actions button, and select the Apply DWR Contract Time action. 2. Search for and select the DWR from which to apply time information. 3. Click the Apply DWR Contract Time button <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Daily Diary Report== <p style="color:green"><i>The Daily Diary Report lists information from one or more selected daily diaries, including the date, weather, and location, and the name of the prime contractor and whether or not the contractor worked on that day. The report also provides totals for contract time, which varies depending on whether the main contract time is Available Time, Calendar Time, or Completion Date. Instructions Navigation: Construction > Daily Diary To process a report for a Daily Diary: 1. Click the component Actions button, and from the Reports section, select the Daily Diary Report. 2. Select the Output Type. 3. Select the Report Layout Source. 4. Click the Execute button. e5c7cacf0877e08b758fc266a6d95ada6ceeeb46 0 87 173 2021-10-19T18:05:53Z McGowanR 4 Created page with "=Overview of Global Actions= The Global Actions section describes how to use features that are available in all business areas of the AASHTOWare Project system. You can acces..." wikitext text/x-wiki =Overview of Global Actions= The Global Actions section describes how to use features that are available in all business areas of the AASHTOWare Project system. You can access these features from any webpage in the system by clicking the Actions menu on the Menu bar. Using Processes You can execute several different types of processes in the system, including importing and exporting information and running custom processes. ==Executing Processes== You can execute several different types of processes in the system, including importing and exporting information and running custom processes. 1. Click the global Actions button. 2. Click the Execute Process action. 3. Select the process to execute. -The system displays a list of all the data in the system that match your search criteria. 4. Select the data to include in the process, if applicable. 5. To schedule the process to run later, in the Settings field on the component subheader, click the drop-down arrow and select Schedule Process. Note that the steps to schedule a process are shown in the following section. To set parameters for the process, in the Settings field on the component subheader, click the drop-down arrow and select Set Parameters. 6. Click the Execute button. ==Scheduling a Process== By scheduling a process, you can set the system to automatically execute that process on a daily, weekly, monthly or a one-time basis. You can create a schedule for any process in the system. 1. From the Execute Process component, in the Settings field on the component subheader, click the drop-down arrow and select Schedule Process. 2. Click the Enable Scheduling check box. 3. In the Schedule Frequency field, click the drop-down arrow and select how often you want the process to run. Note that the fields that appear will vary depending on the chosen frequency. 4. Enter values into the fields as appropriate for the chosen frequency. 5. Click the Schedule button to save the new process schedule and continue to define the process to execute. ==Viewing Process History== The Process History Overview component allows you to check on the status of all processes you are running at any time, including system and scheduled processes. 1. Click the global Actions menu. 2. Select the Open Process History action. 3. In the Quick Find search box, search for and select the process to view. 4. View the process history. ==Viewing System Process History== The System Process History tab on the Process History Overview component allows you to view the status and output of system processes (processes executed automatically by the system). 1. From the Process History Overview component, click the SystemProcess History tab. 2. View the system process history. ==Viewing Scheduled Processes== 1. Click the Scheduled tab. 2. View the scheduled process history. ==Viewing and Saving Process Output Files== 1. Click the Process History tab. 2. For the appropriate process, click the Output Files link to view the output file. 3. Click the Save button. 4. Follow browser instructions to save the file. Working with Attachments Attachments provide an easy way to integrate outside information of various kinds into your project, proposal or any other system entity. Examples of the types of files you might attach include Microsoft® Word documents, Excel spreadsheets, PDFs, URLs, digital photographs and other types of graphic files. Attachments are accessed on any component by clicking the Actions button on a row or component header. The Attachments Overview component contains a list of rows for all the files that have been attached to the entity by you or another user with your active role. =Attaching a File to a Row== 1. Navigate to the component that contains the row to which you want to attach the file. 2. Click the component or row Actions button and select the Attachments view. 3. Click the Select File button. 4. In the Choose File to Upload window, navigate to the directory where the file is located and click the file to attach. 5. Click the Open button. 6. In the Description field, type a description for the attachment. 7. Click the Save button. ==Using Global Attachments== The Global Attachments Overview component allows you to view and change two types of global attachments:  Attachments are attached files that you have permission to view but are attached to entities you do not have permission to access.  System Attachments are files not attached to a specific entity. You can access the Global Attachments Overview from any page in the application. 1. On the Menu bar, click the system Actions button. 2. Click the Global Attachments action. The Attachments tab lists any attached files that you have permission to view, but that are attached to entities you do not have permission to access. 3. Click the attachments name link to open the attachment in the attached file’s application. 4. Close the attached file’s application when you have finished reviewing the attachment. 5. Click the System Attachments tab. The System Attachments tab lists any attached files that you have permission to view that are not attached to a specific entity. 6. Click the attachments name link to open the attachment in the attached file’s application. 7. Close the attached file to return application when you have finished reviewing the attachment. Working with Links You can attach a link to an outside website address (also known as a URL) to your project, proposal, or any other entity in the system. Any user with your active role who has permission to access the entity will be able to access the attached link. You can also give users whose role does not allow them access to the entity permission to access the attached link. You can access links on any component by clicking the Actions menu on a row or component header, and then clicking the link you want to follow. Use caution when granting role access rights that allow users to create links (Assign Role Access Rights component, Resources tab, URLAttachments) and assign access to those links (Assign Role Access Rights component, Resources tab, URLAttachmentRoles). Users granted access to creating links could potentially create a link to malware or a malicious resource. If that occurred, any user with authority to access the link could click it, which may lead to undesired consequences. ==Attaching a Link to an Entity== 1. Navigate to the component to which to add the link. 2. From the component or row Actions menu, click the Links view. 3. In the Links Overview component, click the New button. 4. In the URL field, type the URL for the link. 5. In the Link Name field, type a name for the link. 6. Click the Save button. ==Using Global Links== Links provide a convenient way to access an outside website while working in the system. The Global Links Overview component allows you to view and change two types of global links:  Links are links that you have permission to access, regardless of whether you have permission to access the entities associated with the links.  System Links are links that are not attached to a specific entity. You can access the Global Links Overview from any page in the application. You can also grant and remove security access to roles, as shown in the sections above. 1. On the Menu bar, click the global Actions button. 2. Click the Global Links action. The Links tab lists the links that you have permission to access, but that are linked to entities you do not have permission to access. 3. Click the Link name to open the web page. 4. Close the web browser when you have finished reviewing the link. 5. Click the System Links tab. The System Links tab lists any links that you have permission to view that are not attached to a specific entity. 6. Click the Link name to open the web page. 7. Close the web browser when you have finished reviewing the link. Managing My Settings The My Settings component contains information about your user account and your email address. For new users, agencies may choose to set the New User Help option to open to the Role-Based Workflows help topic when you click the Help button on the Menu Bar. ==View and Clear New User Help Check Box== 1. On the Menu bar, click the system Actions button. 2. Click the My Settings action. 3. Review your user information. 4. Click the New User Help check box to check or clear the check box. 5. Click the Save button. ==Changing Your Email Address== The Email tab on the My Settings component contains the email address currently recorded for your user account and allows the address to be changed when needed. If an email address has been entered for your user account, the Email tab is displayed. If the Email tab is not displayed and you want to enter your email address, contact your system administrator. After your system administrator has granted you permission you will be prompted to enter and confirm your current email address the next time you log on to the system. 1. Click the Email tab. 2. Review your current email address. 3. In the New Email Address field, enter your new email address. 4. In the Confirm Email Address field, enter your new email address again. 5. Click the Save button. Working with Email Messages The Outbox Overview component enables you to view and delete email messages sent within the system from the current user account. It also enables you to send new messages to other system users. In order to send a message, an email address must be recorded in the system for both the sender and the recipient user accounts. ==Managing My Outbox== 1. On the Menu bar, click the global Actions button. 2. Click the My Outbox action. A list of email messages you sent from within the system is displayed. ==Creating an Email Message== 1. Click the Create Message button. 2. To select an individual email address, in the Recipient field, begin typing an email address or click in the field and press the Enter key to see all email addresses. In order to send a message, an email address must be recorded in the system for both the sender and recipient. 3. Click on the appropriate email address from the list. 4. To select multiple email addresses, click the list Actions button next to the New button. 5. Click the Select Recipients action. 6. In the Quick Find search box, type the name of the recipient or click in the field and press the Enter key to see all email addresses. 7. Click the rows for the recipients to add to the email. 8. Repeat steps 6 & 7 above until all recipients have been selected. 9. After the last recipient has been selected, Click the Add to Message button. 10. In the Subject field, type a subject for the email. 11. In the Message Text field, type a message. 12. Click the Send button. ==Creating Dynamic Mailing Groups== A mailing group is a collection of names and email addresses that can be selected as the recipient of an email message. A mailing group can include email addresses for a person, vendor, administrative office, or other entity that has an email address entered in the system. 1. Click the Dynamic Mailing Groups quick link. 2. Click the New button. 3. In the Name field, enter a descriptive name for the mailing group. 4. In the Filter section, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate filter criteria. Notice that additional criteria fields are now available. Depending on the filter criteria selected, different options are available in the additional fields. 5. In the middle drop-down field, select the operator for the filter. 6. In the third criteria field, select or enter the values by which to filter. 7. You may select additional filter criteria in the second Filter row. 8. Click the Test Filter Results button. This allows you to preview the user names and email addresses that will be included in the mailing group as a result of the filter criteria statement. 9. Click the Save button. 2e59f92d79dd3e13c06e4974d97b614efad96688 174 173 2021-10-19T18:06:39Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki =Overview of Global Actions= The Global Actions section describes how to use features that are available in all business areas of the AASHTOWare Project system. You can access these features from any webpage in the system by clicking the Actions menu on the Menu bar. Using Processes You can execute several different types of processes in the system, including importing and exporting information and running custom processes. ==Executing Processes== You can execute several different types of processes in the system, including importing and exporting information and running custom processes. 1. Click the global Actions button. 2. Click the Execute Process action. 3. Select the process to execute. -The system displays a list of all the data in the system that match your search criteria. 4. Select the data to include in the process, if applicable. 5. To schedule the process to run later, in the Settings field on the component subheader, click the drop-down arrow and select Schedule Process. Note that the steps to schedule a process are shown in the following section. To set parameters for the process, in the Settings field on the component subheader, click the drop-down arrow and select Set Parameters. 6. Click the Execute button. ==Scheduling a Process== By scheduling a process, you can set the system to automatically execute that process on a daily, weekly, monthly or a one-time basis. You can create a schedule for any process in the system. 1. From the Execute Process component, in the Settings field on the component subheader, click the drop-down arrow and select Schedule Process. 2. Click the Enable Scheduling check box. 3. In the Schedule Frequency field, click the drop-down arrow and select how often you want the process to run. Note that the fields that appear will vary depending on the chosen frequency. 4. Enter values into the fields as appropriate for the chosen frequency. 5. Click the Schedule button to save the new process schedule and continue to define the process to execute. ==Viewing Process History== The Process History Overview component allows you to check on the status of all processes you are running at any time, including system and scheduled processes. 1. Click the global Actions menu. 2. Select the Open Process History action. 3. In the Quick Find search box, search for and select the process to view. 4. View the process history. ==Viewing System Process History== The System Process History tab on the Process History Overview component allows you to view the status and output of system processes (processes executed automatically by the system). 1. From the Process History Overview component, click the SystemProcess History tab. 2. View the system process history. ==Viewing Scheduled Processes== 1. Click the Scheduled tab. 2. View the scheduled process history. ==Viewing and Saving Process Output Files== 1. Click the Process History tab. 2. For the appropriate process, click the Output Files link to view the output file. 3. Click the Save button. 4. Follow browser instructions to save the file. Working with Attachments Attachments provide an easy way to integrate outside information of various kinds into your project, proposal or any other system entity. Examples of the types of files you might attach include Microsoft® Word documents, Excel spreadsheets, PDFs, URLs, digital photographs and other types of graphic files. Attachments are accessed on any component by clicking the Actions button on a row or component header. The Attachments Overview component contains a list of rows for all the files that have been attached to the entity by you or another user with your active role. ==Attaching a File to a Row== 1. Navigate to the component that contains the row to which you want to attach the file. 2. Click the component or row Actions button and select the Attachments view. 3. Click the Select File button. 4. In the Choose File to Upload window, navigate to the directory where the file is located and click the file to attach. 5. Click the Open button. 6. In the Description field, type a description for the attachment. 7. Click the Save button. ==Using Global Attachments== The Global Attachments Overview component allows you to view and change two types of global attachments:  Attachments are attached files that you have permission to view but are attached to entities you do not have permission to access.  System Attachments are files not attached to a specific entity. You can access the Global Attachments Overview from any page in the application. 1. On the Menu bar, click the system Actions button. 2. Click the Global Attachments action. The Attachments tab lists any attached files that you have permission to view, but that are attached to entities you do not have permission to access. 3. Click the attachments name link to open the attachment in the attached file’s application. 4. Close the attached file’s application when you have finished reviewing the attachment. 5. Click the System Attachments tab. The System Attachments tab lists any attached files that you have permission to view that are not attached to a specific entity. 6. Click the attachments name link to open the attachment in the attached file’s application. 7. Close the attached file to return application when you have finished reviewing the attachment. Working with Links You can attach a link to an outside website address (also known as a URL) to your project, proposal, or any other entity in the system. Any user with your active role who has permission to access the entity will be able to access the attached link. You can also give users whose role does not allow them access to the entity permission to access the attached link. You can access links on any component by clicking the Actions menu on a row or component header, and then clicking the link you want to follow. Use caution when granting role access rights that allow users to create links (Assign Role Access Rights component, Resources tab, URLAttachments) and assign access to those links (Assign Role Access Rights component, Resources tab, URLAttachmentRoles). Users granted access to creating links could potentially create a link to malware or a malicious resource. If that occurred, any user with authority to access the link could click it, which may lead to undesired consequences. ==Attaching a Link to an Entity== 1. Navigate to the component to which to add the link. 2. From the component or row Actions menu, click the Links view. 3. In the Links Overview component, click the New button. 4. In the URL field, type the URL for the link. 5. In the Link Name field, type a name for the link. 6. Click the Save button. ==Using Global Links== Links provide a convenient way to access an outside website while working in the system. The Global Links Overview component allows you to view and change two types of global links:  Links are links that you have permission to access, regardless of whether you have permission to access the entities associated with the links.  System Links are links that are not attached to a specific entity. You can access the Global Links Overview from any page in the application. You can also grant and remove security access to roles, as shown in the sections above. 1. On the Menu bar, click the global Actions button. 2. Click the Global Links action. The Links tab lists the links that you have permission to access, but that are linked to entities you do not have permission to access. 3. Click the Link name to open the web page. 4. Close the web browser when you have finished reviewing the link. 5. Click the System Links tab. The System Links tab lists any links that you have permission to view that are not attached to a specific entity. 6. Click the Link name to open the web page. 7. Close the web browser when you have finished reviewing the link. Managing My Settings The My Settings component contains information about your user account and your email address. For new users, agencies may choose to set the New User Help option to open to the Role-Based Workflows help topic when you click the Help button on the Menu Bar. ==View and Clear New User Help Check Box== 1. On the Menu bar, click the system Actions button. 2. Click the My Settings action. 3. Review your user information. 4. Click the New User Help check box to check or clear the check box. 5. Click the Save button. ==Changing Your Email Address== The Email tab on the My Settings component contains the email address currently recorded for your user account and allows the address to be changed when needed. If an email address has been entered for your user account, the Email tab is displayed. If the Email tab is not displayed and you want to enter your email address, contact your system administrator. After your system administrator has granted you permission you will be prompted to enter and confirm your current email address the next time you log on to the system. 1. Click the Email tab. 2. Review your current email address. 3. In the New Email Address field, enter your new email address. 4. In the Confirm Email Address field, enter your new email address again. 5. Click the Save button. Working with Email Messages The Outbox Overview component enables you to view and delete email messages sent within the system from the current user account. It also enables you to send new messages to other system users. In order to send a message, an email address must be recorded in the system for both the sender and the recipient user accounts. ==Managing My Outbox== 1. On the Menu bar, click the global Actions button. 2. Click the My Outbox action. A list of email messages you sent from within the system is displayed. ==Creating an Email Message== 1. Click the Create Message button. 2. To select an individual email address, in the Recipient field, begin typing an email address or click in the field and press the Enter key to see all email addresses. In order to send a message, an email address must be recorded in the system for both the sender and recipient. 3. Click on the appropriate email address from the list. 4. To select multiple email addresses, click the list Actions button next to the New button. 5. Click the Select Recipients action. 6. In the Quick Find search box, type the name of the recipient or click in the field and press the Enter key to see all email addresses. 7. Click the rows for the recipients to add to the email. 8. Repeat steps 6 & 7 above until all recipients have been selected. 9. After the last recipient has been selected, Click the Add to Message button. 10. In the Subject field, type a subject for the email. 11. In the Message Text field, type a message. 12. Click the Send button. ==Creating Dynamic Mailing Groups== A mailing group is a collection of names and email addresses that can be selected as the recipient of an email message. A mailing group can include email addresses for a person, vendor, administrative office, or other entity that has an email address entered in the system. 1. Click the Dynamic Mailing Groups quick link. 2. Click the New button. 3. In the Name field, enter a descriptive name for the mailing group. 4. In the Filter section, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate filter criteria. Notice that additional criteria fields are now available. Depending on the filter criteria selected, different options are available in the additional fields. 5. In the middle drop-down field, select the operator for the filter. 6. In the third criteria field, select or enter the values by which to filter. 7. You may select additional filter criteria in the second Filter row. 8. Click the Test Filter Results button. This allows you to preview the user names and email addresses that will be included in the mailing group as a result of the filter criteria statement. 9. Click the Save button. 67b2783963a7ba064194a44d850b6312f75bea00 0 88 179 2021-11-17T19:57:51Z BurnsD 6 Created page with "=Mobile Applications= ==Mobile Inspector== <p style="color:green"><i>The new version of Mobile Inspector is a Progressive Web Application. It is installed through a modern we..." wikitext text/x-wiki =Mobile Applications= ==Mobile Inspector== <p style="color:green"><i>The new version of Mobile Inspector is a Progressive Web Application. It is installed through a modern web browser such as Microsoft Edge, Google Chrome, or Apple’s Safari browser. Before installation, be sure to submit all of your reports in any previous version of Mobile Inspector that you may have. Reports in other versions of mobile inspector will not transfer to the new application. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For each device you only need to install the application in the browser you use the most. You do not need to install the application in more than one browser. Installing the application in multiple browsers on a single device is not recommended. |- |} </div> ===Installing Mobile Inspector using Microsoft’s Edge browser:=== 1. Open Microsoft Edge and navigate to [http://mobileinspector.app mobileinspector.app] 2. Select the button for the Terms of Use and accept the terms of use. 3. Register the device by clicking register this device. 4. Send your device ID to your Office Technician or the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov Construction Technology Help Desk]. 5. Select the icon to the right of the address bar that looks like three blocks and a plus sign, and select install. Select where you would like the application icon to appear. All options are recommended. ===Installing Mobile Inspector on an iOS device:=== 1. Open safari on your iOS device and navigate to [http://mobileinspector.app mobileinspector.app] 2. Select the share button at the bottom of the screen and select add to home screen. 3. Mobile inspector will now appear on your home screen as any other app you have installed on your iOS device. 4. Open Mobile Inspector from your home screen and select the button for the Terms of Use. Accept the terms of use. 5. Register the device by clicking register this device. 6. Send your device ID to your Office Technician or the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov Construction Technology Help Desk]. ===Installing Mobile Inspector using Google's Chrome browser:=== 1. Open Chrome and navigate to [http://mobileinspector.app mobileinspector.app] 2. Select the button for the Terms of Use and accept the terms of use. 3. Register the device by clicking register this device. 4. Send your device ID to your Office Technician or the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov Construction Technology Help Desk]. 5. Select the icon to the right of the address bar that looks like three blocks and a plus sign, and select install. Select where you would like the application icon to appear. All options are recommended. c39f9895fe79f4a1ed9d5f64b2e11ae3b949681d 193 179 2022-01-11T13:14:42Z McGowanR 4 /* Mobile Applications */ Added Videos wikitext text/x-wiki =Mobile Applications= ===Mobile Inspector - iOS (Safari)=== {{#ev:youtube|Rfe2mbSyt4I|550|center}} ===Mobile Inspector - Microsoft (Edge)=== {{#ev:youtube|AuiNdwB3WpE|550|center}} ==Mobile Inspector== <p style="color:green"><i>The new version of Mobile Inspector is a Progressive Web Application. It is installed through a modern web browser such as Microsoft Edge, Google Chrome, or Apple’s Safari browser. Before installation, be sure to submit all of your reports in any previous version of Mobile Inspector that you may have. Reports in other versions of mobile inspector will not transfer to the new application. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For each device you only need to install the application in the browser you use the most. You do not need to install the application in more than one browser. Installing the application in multiple browsers on a single device is not recommended. |- |} </div> ===Installing Mobile Inspector using Microsoft’s Edge browser:=== 1. Open Microsoft Edge and navigate to [http://mobileinspector.app mobileinspector.app] 2. Select the button for the Terms of Use and accept the terms of use. 3. Register the device by clicking register this device. 4. Send your device ID to your Office Technician or the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov Construction Technology Help Desk]. 5. Select the icon to the right of the address bar that looks like three blocks and a plus sign, and select install. Select where you would like the application icon to appear. All options are recommended. ===Installing Mobile Inspector on an iOS device:=== 1. Open safari on your iOS device and navigate to [http://mobileinspector.app mobileinspector.app] 2. Select the share button at the bottom of the screen and select add to home screen. 3. Mobile inspector will now appear on your home screen as any other app you have installed on your iOS device. 4. Open Mobile Inspector from your home screen and select the button for the Terms of Use. Accept the terms of use. 5. Register the device by clicking register this device. 6. Send your device ID to your Office Technician or the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov Construction Technology Help Desk]. ===Installing Mobile Inspector using Google's Chrome browser:=== 1. Open Chrome and navigate to [http://mobileinspector.app mobileinspector.app] 2. Select the button for the Terms of Use and accept the terms of use. 3. Register the device by clicking register this device. 4. Send your device ID to your Office Technician or the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov Construction Technology Help Desk]. 5. Select the icon to the right of the address bar that looks like three blocks and a plus sign, and select install. Select where you would like the application icon to appear. All options are recommended. e746bee194810cc9ac11a13c1970738d5b990be2 0 89 182 2021-11-30T16:06:11Z McGowanR 4 Created page with "=CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION= ==Managing Contracts== The Additional Information tab allows you to maintain additional information on the contract. 1. Navigate to the Contract..." wikitext text/x-wiki =CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION= ==Managing Contracts== The Additional Information tab allows you to maintain additional information on the contract. 1. Navigate to the Contract Administration component. 2. Search for and Select the contract ID that you are assigned. 3. Click the Additional Information tab. 4. The following fields are available, depending on your role, some maybe updatable: a. Proposal Type - click the drop-down arrow and select the proposal type. b. Division/Residency - enter the administrative office level responsible for this contract. c. Designer - search for and select the person responsible for the contract’s design. d. Surety - search for and select the name of the company that insures the proposal vendor. e. Surety Agent - search for and select the contact person at the surety company. f. Stormwater Events Enabled – click checkbox if a Stormwater Event is required. g. Contract Work Type - click the drop-down arrow and select the kind of work to be performed. h. Progress Schedule Type - click the drop-down arrow and select the method used to track contract progress. i. Contract Alternate Name 1 - enter an alternate name for the contract, if appropriate. j. Contract Alternate Name 2 - enter a second alternate name for the contract, if appropriate. k. Total Allowable Maximum Subcontract Percent - enter the maximum percent of contract work that the agency allows to be subcontracted for non-specialty items. l. Supplemental Spec Book - enter a specification book associated with the proposal in addition to the primary spec book. m. Incentive Cap Amount - enter the maximum incentive amount that can be paid to contractors for work on the contract. n. Disincentive Cap Amount - enter the maximum total amount of disincentives that can be withheld from payment to contractors for work on the contract. 5. The following fields will self-populate: a. Stormwater Earth Moving - indicates whether the SECIR report for this contract includes an earth moving inspection. b. Original Reference Vendor ID - shows the identification number for the original contractor on the contract. c. Original Reference Vendor Name - lists the name of the original contractor. d. Original Material Generated User ID - indicates a unique identifier regarding each person for materials. e. DWR Agency View Reference Item Associations Imported - indicates whether the contract imported associations between DWR agency views and reference items. f. Override Global Payment Estimate Exceptions - indicates whether the contract includes overrides to the agency- wide default settings for contractor payment estimate exceptions. g. Override Global Contract Payment Approval Levels - indicates whether the contract includes overrides to the agency- wide default settings for contractor payment approval levels. 6. The following fields can be completed in the Phase Financial Closeout group box: a. Project Review Date - enter the date that the project was reviewed. b. Primary Reason for Delay - enter the proper reason for delay. c. Construction Comments - enter any information about the associated work. d. Engineer Certification Expiration Date - enter the date that the engineer certification will expire. e. Final Estimate Projected Date - enter the projected final estimate completion date. 7. Click the Save button. ==Maintaining Administrative Offices on the Contract== The Administrative Offices tab enables you to associate one or more administrative offices with the contract. Staff assigned to the administrative offices selected will be able to see contracts with their roles that are assigned to that office. 1. To add an administrative office, Click the Administrative Offices tab. 2. Enter the search criteria for an administrative office in the Quick Find search box. Or, click the Select Administrative Office button. 3. Click the row for the office to add to the contract. 4. Click the Add to Contract button. 5. Click the expand arrow for the new office row. 6. The following fields are available: a. Effective Date - enter the date the office becomes effective. b. Expiration Date - enter the date that approval or effectiveness ends for the office, if appropriate. This does not need to be populated. c. Status - click the drop-down arrow and select the status of the office. d. Active - should be defaulted to Active and indicates whether the record is active or not, based on the effective and expiration dates and the status field. 7. Click the Save button. 8. Once saved, depending on which level of contract administrative office is selected, you may need to use range fill to fill in the Effective Date and Status of the higher contract administrative offices. a. Click the arrow next to the Effective Date label on the contract administrative office that you selected and select All x rows (where x is the number of contract administrative offices). b. Click the arrow next to the Status label on the contract administrative office that you selected and select All x rows (where x is the number of contract administrative offices). 9. Click the Save button. ==Maintaining Contract Specific Contract Authority== Contract Specific Contract Authority works in conjunction with other security features to give individual users the authority to access and change contract information. The Contract Authority tab contains all the contract authority information that has been recorded for this contract. Note: When using InfoTech Mobile Inspector, users must be assigned contract-specific contract authority in order to access contract data and enter DWR information in Mobile Inspector. Assigning All Contract Access or inheriting office-wide contract authority does not provide the user with contract access in Mobile Inspector. 1. To add contract authority information, Click the Contract Authority tab. 2. In the Contract Specific Contract Authority section, Click the New button. 3. The following fields are available: a. Person - enter the ID of the person for whom you are assigning contract authority. b. Role - enter the role of the person for whom you are assigning contract authority. c. Effective Date - enter the date the contract authority becomes effective for the person. d. Expiration Date - enter the date the contract authority ends for the person. e. Status - click the drop-down arrow and select the status for the record. 4. Click the Save button. ==Viewing Office-Wide Contract Authority== This section contains a list of all the office-wide contract authorities in the system that would include this contract, listed by person. The information in this list is view only and cannot be changed. 1. To view information on the contract authorities, Click the Contract Authority tab. 2. In the Office-Wide Contract Authority section, click in a row to expand it. 3. View the information. '''Managing Contract Items''' The Contract Items component provides information about all the items associated with the contract. ==Viewing Contract Items== The General tab contains an accordion list of all of the awarded vendor's bid prices for the contract items and any items that were added or modified by change orders. 1. To view contract items on the General tab, Navigate to the Contract Administration component, and select the appropriate contract. 2. Click the Items quick link. 3. Click the expand arrow for a row to view information about the item. The other tabs, Contract Project Items tab, and Contractor Items tab show the contract item information sorted by project and contractor respectively. ==Adding an Unattached Item to the Contract== An unattached item is an item added to the contract after the contract has been executed. Unattached items are included in contract categories and can be tracked on daily work reports but are not recognized as contract items by the system and cannot be included in a contract payment until they are added to the contract through a change order and the change order is approved. Navigation: Construction > Contract Administration > Contract Administration Overview > Select Contract > Contract Administration Summary > Items quick link > General tab 1. To add unattached items to a contract Click the General tab. 2. Click the Select Unattached Items button. 3. In the Item ID field, search for and select the Item you want to designate as unattached in the contract. 4. Search for and select the Projects and Categories to which to add the unattached item. 5. Click the Save button. ==Maintaining Contract Project Items== The Contract Project Items tab provides a view of all the items in the contract, listed by project category. Navigation: Construction > Contract Administration Summary > Items Quick Link > Contract Project Items tab 1. To maintain contract project items, Click the Contract Project Items tab. 2. Click the expand arrow for the project, and for each newly added item. 3. In the Contract Project Item Comments field, enter comments. 4. Click the Save button. ==Viewing Contractor Items== The Contractor Items tab contains an accordion list that includes the prime contractor and all subcontractors associated with the contract, and lists the items assigned to each. For more information, see the Working with Contractor Items section of the AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials™ User’s Guide for Construction. Navigation: Construction > Contract Administration > Contract Administration Overview > Select Contract > Contract Administration Summary > Items quick link > Contractor Items tab 1. To view contractor items on a contract, Click the Contractor Items tab. 2. Click the expand arrow to view the items for a contractor. ==Using Attention Flags on Contract Items== Attention flags allow you to place a temporary reminder or comment on a contract item or DWR item. Navigation: Construction > Contract Administration > Contract Administration Overview > Select Contract > Contract Administration Summary > Items quick link 1. To add an attention flag, Click the Items link. 2. Click the row Actions button for the item to which to add an attention flag on the Contract Items > General tab and select the Contract Item Attention Flags task. 3. Click the New button (unless blank row already there). 4. In the Comments field, enter a comment for the flag. 5. Click the Save button. ==Closing and Archiving a Contract== At the end of a contract, the contract can be closed. A closed contract can be reopened if needed. The archival functionality does not remove a contract from the system. Instead, the system updates the contract so it has an Archived status and the Roles within the system can be configured to restrict access to the archived contracts. Navigation: Construction > Contract Administration > Contract Administration Overview > Select Contract > Contract Administration Summary > General tab To archive a contract: 1. From the Construction component, select the Contract Administration link. 2. Search for and select the contract to activate. 3. Click the Contract ID link. 4. In the Contract Status field, click the drop-down arrow and select Archived Contract. 5. Click the Save button. 0a1623b2ee730de426b00899ac96c4e543615ca9 190 182 2021-11-30T21:15:04Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki =CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION= ==Managing Contracts Information== <p style="color:green"><i>The Additional Information tab allows you to maintain additional information on the contract. </i> </p> 1. Navigate to the '''Contract Administration''' component. 2. Search for and Select the contract ID that you are assigned. 3. Click the '''Additional Information''' tab. [[File:Contract Administration Picture1.png|center]] 4. The following fields are available, depending on your role, some maybe updatable: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Proposal Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the proposal type.</li> <li>'''Division/Residency''' - enter the administrative office level responsible for this contract.</li> <li>'''Designer''' - search for and select the person responsible for the contract’s design.</li> <li>'''Surety''' - search for and select the name of the company that insures the proposal vendor.</li> <li>'''Surety Agent''' - search for and select the contact person at the surety company.</li> <li>'''Stormwater Events Enabled''' – click checkbox if a Stormwater Event is required.</li> <li>'''Contract Work Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the kind of work to be performed.</li> <li>'''Progress Schedule Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the method used to track contract progress.</li> <li>'''Contract Alternate Name 1''' - enter an alternate name for the contract, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Contract Alternate Name 2''' - enter a second alternate name for the contract, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Total Allowable Maximum Subcontract Percent''' - enter the maximum percent of contract work that the agency allows to be subcontracted for non-specialty items.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Spec Book''' - enter a specification book associated with the proposal in addition to the primary spec book.</li> <li>'''Incentive Cap Amount''' - enter the maximum incentive amount that can be paid to contractors for work on the contract.</li> <li>'''Disincentive Cap Amount''' - enter the maximum total amount of disincentives that can be withheld from payment to contractors for work on the contract.</li> </ol> 5. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Stormwater Earth Moving''' - indicates whether the SECIR report for this contract includes an earth moving inspection.</li> <li>'''Original Reference Vendor ID''' - shows the identification number for the original contractor on the contract.</li> <li>'''Original Reference Vendor Name''' - lists the name of the original contractor.</li> <li>'''Original Material Generated User ID''' - indicates a unique identifier regarding each person for materials.</li> <li>'''DWR Agency View Reference Item Associations Imported''' - indicates whether the contract imported associations between DWR agency views and reference items.</li> <li>'''Override Global Payment Estimate Exceptions''' - indicates whether the contract includes overrides to the agency- wide default settings for contractor payment estimate exceptions.</li> <li>'''Override Global Contract Payment Approval Levels''' - indicates whether the contract includes overrides to the agency- wide default settings for contractor payment approval levels.</li> </ol> 6. The following fields can be completed in the Phase Financial Closeout group box: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Review Date''' - enter the date that the project was reviewed.</li> <li>'''Primary Reason for Delay''' - enter the proper reason for delay.</li> <li>'''Construction Comments''' - enter any information about the associated work.</li> <li>'''Engineer Certification Expiration Date''' - enter the date that the engineer certification will expire.</li> <li>'''Final Estimate Projected Date''' - enter the projected final estimate completion date.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Administrative Offices on the Contract== <p style="color:green"><i>The Administrative Offices tab enables you to associate one or more administrative offices with the contract. Staff assigned to the administrative offices selected will be able to see contracts with their roles that are assigned to that office. </i> </p> 1. To add an administrative office, Click the '''Administrative Offices''' tab. 2. Enter the search criteria for an administrative office in the '''Quick Find''' search box. Or, click the '''Select Administrative''' Office button. 3. Click the row for the office to add to the contract. 4. Click the '''Add to Contract''' button. [[File:Contract Administration Picture2.png|center]] 5. Click the expand arrow for the new office row. [[File:Contract Administration Picture3.png|center]] 6. The following fields are available: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Effective Date''' - enter the date the office becomes effective.</li> <li>'''Expiration Date''' - enter the date that approval or effectiveness ends for the office, if appropriate. This does not need to be populated.</li> <li>'''Status''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the status of the office.</li> <li>'''Active''' - should be defaulted to Active and indicates whether the record is active or not, based on the effective and expiration dates and the status field.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. 8. Once saved, depending on which level of contract administrative office is selected, you may need to use range fill to fill in the Effective Date and Status of the higher contract administrative offices. <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>Click the arrow next to the Effective Date label on the contract administrative office that you selected and select All x rows (where x is the number of contract administrative offices).</li> <li>Click the arrow next to the Status label on the contract administrative office that you selected and select All x rows (where x is the number of contract administrative offices).</li> </ol> 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Contract Specific Contract Authority== <p style="color:green"><i>Contract Specific Contract Authority works in conjunction with other security features to give individual users the authority to access and change contract information. The Contract Authority tab contains all the contract authority information that has been recorded for this contract. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |When using InfoTech Mobile Inspector, users must be assigned contract-specific contract authority in order to access contract data and enter DWR information in Mobile Inspector. Assigning All Contract Access or inheriting office-wide contract authority does not provide the user with contract access in Mobile Inspector. |- |} </div> 1. To add contract authority information, Click the '''Contract Authority''' tab. 2. In the '''Contract Specific Contract Authority''' section, Click the '''New''' button. [[File:Contract Administration Picture4.png|center]] 3. The following fields are available: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Person''' - enter the ID of the person for whom you are assigning contract authority.</li> <li>'''Role''' - enter the role of the person for whom you are assigning contract authority.</li> <li>'''Effective Date''' - enter the date the contract authority becomes effective for the person.</li> <li>'''Expiration Date''' - enter the date the contract authority ends for the person.</li> <li>'''Status''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the status for the record.</li> </ol> 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Office-Wide Contract Authority== <p style="color:green"><i>This section contains a list of all the office-wide contract authorities in the system that would include this contract, listed by person. The information in this list is view only and cannot be changed. </i> </p> 1. To view information on the contract authorities, Click the Contract Authority tab. 2. In the '''Office-Wide Contract Authority''' section, click in a row to expand it. [[File:Contract Administration Picture5.png|center]] 3. View the information. '''Managing Contract Items''' The Contract Items component provides information about all the items associated with the contract. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Contract Items== <p style="color:green"><i>The General tab contains an accordion list of all of the awarded vendor's bid prices for the contract items and any items that were added or modified by change orders. </i> </p> 1. To view contract items on the General tab, Navigate to the '''Contract Administration''' component, and select the appropriate contract. 2. Click the '''Items''' quick link. 3. Click the expand arrow for a row to view information about the item. The other tabs, Contract Project Items tab, and Contractor Items tab show the contract item information sorted by project and contractor respectively. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding an Unattached Item to the Contract== <p style="color:green"><i>An unattached item is an item added to the contract after the contract has been executed. Unattached items are included in contract categories and can be tracked on daily work reports but are not recognized as contract items by the system and cannot be included in a contract payment until they are added to the contract through a change order and the change order is approved. </i> </p> 1. To add unattached items to a contract Click the '''General''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Unattached Items''' button. 3. In the '''Item ID''' field, search for and select the Item you want to designate as unattached in the contract. 4. Search for and select the '''Projects''' and '''Categories''' to which to add the unattached item. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Contract Project Items== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Project Items tab provides a view of all the items in the contract, listed by project category. </i> </p> 1. To maintain contract project items, Click the '''Contract Project Items''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow for the project, and for each newly added item. 3. In the '''Contract Project Item Comments''' field, enter comments. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Contractor Items== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contractor Items tab contains an accordion list that includes the prime contractor and all subcontractors associated with the contract, and lists the items assigned to each. For more information, see the Working with Contractor Items section of the AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials™ User’s Guide for Construction. </i> </p> 1. To view contractor items on a contract, Click the '''Contractor Items''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow to view the items for a contractor. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Using Attention Flags on Contract Items== <p style="color:green"><i>Attention flags allow you to place a temporary reminder or comment on a contract item or DWR item. </i> </p> 1. To add an attention flag, Click the '''Items''' link. 2. Click the row '''Actions''' button for the item to which to add an attention flag on the Contract Items > General tab and select the '''Contract Item Attention Flags''' task. 3. Click the '''New''' button (unless blank row already there). 4. In the '''Comments''' field, enter a comment for the flag. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Closing and Archiving a Contract== <p style="color:green"><i>At the end of a contract, the contract can be closed. A closed contract can be reopened if needed. </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>The archival functionality does not remove a contract from the system. Instead, the system updates the contract so it has an Archived status and the Roles within the system can be configured to restrict access to the archived contracts. </i> </p> To archive a contract: 1. From the '''Construction''' component, select the '''Contract Administration''' link. 2. Search for and select the contract to activate. 3. Click the '''Contract ID''' link. 4. In the '''Contract Status''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select '''Archived Contract'''. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. 59a838026c16212435659cd443bde6bbf869764e 6 90 184 2021-11-30T20:42:05Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 91 185 2021-11-30T20:42:29Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 92 186 2021-11-30T20:42:55Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 93 187 2021-11-30T20:43:18Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 95 189 2021-11-30T20:48:18Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 26 191 80 2021-12-06T19:42:05Z McGowanR 4 Added Mobile Application Video Resource for iOS (Safari) and Microsoft (Edge) wikitext text/x-wiki =AASHTOWare Video Library= ==General Videos== === Basic Navigation=== {{#ev:youtube|FvKcFDVrPUg|550|center}} ===Changing Roles=== {{#ev:youtube|LdUaw7RSDXw|550|center}} ===Running Reports=== {{#ev:youtube|Ers2RbJBhig|550|center}} ===Maintaining Qualifications=== {{#ev:youtube|xozKr3AIc6k|550|center}} ==Daily Work Report Videos== === Basic DWR=== {{#ev:youtube|ItAJEb3utkM|550|center}} ===DWR Materials=== {{#ev:youtube|O1qPoj2koAg|550|center}} ===Attachments=== {{#ev:youtube|-M_QsVV6kyY|550|center}} ===Approving DWRs=== {{#ev:youtube|dty4giUSy6M|550|center}} ==Change Order Videos== ===Change Orders=== {{#ev:youtube|u7LisvoVGXs|550|center}} ===Change Order Approval=== {{#ev:youtube|3mgvhYWVHyk|550|center}} ==Contract Administration Videos== ===Contract Access=== {{#ev:youtube|ikIRpLpquzs|550|center}} ===Contract Setup=== {{#ev:youtube|iNAxoLP9rP4|550|center}} ===Contractor Evaluations=== {{#ev:youtube|RaKKLJAa4C0|550|center}} ===Pay Estimates=== {{#ev:youtube|dgryQ0kXUVM|550|center}} ===Subcontracts=== {{#ev:youtube|XbD82OrdnUU|550|center}} ==Mobile Applications== ===Mobile Inspector - iOS (Safari)=== {{#ev:youtube|Rfe2mbSyt4I|550|center}} ===Mobile Inspector - Microsoft (Edge)=== {{#ev:youtube|AuiNdwB3WpE|550|center}} d5bc6b974fecb9068214bb6554b1d77ed96da48f 0 20 192 85 2022-01-11T13:13:02Z McGowanR 4 /* GENERAL NAVIGATION */ Added Video wikitext text/x-wiki =GENERAL NAVIGATION= === Basic Navigation=== {{#ev:youtube|FvKcFDVrPUg|550|center}} ==Symbols and Buttons== [[File:General Navigation Image 1.png|center]] ==Home Dashboard== <p style="color:green"><i>The Home Dashboard is the first screen you seen when you log into the system. Each screen in the system is made up of 4 main parts. The Global Menu, Quick Links, Page Title, and Components.</i> ===Global Menu=== <p style="color:green"><i>The global menu is on every screen in the system. It allows you to easily navigate the system.</i> </p> 1. The following buttons are available: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Home Button''' – This button takes you back to the Home Dashboard.</li> <li>'''Home Action Menu''' – This action menu allows you to change your role.</li> <li>'''Previous Button''' – This button acts like the back button on a web browser and takes you back to the previous page.</li> <li>'''Previous Action Menu''' – This action menu lists your most recently visited pages and allows you to quickly navigate back to a page you visited.</li> <li>'''My Pages Button''' – This button takes you to a page that lists your bookmarked pages.</li> <li>'''My Pages Action Menu''' – This menu allows you to quickly access your bookmarked pages and also allows you to bookmark a page.</li> <li>'''Global Actions Menu''' – The menu allows you to access the Global Actions Menu.</li> <li>'''Help Button''' – This button opens the system help.</li> <li>'''Log Off Button''' – This button logs you out of the system and closes your browser window.</li> [[File:General Navigation Image 2.png|center]] ===Quick Links=== <p style="color:green"><i>Quick Links are shortcuts provided on every page that will help you quickly navigate the system. Quick Links also change depending on what page you are viewing. Quick Links take you to a specific part of the existing page or a completely different page within the system.</i> [[File:General Navigation Image 3.png|center]] ===Page Title=== <p style="color:green"><i>Every page has a page title under the Quick Links Section. This lets you know what screen you are on. If you are on the Home Dashboard the page title displays your active role.</i> [[File:General Navigation Image 4.png|center]] ===Components=== <p style="color:green"><i>Each page is made of individual components. Each component can have several of its own buttons and menus. They can be expanded or collapsed. They may have their own action menu and help button. They can also have search fields used to filter and sort records that are displayed within the component.</i> [[File:General Navigation Image 5.png|center]] ==Changing User Roles== <p style="color:green"><i>When multiple roles are assigned to a user, the user can only log on with one role at a time. If a role does not have access to a specific page or report, the user must change to a role that grants that access. The Home menu lists all of the roles to which the user is currently assigned in blue and his active (current) role is displayed in black with a green check mark. The user does not need to log off to change his active role; he can do this at any time by clicking on another role in the Home menu.</i></p> 1. Click the '''Home button action menu''' on any page to access the Home menu. [[File:General Navigation Image 6.png|center]] 2. Select the role that you wish to use. The page will refresh, and you will be in your new role. 06f6724281b11cb7104bdfd5705b33ed461c883b 6 96 194 2022-02-18T16:59:25Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 97 195 2022-02-18T16:59:41Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 98 196 2022-02-18T16:59:57Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 58 197 125 2022-02-18T17:03:09Z McGowanR 4 Added content related to revisions for an Approved Daily Work Report (DWR) wikitext text/x-wiki =DAILY WORK REPORTS= ==Adding Daily Work Reports== <p style="color:green"><i>There are several ways to create a daily work report. The steps below show one of the fastest ways to create a DWR without entering the contract.</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For information about how DWRs can be created with the Mobile Inspector application, contact the MDOT Construction Technology help desk at 517-322-1556 or [mailto:Change?body=http://mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Daily Work Report Overview''' quick link. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture1.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Select Contract to Add DWR''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture2.png|center]] 3. Search for and Select the contract ID in which to add a DWR. 4. Click the '''Create DWR on Contract''' button. You will be taken to the General tab. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture3.png|center]] 5. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''DWR Date''' field, enter the date for the DWR using the calendar or manual entry.</li> <li>'''Weather''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate weather condition.</li> <li>'''Rainfall Amount''' field, enter the amount of rainfall recorded for the DWR date, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Low Temperature''' field, enter the low temperature recorded for the DWR date.</li> <li>'''High Temperature''' field, enter the high temperature recorded for the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Remarks''' section, in the '''Type''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate remark type</li> <li>'''Remarks''' section, in the '''Remarks''' field, enter remarks for the day.</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture4.png|center]] 6. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''SECIR Report''' field - indicates whether a Storm Water Environmental Compliance Inspection Report may be required (to be used in a future release of the software).</li> <li>'''Contractors Onsite''' field - indicates whether a contractor is recorded on the DWR.</li> <li>'''Attachments''' field - indicates whether there are attachments associated with this DWR.</li> <li>'''Remarks''' field - indicates the number of remarks.</li> <li>'''Federal Project Number''' field - indicates the project number assigned by the federal government.</li> <li>'''Entered By''' field - indicates the user ID and name of the person that created the DWR.</li> <li>'''Entered Date''' field - indicates the date and time the record was added to the system.</li> <li>'''Approval Date''' field - indicates the date that the DWR was approved.</li> <li>'''Approved By''' field - indicates the user who approved the DWR.</li> <li>'''Payment Est Num''' field - indicates the number generated by the system and assigned to the contract payment estimate when it is created.</li> <li>'''Payment Est Statu'''s field - indicates the status of the payment estimate.</li> <li>'''Agency Views''' field - indicates whether agency views are associated with a contract item posted to this DWR.</li> <li>'''Work Items Installed''' field - indicates whether any work items are recorded on the DWR.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Daily Work Report Notes== <p style="color:green"><i>The notes captured in the Notes section of the Daily Work Report are like sticky notes on a paper document. They are not part of the official DWR. Notes may contain any type of information related to the DWR and can be added or deleted at any time, regardless of the DWR status.</i> <p style="color:green"><i>'''Notes should not be used for recording information that should be documented in the official DWR!'''</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Many roles have the ability to create DWR notes but only the Office Technician roles can delete DWR notes. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add notes to. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture5.png|center]] 5. Click the '''Notes''' tab. 6. Click the '''New''' button. 7. Enter the appropriate information in the '''DWR Note''' field. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture6.png|center]] 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Recording Time Information on a Daily Work Report== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Time Tab is used to charge contract time against Work Day and Calendar Day contracts. This tab is not used for Completion Date contracts.</i></p> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to record time information on. 5. Select the '''Contract Time''' tab. 6. Search for and select the time ID to modify, and click the expand arrow for the time ID. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor Working''' check the box to indicate the contractor was working on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Available''' field, enter the number of time units available for the contractor to work.</li> <li>'''Hours Worked''' field, enter the number of time units the contractor worked.</li> <li>'''Controlling Operation''' field, enter the primary type of work related to the time charge.</li> <li>'''Delay Reason''' field, enter a description of circumstances or events impeding progress of work related to the contract time.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record.</li> <li>'''Time Charged''' field, enter the number of time units charged.</li> <li>'''Work Start Time''' field, enter the date and time of day the contractor began work.</li> <li>'''Work Stop Time''' field, enter the date and time of day the contractor stopped work.</li> </ol> 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Contractors On Site== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contractors On Site tab is used to record the contractors that will be part of this DWR.</i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The contractor must be listed on the Contractors On Site tab if you wish to post any items to that contractor. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add contractors to. 5. Select the '''Contractors On Site''' tab. 6. Click the '''Select Contractors''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture7.png|center]] 7. Search for and Select the contractor(s) for this DWR by Clicking on the row(s). 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractors''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture8.png|center]] 9. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor''' field indicates the contractor(s) you selected.</li> <li>'''Prime''' field indicates whether the contractor is the prime contractor on the contract.</li> <li>'''DBE Certified''' field indicates whether this contractor is certified as a DBE vendor.</li> <li>'''Equipment''' field indicates whether the contractor has equipment being reported on this DWR.</li> <li>'''Personnel''' field indicates whether this contractor has personnel being reported on this DWR.</li> </ol> 10. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Start Time''' field - enter the time of day this contractor was first observed on site.</li> <li>'''End Time''' field - enter the time of day this contractor was last observed on site.</li> <li>'''Hours''' field - enter the total time the contractor was observed on site.</li> </ol> 11. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Contractor Equipment on a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |MDOT has chosen to use a standardized equipment list. Specific or special equipment information should be recorded in the comments field of the equipment being used. |- |} </div> 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add Equipment to. 5. Select the '''Contractor Equipment''' tab. 6. Click the row '''Actions''' button for the contractor associated with this DWR and choose the '''Select Equipment''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture9.png|center|850px]] 7. Search for and Select the appropriate contract vendor equipment ID(s). 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractor Equipment''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture10.png|center]] 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Number On Site''' field, enter the number of pieces of the equipment on site on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Number Used''' field, enter the number of pieces of the equipment used on site on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Used''' field, enter the number of hours the equipment was used on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Idle''' field, enter the number of hours the equipment was idle on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record (Tip: clicking the magnifying glass opens a text dialog panel for the comments field).</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture11.png|center]] 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Contractor Personnel on a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add Personnel to. 5. Select the '''Contractor Personnel''' tab. 6. For the appropriate contractor, click the row '''Actions''' button, and choose the '''Select Personnel''' action. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |MDOT has chosen to use a standardized personnel list. Specific or special personnel information should be recorded in the comments field of the personnel listed. |- |} </div> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture12.png|center|850px]] 7. Select the personnel records to associate with the DWR. 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractor Personnel''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture13.png|center]] 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Number On Site''' field, enter the count of how many of this type of personnel to record on this DWR date for this contractor.</li> <li>'''Total Hours''' field, enter the total number of hours worked by this person for this DWR contractor on this date.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record (Tip: clicking the magnifying glass opens a text dialog panel for the comments field).</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture14.png|center]] 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Posting Items to a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to post items to. 5. Select the '''Item Postings''' tab. 6. Click the '''Select Items''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture15.png|center]] 7. Search for and Select the contract line number(s) to add to the DWR. 8. Click the '''Save''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture16.png|center]] 9. Click the expand arrow for the newly added item posting. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture17.png|center]] 10. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Attention''' field indicates the number of attention flags recorded for this entity.</li> <li>'''Units''' field indicates the type of measurement used to determine the quantity of the reference item.</li> <li>'''Agency Views''' field indicates if there are agency views or not on this DWR.</li> </ol> 11. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the contractor that performed the work for this item posting.</li> <li>'''Quantity Posted''' field, enter the quantity of the item installed by the contractor on this date.</li> <li>'''Station From'''field, enter the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Station From Plus''' field, enter the distance from the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Type''' field, enter the offset type for the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Distance''' field, enter the offset distance for the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Station To''' field, enter the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Station To Plus''' field, enter the distance from the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Type''' field, enter the offset type for the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Distance''' field, enter the offset distance for the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Location''' field, enter the location where the work was performed for the DWR item posting.</li> <li>'''Measured''' check box, check if the item quantity installed is measured, or leave the box unchecked if the installed quantity is interim.</li> <li>'''Material Set''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the material set associated with the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Plan Sheet Page Number''' field, enter the number of the plan sheet page on which this work item is found.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the item posting.</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture18.png|center]] 12. Click the '''Save''' button. 13. The list of materials associated with the material set you have chosen will now populate at the bottom of your item posting. 14. The following fields will self-populate <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Material Name''' field indicates the name of the material being used.</li> <li>'''Conversion Factor''' field indicates the item-material conversion factor used to determine the installed quantity</li> <li>'''Overwritten''' field indicates if the user has updated the installed quantity field</li> <li>'''Installed Qty''' field indicates the quantity of material placed in the field for the listed material</li> <li>'''Material Units''' field indicates unit of the material being used. </ol> 15. Update the '''Installed Qty''' field if needed and click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Recording Material Comments and Sources== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to edit. 5. Select the '''Material Postings''' tab. 6. Click the expand arrow for the item. 7. Click the expand arrow for the material. 8. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Source''' field, begin typing the source name to find and select the source of the material</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any information needing to be documented for this material</li> </ol> 9. Click the '''Save''' button <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Attachments and Links to a DWR== <p style="color:green"><i>The application provides an easy way to integrate outside information of various kinds into your project. Examples of the types of files you might attach include Microsoft® Word documents, Excel spreadsheets, PDFs, digital photographs and other types of graphic files.</i> </p> '''To add an attachment:''' 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add attachments to. 5. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select '''Attachments.''' 6. Click the '''Select File''' button. 7. Navigate to and select the file you wish to attach. 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Name''' field indicates the file name.</li> <li>'''Historical Report''' field indicates if the file was created by the historical report process.</li> <li>'''Size''' field indicates the file size.</li> <li>'''Additional Roles Count''' field indicates additional security features of the attachment.</li> </ol> 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Description''' field – enter a description for the attachment</li> <li>'''Attorney/Client Privilege''' – select this is the file is associated with attorney/client privilege</li> </ol> 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <p style="color:green"><i>Links are like attachments except that you don’t need to have the actual file. Just the URL, URN, or some other link to where the file is located.</i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Links are a great option for referencing files that are already stored in ProjectWise. Just use the URN! (in PW right click the file > Send Links > Copy Document URNs to Clipboard) |- |} </div> '''To add a link:''' 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add links to. 5. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select '''Links.''' 6. Click the ''New''' button. A new link row will appear. 7. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Additional Roles Count''' field indicates additional security features of the link.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields are required: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Link Name''' field – enter the name of the document or location you are linking to</li> <li>'''URL''' – enter the link you wish to use</li> </ol> 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Description''' field – enter a description for the link</li> </ol> 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Submitting a Daily Work Report for Approval== <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Depending on your access, you may not have the ability to submit for approval, approve, or reject a DWR and can skip this section. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to submit. 5. The Status must be Draft to Submit for Approval. 6. Click the row '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Submit for Approval''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture19.png|center]] 7. The DWR will save automatically and the Status will change to Pending. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture20.png|center]] <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Approving a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Construction''' component. 2. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 3. To approve a DWR, you must have authority to approve it and it must have a status of Pending Approval. 4. Click the row '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Approve action.''' [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture21.png|center]] 5. The DWR will save automatically and the Status will change to Approved. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture22.png|center]] <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |A DWR can be rejected and submitted for approval many times. However, once the DWR is approved it is not able to be edited. An approved DWR is locked from any future changes. |- |} </div> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> =Revising an Approved Daily Work Report= <p style="color:green"><i>'''To revise an approved DWR, you must have authority to reject the DWR.'''<br> <br> '''Roles/Associated Actions:'''<br> <br> '''Inspector'''<br> -Can '''Change to Draft''' their own DWR that is Submitted for Approval<br> -Can '''Reject''' their own DWR that has been Approved<br> -Can change the status of their own DWR to '''Draft''', to make revisions<br> <br> '''MDOT Office Tech'''<br> -Can '''Reject''' a DWR that has been Submitted for Approval<br> -Can '''Reject''' a DWR that has been Approved<br> </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |When a DWR is approved and included within a pay estimate the DWR is Locked and cannot be revised. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Navigate to the '''Construction''' component. 2. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' Link. 3. Find the Daily Work Report and Click the row '''Actions''' button on the right, choose the '''Reject action.''' [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture28.png|center]] 4. The DWR will save automatically, and the Status will change to Rejected. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture29.png|center]] 5. When the DWR is Rejected the creator of the DWR will be notified. At which time the creator must change the state of the DWR to Draft in order to make the necessary revisions. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture30.png|center]] 6. After revisions are made submit the DWR for approval; see '''[[Daily_Work_Reports#Submitting_a_Daily_Work_Report_for_Approval|Submitting a Daily Work Report for Approval.]]''' <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Additional Daily Work Reports== <p style="color:green"><i>The steps below show another popular way to create a DWR. This method shows the navigation steps of creating a DWR from within the contract itself.</i> </p> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID in which to add a DWR.''' [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture23.png|center]] 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab and Click the '''Add''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture24.png|center]] 4. Enter the general information for the DWR as shown in “Adding First Daily Work Report.” 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Copying a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID in which the DWR is located.''' 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab 4. Click the row '''Actions''' button on the DWR you wish to copy and choose the '''Copy''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture25.png|center]] 5. Click the '''Save''' button. 6. Update information for the DWR and Click '''Save''' again. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Generating DWR Reports== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Sub reports can optionally be generated for remarks; contract times; contractor personnel and equipment and attachments in the DWR. 5. You can generate reports for multiple DWRs created by multiple inspectors for different date ranges. When multiple reports are generated, each DWR is separated by a page break. 6. If you generate this report for a DWR that is not yet approved, the system automatically includes a Draft watermark on all pages of the report. 7. Click the row '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Daily Work Report''' action from the '''Reports''' section. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture26.png|center]] 1. Click all of the following check boxes: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Show Remarks''' check box to display the sub report for Remarks.</li> <li>'''Show Contract Times''' check box to display the sub report for Contract Time.</li> <li>'''Show Contractor Personnel''' check box to display the sub report for Contractor Personnel.</li> <li>'''Show Contractor Equipment''' check box to display the sub report for Contractor Equipment.</li> <li>'''Show Attachments''' check box to display the sub report for Attachments.</li> </ol> 2. Click the '''Execute''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture27.png|center]] f621900d0961b53621651aa6c7377c1cc6ef15db 198 197 2022-02-18T17:05:48Z McGowanR 4 fixed minor markup inconsistency for format and layout of link bar at top of page wikitext text/x-wiki =DAILY WORK REPORTS= ==Adding Daily Work Reports== <p style="color:green"><i>There are several ways to create a daily work report. The steps below show one of the fastest ways to create a DWR without entering the contract.</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For information about how DWRs can be created with the Mobile Inspector application, contact the MDOT Construction Technology help desk at 517-322-1556 or [mailto:Change?body=http://mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Daily Work Report Overview''' quick link. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture1.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Select Contract to Add DWR''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture2.png|center]] 3. Search for and Select the contract ID in which to add a DWR. 4. Click the '''Create DWR on Contract''' button. You will be taken to the General tab. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture3.png|center]] 5. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''DWR Date''' field, enter the date for the DWR using the calendar or manual entry.</li> <li>'''Weather''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate weather condition.</li> <li>'''Rainfall Amount''' field, enter the amount of rainfall recorded for the DWR date, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Low Temperature''' field, enter the low temperature recorded for the DWR date.</li> <li>'''High Temperature''' field, enter the high temperature recorded for the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Remarks''' section, in the '''Type''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate remark type</li> <li>'''Remarks''' section, in the '''Remarks''' field, enter remarks for the day.</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture4.png|center]] 6. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''SECIR Report''' field - indicates whether a Storm Water Environmental Compliance Inspection Report may be required (to be used in a future release of the software).</li> <li>'''Contractors Onsite''' field - indicates whether a contractor is recorded on the DWR.</li> <li>'''Attachments''' field - indicates whether there are attachments associated with this DWR.</li> <li>'''Remarks''' field - indicates the number of remarks.</li> <li>'''Federal Project Number''' field - indicates the project number assigned by the federal government.</li> <li>'''Entered By''' field - indicates the user ID and name of the person that created the DWR.</li> <li>'''Entered Date''' field - indicates the date and time the record was added to the system.</li> <li>'''Approval Date''' field - indicates the date that the DWR was approved.</li> <li>'''Approved By''' field - indicates the user who approved the DWR.</li> <li>'''Payment Est Num''' field - indicates the number generated by the system and assigned to the contract payment estimate when it is created.</li> <li>'''Payment Est Statu'''s field - indicates the status of the payment estimate.</li> <li>'''Agency Views''' field - indicates whether agency views are associated with a contract item posted to this DWR.</li> <li>'''Work Items Installed''' field - indicates whether any work items are recorded on the DWR.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Daily Work Report Notes== <p style="color:green"><i>The notes captured in the Notes section of the Daily Work Report are like sticky notes on a paper document. They are not part of the official DWR. Notes may contain any type of information related to the DWR and can be added or deleted at any time, regardless of the DWR status.</i> <p style="color:green"><i>'''Notes should not be used for recording information that should be documented in the official DWR!'''</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Many roles have the ability to create DWR notes but only the Office Technician roles can delete DWR notes. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add notes to. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture5.png|center]] 5. Click the '''Notes''' tab. 6. Click the '''New''' button. 7. Enter the appropriate information in the '''DWR Note''' field. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture6.png|center]] 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Recording Time Information on a Daily Work Report== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Time Tab is used to charge contract time against Work Day and Calendar Day contracts. This tab is not used for Completion Date contracts.</i></p> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to record time information on. 5. Select the '''Contract Time''' tab. 6. Search for and select the time ID to modify, and click the expand arrow for the time ID. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor Working''' check the box to indicate the contractor was working on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Available''' field, enter the number of time units available for the contractor to work.</li> <li>'''Hours Worked''' field, enter the number of time units the contractor worked.</li> <li>'''Controlling Operation''' field, enter the primary type of work related to the time charge.</li> <li>'''Delay Reason''' field, enter a description of circumstances or events impeding progress of work related to the contract time.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record.</li> <li>'''Time Charged''' field, enter the number of time units charged.</li> <li>'''Work Start Time''' field, enter the date and time of day the contractor began work.</li> <li>'''Work Stop Time''' field, enter the date and time of day the contractor stopped work.</li> </ol> 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Contractors On Site== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contractors On Site tab is used to record the contractors that will be part of this DWR.</i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The contractor must be listed on the Contractors On Site tab if you wish to post any items to that contractor. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add contractors to. 5. Select the '''Contractors On Site''' tab. 6. Click the '''Select Contractors''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture7.png|center]] 7. Search for and Select the contractor(s) for this DWR by Clicking on the row(s). 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractors''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture8.png|center]] 9. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor''' field indicates the contractor(s) you selected.</li> <li>'''Prime''' field indicates whether the contractor is the prime contractor on the contract.</li> <li>'''DBE Certified''' field indicates whether this contractor is certified as a DBE vendor.</li> <li>'''Equipment''' field indicates whether the contractor has equipment being reported on this DWR.</li> <li>'''Personnel''' field indicates whether this contractor has personnel being reported on this DWR.</li> </ol> 10. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Start Time''' field - enter the time of day this contractor was first observed on site.</li> <li>'''End Time''' field - enter the time of day this contractor was last observed on site.</li> <li>'''Hours''' field - enter the total time the contractor was observed on site.</li> </ol> 11. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Contractor Equipment on a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |MDOT has chosen to use a standardized equipment list. Specific or special equipment information should be recorded in the comments field of the equipment being used. |- |} </div> 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add Equipment to. 5. Select the '''Contractor Equipment''' tab. 6. Click the row '''Actions''' button for the contractor associated with this DWR and choose the '''Select Equipment''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture9.png|center|850px]] 7. Search for and Select the appropriate contract vendor equipment ID(s). 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractor Equipment''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture10.png|center]] 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Number On Site''' field, enter the number of pieces of the equipment on site on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Number Used''' field, enter the number of pieces of the equipment used on site on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Used''' field, enter the number of hours the equipment was used on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Idle''' field, enter the number of hours the equipment was idle on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record (Tip: clicking the magnifying glass opens a text dialog panel for the comments field).</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture11.png|center]] 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Contractor Personnel on a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add Personnel to. 5. Select the '''Contractor Personnel''' tab. 6. For the appropriate contractor, click the row '''Actions''' button, and choose the '''Select Personnel''' action. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |MDOT has chosen to use a standardized personnel list. Specific or special personnel information should be recorded in the comments field of the personnel listed. |- |} </div> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture12.png|center|850px]] 7. Select the personnel records to associate with the DWR. 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractor Personnel''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture13.png|center]] 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Number On Site''' field, enter the count of how many of this type of personnel to record on this DWR date for this contractor.</li> <li>'''Total Hours''' field, enter the total number of hours worked by this person for this DWR contractor on this date.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record (Tip: clicking the magnifying glass opens a text dialog panel for the comments field).</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture14.png|center]] 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Posting Items to a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to post items to. 5. Select the '''Item Postings''' tab. 6. Click the '''Select Items''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture15.png|center]] 7. Search for and Select the contract line number(s) to add to the DWR. 8. Click the '''Save''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture16.png|center]] 9. Click the expand arrow for the newly added item posting. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture17.png|center]] 10. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Attention''' field indicates the number of attention flags recorded for this entity.</li> <li>'''Units''' field indicates the type of measurement used to determine the quantity of the reference item.</li> <li>'''Agency Views''' field indicates if there are agency views or not on this DWR.</li> </ol> 11. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the contractor that performed the work for this item posting.</li> <li>'''Quantity Posted''' field, enter the quantity of the item installed by the contractor on this date.</li> <li>'''Station From'''field, enter the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Station From Plus''' field, enter the distance from the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Type''' field, enter the offset type for the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Distance''' field, enter the offset distance for the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Station To''' field, enter the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Station To Plus''' field, enter the distance from the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Type''' field, enter the offset type for the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Distance''' field, enter the offset distance for the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Location''' field, enter the location where the work was performed for the DWR item posting.</li> <li>'''Measured''' check box, check if the item quantity installed is measured, or leave the box unchecked if the installed quantity is interim.</li> <li>'''Material Set''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the material set associated with the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Plan Sheet Page Number''' field, enter the number of the plan sheet page on which this work item is found.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the item posting.</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture18.png|center]] 12. Click the '''Save''' button. 13. The list of materials associated with the material set you have chosen will now populate at the bottom of your item posting. 14. The following fields will self-populate <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Material Name''' field indicates the name of the material being used.</li> <li>'''Conversion Factor''' field indicates the item-material conversion factor used to determine the installed quantity</li> <li>'''Overwritten''' field indicates if the user has updated the installed quantity field</li> <li>'''Installed Qty''' field indicates the quantity of material placed in the field for the listed material</li> <li>'''Material Units''' field indicates unit of the material being used. </ol> 15. Update the '''Installed Qty''' field if needed and click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Recording Material Comments and Sources== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to edit. 5. Select the '''Material Postings''' tab. 6. Click the expand arrow for the item. 7. Click the expand arrow for the material. 8. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Source''' field, begin typing the source name to find and select the source of the material</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any information needing to be documented for this material</li> </ol> 9. Click the '''Save''' button <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Attachments and Links to a DWR== <p style="color:green"><i>The application provides an easy way to integrate outside information of various kinds into your project. Examples of the types of files you might attach include Microsoft® Word documents, Excel spreadsheets, PDFs, digital photographs and other types of graphic files.</i> </p> '''To add an attachment:''' 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add attachments to. 5. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select '''Attachments.''' 6. Click the '''Select File''' button. 7. Navigate to and select the file you wish to attach. 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Name''' field indicates the file name.</li> <li>'''Historical Report''' field indicates if the file was created by the historical report process.</li> <li>'''Size''' field indicates the file size.</li> <li>'''Additional Roles Count''' field indicates additional security features of the attachment.</li> </ol> 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Description''' field – enter a description for the attachment</li> <li>'''Attorney/Client Privilege''' – select this is the file is associated with attorney/client privilege</li> </ol> 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <p style="color:green"><i>Links are like attachments except that you don’t need to have the actual file. Just the URL, URN, or some other link to where the file is located.</i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Links are a great option for referencing files that are already stored in ProjectWise. Just use the URN! (in PW right click the file > Send Links > Copy Document URNs to Clipboard) |- |} </div> '''To add a link:''' 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add links to. 5. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select '''Links.''' 6. Click the ''New''' button. A new link row will appear. 7. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Additional Roles Count''' field indicates additional security features of the link.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields are required: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Link Name''' field – enter the name of the document or location you are linking to</li> <li>'''URL''' – enter the link you wish to use</li> </ol> 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Description''' field – enter a description for the link</li> </ol> 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Submitting a Daily Work Report for Approval== <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Depending on your access, you may not have the ability to submit for approval, approve, or reject a DWR and can skip this section. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to submit. 5. The Status must be Draft to Submit for Approval. 6. Click the row '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Submit for Approval''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture19.png|center]] 7. The DWR will save automatically and the Status will change to Pending. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture20.png|center]] <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Approving a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Construction''' component. 2. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 3. To approve a DWR, you must have authority to approve it and it must have a status of Pending Approval. 4. Click the row '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Approve action.''' [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture21.png|center]] 5. The DWR will save automatically and the Status will change to Approved. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture22.png|center]] <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |A DWR can be rejected and submitted for approval many times. However, once the DWR is approved it is not able to be edited. An approved DWR is locked from any future changes. |- |} </div> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Revising an Approved Daily Work Report== <p style="color:green"><i>'''To revise an approved DWR, you must have authority to reject the DWR.'''<br> <br> '''Roles/Associated Actions:'''<br> <br> '''Inspector'''<br> -Can '''Change to Draft''' their own DWR that is Submitted for Approval<br> -Can '''Reject''' their own DWR that has been Approved<br> -Can change the status of their own DWR to '''Draft''', to make revisions<br> <br> '''MDOT Office Tech'''<br> -Can '''Reject''' a DWR that has been Submitted for Approval<br> -Can '''Reject''' a DWR that has been Approved<br> </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |When a DWR is approved and included within a pay estimate the DWR is Locked and cannot be revised. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Navigate to the '''Construction''' component. 2. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' Link. 3. Find the Daily Work Report and Click the row '''Actions''' button on the right, choose the '''Reject action.''' [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture28.png|center]] 4. The DWR will save automatically, and the Status will change to Rejected. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture29.png|center]] 5. When the DWR is Rejected the creator of the DWR will be notified. At which time the creator must change the state of the DWR to Draft in order to make the necessary revisions. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture30.png|center]] 6. After revisions are made submit the DWR for approval; see '''[[Daily_Work_Reports#Submitting_a_Daily_Work_Report_for_Approval|Submitting a Daily Work Report for Approval.]]''' <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Additional Daily Work Reports== <p style="color:green"><i>The steps below show another popular way to create a DWR. This method shows the navigation steps of creating a DWR from within the contract itself.</i> </p> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID in which to add a DWR.''' [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture23.png|center]] 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab and Click the '''Add''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture24.png|center]] 4. Enter the general information for the DWR as shown in “Adding First Daily Work Report.” 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Copying a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID in which the DWR is located.''' 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab 4. Click the row '''Actions''' button on the DWR you wish to copy and choose the '''Copy''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture25.png|center]] 5. Click the '''Save''' button. 6. Update information for the DWR and Click '''Save''' again. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Generating DWR Reports== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Sub reports can optionally be generated for remarks; contract times; contractor personnel and equipment and attachments in the DWR. 5. You can generate reports for multiple DWRs created by multiple inspectors for different date ranges. When multiple reports are generated, each DWR is separated by a page break. 6. If you generate this report for a DWR that is not yet approved, the system automatically includes a Draft watermark on all pages of the report. 7. Click the row '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Daily Work Report''' action from the '''Reports''' section. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture26.png|center]] 1. Click all of the following check boxes: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Show Remarks''' check box to display the sub report for Remarks.</li> <li>'''Show Contract Times''' check box to display the sub report for Contract Time.</li> <li>'''Show Contractor Personnel''' check box to display the sub report for Contractor Personnel.</li> <li>'''Show Contractor Equipment''' check box to display the sub report for Contractor Equipment.</li> <li>'''Show Attachments''' check box to display the sub report for Attachments.</li> </ol> 2. Click the '''Execute''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture27.png|center]] 6285badb742761968c86b044ea0216de66f97406 6 99 199 2022-03-22T16:50:06Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 100 200 2022-03-22T16:50:23Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 101 201 2022-03-22T16:50:35Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 102 202 2022-03-22T16:50:48Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 103 203 2022-03-22T16:51:05Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 104 204 2022-03-22T16:51:15Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 105 205 2022-03-22T16:51:24Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 106 206 2022-03-22T16:51:37Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 107 207 2022-03-22T16:51:53Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 108 208 2022-03-22T16:52:12Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 109 209 2022-03-22T16:59:37Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 110 210 2022-03-22T17:00:00Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 111 211 2022-03-22T17:00:58Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 113 213 2022-03-22T17:02:29Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 114 214 2022-03-22T17:02:55Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 115 216 2022-03-22T17:04:03Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 116 217 2022-03-22T17:04:24Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 117 218 2022-03-22T17:04:49Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 118 219 2022-03-22T17:05:05Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 119 220 2022-03-22T17:05:16Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 120 221 2022-03-22T17:05:27Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 121 222 2022-03-22T17:05:38Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 122 223 2022-03-22T17:13:22Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 123 224 2022-03-22T17:15:20Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 124 225 2022-03-22T17:24:18Z McGowanR 4 Adding Page for Materials Acceptance wikitext text/x-wiki =MATERIALS= ==Generating Materials and Acceptance Actions== <p style="color:green"><i>To begin working with materials on a contract, you must first run process to generate the materials and acceptance actions for your contract. The process will consult the statewide reference material sets for each item and copy them to your contract. </i> </p> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Administration Overview''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture1.png|center]] 2. Select the row '''Action''' for the corresponding contract. 3. Select the '''Generate Materials and Acceptance Actions''' task. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture2.png|center]] 4. A “Processing…” message will appear at the top of the screen and the system will refresh the page when the task has been completed. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |You should only need to run this process once when you first start working on your contract. |- |} </div> 5. The following fields will auto-populate: a. '''Orig Matl and AAs Gen DT:''' This field displays the date and time the Generate Materials and Acceptance Actions process was completed. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Creating a New Material Set== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture3.png|center]] 2. Select the corresponding contract. 3. Select the '''Items''' quick link at the top of the page. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture4.png|center]] 4. Select the '''Contract Project Items''' tab. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture5.png|center]] 5. Select the '''Category''' and '''Item''' to add the set to. Select the '''Create Material Set''' from the Actions dropdown. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture6.png|center]] 6. Enter a name for the material set in the '''Material Set''' field and tab out of the field. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Once a material set is created it cannot be deleted. |- |} </div> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture7.png|center]] 8. The system now navigates you to the material screen where the material set has been created. 9. See <u>''Step 6''</u>. in '''Adding Materials to Material Sets''' section to complete the setup. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Materials to Material Sets== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture8.png|center]] 2. Select the corresponding contract. 3. Select the '''Contract Materials and Acceptance Actions''' quick link at the top of the page. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture9.png|center]] 4. Select the '''Materials''' tab. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Materials can be added to sets, even ones that came from the reference data, but they cannot be deleted. |- |} </div> [[File:Material Acceptance Picture10.png|center]] 5. Select the row '''Action''' for the material set you wish to add materials to. 6. Select '''Add Material.''' [[File:Material Acceptance Picture11.png|center]] 7. The following fields must be completed: b. '''Material:''' The name of the material that is part of this material set. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture12.png|center]] 8. The following fields are optional: c. '''Source:''' The name of the material that is part of this material set. d. '''Facility:''' The name of a facility associated with the source. e. '''Comments:''' Any material comments you want to add to this screen. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Multiple materials can be added at the same time by repeating steps 5 through 8 before clicking the save button. |- |} </div> 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Changing Acceptance Actions== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture13.png|center]] 2. Select the corresponding contract. 3. Select the '''Contract Materials and Acceptance Actions''' quick link at the top of the page. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture14.png|center]] 4. Select the '''Acceptance Actions''' tab. Search for the material in the search field. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture15.png|center]] 5. '''Expand''' the row for the material you wish to change. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture16.png|center]] 6. Select the '''Acceptance Action''' listed in the blue text. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- | Using two monitors helps keep your place in the list. In step 6, use a right click on the acceptance action to open it in a new window. |- |} </div> [[File:Material Acceptance Picture17.png|center]] 7. '''Expand''' the Acceptance Action Option at the bottom of the screen. 8. The following fields are required: f. '''Action Rate:''' The number of sample records required based on the action frequency. g. '''Action Frequency:''' The frequency of which the number of sample records is required to occur. h. '''Frequency Type:''' The unit for the action frequency. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture18.png|center]] 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Creating a New Material== <p style="color:green"><i>Due to business policies and procedures, the field offices are restricted from creating new materials for the system. If for some reason a material is needed for a project and does not exist in the system, please contact the helpdesk at MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov or by phone at 517-322-1556. Please be prepared to give information regarding the material name and the specification from which the material comes from. </i> </p> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Entering Material Approvals (Sample Records)== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, select the '''Sample Records''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture19.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Action''' menu and select '''Add.''' [[File:Material Acceptance Picture20.png|center]] The following fields are required: a. '''Sample ID:''' The identification name of the material approval to be entered. b. '''Material Code - Name:''' The material that is being approved. c. '''Sample Date:''' The date of approval. d. '''Sample Type:''' The sampling method of the material. e. '''Acceptance Method:''' The acceptance method of the material. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Sample Records can be started, then finished later. The material will only be approved once you complete the Tests tab in step 21. |- |} </div> [[File:Material Acceptance Picture21.png|center]] 3. The following fields are optional: a. '''File:''' The project file location. b. '''Form:''' The form number for the approval. c. '''Remarks:''' Any material comments that may need to be recorded. 4. Click '''Save.''' 5. Select the '''Associations''' tab. 6. Click the '''New''' button. 7. For the '''Association Type''' field select '''Destination Lab.''' 8. For the '''Association Value''' field press enter and select '''CTLAB.''' [[File:Material Acceptance Picture22.png|center]] 9. Click '''Save.''' 10. Click the '''Sources''' tab. 11. Click the '''Select Primary Source''' button. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture23.png|center]] 12. Search for the '''Source''' of the material and click the '''Add to Sample Record''' button. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture24.png|center]] 13. Click '''Save.''' 14. Select the '''Contract''' tab. 15. Click the '''Select Contract Project Items''' button. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture25.png|center]] 16. Search for and select the '''Project Items''' that the material approval applies to. 17. Click '''Save.''' 18. Select the '''Tests''' tab. 19. Select the row '''Actions''' menu and select '''Assign Default Tests.''' 20. Select '''Pass''' in the '''Test Result Value''' field. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If no test appears when you complete Step 20, check the Sample Type and Acceptance Method on the General Tab. These must match how the material was set up. |- |} </div> 21. Click '''Save.''' <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Material Approvals (Sample Records)== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, select the '''Sample Records''' component. 2. Use the '''Search''' field to find and select the sample record. 3. '''Review''' the sample record information. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Creating The Insufficient Materials Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, select the '''Payment Estimates''' component. 2. Use the '''Search''' field to find the corresponding payment estimate. 3. Click the row '''Action''' and select the '''Insufficient Materials Report.''' 4. Select the '''Execute''' button. f7c738019705bd4438a69369f0bfcce13d871524 239 225 2022-04-01T21:47:43Z McGowanR 4 /* Changing Acceptance Actions */ Updated Picture 14 to correct reference 14a wikitext text/x-wiki =MATERIALS= ==Generating Materials and Acceptance Actions== <p style="color:green"><i>To begin working with materials on a contract, you must first run process to generate the materials and acceptance actions for your contract. The process will consult the statewide reference material sets for each item and copy them to your contract. </i> </p> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Administration Overview''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture1.png|center]] 2. Select the row '''Action''' for the corresponding contract. 3. Select the '''Generate Materials and Acceptance Actions''' task. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture2.png|center]] 4. A “Processing…” message will appear at the top of the screen and the system will refresh the page when the task has been completed. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |You should only need to run this process once when you first start working on your contract. |- |} </div> 5. The following fields will auto-populate: a. '''Orig Matl and AAs Gen DT:''' This field displays the date and time the Generate Materials and Acceptance Actions process was completed. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Creating a New Material Set== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture3.png|center]] 2. Select the corresponding contract. 3. Select the '''Items''' quick link at the top of the page. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture4.png|center]] 4. Select the '''Contract Project Items''' tab. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture5.png|center]] 5. Select the '''Category''' and '''Item''' to add the set to. Select the '''Create Material Set''' from the Actions dropdown. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture6.png|center]] 6. Enter a name for the material set in the '''Material Set''' field and tab out of the field. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Once a material set is created it cannot be deleted. |- |} </div> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture7.png|center]] 8. The system now navigates you to the material screen where the material set has been created. 9. See <u>''Step 6''</u>. in '''Adding Materials to Material Sets''' section to complete the setup. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Materials to Material Sets== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture8.png|center]] 2. Select the corresponding contract. 3. Select the '''Contract Materials and Acceptance Actions''' quick link at the top of the page. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture9.png|center]] 4. Select the '''Materials''' tab. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Materials can be added to sets, even ones that came from the reference data, but they cannot be deleted. |- |} </div> [[File:Material Acceptance Picture10.png|center]] 5. Select the row '''Action''' for the material set you wish to add materials to. 6. Select '''Add Material.''' [[File:Material Acceptance Picture11.png|center]] 7. The following fields must be completed: b. '''Material:''' The name of the material that is part of this material set. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture12.png|center]] 8. The following fields are optional: c. '''Source:''' The name of the material that is part of this material set. d. '''Facility:''' The name of a facility associated with the source. e. '''Comments:''' Any material comments you want to add to this screen. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Multiple materials can be added at the same time by repeating steps 5 through 8 before clicking the save button. |- |} </div> 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Changing Acceptance Actions== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture13.png|center]] 2. Select the corresponding contract. 3. Select the '''Contract Materials and Acceptance Actions''' quick link at the top of the page. [[File:Material_Acceptance_Picture_14a.png|center]] 4. Select the '''Acceptance Actions''' tab. Search for the material in the search field. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture15.png|center]] 5. '''Expand''' the row for the material you wish to change. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture16.png|center]] 6. Select the '''Acceptance Action''' listed in the blue text. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- | Using two monitors helps keep your place in the list. In step 6, use a right click on the acceptance action to open it in a new window. |- |} </div> [[File:Material Acceptance Picture17.png|center]] 7. '''Expand''' the Acceptance Action Option at the bottom of the screen. 8. The following fields are required: f. '''Action Rate:''' The number of sample records required based on the action frequency. g. '''Action Frequency:''' The frequency of which the number of sample records is required to occur. h. '''Frequency Type:''' The unit for the action frequency. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture18.png|center]] 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Creating a New Material== <p style="color:green"><i>Due to business policies and procedures, the field offices are restricted from creating new materials for the system. If for some reason a material is needed for a project and does not exist in the system, please contact the helpdesk at MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov or by phone at 517-322-1556. Please be prepared to give information regarding the material name and the specification from which the material comes from. </i> </p> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Entering Material Approvals (Sample Records)== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, select the '''Sample Records''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture19.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Action''' menu and select '''Add.''' [[File:Material Acceptance Picture20.png|center]] The following fields are required: a. '''Sample ID:''' The identification name of the material approval to be entered. b. '''Material Code - Name:''' The material that is being approved. c. '''Sample Date:''' The date of approval. d. '''Sample Type:''' The sampling method of the material. e. '''Acceptance Method:''' The acceptance method of the material. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Sample Records can be started, then finished later. The material will only be approved once you complete the Tests tab in step 21. |- |} </div> [[File:Material Acceptance Picture21.png|center]] 3. The following fields are optional: a. '''File:''' The project file location. b. '''Form:''' The form number for the approval. c. '''Remarks:''' Any material comments that may need to be recorded. 4. Click '''Save.''' 5. Select the '''Associations''' tab. 6. Click the '''New''' button. 7. For the '''Association Type''' field select '''Destination Lab.''' 8. For the '''Association Value''' field press enter and select '''CTLAB.''' [[File:Material Acceptance Picture22.png|center]] 9. Click '''Save.''' 10. Click the '''Sources''' tab. 11. Click the '''Select Primary Source''' button. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture23.png|center]] 12. Search for the '''Source''' of the material and click the '''Add to Sample Record''' button. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture24.png|center]] 13. Click '''Save.''' 14. Select the '''Contract''' tab. 15. Click the '''Select Contract Project Items''' button. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture25.png|center]] 16. Search for and select the '''Project Items''' that the material approval applies to. 17. Click '''Save.''' 18. Select the '''Tests''' tab. 19. Select the row '''Actions''' menu and select '''Assign Default Tests.''' 20. Select '''Pass''' in the '''Test Result Value''' field. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If no test appears when you complete Step 20, check the Sample Type and Acceptance Method on the General Tab. These must match how the material was set up. |- |} </div> 21. Click '''Save.''' <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Material Approvals (Sample Records)== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, select the '''Sample Records''' component. 2. Use the '''Search''' field to find and select the sample record. 3. '''Review''' the sample record information. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Creating The Insufficient Materials Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, select the '''Payment Estimates''' component. 2. Use the '''Search''' field to find the corresponding payment estimate. 3. Click the row '''Action''' and select the '''Insufficient Materials Report.''' 4. Select the '''Execute''' button. 94c5b73ef3285276a62ad03cb501c6de652e5af7 240 239 2022-04-01T21:51:42Z McGowanR 4 /* Generating Materials and Acceptance Actions */ modified <ol> to display correctly wikitext text/x-wiki =MATERIALS= ==Generating Materials and Acceptance Actions== <p style="color:green"><i>To begin working with materials on a contract, you must first run process to generate the materials and acceptance actions for your contract. The process will consult the statewide reference material sets for each item and copy them to your contract. </i> </p> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Administration Overview''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture1.png|center]] 2. Select the row '''Action''' for the corresponding contract. 3. Select the '''Generate Materials and Acceptance Actions''' task. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture2.png|center]] 4. A “Processing…” message will appear at the top of the screen and the system will refresh the page when the task has been completed. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |You should only need to run this process once when you first start working on your contract. |- |} </div> 5. The following fields will auto-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Orig Matl and AAs Gen DT:''' This field displays the date and time the Generate Materials and Acceptance Actions process was completed.</li> </ol> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Creating a New Material Set== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture3.png|center]] 2. Select the corresponding contract. 3. Select the '''Items''' quick link at the top of the page. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture4.png|center]] 4. Select the '''Contract Project Items''' tab. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture5.png|center]] 5. Select the '''Category''' and '''Item''' to add the set to. Select the '''Create Material Set''' from the Actions dropdown. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture6.png|center]] 6. Enter a name for the material set in the '''Material Set''' field and tab out of the field. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Once a material set is created it cannot be deleted. |- |} </div> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture7.png|center]] 8. The system now navigates you to the material screen where the material set has been created. 9. See <u>''Step 6''</u>. in '''Adding Materials to Material Sets''' section to complete the setup. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Materials to Material Sets== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture8.png|center]] 2. Select the corresponding contract. 3. Select the '''Contract Materials and Acceptance Actions''' quick link at the top of the page. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture9.png|center]] 4. Select the '''Materials''' tab. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Materials can be added to sets, even ones that came from the reference data, but they cannot be deleted. |- |} </div> [[File:Material Acceptance Picture10.png|center]] 5. Select the row '''Action''' for the material set you wish to add materials to. 6. Select '''Add Material.''' [[File:Material Acceptance Picture11.png|center]] 7. The following fields must be completed: b. '''Material:''' The name of the material that is part of this material set. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture12.png|center]] 8. The following fields are optional: c. '''Source:''' The name of the material that is part of this material set. d. '''Facility:''' The name of a facility associated with the source. e. '''Comments:''' Any material comments you want to add to this screen. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Multiple materials can be added at the same time by repeating steps 5 through 8 before clicking the save button. |- |} </div> 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Changing Acceptance Actions== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture13.png|center]] 2. Select the corresponding contract. 3. Select the '''Contract Materials and Acceptance Actions''' quick link at the top of the page. [[File:Material_Acceptance_Picture_14a.png|center]] 4. Select the '''Acceptance Actions''' tab. Search for the material in the search field. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture15.png|center]] 5. '''Expand''' the row for the material you wish to change. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture16.png|center]] 6. Select the '''Acceptance Action''' listed in the blue text. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- | Using two monitors helps keep your place in the list. In step 6, use a right click on the acceptance action to open it in a new window. |- |} </div> [[File:Material Acceptance Picture17.png|center]] 7. '''Expand''' the Acceptance Action Option at the bottom of the screen. 8. The following fields are required: f. '''Action Rate:''' The number of sample records required based on the action frequency. g. '''Action Frequency:''' The frequency of which the number of sample records is required to occur. h. '''Frequency Type:''' The unit for the action frequency. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture18.png|center]] 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Creating a New Material== <p style="color:green"><i>Due to business policies and procedures, the field offices are restricted from creating new materials for the system. If for some reason a material is needed for a project and does not exist in the system, please contact the helpdesk at MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov or by phone at 517-322-1556. Please be prepared to give information regarding the material name and the specification from which the material comes from. </i> </p> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Entering Material Approvals (Sample Records)== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, select the '''Sample Records''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture19.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Action''' menu and select '''Add.''' [[File:Material Acceptance Picture20.png|center]] The following fields are required: a. '''Sample ID:''' The identification name of the material approval to be entered. b. '''Material Code - Name:''' The material that is being approved. c. '''Sample Date:''' The date of approval. d. '''Sample Type:''' The sampling method of the material. e. '''Acceptance Method:''' The acceptance method of the material. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Sample Records can be started, then finished later. The material will only be approved once you complete the Tests tab in step 21. |- |} </div> [[File:Material Acceptance Picture21.png|center]] 3. The following fields are optional: a. '''File:''' The project file location. b. '''Form:''' The form number for the approval. c. '''Remarks:''' Any material comments that may need to be recorded. 4. Click '''Save.''' 5. Select the '''Associations''' tab. 6. Click the '''New''' button. 7. For the '''Association Type''' field select '''Destination Lab.''' 8. For the '''Association Value''' field press enter and select '''CTLAB.''' [[File:Material Acceptance Picture22.png|center]] 9. Click '''Save.''' 10. Click the '''Sources''' tab. 11. Click the '''Select Primary Source''' button. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture23.png|center]] 12. Search for the '''Source''' of the material and click the '''Add to Sample Record''' button. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture24.png|center]] 13. Click '''Save.''' 14. Select the '''Contract''' tab. 15. Click the '''Select Contract Project Items''' button. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture25.png|center]] 16. Search for and select the '''Project Items''' that the material approval applies to. 17. Click '''Save.''' 18. Select the '''Tests''' tab. 19. Select the row '''Actions''' menu and select '''Assign Default Tests.''' 20. Select '''Pass''' in the '''Test Result Value''' field. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If no test appears when you complete Step 20, check the Sample Type and Acceptance Method on the General Tab. These must match how the material was set up. |- |} </div> 21. Click '''Save.''' <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Material Approvals (Sample Records)== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, select the '''Sample Records''' component. 2. Use the '''Search''' field to find and select the sample record. 3. '''Review''' the sample record information. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Creating The Insufficient Materials Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, select the '''Payment Estimates''' component. 2. Use the '''Search''' field to find the corresponding payment estimate. 3. Click the row '''Action''' and select the '''Insufficient Materials Report.''' 4. Select the '''Execute''' button. 0da80d7e170853d2194793a3d029bf7de4bedd1c 241 240 2022-04-01T21:56:21Z McGowanR 4 /* Adding Materials to Material Sets */ modified <ol> to display correctly wikitext text/x-wiki =MATERIALS= ==Generating Materials and Acceptance Actions== <p style="color:green"><i>To begin working with materials on a contract, you must first run process to generate the materials and acceptance actions for your contract. The process will consult the statewide reference material sets for each item and copy them to your contract. </i> </p> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Administration Overview''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture1.png|center]] 2. Select the row '''Action''' for the corresponding contract. 3. Select the '''Generate Materials and Acceptance Actions''' task. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture2.png|center]] 4. A “Processing…” message will appear at the top of the screen and the system will refresh the page when the task has been completed. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |You should only need to run this process once when you first start working on your contract. |- |} </div> 5. The following fields will auto-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Orig Matl and AAs Gen DT:''' This field displays the date and time the Generate Materials and Acceptance Actions process was completed.</li> </ol> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Creating a New Material Set== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture3.png|center]] 2. Select the corresponding contract. 3. Select the '''Items''' quick link at the top of the page. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture4.png|center]] 4. Select the '''Contract Project Items''' tab. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture5.png|center]] 5. Select the '''Category''' and '''Item''' to add the set to. Select the '''Create Material Set''' from the Actions dropdown. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture6.png|center]] 6. Enter a name for the material set in the '''Material Set''' field and tab out of the field. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Once a material set is created it cannot be deleted. |- |} </div> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture7.png|center]] 8. The system now navigates you to the material screen where the material set has been created. 9. See <u>''Step 6''</u>. in '''Adding Materials to Material Sets''' section to complete the setup. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Materials to Material Sets== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture8.png|center]] 2. Select the corresponding contract. 3. Select the '''Contract Materials and Acceptance Actions''' quick link at the top of the page. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture9.png|center]] 4. Select the '''Materials''' tab. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Materials can be added to sets, even ones that came from the reference data, but they cannot be deleted. |- |} </div> [[File:Material Acceptance Picture10.png|center]] 5. Select the row '''Action''' for the material set you wish to add materials to. 6. Select '''Add Material.''' [[File:Material Acceptance Picture11.png|center]] 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>''''Material:''' The name of the material that is part of this material set.</li> </ol> [[File:Material Acceptance Picture12.png|center]] 8. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Source:''' The name of the material that is part of this material set.</li> <li>'''Facility:''' The name of a facility associated with the source.</li> <li>'''Comments:''' Any material comments you want to add to this screen.</li> </ol> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Multiple materials can be added at the same time by repeating steps 5 through 8 before clicking the save button. |- |} </div> 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Changing Acceptance Actions== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture13.png|center]] 2. Select the corresponding contract. 3. Select the '''Contract Materials and Acceptance Actions''' quick link at the top of the page. [[File:Material_Acceptance_Picture_14a.png|center]] 4. Select the '''Acceptance Actions''' tab. Search for the material in the search field. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture15.png|center]] 5. '''Expand''' the row for the material you wish to change. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture16.png|center]] 6. Select the '''Acceptance Action''' listed in the blue text. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- | Using two monitors helps keep your place in the list. In step 6, use a right click on the acceptance action to open it in a new window. |- |} </div> [[File:Material Acceptance Picture17.png|center]] 7. '''Expand''' the Acceptance Action Option at the bottom of the screen. 8. The following fields are required: f. '''Action Rate:''' The number of sample records required based on the action frequency. g. '''Action Frequency:''' The frequency of which the number of sample records is required to occur. h. '''Frequency Type:''' The unit for the action frequency. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture18.png|center]] 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Creating a New Material== <p style="color:green"><i>Due to business policies and procedures, the field offices are restricted from creating new materials for the system. If for some reason a material is needed for a project and does not exist in the system, please contact the helpdesk at MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov or by phone at 517-322-1556. Please be prepared to give information regarding the material name and the specification from which the material comes from. </i> </p> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Entering Material Approvals (Sample Records)== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, select the '''Sample Records''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture19.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Action''' menu and select '''Add.''' [[File:Material Acceptance Picture20.png|center]] The following fields are required: a. '''Sample ID:''' The identification name of the material approval to be entered. b. '''Material Code - Name:''' The material that is being approved. c. '''Sample Date:''' The date of approval. d. '''Sample Type:''' The sampling method of the material. e. '''Acceptance Method:''' The acceptance method of the material. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Sample Records can be started, then finished later. The material will only be approved once you complete the Tests tab in step 21. |- |} </div> [[File:Material Acceptance Picture21.png|center]] 3. The following fields are optional: a. '''File:''' The project file location. b. '''Form:''' The form number for the approval. c. '''Remarks:''' Any material comments that may need to be recorded. 4. Click '''Save.''' 5. Select the '''Associations''' tab. 6. Click the '''New''' button. 7. For the '''Association Type''' field select '''Destination Lab.''' 8. For the '''Association Value''' field press enter and select '''CTLAB.''' [[File:Material Acceptance Picture22.png|center]] 9. Click '''Save.''' 10. Click the '''Sources''' tab. 11. Click the '''Select Primary Source''' button. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture23.png|center]] 12. Search for the '''Source''' of the material and click the '''Add to Sample Record''' button. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture24.png|center]] 13. Click '''Save.''' 14. Select the '''Contract''' tab. 15. Click the '''Select Contract Project Items''' button. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture25.png|center]] 16. Search for and select the '''Project Items''' that the material approval applies to. 17. Click '''Save.''' 18. Select the '''Tests''' tab. 19. Select the row '''Actions''' menu and select '''Assign Default Tests.''' 20. Select '''Pass''' in the '''Test Result Value''' field. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If no test appears when you complete Step 20, check the Sample Type and Acceptance Method on the General Tab. These must match how the material was set up. |- |} </div> 21. Click '''Save.''' <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Material Approvals (Sample Records)== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, select the '''Sample Records''' component. 2. Use the '''Search''' field to find and select the sample record. 3. '''Review''' the sample record information. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Creating The Insufficient Materials Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, select the '''Payment Estimates''' component. 2. Use the '''Search''' field to find the corresponding payment estimate. 3. Click the row '''Action''' and select the '''Insufficient Materials Report.''' 4. Select the '''Execute''' button. bce58623d0ea64eb1fd169d16d3b63344210fd61 242 241 2022-04-01T22:00:54Z McGowanR 4 corrected <ol> markup to display correctly wikitext text/x-wiki =MATERIALS= ==Generating Materials and Acceptance Actions== <p style="color:green"><i>To begin working with materials on a contract, you must first run process to generate the materials and acceptance actions for your contract. The process will consult the statewide reference material sets for each item and copy them to your contract. </i> </p> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Administration Overview''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture1.png|center]] 2. Select the row '''Action''' for the corresponding contract. 3. Select the '''Generate Materials and Acceptance Actions''' task. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture2.png|center]] 4. A “Processing…” message will appear at the top of the screen and the system will refresh the page when the task has been completed. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |You should only need to run this process once when you first start working on your contract. |- |} </div> 5. The following fields will auto-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Orig Matl and AAs Gen DT:''' This field displays the date and time the Generate Materials and Acceptance Actions process was completed.</li> </ol> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Creating a New Material Set== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture3.png|center]] 2. Select the corresponding contract. 3. Select the '''Items''' quick link at the top of the page. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture4.png|center]] 4. Select the '''Contract Project Items''' tab. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture5.png|center]] 5. Select the '''Category''' and '''Item''' to add the set to. Select the '''Create Material Set''' from the Actions dropdown. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture6.png|center]] 6. Enter a name for the material set in the '''Material Set''' field and tab out of the field. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Once a material set is created it cannot be deleted. |- |} </div> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture7.png|center]] 8. The system now navigates you to the material screen where the material set has been created. 9. See <u>''Step 6''</u>. in '''Adding Materials to Material Sets''' section to complete the setup. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Materials to Material Sets== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture8.png|center]] 2. Select the corresponding contract. 3. Select the '''Contract Materials and Acceptance Actions''' quick link at the top of the page. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture9.png|center]] 4. Select the '''Materials''' tab. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Materials can be added to sets, even ones that came from the reference data, but they cannot be deleted. |- |} </div> [[File:Material Acceptance Picture10.png|center]] 5. Select the row '''Action''' for the material set you wish to add materials to. 6. Select '''Add Material.''' [[File:Material Acceptance Picture11.png|center]] 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>''''Material:''' The name of the material that is part of this material set.</li> </ol> [[File:Material Acceptance Picture12.png|center]] 8. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Source:''' The name of the material that is part of this material set.</li> <li>'''Facility:''' The name of a facility associated with the source.</li> <li>'''Comments:''' Any material comments you want to add to this screen.</li> </ol> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Multiple materials can be added at the same time by repeating steps 5 through 8 before clicking the save button. |- |} </div> 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Changing Acceptance Actions== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture13.png|center]] 2. Select the corresponding contract. 3. Select the '''Contract Materials and Acceptance Actions''' quick link at the top of the page. [[File:Material_Acceptance_Picture_14a.png|center]] 4. Select the '''Acceptance Actions''' tab. Search for the material in the search field. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture15.png|center]] 5. '''Expand''' the row for the material you wish to change. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture16.png|center]] 6. Select the '''Acceptance Action''' listed in the blue text. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- | Using two monitors helps keep your place in the list. In step 6, use a right click on the acceptance action to open it in a new window. |- |} </div> [[File:Material Acceptance Picture17.png|center]] 7. '''Expand''' the Acceptance Action Option at the bottom of the screen. 8. The following fields are required: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Action Rate:''' The number of sample records required based on the action frequency.</li> <li>'''Action Frequency:''' The frequency of which the number of sample records is required to occur.</li> <li>'''Frequency Type:''' The unit for the action frequency.</li> </ol> [[File:Material Acceptance Picture18.png|center]] 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Creating a New Material== <p style="color:green"><i>Due to business policies and procedures, the field offices are restricted from creating new materials for the system. If for some reason a material is needed for a project and does not exist in the system, please contact the helpdesk at MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov or by phone at 517-322-1556. Please be prepared to give information regarding the material name and the specification from which the material comes from. </i> </p> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Entering Material Approvals (Sample Records)== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, select the '''Sample Records''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture19.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Action''' menu and select '''Add.''' [[File:Material Acceptance Picture20.png|center]] The following fields are required: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Sample ID:''' The identification name of the material approval to be entered.</li> <li>'''Material Code - Name:''' The material that is being approved.</li> <li>'''Sample Date:''' The date of approval.</li> <li>'''Sample Type:''' The sampling method of the material.</li> <li>'''Acceptance Method:''' The acceptance method of the material.</li> </ol> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Sample Records can be started, then finished later. The material will only be approved once you complete the Tests tab in step 21. |- |} </div> [[File:Material Acceptance Picture21.png|center]] 3. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''File:''' The project file location.</li> <li>'''Form:''' The form number for the approval.</li> <li>'''Remarks:''' Any material comments that may need to be recorded.</li> </ol> 4. Click '''Save.''' 5. Select the '''Associations''' tab. 6. Click the '''New''' button. 7. For the '''Association Type''' field select '''Destination Lab.''' 8. For the '''Association Value''' field press enter and select '''CTLAB.''' [[File:Material Acceptance Picture22.png|center]] 9. Click '''Save.''' 10. Click the '''Sources''' tab. 11. Click the '''Select Primary Source''' button. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture23.png|center]] 12. Search for the '''Source''' of the material and click the '''Add to Sample Record''' button. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture24.png|center]] 13. Click '''Save.''' 14. Select the '''Contract''' tab. 15. Click the '''Select Contract Project Items''' button. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture25.png|center]] 16. Search for and select the '''Project Items''' that the material approval applies to. 17. Click '''Save.''' 18. Select the '''Tests''' tab. 19. Select the row '''Actions''' menu and select '''Assign Default Tests.''' 20. Select '''Pass''' in the '''Test Result Value''' field. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If no test appears when you complete Step 20, check the Sample Type and Acceptance Method on the General Tab. These must match how the material was set up. |- |} </div> 21. Click '''Save.''' <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Material Approvals (Sample Records)== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, select the '''Sample Records''' component. 2. Use the '''Search''' field to find and select the sample record. 3. '''Review''' the sample record information. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Creating The Insufficient Materials Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, select the '''Payment Estimates''' component. 2. Use the '''Search''' field to find the corresponding payment estimate. 3. Click the row '''Action''' and select the '''Insufficient Materials Report.''' 4. Select the '''Execute''' button. f267fe74089c2b48ea8f6de4418a24c921afbfbb 0 89 226 190 2022-03-24T15:37:31Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki =CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION= ==Managing Contracts Information== <p style="color:green"><i>The Additional Information tab allows you to maintain additional information on the contract. </i> </p> 1. Navigate to the '''Contract Administration''' component. 2. Search for and Select the contract ID that you are assigned. 3. Click the '''Additional Information''' tab. [[File:Contract Administration Picture1.png|center]] 4. The following fields are available, depending on your role, some maybe updatable: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Proposal Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the proposal type.</li> <li>'''Division/Residency''' - enter the administrative office level responsible for this contract.</li> <li>'''Designer''' - search for and select the person responsible for the contract’s design.</li> <li>'''Surety''' - search for and select the name of the company that insures the proposal vendor.</li> <li>'''Surety Agent''' - search for and select the contact person at the surety company.</li> <li>'''Stormwater Events Enabled''' – click checkbox if a Stormwater Event is required.</li> <li>'''Contract Work Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the kind of work to be performed.</li> <li>'''Progress Schedule Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the method used to track contract progress.</li> <li>'''Contract Alternate Name 1''' - enter an alternate name for the contract, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Contract Alternate Name 2''' - enter a second alternate name for the contract, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Total Allowable Maximum Subcontract Percent''' - enter the maximum percent of contract work that the agency allows to be subcontracted for non-specialty items.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Spec Book''' - enter a specification book associated with the proposal in addition to the primary spec book.</li> <li>'''Incentive Cap Amount''' - enter the maximum incentive amount that can be paid to contractors for work on the contract.</li> <li>'''Disincentive Cap Amount''' - enter the maximum total amount of disincentives that can be withheld from payment to contractors for work on the contract.</li> </ol> 5. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Stormwater Earth Moving''' - indicates whether the SECIR report for this contract includes an earth moving inspection.</li> <li>'''Original Reference Vendor ID''' - shows the identification number for the original contractor on the contract.</li> <li>'''Original Reference Vendor Name''' - lists the name of the original contractor.</li> <li>'''Original Material Generated User ID''' - indicates a unique identifier regarding each person for materials.</li> <li>'''DWR Agency View Reference Item Associations Imported''' - indicates whether the contract imported associations between DWR agency views and reference items.</li> <li>'''Override Global Payment Estimate Exceptions''' - indicates whether the contract includes overrides to the agency- wide default settings for contractor payment estimate exceptions.</li> <li>'''Override Global Contract Payment Approval Levels''' - indicates whether the contract includes overrides to the agency- wide default settings for contractor payment approval levels.</li> </ol> 6. The following fields can be completed in the Phase Financial Closeout group box: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Review Date''' - enter the date that the project was reviewed.</li> <li>'''Primary Reason for Delay''' - enter the proper reason for delay.</li> <li>'''Construction Comments''' - enter any information about the associated work.</li> <li>'''Engineer Certification Expiration Date''' - enter the date that the engineer certification will expire.</li> <li>'''Final Estimate Projected Date''' - enter the projected final estimate completion date.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Administrative Offices on the Contract== <p style="color:green"><i>The Administrative Offices tab enables you to associate one or more administrative offices with the contract. Staff assigned to the administrative offices selected will be able to see contracts with their roles that are assigned to that office. </i> </p> 1. To add an administrative office, Click the '''Administrative Offices''' tab. 2. Enter the search criteria for an administrative office in the '''Quick Find''' search box. Or, click the '''Select Administrative''' Office button. 3. Click the row for the office to add to the contract. 4. Click the '''Add to Contract''' button. [[File:Contract Administration Picture2.png|center]] 5. Click the expand arrow for the new office row. [[File:Contract Administration Picture3.png|center]] 6. The following fields are available: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Effective Date''' - enter the date the office becomes effective.</li> <li>'''Expiration Date''' - enter the date that approval or effectiveness ends for the office, if appropriate. This does not need to be populated.</li> <li>'''Status''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the status of the office.</li> <li>'''Active''' - should be defaulted to Active and indicates whether the record is active or not, based on the effective and expiration dates and the status field.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. 8. Once saved, depending on which level of contract administrative office is selected, you may need to use range fill to fill in the Effective Date and Status of the higher contract administrative offices. <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>Click the arrow next to the Effective Date label on the contract administrative office that you selected and select All x rows (where x is the number of contract administrative offices).</li> <li>Click the arrow next to the Status label on the contract administrative office that you selected and select All x rows (where x is the number of contract administrative offices).</li> </ol> 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Contract Specific Contract Authority== <p style="color:green"><i>Contract Specific Contract Authority works in conjunction with other security features to give individual users the authority to access and change contract information. The Contract Authority tab contains all the contract authority information that has been recorded for this contract. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |When using InfoTech Mobile Inspector, users must be assigned contract-specific contract authority in order to access contract data and enter DWR information in Mobile Inspector. Assigning All Contract Access or inheriting office-wide contract authority does not provide the user with contract access in Mobile Inspector. |- |} </div> 1. To add contract authority information, Click the '''Contract Authority''' tab. 2. In the '''Contract Specific Contract Authority''' section, Click the '''New''' button. [[File:Contract Administration Picture4.png|center]] 3. The following fields are available: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Person''' - enter the ID of the person for whom you are assigning contract authority.</li> <li>'''Role''' - enter the role of the person for whom you are assigning contract authority.</li> <li>'''Effective Date''' - enter the date the contract authority becomes effective for the person.</li> <li>'''Expiration Date''' - enter the date the contract authority ends for the person.</li> <li>'''Status''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the status for the record.</li> </ol> 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Office-Wide Contract Authority== <p style="color:green"><i>This section contains a list of all the office-wide contract authorities in the system that would include this contract, listed by person. The information in this list is view only and cannot be changed. </i> </p> 1. To view information on the contract authorities, Click the Contract Authority tab. 2. In the '''Office-Wide Contract Authority''' section, click in a row to expand it. [[File:Contract Administration Picture5.png|center]] 3. View the information. '''Managing Contract Items''' The Contract Items component provides information about all the items associated with the contract. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Contract Items== <p style="color:green"><i>The General tab contains an accordion list of all of the awarded vendor's bid prices for the contract items and any items that were added or modified by change orders. </i> </p> 1. To view contract items on the General tab, Navigate to the '''Contract Administration''' component, and select the appropriate contract. 2. Click the '''Items''' quick link. 3. Click the expand arrow for a row to view information about the item. The other tabs, Contract Project Items tab, and Contractor Items tab show the contract item information sorted by project and contractor respectively. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding an Unattached Item to the Contract== <p style="color:green"><i>An unattached item is an item added to the contract after the contract has been executed. Unattached items are included in contract categories and can be tracked on daily work reports but are not recognized as contract items by the system and cannot be included in a contract payment until they are added to the contract through a change order and the change order is approved. </i> </p> 1. To add unattached items to a contract Click the '''General''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Unattached Items''' button. 3. In the '''Item ID''' field, search for and select the Item you want to designate as unattached in the contract. 4. Search for and select the '''Projects''' and '''Categories''' to which to add the unattached item. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Contract Project Items== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Project Items tab provides a view of all the items in the contract, listed by project category. </i> </p> 1. To maintain contract project items, Click the '''Contract Project Items''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow for the project, and for each newly added item. 3. In the '''Contract Project Item Comments''' field, enter comments. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Contractor Items== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contractor Items tab contains an accordion list that includes the prime contractor and all subcontractors associated with the contract, and lists the items assigned to each. For more information, see the Working with Contractor Items section of the AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials™ User’s Guide for Construction. </i> </p> 1. To view contractor items on a contract, Click the '''Contractor Items''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow to view the items for a contractor. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Using Attention Flags on Contract Items== <p style="color:green"><i>Attention flags allow you to place a temporary reminder or comment on a contract item or DWR item. </i> </p> 1. To add an attention flag, Click the '''Items''' link. 2. Click the row '''Actions''' button for the item to which to add an attention flag on the Contract Items > General tab and select the '''Contract Item Attention Flags''' task. 3. Click the '''New''' button (unless blank row already there). 4. In the '''Comments''' field, enter a comment for the flag. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Closing and Archiving a Contract== <p style="color:green"><i>At the end of a contract, the contract can be closed. A closed contract can be reopened if needed. </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>The archival functionality does not remove a contract from the system. Instead, the system updates the contract so it has an Archived status and the Roles within the system can be configured to restrict access to the archived contracts. </i> </p> To archive a contract: 1. From the '''Construction''' component, select the '''Contract Administration''' link. 2. Search for and select the contract to activate. 3. Click the '''Contract ID''' link. 4. In the '''Contract Status''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select '''Finance Closeout'''. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. 573d0098f8ab4fed994acc40ed64ff7be804011b 228 226 2022-03-24T15:58:50Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki =CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION= ==Managing Contracts Information== <p style="color:green"><i>The Additional Information tab allows you to maintain additional information on the contract. </i> </p> 1. Navigate to the '''Contract Administration''' component. 2. Search for and Select the contract ID that you are assigned. 3. Click the '''Additional Information''' tab. [[File:Contract Administration Picture1.png|center]] 4. The following fields are available, depending on your role, some maybe updatable: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Proposal Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the proposal type.</li> <li>'''Division/Residency''' - enter the administrative office level responsible for this contract.</li> <li>'''Designer''' - search for and select the person responsible for the contract’s design.</li> <li>'''Surety''' - search for and select the name of the company that insures the proposal vendor.</li> <li>'''Surety Agent''' - search for and select the contact person at the surety company.</li> <li>'''Stormwater Events Enabled''' – click checkbox if a Stormwater Event is required.</li> <li>'''Contract Work Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the kind of work to be performed.</li> <li>'''Progress Schedule Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the method used to track contract progress.</li> <li>'''Contract Alternate Name 1''' - enter an alternate name for the contract, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Contract Alternate Name 2''' - enter a second alternate name for the contract, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Total Allowable Maximum Subcontract Percent''' - enter the maximum percent of contract work that the agency allows to be subcontracted for non-specialty items.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Spec Book''' - enter a specification book associated with the proposal in addition to the primary spec book.</li> <li>'''Incentive Cap Amount''' - enter the maximum incentive amount that can be paid to contractors for work on the contract.</li> <li>'''Disincentive Cap Amount''' - enter the maximum total amount of disincentives that can be withheld from payment to contractors for work on the contract.</li> </ol> 5. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Stormwater Earth Moving''' - indicates whether the SECIR report for this contract includes an earth moving inspection.</li> <li>'''Original Reference Vendor ID''' - shows the identification number for the original contractor on the contract.</li> <li>'''Original Reference Vendor Name''' - lists the name of the original contractor.</li> <li>'''Original Material Generated User ID''' - indicates a unique identifier regarding each person for materials.</li> <li>'''DWR Agency View Reference Item Associations Imported''' - indicates whether the contract imported associations between DWR agency views and reference items.</li> <li>'''Override Global Payment Estimate Exceptions''' - indicates whether the contract includes overrides to the agency- wide default settings for contractor payment estimate exceptions.</li> <li>'''Override Global Contract Payment Approval Levels''' - indicates whether the contract includes overrides to the agency- wide default settings for contractor payment approval levels.</li> </ol> 6. The following fields can be completed in the Phase Financial Closeout group box: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Review Date''' - enter the date that the project was reviewed.</li> <li>'''Primary Reason for Delay''' - enter the proper reason for delay.</li> <li>'''Construction Comments''' - enter any information about the associated work.</li> <li>'''Engineer Certification Expiration Date''' - enter the date that the engineer certification will expire.</li> <li>'''Final Estimate Projected Date''' - enter the projected final estimate completion date.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Administrative Offices on the Contract== <p style="color:green"><i>The Administrative Offices tab enables you to associate one or more administrative offices with the contract. Staff assigned to the administrative offices selected will be able to see contracts with their roles that are assigned to that office. </i> </p> 1. To add an administrative office, Click the '''Administrative Offices''' tab. 2. Enter the search criteria for an administrative office in the '''Quick Find''' search box. Or, click the '''Select Administrative''' Office button. 3. Click the row for the office to add to the contract. 4. Click the '''Add to Contract''' button. [[File:Contract Administration Picture2.png|center]] 5. Click the expand arrow for the new office row. [[File:Contract Administration Picture3.png|center]] 6. The following fields are available: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Effective Date''' - enter the date the office becomes effective.</li> <li>'''Expiration Date''' - enter the date that approval or effectiveness ends for the office, if appropriate. This does not need to be populated.</li> <li>'''Status''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the status of the office.</li> <li>'''Active''' - should be defaulted to Active and indicates whether the record is active or not, based on the effective and expiration dates and the status field.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. 8. Once saved, depending on which level of contract administrative office is selected, you may need to use range fill to fill in the Effective Date and Status of the higher contract administrative offices. <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>Click the arrow next to the Effective Date label on the contract administrative office that you selected and select All x rows (where x is the number of contract administrative offices).</li> <li>Click the arrow next to the Status label on the contract administrative office that you selected and select All x rows (where x is the number of contract administrative offices).</li> </ol> 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Contract Specific Contract Authority== <p style="color:green"><i>Contract Specific Contract Authority works in conjunction with other security features to give individual users the authority to access and change contract information. The Contract Authority tab contains all the contract authority information that has been recorded for this contract. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |When using InfoTech Mobile Inspector, users must be assigned contract-specific contract authority in order to access contract data and enter DWR information in Mobile Inspector. Assigning All Contract Access or inheriting office-wide contract authority does not provide the user with contract access in Mobile Inspector. |- |} </div> 1. To add contract authority information, Click the '''Contract Authority''' tab. 2. In the '''Contract Specific Contract Authority''' section, Click the '''New''' button. [[File:Contract Administration Picture4.png|center]] 3. The following fields are available: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Person''' - enter the ID of the person for whom you are assigning contract authority.</li> <li>'''Role''' - enter the role of the person for whom you are assigning contract authority.</li> <li>'''Effective Date''' - enter the date the contract authority becomes effective for the person.</li> <li>'''Expiration Date''' - enter the date the contract authority ends for the person.</li> <li>'''Status''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the status for the record.</li> </ol> 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Office-Wide Contract Authority== <p style="color:green"><i>This section contains a list of all the office-wide contract authorities in the system that would include this contract, listed by person. The information in this list is view only and cannot be changed. </i> </p> 1. To view information on the contract authorities, Click the Contract Authority tab. 2. In the '''Office-Wide Contract Authority''' section, click in a row to expand it. [[File:Contract Administration Picture5.png|center]] 3. View the information. '''Managing Contract Items''' The Contract Items component provides information about all the items associated with the contract. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Contract Items== <p style="color:green"><i>The General tab contains an accordion list of all of the awarded vendor's bid prices for the contract items and any items that were added or modified by change orders. </i> </p> 1. To view contract items on the General tab, Navigate to the '''Contract Administration''' component, and select the appropriate contract. 2. Click the '''Items''' quick link. 3. Click the expand arrow for a row to view information about the item. The other tabs, Contract Project Items tab, and Contractor Items tab show the contract item information sorted by project and contractor respectively. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding an Unattached Item to the Contract== <p style="color:green"><i>An unattached item is an item added to the contract after the contract has been executed. Unattached items are included in contract categories and can be tracked on daily work reports but are not recognized as contract items by the system and cannot be included in a contract payment until they are added to the contract through a change order and the change order is approved. </i> </p> 1. To add unattached items to a contract Click the '''General''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Unattached Items''' button. 3. In the '''Item ID''' field, search for and select the Item you want to designate as unattached in the contract. 4. Search for and select the '''Projects''' and '''Categories''' to which to add the unattached item. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Contract Project Items== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Project Items tab provides a view of all the items in the contract, listed by project category. </i> </p> 1. To maintain contract project items, Click the '''Contract Project Items''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow for the project, and for each newly added item. 3. In the '''Contract Project Item Comments''' field, enter comments. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Contractor Items== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contractor Items tab contains an accordion list that includes the prime contractor and all subcontractors associated with the contract, and lists the items assigned to each. For more information, see the Working with Contractor Items section of the AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials™ User’s Guide for Construction. </i> </p> 1. To view contractor items on a contract, Click the '''Contractor Items''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow to view the items for a contractor. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Using Attention Flags on Contract Items== <p style="color:green"><i>Attention flags allow you to place a temporary reminder or comment on a contract item or DWR item. </i> </p> 1. To add an attention flag, Click the '''Items''' link. 2. Click the row '''Actions''' button for the item to which to add an attention flag on the Contract Items > General tab and select the '''Contract Item Attention Flags''' task. 3. Click the '''New''' button (unless blank row already there). 4. In the '''Comments''' field, enter a comment for the flag. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Closing and Archiving a Contract== <p style="color:green"><i>At the end of a contract, the contract can be closed. A closed contract can be reopened if needed. </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>The archival functionality does not remove a contract from the system. Instead, the system updates the contract so it has an Archived status and the Roles within the system can be configured to restrict access to the archived contracts. </i> </p> To archive a contract: 1. From the '''Construction''' component, select the '''Contract Administration''' link. 2. Search for and select the contract to activate. 3. Click the '''Contract ID''' link. 4. In the '''Contract Status''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select '''Finance Closeout'''. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. b2a80a1fc17fb675ac7d2e0c0d56cc70a3271444 0 1 227 130 2022-03-24T15:42:14Z BurnsD 6 /* Recent Minor Changes */ wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||Contract Administration||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |- |} </div> ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] <br> 1-844-4MI-MDOT (1-844-464-6368) </div> aa3ac79f970382571add9ac07c164994462cf0b8 232 227 2022-03-29T20:36:28Z BurnsD 6 /* Recent Minor Changes */ wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles Access and Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |} </div> ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] <br> 1-844-4MI-MDOT (1-844-464-6368) </div> e023daa106a7db080ea9fc637a5710d704c7c269 233 232 2022-03-29T20:37:47Z BurnsD 6 /* Recent Minor Changes */ wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |} </div> ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] <br> 1-844-4MI-MDOT (1-844-464-6368) </div> d75c6b483173fc07c65572c5999492c5fb3454e0 234 233 2022-03-31T12:56:31Z BurnsD 6 /* Recent Minor Changes */ wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] <br> 1-844-4MI-MDOT (1-844-464-6368) </div> 11be856dcdb1e7a1cd5c03c3430094cc37f56223 243 234 2022-04-01T22:27:21Z McGowanR 4 /* Recent Updates */ Updated Recent Change Table wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Added New Page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] <br> 1-844-4MI-MDOT (1-844-464-6368) </div> 7d3c1424299f9553c155863348d82b5eea301ec9 244 243 2022-04-01T22:27:29Z McGowanR 4 /* Recent Updates */ Updated Recent Change Table wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] <br> 1-844-4MI-MDOT (1-844-464-6368) </div> 11be856dcdb1e7a1cd5c03c3430094cc37f56223 245 244 2022-04-01T22:32:17Z McGowanR 4 /* Recent Major Changes */ Updated Recent Change Table wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] <br> 1-844-4MI-MDOT (1-844-464-6368) </div> ff0eaed39ff2a302ec7e672b893d7e1b3927bf1f 246 245 2022-04-13T12:21:45Z McGowanR 4 Added Preamble wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] <br> 1-844-4MI-MDOT (1-844-464-6368) </div> 1dfd9f8b57fa0ed8816c2bed2c76023f4d52e55d 256 246 2022-05-18T12:24:09Z McGowanR 4 Reordered Page wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] <br> 1-844-4MI-MDOT (1-844-464-6368) </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. d44937baf82384abda845625e9c5ae96296114f6 259 256 2022-06-10T14:36:33Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====The Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 1 || #ChangeOrders, #Extras, #NewItems || Sometimes on a draft change order, after adding an item to the change order in the new items area, the system prevents any changes to the item (price, reason, etc.) after the first save and displays an error message. || 5/19/2022 || The project item line number and contract item line number should be 4 digits, the system sometimes leaves off the leading zero ( 530 instead of 0530). Adding a leading zero to the 3 digit numbers and saving solves the problem. || The fields are being configured to add the leading zeros when needed and a call ticket has been created. || Pending || [https://mdotwikiqa.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Creating_Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order Adding New Items to a Contract Change Order] |} ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] <br> 1-844-4MI-MDOT (1-844-464-6368) </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. e1d92716db7dcc1ca99b13a16c4b5041f4c0d9d0 260 259 2022-06-21T15:19:10Z BurnsD 6 /* Support Information */ wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====The Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 1 || #ChangeOrders, #Extras, #NewItems || Sometimes on a draft change order, after adding an item to the change order in the new items area, the system prevents any changes to the item (price, reason, etc.) after the first save and displays an error message. || 5/19/2022 || The project item line number and contract item line number should be 4 digits, the system sometimes leaves off the leading zero ( 530 instead of 0530). Adding a leading zero to the 3 digit numbers and saving solves the problem. || The fields are being configured to add the leading zeros when needed and a call ticket has been created. || Pending || [https://mdotwikiqa.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Creating_Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order Adding New Items to a Contract Change Order] |} ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] <br> </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. a3bf0e01df3946255c23851eda48940d051cfa1c 8 4 229 183 2022-03-29T19:08:47Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles|ACCESS AND ROLES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration|CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports|DAILY WORK REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries|DAILY DIARIES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders|CHANGE ORDERS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Pay_Estimates|PAYMENT ESTIMATES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Running_Reports|RUNNING REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions|GLOBAL ACTIONS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Video_Library|VIDEO LIBRARY *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications|MOBILE APPLICATIONS e0d062ca01d811886b6911b0196f2d214be735e8 235 229 2022-04-01T16:01:10Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles|ACCESS AND ROLES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration|CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports|DAILY WORK REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Materials_Acceptance|MATERIALS ACCEPTANCE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries|DAILY DIARIES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders|CHANGE ORDERS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Pay_Estimates|PAYMENT ESTIMATES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Running_Reports|RUNNING REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions|GLOBAL ACTIONS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Video_Library|VIDEO LIBRARY *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications|MOBILE APPLICATIONS 5e0b6a549715c3ce0b81ec2bbe0c8cbddebf3331 248 235 2022-05-03T12:06:16Z McGowanR 4 Added Link for Special Topics Page wikitext text/x-wiki *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles|ACCESS AND ROLES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration|CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports|DAILY WORK REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Materials_Acceptance|MATERIALS ACCEPTANCE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries|DAILY DIARIES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders|CHANGE ORDERS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Pay_Estimates|PAYMENT ESTIMATES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Running_Reports|RUNNING REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions|GLOBAL ACTIONS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Video_Library|VIDEO LIBRARY *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications|MOBILE APPLICATIONS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Special_Topics|SPECIAL TOPICS fad4bcd7bf50ba3ed8008b5446bc5b39905cd405 257 248 2022-05-18T12:33:30Z McGowanR 4 Provided Link to MDOT's Construction Manual in Menu wikitext text/x-wiki *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles|ACCESS AND ROLES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration|CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports|DAILY WORK REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Materials_Acceptance|MATERIALS ACCEPTANCE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries|DAILY DIARIES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders|CHANGE ORDERS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Pay_Estimates|PAYMENT ESTIMATES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Running_Reports|RUNNING REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions|GLOBAL ACTIONS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Video_Library|VIDEO LIBRARY *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications|MOBILE APPLICATIONS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Special_Topics|SPECIAL TOPICS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page|CONSTRUCTION MANUAL 4d9b0dbfa7903b153481362254c2af2a657b89aa 258 257 2022-05-18T12:48:32Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles|ACCESS AND ROLES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration|CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports|DAILY WORK REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Materials_Acceptance|MATERIALS ACCEPTANCE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries|DAILY DIARIES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders|CHANGE ORDERS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Pay_Estimates|PAYMENT ESTIMATES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Running_Reports|RUNNING REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions|GLOBAL ACTIONS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Video_Library|VIDEO LIBRARY *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications|MOBILE APPLICATIONS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Special_Topics|SPECIAL TOPICS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page|MDOT CONSTRUCTION MANUAL 5539ee8af7a3b21818aaa972ea92b7d0ae482685 0 30 230 88 2022-03-29T20:16:02Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki =AASHTOWare Access and Roles= ==MILogin== <p style="color:green"><i>MILogin is the State of Michigan Identity, Credential and Access Management (MICAM) solution. The MILogin solution provides enhanced single sign-on capabilities in addition to meeting many other business requirements and security and compliance needs.</i> <p style="color:green"><i>Every user of AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials accesses the system through MILogin.</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |To create a MILogin account use the links below, click the Signup button, and follow the on-screen directions. |- |} </div> <p style="color:green"><i>State of Michigan Employees and other users with an “@michigan.gov” email account can access MILogin through the following link: https://miloginworker.michigan.gov/ Consultants, Contractors, Local Agency staff, and other Third-Party users can access MILogin through the following link: https://milogintp.michigan.gov/</i></p> '''Requesting AASHTOWare Access''' #Login to your MILogin account. #Select the '''Request Access''' button in the top banner. [[File:Access and Roles Picture1.png|center]] #Use the search box and enter A'''ASHTOWare Project''' #Select '''AASHTOWare Project''' from the list of applications that appears #Follow any remaining on-screen directions. <p style="color:green"><i>Once your request is approved you will receive a confirmation email.</i> ==User Roles== <p style="color:green"><i>To protect the confidentiality of the information contained inside, the system only displays the information and actions for which a logged-on user has been assigned access rights by means of user roles. User roles combine the permissions needed for several related tasks and allow MDOT to efficiently provide agency and non-agency users with access to the parts of the system they need.</i></p> <p style="color:green"><i>Keep in mind that newly assigned roles do not appear on the Home menu until the next time the user logs on or refreshes the page.</i></p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |User roles are assigned by the help desk. To modify your existing roles please contact the help desk: [mailto:Change?body=http://mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] |- |} </div> ===Available Roles=== <p style="color:green"><i>All users of the system are assigned at least one security role. Some users have multiple roles, but you can only use one role at a time. Therefore, you are always limited to the security access rights of your Active Role. Listed below are the most common User Roles identified for AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials. </i></p> {| class="wikitable" |+ |- ! Role Code !! Role Name |- | INSPECTOR || MDOT or Local Agency or Consultant Inspector |- | MobileInspector || Mobile Inspector Role for the Sync Service |- | MDOT_FINADMIN || MDOT Finance Administrator |- | MDOT_OFFICETECH || MDOT Office Technician |- | MDOT_MATADMIN || MDOT Material Administrator |- | CONTR_CONSTRMATRO || Contractor Construction/Materials Read Only |- | CONTR_CONSTRMATRO_CO || Contractor Construction/Materials Read Only with Change Order Approval |- | LOC_OFFICETECH || Local Office Technician |- | CONSL_OFFICETECH || Consultant Office Technician |- | MDOT_GLOBALRO || MDOT Global Read Only |- | MDOT_PRECONRO || MDOT Preconstruction Read Only |- | MDOT_CONSTRMATRO || MDOT Construction/Materials Read Only |- | LOC_CONSTRMATRO || Local Construction/Materials Read Only |- | CONSL_CONSTRMATRO || Consultant Construction/Materials Read Only |- | MDOT_PROJENGR || MDOT Project Engineer |- | LOC_PROJENGR || Local Project Engineer |- | CONSL_PROJENGR || Consultant Project Engineer |- | MDOT_CONSTRENGR || MDOT Construction Engineer |- | MDOT_MOMAN || MDOT TSC Manager |- | MDOT_AEROENGR || MDOT Aeronautics Engineer |- | MDOT_RAILPROJENGR || MDOT Rail System Project Engineer |- | MDOT_RAILPROJMANEML14 || MDOT Rail Project Manager EML 14 |- | MDOT_RAILMOMANEML15 || MDOT Rail Managing Office Manager EML 15 |- | MBA_CONSTRENGR || Mackinac Bridge Authority Construction Engineer |- | IBA_CONSTRENGR || International Bridge Authority Construction Engineer |- | MDOT_DBEADMIN || MDOT DBE Administrator |- | MDOT_VENDMAINTADMIN || MDOT Vendor Maintenance Administrator |- | FHWA_CONSTRMATRO || Federal Highway Administration |- | MDOT_LOCAGENCYENGR || MDOT Local Agency Engineer |- | MBA_PROJENGR || Bridge Authority Project Engineer |- | FRA_CONSTRMATRO || Federal Railroad Administration |- | MBA_BRIDGEAUTHADMIN || Bridge Authority Administrator |- | IBA_BRIDGECHIEFFINOFFCR || Bridge Authority Chief Financial Officer |- | IBA_BRIDGEGENMAN || Bridge Authority General Manager |- | MDOT_AEROAIRSPONSOR || Airport Sponsor |- | FAA_CONSTRMATRO || FAA Engineer |- | MDOT_AEROOFFICETECH || Aeronautics Office Tech |- | MDOT_REGCONSTRENGR || Region Construction Engineer |- | MDOT_BURFIELDSRVS || Bureau of Field Services |- | MDOT_BURDIRECTOR || Bureau Director |- | MDOT_DIVADMIN || Division Administrator |- | MDOT_RAILSECMAN || Railroad Infrastructure Section Manager |} 34805ba81f6f0cf81dca3b9579670f5e1e99e110 231 230 2022-03-29T20:30:04Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki =AASHTOWare Access and Roles= ==MILogin== <p style="color:green"><i>MILogin is the State of Michigan Identity, Credential and Access Management (MICAM) solution. The MILogin solution provides enhanced single sign-on capabilities in addition to meeting many other business requirements and security and compliance needs.</i> <p style="color:green"><i>Every user of AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials accesses the system through MILogin.</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |To create a MILogin account use the links below, click the Signup button, and follow the on-screen directions. |- |} </div> <p style="color:green"><i>State of Michigan Employees and other users with an “@michigan.gov” email account can access MILogin through the following link: https://miloginworker.michigan.gov/ Consultants, Contractors, Local Agency staff, and other Third-Party users can access MILogin through the following link: https://milogintp.michigan.gov/</i></p> '''Requesting AASHTOWare Access''' #Login to your MILogin account. #Select the '''Request Access''' button in the top banner. [[File:Access and Roles Picture1.png|center]] #Use the search box and enter A'''ASHTOWare Project''' #Select '''AASHTOWare Project''' from the list of applications that appears #Follow any remaining on-screen directions. <p style="color:green"><i>Once your request is approved you will receive a confirmation email.</i> ==User Roles== <p style="color:green"><i>To protect the confidentiality of the information contained inside, the system only displays the information and actions for which a logged-on user has been assigned access rights by means of user roles. User roles combine the permissions needed for several related tasks and allow MDOT to efficiently provide agency and non-agency users with access to the parts of the system they need.</i></p> <p style="color:green"><i>Keep in mind that newly assigned roles do not appear on the Home menu until the next time the user logs on or refreshes the page.</i></p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |User roles are assigned by the help desk. To modify your existing roles please contact the help desk: [mailto:Change?body=http://mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] |- |} </div> ===Available Roles=== <p style="color:green"><i>All users of the system are assigned at least one security role. Some users have multiple roles, but you can only use one role at a time. Therefore, you are always limited to the security access rights of your Active Role. </i></p> '''Below are the abbreviations used in role names.''' {| class="wikitable" |+ |- ! Abbreviation !! Label !! Abbreviation !! Label |- | AERO || Aeronautics || IBA || International Bridge Authority |- | ADMIN || Administrator || INSPR || Inspector |- | AIR || Airport || LOC || Local |- | AUTH || Authority || MAINT || Maintenance |- | BUR || Bureau || MAN || Manager |- | CONSL || Consultant || MAT || Material |- | CONSTR || Construction || MBA || Mackinac Bridge Authority |- | CONTR || Contractor || MO || Managing Office |- | DIV || Division || PROJ || Project |- | ENGR || Engineer || REG || Region |- | FAA || Federal Aviation Administration || RO || Read Only |- | FHWA || Federal Highway Administration || SEC || Section |- | FIN || Financial || TECH || Technician |- | FRA || Federal Railroad Administration || VEND || Vendor |- | GEN || General || || |} '''Listed below are the most common User Roles identified for AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials.''' {| class="wikitable" |+ |- ! Role Code !! Role Name |- | INSPECTOR || MDOT or Local Agency or Consultant Inspector |- | MobileInspector || Mobile Inspector Role for the Sync Service |- | MDOT_FINADMIN || MDOT Finance Administrator |- | MDOT_OFFICETECH || MDOT Office Technician |- | MDOT_MATADMIN || MDOT Material Administrator |- | CONTR_CONSTRMATRO || Contractor Construction/Materials Read Only |- | CONTR_CONSTRMATRO_CO || Contractor Construction/Materials Read Only with Change Order Approval |- | LOC_OFFICETECH || Local Office Technician |- | CONSL_OFFICETECH || Consultant Office Technician |- | MDOT_GLOBALRO || MDOT Global Read Only |- | MDOT_PRECONRO || MDOT Preconstruction Read Only |- | MDOT_CONSTRMATRO || MDOT Construction/Materials Read Only |- | LOC_CONSTRMATRO || Local Construction/Materials Read Only |- | CONSL_CONSTRMATRO || Consultant Construction/Materials Read Only |- | MDOT_PROJENGR || MDOT Project Engineer |- | LOC_PROJENGR || Local Project Engineer |- | CONSL_PROJENGR || Consultant Project Engineer |- | MDOT_CONSTRENGR || MDOT Construction Engineer |- | MDOT_MOMAN || MDOT TSC Manager |- | MDOT_AEROENGR || MDOT Aeronautics Engineer |- | MDOT_RAILPROJENGR || MDOT Rail System Project Engineer |- | MDOT_RAILPROJMANEML14 || MDOT Rail Project Manager EML 14 |- | MDOT_RAILMOMANEML15 || MDOT Rail Managing Office Manager EML 15 |- | MBA_CONSTRENGR || Mackinac Bridge Authority Construction Engineer |- | IBA_CONSTRENGR || International Bridge Authority Construction Engineer |- | MDOT_DBEADMIN || MDOT DBE Administrator |- | MDOT_VENDMAINTADMIN || MDOT Vendor Maintenance Administrator |- | FHWA_CONSTRMATRO || Federal Highway Administration |- | MDOT_LOCAGENCYENGR || MDOT Local Agency Engineer |- | MBA_PROJENGR || Bridge Authority Project Engineer |- | FRA_CONSTRMATRO || Federal Railroad Administration |- | MBA_BRIDGEAUTHADMIN || Bridge Authority Administrator |- | IBA_BRIDGECHIEFFINOFFCR || Bridge Authority Chief Financial Officer |- | IBA_BRIDGEGENMAN || Bridge Authority General Manager |- | MDOT_AEROAIRSPONSOR || Airport Sponsor |- | FAA_CONSTRMATRO || FAA Engineer |- | MDOT_AEROOFFICETECH || Aeronautics Office Tech |- | MDOT_REGCONSTRENGR || Region Construction Engineer |- | MDOT_BURFIELDSRVS || Bureau of Field Services |- | MDOT_BURDIRECTOR || Bureau Director |- | MDOT_DIVADMIN || Division Administrator |- | MDOT_RAILSECMAN || Railroad Infrastructure Section Manager |} 78567c7a5fa64be0784fe17bae259b1ed0072811 6 125 237 2022-04-01T21:39:34Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 126 238 2022-04-01T21:46:13Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 127 247 2022-05-03T12:05:35Z McGowanR 4 Created Special Topics Page wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 255 247 2022-05-04T12:39:12Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki =SPECIAL TOPICS= ==Viewing Person Qualifications in AASHTOWare Construction and Materials== 1. Login to AASHTOWare through MiLogin • There should be a link or a section of the home screen that list labeled Person Qualifications or Person Qualifications Overview. Click or navigate to this section of the system. [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture1.png|center]] • Search Name. Click last name to open qualifications. o Note: Searching by last name is a best business practice. Also be sure to check first names. Some first names may be variations of the persons given name (i.e., Matt or Matty instead of Matthew). 2. View Qualifications [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture2.png|center]] • Navigate tabs on left to review qualifications. o Note: the majority of qualifications have been loaded to the Tester Tab. • Click on the chevron (>) on the right expand the record to view more details. [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture3.png|center]] 3. You can also run a report from this location of all the qualifications the person has. To Run a report to view all qualifications: • Use the component action menu and select the report called Certs and Qualifications by Person [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture4.png|center]] [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture5.png|center]] • Click Execute on the right hand of the next page • Open the excel file to view all qualifications [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture6.png|center]] a69c6a5b275bae21536cc52c784d40ea7cc8e245 6 128 249 2022-05-03T12:18:07Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 129 250 2022-05-03T12:18:20Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 130 251 2022-05-03T12:18:44Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 131 252 2022-05-03T12:19:22Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 132 253 2022-05-03T12:19:41Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 133 254 2022-05-03T12:19:53Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 1 261 260 2022-07-14T12:10:06Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====The 5 Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 1 || #ChangeOrders, #Extras, #NewItems || Sometimes on a draft change order, after adding an item to the change order in the new items area, the system prevents any changes to the item (price, reason, etc.) after the first save and displays an error message. || 5/19/2022 || The project item line number and contract item line number should be 4 digits, the system sometimes leaves off the leading zero ( 530 instead of 0530). Adding a leading zero to the 3 digit numbers and saving solves the problem. || The fields are being configured to add the leading zeros when needed and a call ticket has been created. || Pending || [https://mdotwikiqa.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Creating_Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order Adding New Items to a Contract Change Order] |- |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwikiqa.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] <br> 1-844-4MI-MDOT (1-844-464-6368) </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. 06c668b032f893dd3715f926a7ac96ab5dfeab58 262 261 2022-07-14T12:12:18Z McGowanR 4 /* The 5 Most Recent Identified Known Issues */ wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 1 || #ChangeOrders, #Extras, #NewItems || Sometimes on a draft change order, after adding an item to the change order in the new items area, the system prevents any changes to the item (price, reason, etc.) after the first save and displays an error message. || 5/19/2022 || The project item line number and contract item line number should be 4 digits, the system sometimes leaves off the leading zero ( 530 instead of 0530). Adding a leading zero to the 3 digit numbers and saving solves the problem. || The fields are being configured to add the leading zeros when needed and a call ticket has been created. || Pending || [https://mdotwikiqa.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Creating_Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order Adding New Items to a Contract Change Order] |- |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwikiqa.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] <br> 1-844-4MI-MDOT (1-844-464-6368) </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. dcb5f8b694bd0dca1feb135a071d82b97dfdd097 263 262 2022-08-25T20:37:53Z BurnsD 6 /* Support Information */ wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 1 || #ChangeOrders, #Extras, #NewItems || Sometimes on a draft change order, after adding an item to the change order in the new items area, the system prevents any changes to the item (price, reason, etc.) after the first save and displays an error message. || 5/19/2022 || The project item line number and contract item line number should be 4 digits, the system sometimes leaves off the leading zero ( 530 instead of 0530). Adding a leading zero to the 3 digit numbers and saving solves the problem. || The fields are being configured to add the leading zeros when needed and a call ticket has been created. || Pending || [https://mdotwikiqa.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Creating_Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order Adding New Items to a Contract Change Order] |- |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwikiqa.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. e17901c8a351b7cdef1d4e88208e431fc4954705 265 263 2022-09-26T14:50:52Z McGowanR 4 /* Most Recent Identified Known Issues */ wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 1 || Change Orders, Extras, New Items || Sometimes on a draft change order, after adding an item to the change order in the new items area, the system prevents any changes to the item (price, reason, etc.) after the first save and displays an error message. || 5/19/2022 || The project item line number and contract item line number should be 4 digits, the system sometimes leaves off the leading zero ( 530 instead of 0530). Adding a leading zero to the 3 digit numbers and saving solves the problem. || The fields are being configured to add the leading zeros when needed and a call ticket has been created. || Closed || [https://mdotwikiqa.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Creating_Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order Adding New Items to a Contract Change Order] |- | 2 || System Wide || When copying and pasting data into fields from Microsoft Word documents, certain text chacaracters do not display correctly after saving. They appear as the inverted question mark, "¿" || 6/9/2022 || N/A || User needs to update Microsoft Word settings || Closed || |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || Office Technicians are advised to override the insufficent material exceptions as needed to prevent improper payment. || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | # || || || || || || || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwikiqa.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. 95ebfa237f07f75eb7744a34e4832b4c865436d7 266 265 2022-09-26T14:52:33Z McGowanR 4 /* Tracked Issues Complete List */ wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 1 || Change Orders, Extras, New Items || Sometimes on a draft change order, after adding an item to the change order in the new items area, the system prevents any changes to the item (price, reason, etc.) after the first save and displays an error message. || 5/19/2022 || The project item line number and contract item line number should be 4 digits, the system sometimes leaves off the leading zero ( 530 instead of 0530). Adding a leading zero to the 3 digit numbers and saving solves the problem. || The fields are being configured to add the leading zeros when needed and a call ticket has been created. || Closed || [https://mdotwikiqa.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Creating_Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order Adding New Items to a Contract Change Order] |- | 2 || System Wide || When copying and pasting data into fields from Microsoft Word documents, certain text chacaracters do not display correctly after saving. They appear as the inverted question mark, "¿" || 6/9/2022 || N/A || User needs to update Microsoft Word settings || Closed || |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || Office Technicians are advised to override the insufficent material exceptions as needed to prevent improper payment. || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | # || || || || || || || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. a3af153830899984bdae6049036a0273bb5abaf3 274 266 2022-09-26T15:12:15Z McGowanR 4 /* Most Recent Identified Known Issues */ wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 1 || Change Orders, Extras, New Items || Sometimes on a draft change order, after adding an item to the change order in the new items area, the system prevents any changes to the item (price, reason, etc.) after the first save and displays an error message. || 5/19/2022 || The project item line number and contract item line number should be 4 digits, the system sometimes leaves off the leading zero ( 530 instead of 0530). Adding a leading zero to the 3 digit numbers and saving solves the problem. || The fields are being configured to add the leading zeros when needed and a call ticket has been created. || Closed || [https://mdotwikiqa.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Creating_Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order Adding New Items to a Contract Change Order] |- | 2 || System Wide || When copying and pasting data into fields from Microsoft Word documents, certain text chacaracters do not display correctly after saving. They appear as the inverted question mark, "¿" || 6/9/2022 || N/A || User needs to update Microsoft Word settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Word_Settings Updating Microsoft Word Settings] |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || Office Technicians are advised to override the insufficent material exceptions as needed to prevent improper payment. || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | # || || || || || || || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. 667c61a23907583d9d85bd8183e2bff2524902ed 280 274 2022-09-26T15:35:27Z McGowanR 4 /* Most Recent Identified Known Issues */ Added Link to Special Topic Page Reference wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 1 || Change Orders, Extras, New Items || Sometimes on a draft change order, after adding an item to the change order in the new items area, the system prevents any changes to the item (price, reason, etc.) after the first save and displays an error message. || 5/19/2022 || The project item line number and contract item line number should be 4 digits, the system sometimes leaves off the leading zero ( 530 instead of 0530). Adding a leading zero to the 3 digit numbers and saving solves the problem. || The fields are being configured to add the leading zeros when needed and a call ticket has been created. || Closed || [https://mdotwikiqa.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Creating_Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order Adding New Items to a Contract Change Order] |- | 2 || System Wide || When copying and pasting data into fields from Microsoft Word documents, certain text chacaracters do not display correctly after saving. They appear as the inverted question mark, "¿" || 6/9/2022 || N/A || User needs to update Microsoft Word settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Word_Settings Updating Microsoft Word Settings] |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || Office Technicians are advised to override the insufficent material exceptions as needed to prevent improper payment. || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | # || || || || || || || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. 49818ce9587220aa62cc86e34413762b8923cd29 287 280 2022-09-29T17:52:22Z BurnsD 6 /* Recent Minor Changes */ wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |- |<center>09/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]|| Minor updates to clarify use of New Items tab for a change order.|| Changed title of Contract Items section and added explanation note to adding new items. |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 1 || Change Orders, Extras, New Items || Sometimes on a draft change order, after adding an item to the change order in the new items area, the system prevents any changes to the item (price, reason, etc.) after the first save and displays an error message. || 5/19/2022 || The project item line number and contract item line number should be 4 digits, the system sometimes leaves off the leading zero ( 530 instead of 0530). Adding a leading zero to the 3 digit numbers and saving solves the problem. || The fields are being configured to add the leading zeros when needed and a call ticket has been created. || Closed || [https://mdotwikiqa.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Creating_Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order Adding New Items to a Contract Change Order] |- | 2 || System Wide || When copying and pasting data into fields from Microsoft Word documents, certain text chacaracters do not display correctly after saving. They appear as the inverted question mark, "¿" || 6/9/2022 || N/A || User needs to update Microsoft Word settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Word_Settings Updating Microsoft Word Settings] |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || Office Technicians are advised to override the insufficent material exceptions as needed to prevent improper payment. || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | # || || || || || || || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. 17716a94be53cbba70c0721d46ab4e0a367a96a3 288 287 2022-09-29T17:57:40Z BurnsD 6 /* Recent Minor Changes */ wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>09/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]|| Minor updates to clarify use of New Items tab for a change order.|| Changed title of Contract Items section and added explanation note to adding new items. |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 1 || Change Orders, Extras, New Items || Sometimes on a draft change order, after adding an item to the change order in the new items area, the system prevents any changes to the item (price, reason, etc.) after the first save and displays an error message. || 5/19/2022 || The project item line number and contract item line number should be 4 digits, the system sometimes leaves off the leading zero ( 530 instead of 0530). Adding a leading zero to the 3 digit numbers and saving solves the problem. || The fields are being configured to add the leading zeros when needed and a call ticket has been created. || Closed || [https://mdotwikiqa.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Creating_Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order Adding New Items to a Contract Change Order] |- | 2 || System Wide || When copying and pasting data into fields from Microsoft Word documents, certain text chacaracters do not display correctly after saving. They appear as the inverted question mark, "¿" || 6/9/2022 || N/A || User needs to update Microsoft Word settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Word_Settings Updating Microsoft Word Settings] |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || Office Technicians are advised to override the insufficent material exceptions as needed to prevent improper payment. || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | # || || || || || || || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. b5de090f566e0f24273386fe31229ddff8966f31 290 288 2022-11-02T18:49:37Z McGowanR 4 /* Most Recent Identified Known Issues */ Updeated Recent Known issue list wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>09/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]|| Minor updates to clarify use of New Items tab for a change order.|| Changed title of Contract Items section and added explanation note to adding new items. |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 1 || Change Orders, Extras, New Items || Sometimes on a draft change order, after adding an item to the change order in the new items area, the system prevents any changes to the item (price, reason, etc.) after the first save and displays an error message. || 5/19/2022 || The project item line number and contract item line number should be 4 digits, the system sometimes leaves off the leading zero ( 530 instead of 0530). Adding a leading zero to the 3 digit numbers and saving solves the problem. || The fields are being configured to add the leading zeros when needed and a call ticket has been created. || Closed || [https://mdotwikiqa.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Creating_Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order Adding New Items to a Contract Change Order] |- | 2 || System Wide || When copying and pasting data into fields from Microsoft Word documents, certain text chacaracters do not display correctly after saving. They appear as the inverted question mark, "¿" || 6/9/2022 || N/A || User needs to update Microsoft Word settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Word_Settings Updating Microsoft Word Settings] |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || Office Technicians are advised to override the insufficent material exceptions as needed to prevent improper payment. || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | 5 || Payments, $0 priced items || $0 priced items can cause the create payment estimate process to stop when a $0 priced item has any type of payment estimate exception that causes a payment item adjustment (insufficient material, overrun, etc.). || 11/2/2022 || Office Technicians are encouraged to process all material approvals and change orders prior to creating estimates. A DWR temporarily backing out the posting of the $0 priced item, with a negative posting, can temporarily allow estimates to be created until the proper material approvals and change orders for the $0 priced items can be processed. Once material approvals and change orders are processed to avoid payment exceptions, a followup DWR can be made to restore the original item posting. || TBD || Pending || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. 95493a8693713f1795e27a46f6114ce0f9a28a9c 293 290 2023-01-09T23:09:59Z McGowanR 4 /* Recent Minor Changes */ Provided content related to Syncing Contracts with Mobile Inspector wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>01/09/2023</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Mobile_Applications Mobile Applications]||Provided content related to Syncing Contracts with Mobile Inspector||Next section added [[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Syncing_Contracts_with_Mobile_Inspector: here]] |- |<center>09/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]|| Minor updates to clarify use of New Items tab for a change order.|| Changed title of Contract Items section and added explanation note to adding new items. |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 1 || Change Orders, Extras, New Items || Sometimes on a draft change order, after adding an item to the change order in the new items area, the system prevents any changes to the item (price, reason, etc.) after the first save and displays an error message. || 5/19/2022 || The project item line number and contract item line number should be 4 digits, the system sometimes leaves off the leading zero ( 530 instead of 0530). Adding a leading zero to the 3 digit numbers and saving solves the problem. || The fields are being configured to add the leading zeros when needed and a call ticket has been created. || Closed || [https://mdotwikiqa.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Creating_Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order Adding New Items to a Contract Change Order] |- | 2 || System Wide || When copying and pasting data into fields from Microsoft Word documents, certain text chacaracters do not display correctly after saving. They appear as the inverted question mark, "¿" || 6/9/2022 || N/A || User needs to update Microsoft Word settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Word_Settings Updating Microsoft Word Settings] |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || Office Technicians are advised to override the insufficent material exceptions as needed to prevent improper payment. || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | 5 || Payments, $0 priced items || $0 priced items can cause the create payment estimate process to stop when a $0 priced item has any type of payment estimate exception that causes a payment item adjustment (insufficient material, overrun, etc.). || 11/2/2022 || Office Technicians are encouraged to process all material approvals and change orders prior to creating estimates. A DWR temporarily backing out the posting of the $0 priced item, with a negative posting, can temporarily allow estimates to be created until the proper material approvals and change orders for the $0 priced items can be processed. Once material approvals and change orders are processed to avoid payment exceptions, a followup DWR can be made to restore the original item posting. || TBD || Pending || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. c8b29a8c80ec690bf8f46f901a00c9f25aff55af 294 293 2023-03-15T13:18:30Z BurnsD 6 /* Tracked Known Issues */ wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>01/09/2023</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Mobile_Applications Mobile Applications]||Provided content related to Syncing Contracts with Mobile Inspector||Next section added [[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Syncing_Contracts_with_Mobile_Inspector: here]] |- |<center>09/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]|| Minor updates to clarify use of New Items tab for a change order.|| Changed title of Contract Items section and added explanation note to adding new items. |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || Office Technicians are advised to override the insufficent material exceptions as needed to prevent improper payment. || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | 5 || Payments, $0 priced items || $0 priced items can cause the create payment estimate process to stop when a $0 priced item has any type of payment estimate exception that causes a payment item adjustment (insufficient material, overrun, etc.). || 11/2/2022 || Office Technicians are encouraged to process all material approvals and change orders prior to creating estimates. A DWR temporarily backing out the posting of the $0 priced item, with a negative posting, can temporarily allow estimates to be created until the proper material approvals and change orders for the $0 priced items can be processed. Once material approvals and change orders are processed to avoid payment exceptions, a followup DWR can be made to restore the original item posting. || TBD || Pending || |- | 6 || DWR, Item Quantities || On a DWR, an error is being returned when trying to post item quantities to the third decimal place. (example: 0.123) || 3/15/2023 || N/A || An emergency ticket has been submitted to DTMB to allow three decimal places for postings. || Pending || |- | 7 || Subcontracts, Approval Dates, DWR, Item Quantities || The 4.8 upgrade process appears to have caused data loss of the already entered approval dates for subcontracts. This is preventing the posting of quantities to subcontractors. || 3/15/2023 || The approval date can be manually re-entered to allow postings. || An emergency Ticket has been submitted to DTMB to restore the missing data. || Pending || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. ef1e00709adae3289a38f6822012d527d1c0059e 305 294 2024-01-08T19:28:47Z McGowanR 4 /* Recent Minor Changes */ Updated Minor Change table to reflect changes made to "Closing and Archiving a Contract" wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>01/08/2024</center>|| [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]|| Updated steps for Closing and Archiving a Contract.||[[Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=304&oldid=228|See what changed here.]] |- |<center>01/09/2023</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Mobile_Applications Mobile Applications]||Provided content related to Syncing Contracts with Mobile Inspector||Next section added [[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Syncing_Contracts_with_Mobile_Inspector: here]] |- |<center>09/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Minor updates to clarify use of New Items tab for a change order.|| Changed title of Contract Items section and added explanation note to adding new items. |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || Office Technicians are advised to override the insufficent material exceptions as needed to prevent improper payment. || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | 5 || Payments, $0 priced items || $0 priced items can cause the create payment estimate process to stop when a $0 priced item has any type of payment estimate exception that causes a payment item adjustment (insufficient material, overrun, etc.). || 11/2/2022 || Office Technicians are encouraged to process all material approvals and change orders prior to creating estimates. A DWR temporarily backing out the posting of the $0 priced item, with a negative posting, can temporarily allow estimates to be created until the proper material approvals and change orders for the $0 priced items can be processed. Once material approvals and change orders are processed to avoid payment exceptions, a followup DWR can be made to restore the original item posting. || TBD || Pending || |- | 6 || DWR, Item Quantities || On a DWR, an error is being returned when trying to post item quantities to the third decimal place. (example: 0.123) || 3/15/2023 || N/A || An emergency ticket has been submitted to DTMB to allow three decimal places for postings. || Pending || |- | 7 || Subcontracts, Approval Dates, DWR, Item Quantities || The 4.8 upgrade process appears to have caused data loss of the already entered approval dates for subcontracts. This is preventing the posting of quantities to subcontractors. || 3/15/2023 || The approval date can be manually re-entered to allow postings. || An emergency Ticket has been submitted to DTMB to restore the missing data. || Pending || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. 359ce46ace103b125b346a6d8e16d00998b000f7 306 305 2024-01-08T19:32:14Z McGowanR 4 /* Recent Minor Changes */ wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|150px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>01/08/2024</center>|| [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]|| Updated steps for Closing and Archiving a Contract.||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=304&oldid=228 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/09/2023</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Mobile_Applications Mobile Applications]||Provided content related to Syncing Contracts with Mobile Inspector||Next section added [[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Syncing_Contracts_with_Mobile_Inspector: here]] |- |<center>09/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Minor updates to clarify use of New Items tab for a change order.|| Changed title of Contract Items section and added explanation note to adding new items. |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || Office Technicians are advised to override the insufficent material exceptions as needed to prevent improper payment. || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | 5 || Payments, $0 priced items || $0 priced items can cause the create payment estimate process to stop when a $0 priced item has any type of payment estimate exception that causes a payment item adjustment (insufficient material, overrun, etc.). || 11/2/2022 || Office Technicians are encouraged to process all material approvals and change orders prior to creating estimates. A DWR temporarily backing out the posting of the $0 priced item, with a negative posting, can temporarily allow estimates to be created until the proper material approvals and change orders for the $0 priced items can be processed. Once material approvals and change orders are processed to avoid payment exceptions, a followup DWR can be made to restore the original item posting. || TBD || Pending || |- | 6 || DWR, Item Quantities || On a DWR, an error is being returned when trying to post item quantities to the third decimal place. (example: 0.123) || 3/15/2023 || N/A || An emergency ticket has been submitted to DTMB to allow three decimal places for postings. || Pending || |- | 7 || Subcontracts, Approval Dates, DWR, Item Quantities || The 4.8 upgrade process appears to have caused data loss of the already entered approval dates for subcontracts. This is preventing the posting of quantities to subcontractors. || 3/15/2023 || The approval date can be manually re-entered to allow postings. || An emergency Ticket has been submitted to DTMB to restore the missing data. || Pending || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. d1ec44925acf6732b25efb485078c28bc05f5695 308 306 2024-01-29T16:20:01Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|250px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>01/08/2024</center>|| [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]|| Updated steps for Closing and Archiving a Contract.||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=304&oldid=228 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/09/2023</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Mobile_Applications Mobile Applications]||Provided content related to Syncing Contracts with Mobile Inspector||Next section added [[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Syncing_Contracts_with_Mobile_Inspector: here]] |- |<center>09/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Minor updates to clarify use of New Items tab for a change order.|| Changed title of Contract Items section and added explanation note to adding new items. |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || Office Technicians are advised to override the insufficent material exceptions as needed to prevent improper payment. || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | 5 || Payments, $0 priced items || $0 priced items can cause the create payment estimate process to stop when a $0 priced item has any type of payment estimate exception that causes a payment item adjustment (insufficient material, overrun, etc.). || 11/2/2022 || Office Technicians are encouraged to process all material approvals and change orders prior to creating estimates. A DWR temporarily backing out the posting of the $0 priced item, with a negative posting, can temporarily allow estimates to be created until the proper material approvals and change orders for the $0 priced items can be processed. Once material approvals and change orders are processed to avoid payment exceptions, a followup DWR can be made to restore the original item posting. || TBD || Pending || |- | 6 || DWR, Item Quantities || On a DWR, an error is being returned when trying to post item quantities to the third decimal place. (example: 0.123) || 3/15/2023 || N/A || An emergency ticket has been submitted to DTMB to allow three decimal places for postings. || Pending || |- | 7 || Subcontracts, Approval Dates, DWR, Item Quantities || The 4.8 upgrade process appears to have caused data loss of the already entered approval dates for subcontracts. This is preventing the posting of quantities to subcontractors. || 3/15/2023 || The approval date can be manually re-entered to allow postings. || An emergency Ticket has been submitted to DTMB to restore the missing data. || Pending || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. 4bd6483e89730ec68bdf9b0006ed218141f0559a 310 308 2024-01-30T15:50:55Z McGowanR 4 /* Recent Minor Changes */Updated Recent Minor Change table to indicate the addition of new content to the Contract Administration page titled "Transferring Contracts Between Offices" wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|250px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>01/30/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration Contract Administration]|| Created section related to [[Contract_Administration#Transferring_Contracts_Between_Offices|Transferring Contracts Between Offices]]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=309&oldid=304 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/08/2024</center>|| [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]|| Updated steps for Closing and Archiving a Contract.||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=304&oldid=228 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/09/2023</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Mobile_Applications Mobile Applications]||Provided content related to Syncing Contracts with Mobile Inspector||Next section added [[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Syncing_Contracts_with_Mobile_Inspector: here]] |- |<center>09/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Minor updates to clarify use of New Items tab for a change order.|| Changed title of Contract Items section and added explanation note to adding new items. |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || Office Technicians are advised to override the insufficent material exceptions as needed to prevent improper payment. || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | 5 || Payments, $0 priced items || $0 priced items can cause the create payment estimate process to stop when a $0 priced item has any type of payment estimate exception that causes a payment item adjustment (insufficient material, overrun, etc.). || 11/2/2022 || Office Technicians are encouraged to process all material approvals and change orders prior to creating estimates. A DWR temporarily backing out the posting of the $0 priced item, with a negative posting, can temporarily allow estimates to be created until the proper material approvals and change orders for the $0 priced items can be processed. Once material approvals and change orders are processed to avoid payment exceptions, a followup DWR can be made to restore the original item posting. || TBD || Pending || |- | 6 || DWR, Item Quantities || On a DWR, an error is being returned when trying to post item quantities to the third decimal place. (example: 0.123) || 3/15/2023 || N/A || An emergency ticket has been submitted to DTMB to allow three decimal places for postings. || Pending || |- | 7 || Subcontracts, Approval Dates, DWR, Item Quantities || The 4.8 upgrade process appears to have caused data loss of the already entered approval dates for subcontracts. This is preventing the posting of quantities to subcontractors. || 3/15/2023 || The approval date can be manually re-entered to allow postings. || An emergency Ticket has been submitted to DTMB to restore the missing data. || Pending || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. eaac8badcba2baa41102a4e7adb5b4d229f5ec67 0 134 264 2022-09-26T14:48:20Z McGowanR 4 Updated New Known Issue List Page wikitext text/x-wiki {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 1 || Change Orders, Extras, New Items || Sometimes on a draft change order, after adding an item to the change order in the new items area, the system prevents any changes to the item (price, reason, etc.) after the first save and displays an error message. || 5/19/2022 || The project item line number and contract item line number should be 4 digits, the system sometimes leaves off the leading zero ( 530 instead of 0530). Adding a leading zero to the 3 digit numbers and saving solves the problem. || The fields are being configured to add the leading zeros when needed and a call ticket has been created. || Closed || [https://mdotwikiqa.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Creating_Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order Adding New Items to a Contract Change Order] |- | 2 || System Wide || When copying and pasting data into fields from Microsoft Word documents, certain text chacaracters do not display correctly after saving. They appear as the inverted question mark, "¿" || 6/9/2022 || N/A || User needs to update Microsoft Word settings || Closed || |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || Office Technicians are advised to override the insufficent material exceptions as needed to prevent improper payment. || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | # || || || || || || || |} 85b832819a05e94f3f711a27377db95e62b088f6 273 264 2022-09-26T15:11:30Z McGowanR 4 Added Link for Special Topics_Updating Microsoft Word Settings wikitext text/x-wiki {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 1 || Change Orders, Extras, New Items || Sometimes on a draft change order, after adding an item to the change order in the new items area, the system prevents any changes to the item (price, reason, etc.) after the first save and displays an error message. || 5/19/2022 || The project item line number and contract item line number should be 4 digits, the system sometimes leaves off the leading zero ( 530 instead of 0530). Adding a leading zero to the 3 digit numbers and saving solves the problem. || The fields are being configured to add the leading zeros when needed and a call ticket has been created. || Closed || [https://mdotwikiqa.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Creating_Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order Adding New Items to a Contract Change Order] |- | 2 || System Wide || When copying and pasting data into fields from Microsoft Word documents, certain text chacaracters do not display correctly after saving. They appear as the inverted question mark, "¿" || 6/9/2022 || N/A || User needs to update Microsoft Word settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Word_Settings Updating Microsoft Word Settings] |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || Office Technicians are advised to override the insufficent material exceptions as needed to prevent improper payment. || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | # || || || || || || || |} 5809133f76fbfec868fc101b5b27601baf11f431 281 273 2022-09-26T15:36:41Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 1 || Change Orders, Extras, New Items || Sometimes on a draft change order, after adding an item to the change order in the new items area, the system prevents any changes to the item (price, reason, etc.) after the first save and displays an error message. || 5/19/2022 || The project item line number and contract item line number should be 4 digits, the system sometimes leaves off the leading zero ( 530 instead of 0530). Adding a leading zero to the 3 digit numbers and saving solves the problem. || The fields are being configured to add the leading zeros when needed and a call ticket has been created. || Closed || [https://mdotwikiqa.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Creating_Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order Adding New Items to a Contract Change Order] |- | 2 || System Wide || When copying and pasting data into fields from Microsoft Word documents, certain text chacaracters do not display correctly after saving. They appear as the inverted question mark, "¿" || 6/9/2022 || N/A || User needs to update Microsoft Word settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Word_Settings Updating Microsoft Word Settings] |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || Office Technicians are advised to override the insufficent material exceptions as needed to prevent improper payment. || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | # || || || || || || || |} 5bfcfc504a153841766df05592eed4ffb50c9535 289 281 2022-11-02T18:48:50Z McGowanR 4 New Issue (#5) wikitext text/x-wiki {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 1 || Change Orders, Extras, New Items || Sometimes on a draft change order, after adding an item to the change order in the new items area, the system prevents any changes to the item (price, reason, etc.) after the first save and displays an error message. || 5/19/2022 || The project item line number and contract item line number should be 4 digits, the system sometimes leaves off the leading zero ( 530 instead of 0530). Adding a leading zero to the 3 digit numbers and saving solves the problem. || The fields are being configured to add the leading zeros when needed and a call ticket has been created. || Closed || [https://mdotwikiqa.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Creating_Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order Adding New Items to a Contract Change Order] |- | 2 || System Wide || When copying and pasting data into fields from Microsoft Word documents, certain text chacaracters do not display correctly after saving. They appear as the inverted question mark, "¿" || 6/9/2022 || N/A || User needs to update Microsoft Word settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Word_Settings Updating Microsoft Word Settings] |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || Office Technicians are advised to override the insufficent material exceptions as needed to prevent improper payment. || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | 5 || Payments, $0 priced items || $0 priced items can cause the create payment estimate process to stop when a $0 priced item has any type of payment estimate exception that causes a payment item adjustment (insufficient material, overrun, etc.). || 11/2/2022 || Office Technicians are encouraged to process all material approvals and change orders prior to creating estimates. A DWR temporarily backing out the posting of the $0 priced item, with a negative posting, can temporarily allow estimates to be created until the proper material approvals and change orders for the $0 priced items can be processed. Once material approvals and change orders are processed to avoid payment exceptions, a followup DWR can be made to restore the original item posting. || TBD || Pending || |} 71ab078d6f0ef8618e996f34da7583df9c6b309f 295 289 2023-03-15T13:19:46Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 1 || Change Orders, Extras, New Items || Sometimes on a draft change order, after adding an item to the change order in the new items area, the system prevents any changes to the item (price, reason, etc.) after the first save and displays an error message. || 5/19/2022 || The project item line number and contract item line number should be 4 digits, the system sometimes leaves off the leading zero ( 530 instead of 0530). Adding a leading zero to the 3 digit numbers and saving solves the problem. || The fields are being configured to add the leading zeros when needed and a call ticket has been created. || Closed || [https://mdotwikiqa.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Creating_Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order Adding New Items to a Contract Change Order] |- | 2 || System Wide || When copying and pasting data into fields from Microsoft Word documents, certain text chacaracters do not display correctly after saving. They appear as the inverted question mark, "¿" || 6/9/2022 || N/A || User needs to update Microsoft Word settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Word_Settings Updating Microsoft Word Settings] |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || Office Technicians are advised to override the insufficent material exceptions as needed to prevent improper payment. || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | 5 || Payments, $0 priced items || $0 priced items can cause the create payment estimate process to stop when a $0 priced item has any type of payment estimate exception that causes a payment item adjustment (insufficient material, overrun, etc.). || 11/2/2022 || Office Technicians are encouraged to process all material approvals and change orders prior to creating estimates. A DWR temporarily backing out the posting of the $0 priced item, with a negative posting, can temporarily allow estimates to be created until the proper material approvals and change orders for the $0 priced items can be processed. Once material approvals and change orders are processed to avoid payment exceptions, a followup DWR can be made to restore the original item posting. || TBD || Pending || |- | 6 || DWR, Item Quantities || On a DWR, an error is being returned when trying to post item quantities to the third decimal place. (example: 0.123) || 3/15/2023 || N/A || An emergency ticket has been submitted to DTMB to allow three decimal places for postings. || Pending || |- | 7 || Subcontracts, Approval Dates, DWR, Item Quantities || The 4.8 upgrade process appears to have caused data loss of the already entered approval dates for subcontracts. This is preventing the posting of quantities to subcontractors. || 3/15/2023 || The approval date can be manually re-entered to allow postings. || An emergency Ticket has been submitted to DTMB to restore the missing data. || Pending || |} 99a0d5f940c931be1829ca3782a332dc5a402832 6 135 267 2022-09-26T15:05:10Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 136 268 2022-09-26T15:05:25Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 137 269 2022-09-26T15:05:39Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 138 270 2022-09-26T15:05:50Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 139 271 2022-09-26T15:06:00Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 140 272 2022-09-26T15:08:43Z McGowanR 4 Added Special Topics Page item_ Creating Updating Microsoft Word Settings wikitext text/x-wiki =Updating Microsoft Word Settings= When copying a Word Document into AASHTOWare Project to avoid reverse and upside down characters. User's will need to update a few settings in Microsoft Word. Please follow the steps as outlined below, prior to copying from Word into AASHTOWare Project. 1. From the Home Screen, Go to Options [[File:Updating Microsoft Word Settings Picture1.png|center]] 2. Select Proofing [[File:Updating Microsoft Word Settings Picture2.png|center]] 3. Select Auto Format [[File:Updating Microsoft Word Settings Picture3.png|center]] 4. Click to un check the two boxes indicated. [[File:Updating Microsoft Word Settings Picture4.png|center]] 5. Select Auto Format as You Type and uncheck the two boxes indicated. After completing this final steps you will prevent the issues related to copy and pasting from Word into AP-CM. [[File:Updating Microsoft Word Settings Picture5.png|center]] 4c0534de0e7a371f8d3baa2c2a1868e51472e42e 6 141 275 2022-09-26T15:24:42Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 142 276 2022-09-26T15:24:53Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 143 277 2022-09-26T15:25:11Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 144 278 2022-09-26T15:25:21Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 145 279 2022-09-26T15:30:02Z McGowanR 4 Added Special Topics Page Item_Creating Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports wikitext text/x-wiki =Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports= When running a report in AASHTOWare Project that outputs in a Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download, and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error. [[File:Creating Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports Picture1.png|center]] <br> <br> <br> <br> [[File:Creating Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports Picture2.png|center]] Follow these steps to update your Microsoft Edge settings: 1. Click on the three dot menu in the upper right part of Microsoft Edge and select Settings [[File:Creating Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports Picture3.png|center]] 2. Search for "Office" and turn off the setting "Open Office files in the browser." [[File:Creating Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports Picture4.png|center]] ee223cbdba6cbf32b10d73cbf71685fe70953bdb 0 146 282 2022-09-26T15:46:49Z McGowanR 4 Created Special Topics Page_Viewing Person Qualifications in AASHTOWare Construction and Materials wikitext text/x-wiki =Viewing Person Qualifications in AASHTOWare Construction and Materials= 1. Login to AASHTOWare through MiLogin • There should be a link or a section of the home screen that list labeled Person Qualifications or Person Qualifications Overview. Click or navigate to this section of the system. [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture1.png|center]] • Search Name. Click last name to open qualifications. o Note: Searching by last name is a best business practice. Also be sure to check first names. Some first names may be variations of the persons given name (i.e., Matt or Matty instead of Matthew). 2. View Qualifications [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture2.png|center]] • Navigate tabs on left to review qualifications. o Note: the majority of qualifications have been loaded to the Tester Tab. • Click on the chevron (>) on the right expand the record to view more details. [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture3.png|center]] 3. You can also run a report from this location of all the qualifications the person has. To Run a report to view all qualifications: • Use the component action menu and select the report called Certs and Qualifications by Person [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture4.png|center]] [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture5.png|center]] • Click Execute on the right hand of the next page • Open the excel file to view all qualifications [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture6.png|center]] f41a404e7f8ee0f9a91116b75b0c805b64ad0d97 284 282 2022-09-26T16:51:27Z McGowanR 4 enhanced note with notebox template wikitext text/x-wiki =Viewing Person Qualifications in AASHTOWare Construction and Materials= 1. Login to AASHTOWare through MiLogin • There should be a link or a section of the home screen that list labeled Person Qualifications or Person Qualifications Overview. Click or navigate to this section of the system. [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture1.png|center]] • Search Name. Click last name to open qualifications. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Searching by last name is a best business practice. Also be sure to check first names. Some first names may be variations of the persons given name (i.e., Matt or Matty instead of Matthew). |- |} </div> 2. View Qualifications [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture2.png|center]] • Navigate tabs on left to review qualifications. o Note: the majority of qualifications have been loaded to the Tester Tab. • Click on the chevron (>) on the right expand the record to view more details. [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture3.png|center]] 3. You can also run a report from this location of all the qualifications the person has. To Run a report to view all qualifications: • Use the component action menu and select the report called Certs and Qualifications by Person [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture4.png|center]] [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture5.png|center]] • Click Execute on the right hand of the next page • Open the excel file to view all qualifications [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture6.png|center]] c59dcc79f9d6d2f43b2bb3e38ffa7d72f9178413 296 284 2023-06-08T18:02:13Z McGowanR 4 Added Note related to IAT Personal Qualifications at top of page wikitext text/x-wiki =Viewing Person Qualifications in AASHTOWare Construction and Materials= <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If your IAT Personal Qualifications are not up to date, or there is an issue that your IAT’s within APCM Please contact [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] , and provide us with the information you need updated. |- |} </div> 1. Login to AASHTOWare through MiLogin • There should be a link or a section of the home screen that list labeled Person Qualifications or Person Qualifications Overview. Click or navigate to this section of the system. [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture1.png|center]] • Search Name. Click last name to open qualifications. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Searching by last name is a best business practice. Also be sure to check first names. Some first names may be variations of the persons given name (i.e., Matt or Matty instead of Matthew). |- |} </div> 2. View Qualifications [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture2.png|center]] • Navigate tabs on left to review qualifications. o Note: the majority of qualifications have been loaded to the Tester Tab. • Click on the chevron (>) on the right expand the record to view more details. [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture3.png|center]] 3. You can also run a report from this location of all the qualifications the person has. To Run a report to view all qualifications: • Use the component action menu and select the report called Certs and Qualifications by Person [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture4.png|center]] [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture5.png|center]] • Click Execute on the right hand of the next page • Open the excel file to view all qualifications [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture6.png|center]] 1122c03d1adec5021d92a450e831efea63b8d188 303 296 2023-10-04T12:13:34Z BurnsD 6 /* Viewing Person Qualifications in AASHTOWare Construction and Materials */ wikitext text/x-wiki =Viewing Person Qualifications in AASHTOWare Construction and Materials= <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If any of your qualifications are not up to date within APCM please contact [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov]. |- |} </div> 1. Login to AASHTOWare through MiLogin • There should be a link or a section of the home screen that list labeled Person Qualifications or Person Qualifications Overview. Click or navigate to this section of the system. [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture1.png|center]] • Search Name. Click last name to open qualifications. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Searching by last name is a best business practice. Also be sure to check first names. Some first names may be variations of the persons given name (i.e., Matt or Matty instead of Matthew). |- |} </div> 2. View Qualifications [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture2.png|center]] • Navigate tabs on left to review qualifications. o Note: the majority of qualifications have been loaded to the Tester Tab. • Click on the chevron (>) on the right expand the record to view more details. [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture3.png|center]] 3. You can also run a report from this location of all the qualifications the person has. To Run a report to view all qualifications: • Use the component action menu and select the report called Certs and Qualifications by Person [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture4.png|center]] [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture5.png|center]] • Click Execute on the right hand of the next page • Open the excel file to view all qualifications [[File:Special Topics Viewing Person Qualifications Picture6.png|center]] 38037069d96018e4e53e9e24bdd3232a464a83bf 0 127 283 255 2022-09-26T15:53:15Z McGowanR 4 Update Special Topics Page with Links wikitext text/x-wiki =SPECIAL TOPICS= ==[[Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports|Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports]]== ==[[Updating_Microsoft_Word_Settings|Updating Microsoft Word Settings]]== ==[[Viewing_Person_Qualifications_in_AASHTOWare_Construction_and_Materials|Viewing Person Qualifications in AASHTOWare Construction and Materials]]== c814cb7dda79db91e2642275b88f9395b9e85dc4 0 59 285 169 2022-09-29T14:58:21Z BurnsD 6 /* Modifying Contract Items */ wikitext text/x-wiki =CHANGE ORDERS= <p style="color:green"><i>Change orders allow you to legally change a signed contract, including adding new items of work to the contract, increasing/decreasing quantities of existing items, making time extensions, setting final quantities, and specification changes. Please remember that depending on policies, system configurations, and roles, you may not have access to all the AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials functionality shown in this Users’ guide. </i> </p> ==Adding a Change Order to a Contract== 1. Navigate to the '''Change Order''' component. [[File:Change Orders Picture1.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Select Contract to Add Change Order''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture2.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the appropriate contract. 4. Click the '''Create Change Order on Contract''' button. 5. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Change Order Date''' - enter the date of the change order.</li> <li>'''Description''' - enter a description for the change order.</li> <li>'''Change Order Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the classification for the change order.</li> <li>'''Author''' - search for and select the user ID for the person creating the change order.</li> </ol> 6. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Entered By''' - indicates the name of the person who added the record.</li> <li>'''Entered Date''' - indicates the date and time the record was added.</li> <li>'''Explanations''' - indicates the number of explanations associated to the change order, from the Change Order Explanations section in the lower part of the window.</li> <li>'''Change Order Revision Number''' - indicates that number of times that the change order was revised.</li> <li>'''Approval Date''' - indicates the date the change order was approved, when applicable.</li> <li>'''Current Approval Round''' - specifies the current round of approval that has been achieved for the change order.</li> <li>'''Current Approval Group''' - specifies the approval group corresponding to the current level of approval.</li> <li>'''Override Approval Rules''' - indicates whether standard approval rules are superseded for the change order.</li> <li>'''Total of Previously Approved Change Orders''' - indicates the total amount of all other change orders for this contract that have reached approval status.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Change Order Explanations== <p style="color:green"><i>Explanation information can be added for the change order in the Change Order Explanations section. You can add your own explanation. The system enters a sequence number in the Order field, which can be changed. </i> </p> To add an explanation to a change order: 1. In the '''Change Orders Explanation''' section, in the '''Reference Explanation Name''' field, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. [[File:Change Orders Picture3.png|center]] 2. Click the Save button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Changing Item Quantities with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>Sometimes during construction on an project, there may be a need to increase or decrease the quantity of a work item that was approved in the executed contract. The Increase/Decrease Items tab contains a row for each item quantity being changed on this change order. The rows are divided into two sections, one for general quantity changes on items that are not completed in the project and the other for quantity changes needed to balance completed items. </i> </p> 1. Click the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' tab. 2. In the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' section, click the '''Select Items''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture4.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the item(s) to change. 4. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 5. Click the arrow to expand the row. 6. In the '''Increase/Decrease Quantity''' field, enter the change to the approved quantity for the contract project item. 7. In the '''Change Order Increase/Decrease Items Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. [[File:Change Orders Picture5.png|center]] 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Balancing Completed Items== <p style="color:green"><i>At the time a work item is marked complete on a contract, the quantity used might not match the approved quantity on the contract; that is, the remaining item quantity might not be zero. A portion of the approved quantity might not have been used and is therefore left over, or the project may have overrun the approved quantity of the item. </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>Use the Balance Completed Items section to balance the quantity for a completed item, that is, to provide it with a zero quantity. The system automatically calculates the correct increase or decrease needed to balance the completed item. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |A non-lump sum item must be marked complete on the Contract Items screen for this process to work. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' tab 2. In the '''Balance Completed Items''' section, click the '''Balance Completed Items''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture6.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the item(s) to balance. 4. Click the '''Balance Completed Items''' button. 5. In the '''Balance Completed Items Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. 6. Click the '''Save''' button. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The system will list all the non lumpsum items on the contract that have been marked complete. |- |} </div> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>Sometimes during a construction project, the contractor will need to complete items of work that were not included in the executed contract. This is one of the most common reasons for creating a change order. Any kind of item can be added to the contract on a change order, including new reference items, contract items and, unattached items. </i> </p> 1. Click the '''New Items''' tab. 2. In the '''New Items''' section, click the '''Select New Item''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture7.png|center]] 3. In the '''Item''' field, search for and select the item to add to the change order. 4. Click the row for the project/category to which the item will be added. 5. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 6. Click the expand arrow for the row. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the project item line number.</li> <li>'''Contract Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the contact item line number.</li> <li>'''Quantity''' -enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the identification name or number for the fund package.</li> <li>'''Unit Price''' - enter the unit price for the item at the contract project level.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - enter an additional description for the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> <li>'''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates source of where the item originated.</li> <li>'''Extended Amount''' - shows the extended amount for the new item on the change order.</li> </ol> 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Unattached Items== <p style="color:green"><i>An unattached item is an item that was added to the contract after the contract was executed. Unattached items are included in contract categories and can be tracked on daily work reports but are not recognized as contract items by the system and cannot be included in a contract payment until they are added to the contract through a change order and the change order is approved. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For this section to work properly, at least one unattached item should already have been added on the Contract Items screen. |- |} </div> 1. In the '''Unattached Items''' section, click the '''Select Unattached Item''' button. The system displays a row for each unattached item that was created on the contract. [[File:Change Orders Picture8.png|center]] 2. Click the row for the appropriate unattached item to add to the change order. 3. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 4. Click the expand arrow for the row, if necessary. 5. Verify the project item line number in the '''Project Item Line Number''' field. 6. Verify the contact item line number in the '''Contract Item Line Number''' field. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Quantity''' - enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate fund package.</li> <li>'''Unit Price''' - enter the unit price for the item at the contract project level.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - enter an additional description for the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates source of where the item originated.</li> <li>'''Extended Amount''' - shows the extended amount for the new item on the change order.</li> </ol> 9. Enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate, in the '''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section. 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)== <p style="color:green"><i>Contract items are items that are already associated with this contract but need to be added to one or more additional projects or categories. Previously these were called modified original items. </i> </p> 1. In the '''Contract Items''' section, click the '''Select Contract Item''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture9.png|center]] 2. Search for and select the item(s) to add to the change order in the '''Contract Item''' field. 3. Click the row for the project/category to which the item will be added. 4. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 5. Click the expand arrow for the row. 6. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the project item line number.</li> <li>'''Quantity''' - enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the identification name or number for the fund package.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> </ol> 7. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contract Item Line Number''' - identifies the line item within the contract. <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates where the contract item originated. <li>'''Unit Price''' - indicates the price for the item at the contract proposal level. <li>'''Extended Amount''' - indicates the extended amount for the new item on the change order. <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - displays additional information describing the entity. </ol> 8. Enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate in the '''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section. 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adjusting Contract Time with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>A common reason for creating a change order is to adjust the completion date for a milestone or contract because work has fallen behind or been completed ahead of schedule. The Time Adjustments tab contains an accordion list of all the time adjustments that have been recorded in the change order. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If the Time Type for the adjustment is Available Time or Calendar Time, you can change the value in the Adjustment Time Units field. When you save the change, the system automatically recalculates the value in the Adjustment Completion Date field. |- |} </div> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If the Time Type is Contract Time, you can change the Adjustment Completion Date field. When you save the change, the system automatically recalculates the value in the Adjustment Time Units field. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Time Adjustments''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Contract''' Time button. 3. Search for and select the contract time records to adjust. 4. Click the '''Add Time Adjustments to Change Order''' button. 5. The following fields must be completed: a. '''Adjustment Time Units''' field, enter the number of time units to add or remove from the associated contract time on this change order. 6. In the '''Time Adjustment Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the time extension, as appropriate. 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Managing Change Order Reviewers== <p style="color:green"><i>Prior to starting the change order approval process, you can send the change order for review by multiple reviewers. The change order must be in Draft or Pending Review status to be reviewed. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The change order will not go to the approvers until the reviewer has approved it! |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Review Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Reviewers''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture10.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the reviewer(s) to add to the change order. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |To see the reviewer(s) decision, click the expand arrow. |- |} </div> To cancel a reviewer(s) for a change order: 1. Click the row '''Actions''' button and select the '''Cancel Reviewer''' action. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Managing Change Order Approvals== <p style="color:green"><i>When a user submits the change order for approval, the system automatically adds the default approval groups before changing the change order's status to Pending Approval. The system does this based on the Change Order Type field selected on the general tab. The steps described in this section should only be followed if the default approval groups need to be modified in some way. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Only follow these steps to manually add or modify the change order approval groups. |- |} </div> To add approval groups to a change order: 1. Click the '''Approval Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the list Actions button on the '''Add Approval Group''' and select the '''Assign Default Approval Groups''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture11.png|center]] '''Depending on your role''', you may be able to manually add one or more approval groups to the change order and override the default approval structure. Although, this should not be necessary. 1. Click the '''Add Approval Group''' button. 2. Search for and select the reference approval group(s) to add. 3. In the '''Override Comments''' field, enter information about why the approval groups are being added. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Submitting a Change Order for Approval== <p style="color:green"><i>When the change order is ready, it must be submitted for approval to begin the approval processes. </i> </p> 1. On the '''Contract Change Order''' Summary for the appropriate change order, click the component '''Actions''' button, and select the '''Submit for Approval''' task. [[File:Change Orders Picture12.png|center]] 2. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing a Contract Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Change Order Overview lists all the change orders for a contract and contains all the information currently recorded in a change order. Select a change order to view its details. </i> </p> [[File:Change Orders Picture13.png|center]] 1. There are various functions available within the change order: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>Increasing or decreasing the approved quantities of items.</li> <li>Adding new items to the contract, including whether negative prices and quantities are allowed.</li> <li>Increasing or decreasing contract times.</li> <li>Processing a change order without the approval of the prime contractor.</li> <li>Editing textual content of the contract</li> </ol> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Change Orders can only be edited by certain roles and only when the Change order is in Draft status. |- |} </div> [[File:Change Orders Picture14.png|center]] 2. Recorded item or time entries are listed within the change order tabs. Some or all of these functions can be included in a change order. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Reviewing a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>You can review a change order only when it is in Pending Review status. When reviewing the change order, reviewers make their recommendations to either approve or reject the change order. If the change order is approved at all review levels, it will go to the first approver on the approval group. If any reviewer rejects the review, it will go back to the creator of the change order. </i> </p> 1. In the '''Contract Change Order Summary''', click the component '''Actions''' button. 2. To approve the review of the change order, select the '''Approve''' task. 3. To reject the review of the change order, select the '''Reject''' task. [[File:Change Orders Picture15.png|center]] 4. In the Approval Decision Comments field, enter a comment about the decision to approve or reject the change order. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Approving or Rejecting a Change Order== To approve a change order: 1. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select the '''Approve or Reject''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture16.png|center]] 2. In the '''Approval Decision Comments''' field, enter a comment about the decision to approve or reject the change order. 3. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Tracking Approvals for a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>The Approval Tracking tab on the Contract Change Order Summary contains an accordion list of approval records for the change order, sorted by round and approval group. </i> </p> To track the approvals on a change order: 1. Click the '''Approval Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow for the approval group to view. [[File:Change Orders Picture17.png|center]] 3. View the information. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Generating the Change Order Report== <p style="color:green"><i>The Change Order Report contains all the information about the selected change orders </i> </p> 1. Click the component '''Actions''' button 2. From the '''Reports''' section, select the '''Change Order Report'''. [[File:Change Orders Picture18.png|center]] 3. Select the '''Output Type'''. 4. Select the '''Report Layout Source'''. 5. Click the '''Execute''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Appendix A== The following is a list of contract types and roles that have access to approve Change Orders for Michigan. '''Note: To view which contract type your contract is, see the Contract Administration Summary >General tab.''' [[File:Change Orders Picture19.png|center]] a0e1d59fb63e865b5884b979691308d2639986fb 286 285 2022-09-29T17:36:13Z BurnsD 6 /* Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order */ wikitext text/x-wiki =CHANGE ORDERS= <p style="color:green"><i>Change orders allow you to legally change a signed contract, including adding new items of work to the contract, increasing/decreasing quantities of existing items, making time extensions, setting final quantities, and specification changes. Please remember that depending on policies, system configurations, and roles, you may not have access to all the AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials functionality shown in this Users’ guide. </i> </p> ==Adding a Change Order to a Contract== 1. Navigate to the '''Change Order''' component. [[File:Change Orders Picture1.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Select Contract to Add Change Order''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture2.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the appropriate contract. 4. Click the '''Create Change Order on Contract''' button. 5. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Change Order Date''' - enter the date of the change order.</li> <li>'''Description''' - enter a description for the change order.</li> <li>'''Change Order Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the classification for the change order.</li> <li>'''Author''' - search for and select the user ID for the person creating the change order.</li> </ol> 6. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Entered By''' - indicates the name of the person who added the record.</li> <li>'''Entered Date''' - indicates the date and time the record was added.</li> <li>'''Explanations''' - indicates the number of explanations associated to the change order, from the Change Order Explanations section in the lower part of the window.</li> <li>'''Change Order Revision Number''' - indicates that number of times that the change order was revised.</li> <li>'''Approval Date''' - indicates the date the change order was approved, when applicable.</li> <li>'''Current Approval Round''' - specifies the current round of approval that has been achieved for the change order.</li> <li>'''Current Approval Group''' - specifies the approval group corresponding to the current level of approval.</li> <li>'''Override Approval Rules''' - indicates whether standard approval rules are superseded for the change order.</li> <li>'''Total of Previously Approved Change Orders''' - indicates the total amount of all other change orders for this contract that have reached approval status.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Change Order Explanations== <p style="color:green"><i>Explanation information can be added for the change order in the Change Order Explanations section. You can add your own explanation. The system enters a sequence number in the Order field, which can be changed. </i> </p> To add an explanation to a change order: 1. In the '''Change Orders Explanation''' section, in the '''Reference Explanation Name''' field, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. [[File:Change Orders Picture3.png|center]] 2. Click the Save button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Changing Item Quantities with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>Sometimes during construction on an project, there may be a need to increase or decrease the quantity of a work item that was approved in the executed contract. The Increase/Decrease Items tab contains a row for each item quantity being changed on this change order. The rows are divided into two sections, one for general quantity changes on items that are not completed in the project and the other for quantity changes needed to balance completed items. </i> </p> 1. Click the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' tab. 2. In the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' section, click the '''Select Items''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture4.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the item(s) to change. 4. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 5. Click the arrow to expand the row. 6. In the '''Increase/Decrease Quantity''' field, enter the change to the approved quantity for the contract project item. 7. In the '''Change Order Increase/Decrease Items Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. [[File:Change Orders Picture5.png|center]] 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Balancing Completed Items== <p style="color:green"><i>At the time a work item is marked complete on a contract, the quantity used might not match the approved quantity on the contract; that is, the remaining item quantity might not be zero. A portion of the approved quantity might not have been used and is therefore left over, or the project may have overrun the approved quantity of the item. </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>Use the Balance Completed Items section to balance the quantity for a completed item, that is, to provide it with a zero quantity. The system automatically calculates the correct increase or decrease needed to balance the completed item. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |A non-lump sum item must be marked complete on the Contract Items screen for this process to work. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' tab 2. In the '''Balance Completed Items''' section, click the '''Balance Completed Items''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture6.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the item(s) to balance. 4. Click the '''Balance Completed Items''' button. 5. In the '''Balance Completed Items Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. 6. Click the '''Save''' button. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The system will list all the non lumpsum items on the contract that have been marked complete. |- |} </div> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>Sometimes during a construction project, the contractor will need to complete items of work that were not included in the executed contract. This is one of the most common reasons for creating a change order. Any kind of item can be added to the contract on a change order, including new reference items, contract items and, unattached items. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |There are three distinct areas on the New Items tab of the Change Order; the [[#Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order|New Items]] section for extras and adding new items to the contract, the [[#Adding Unattached Items|Unattached Items]] section for attaching unattached items, and the [[#Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals) | Contract Items]] section for creating modified originals. Each section should be used for the corresponding item type you are trying to add to the contract. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''New Items''' tab. 2. In the '''New Items''' section, click the '''Select New Item''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture7.png|center]] 3. In the '''Item''' field, search for and select the item to add to the change order. 4. Click the row for the project/category to which the item will be added. 5. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 6. Click the expand arrow for the row. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the project item line number.</li> <li>'''Contract Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the contact item line number.</li> <li>'''Quantity''' -enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the identification name or number for the fund package.</li> <li>'''Unit Price''' - enter the unit price for the item at the contract project level.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - enter an additional description for the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> <li>'''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates source of where the item originated.</li> <li>'''Extended Amount''' - shows the extended amount for the new item on the change order.</li> </ol> 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Unattached Items== <p style="color:green"><i>An unattached item is an item that was added to the contract after the contract was executed. Unattached items are included in contract categories and can be tracked on daily work reports but are not recognized as contract items by the system and cannot be included in a contract payment until they are added to the contract through a change order and the change order is approved. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For this section to work properly, at least one unattached item should already have been added on the Contract Items screen. |- |} </div> 1. In the '''Unattached Items''' section, click the '''Select Unattached Item''' button. The system displays a row for each unattached item that was created on the contract. [[File:Change Orders Picture8.png|center]] 2. Click the row for the appropriate unattached item to add to the change order. 3. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 4. Click the expand arrow for the row, if necessary. 5. Verify the project item line number in the '''Project Item Line Number''' field. 6. Verify the contact item line number in the '''Contract Item Line Number''' field. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Quantity''' - enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate fund package.</li> <li>'''Unit Price''' - enter the unit price for the item at the contract project level.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - enter an additional description for the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates source of where the item originated.</li> <li>'''Extended Amount''' - shows the extended amount for the new item on the change order.</li> </ol> 9. Enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate, in the '''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section. 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)== <p style="color:green"><i>Contract items are items that are already associated with this contract but need to be added to one or more additional projects or categories. Previously these were called modified original items. </i> </p> 1. In the '''Contract Items''' section, click the '''Select Contract Item''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture9.png|center]] 2. Search for and select the item(s) to add to the change order in the '''Contract Item''' field. 3. Click the row for the project/category to which the item will be added. 4. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 5. Click the expand arrow for the row. 6. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the project item line number.</li> <li>'''Quantity''' - enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the identification name or number for the fund package.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> </ol> 7. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contract Item Line Number''' - identifies the line item within the contract. <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates where the contract item originated. <li>'''Unit Price''' - indicates the price for the item at the contract proposal level. <li>'''Extended Amount''' - indicates the extended amount for the new item on the change order. <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - displays additional information describing the entity. </ol> 8. Enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate in the '''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section. 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adjusting Contract Time with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>A common reason for creating a change order is to adjust the completion date for a milestone or contract because work has fallen behind or been completed ahead of schedule. The Time Adjustments tab contains an accordion list of all the time adjustments that have been recorded in the change order. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If the Time Type for the adjustment is Available Time or Calendar Time, you can change the value in the Adjustment Time Units field. When you save the change, the system automatically recalculates the value in the Adjustment Completion Date field. |- |} </div> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If the Time Type is Contract Time, you can change the Adjustment Completion Date field. When you save the change, the system automatically recalculates the value in the Adjustment Time Units field. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Time Adjustments''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Contract''' Time button. 3. Search for and select the contract time records to adjust. 4. Click the '''Add Time Adjustments to Change Order''' button. 5. The following fields must be completed: a. '''Adjustment Time Units''' field, enter the number of time units to add or remove from the associated contract time on this change order. 6. In the '''Time Adjustment Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the time extension, as appropriate. 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Managing Change Order Reviewers== <p style="color:green"><i>Prior to starting the change order approval process, you can send the change order for review by multiple reviewers. The change order must be in Draft or Pending Review status to be reviewed. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The change order will not go to the approvers until the reviewer has approved it! |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Review Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Reviewers''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture10.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the reviewer(s) to add to the change order. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |To see the reviewer(s) decision, click the expand arrow. |- |} </div> To cancel a reviewer(s) for a change order: 1. Click the row '''Actions''' button and select the '''Cancel Reviewer''' action. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Managing Change Order Approvals== <p style="color:green"><i>When a user submits the change order for approval, the system automatically adds the default approval groups before changing the change order's status to Pending Approval. The system does this based on the Change Order Type field selected on the general tab. The steps described in this section should only be followed if the default approval groups need to be modified in some way. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Only follow these steps to manually add or modify the change order approval groups. |- |} </div> To add approval groups to a change order: 1. Click the '''Approval Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the list Actions button on the '''Add Approval Group''' and select the '''Assign Default Approval Groups''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture11.png|center]] '''Depending on your role''', you may be able to manually add one or more approval groups to the change order and override the default approval structure. Although, this should not be necessary. 1. Click the '''Add Approval Group''' button. 2. Search for and select the reference approval group(s) to add. 3. In the '''Override Comments''' field, enter information about why the approval groups are being added. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Submitting a Change Order for Approval== <p style="color:green"><i>When the change order is ready, it must be submitted for approval to begin the approval processes. </i> </p> 1. On the '''Contract Change Order''' Summary for the appropriate change order, click the component '''Actions''' button, and select the '''Submit for Approval''' task. [[File:Change Orders Picture12.png|center]] 2. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing a Contract Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Change Order Overview lists all the change orders for a contract and contains all the information currently recorded in a change order. Select a change order to view its details. </i> </p> [[File:Change Orders Picture13.png|center]] 1. There are various functions available within the change order: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>Increasing or decreasing the approved quantities of items.</li> <li>Adding new items to the contract, including whether negative prices and quantities are allowed.</li> <li>Increasing or decreasing contract times.</li> <li>Processing a change order without the approval of the prime contractor.</li> <li>Editing textual content of the contract</li> </ol> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Change Orders can only be edited by certain roles and only when the Change order is in Draft status. |- |} </div> [[File:Change Orders Picture14.png|center]] 2. Recorded item or time entries are listed within the change order tabs. Some or all of these functions can be included in a change order. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Reviewing a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>You can review a change order only when it is in Pending Review status. When reviewing the change order, reviewers make their recommendations to either approve or reject the change order. If the change order is approved at all review levels, it will go to the first approver on the approval group. If any reviewer rejects the review, it will go back to the creator of the change order. </i> </p> 1. In the '''Contract Change Order Summary''', click the component '''Actions''' button. 2. To approve the review of the change order, select the '''Approve''' task. 3. To reject the review of the change order, select the '''Reject''' task. [[File:Change Orders Picture15.png|center]] 4. In the Approval Decision Comments field, enter a comment about the decision to approve or reject the change order. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Approving or Rejecting a Change Order== To approve a change order: 1. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select the '''Approve or Reject''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture16.png|center]] 2. In the '''Approval Decision Comments''' field, enter a comment about the decision to approve or reject the change order. 3. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Tracking Approvals for a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>The Approval Tracking tab on the Contract Change Order Summary contains an accordion list of approval records for the change order, sorted by round and approval group. </i> </p> To track the approvals on a change order: 1. Click the '''Approval Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow for the approval group to view. [[File:Change Orders Picture17.png|center]] 3. View the information. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Generating the Change Order Report== <p style="color:green"><i>The Change Order Report contains all the information about the selected change orders </i> </p> 1. Click the component '''Actions''' button 2. From the '''Reports''' section, select the '''Change Order Report'''. [[File:Change Orders Picture18.png|center]] 3. Select the '''Output Type'''. 4. Select the '''Report Layout Source'''. 5. Click the '''Execute''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Appendix A== The following is a list of contract types and roles that have access to approve Change Orders for Michigan. '''Note: To view which contract type your contract is, see the Contract Administration Summary >General tab.''' [[File:Change Orders Picture19.png|center]] ce86020e855eb3fb6d9fe3a38c8ad775ceddc576 6 147 291 2023-01-09T22:58:33Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 88 292 193 2023-01-09T23:01:11Z McGowanR 4 Provided content related to syncing Contracts with Mobile Inpsector wikitext text/x-wiki =Mobile Applications= ===Mobile Inspector - iOS (Safari)=== {{#ev:youtube|Rfe2mbSyt4I|550|center}} ===Mobile Inspector - Microsoft (Edge)=== {{#ev:youtube|AuiNdwB3WpE|550|center}} ==Mobile Inspector== <p style="color:green"><i>The new version of Mobile Inspector is a Progressive Web Application. It is installed through a modern web browser such as Microsoft Edge, Google Chrome, or Apple’s Safari browser. Before installation, be sure to submit all of your reports in any previous version of Mobile Inspector that you may have. Reports in other versions of mobile inspector will not transfer to the new application. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For each device you only need to install the application in the browser you use the most. You do not need to install the application in more than one browser. Installing the application in multiple browsers on a single device is not recommended. |- |} </div> ===Installing Mobile Inspector using Microsoft’s Edge browser:=== 1. Open Microsoft Edge and navigate to [http://mobileinspector.app mobileinspector.app] 2. Select the button for the Terms of Use and accept the terms of use. 3. Register the device by clicking register this device. 4. Send your device ID to your Office Technician or the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov Construction Technology Help Desk]. 5. Select the icon to the right of the address bar that looks like three blocks and a plus sign, and select install. Select where you would like the application icon to appear. All options are recommended. ===Installing Mobile Inspector on an iOS device:=== 1. Open safari on your iOS device and navigate to [http://mobileinspector.app mobileinspector.app] 2. Select the share button at the bottom of the screen and select add to home screen. 3. Mobile inspector will now appear on your home screen as any other app you have installed on your iOS device. 4. Open Mobile Inspector from your home screen and select the button for the Terms of Use. Accept the terms of use. 5. Register the device by clicking register this device. 6. Send your device ID to your Office Technician or the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov Construction Technology Help Desk]. ===Installing Mobile Inspector using Google's Chrome browser:=== 1. Open Chrome and navigate to [http://mobileinspector.app mobileinspector.app] 2. Select the button for the Terms of Use and accept the terms of use. 3. Register the device by clicking register this device. 4. Send your device ID to your Office Technician or the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov Construction Technology Help Desk]. 5. Select the icon to the right of the address bar that looks like three blocks and a plus sign, and select install. Select where you would like the application icon to appear. All options are recommended. ===Syncing Contracts with Mobile Inspector:=== <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |When using InfoTech Mobile Inspector, users must be assigned contract-specific contract authority in order to access contract data and enter DWR information in Mobile Inspector. Assigning All Contract Access or inheriting office-wide contract authority does not provide the user with contract access in Mobile Inspector. |- |} </div> To actively sync a contract to Mobile Inspector Application, the user must be assigned Contract Specific Contract Authority, under the active Role (MobileInspector) as shown in the snapshot below. [[File:Mobile Applications Picture1.png|center]] 31372fcc91bbc76ea9c05f00192337a38b22780c 8 4 297 258 2023-08-21T14:33:42Z McGowanR 4 Added link for Contractor Corner wikitext text/x-wiki *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Main_Page|MAIN PAGE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles|ACCESS AND ROLES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/General_Navigation|GENERAL NAVIGATION *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration|CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Work_Reports|DAILY WORK REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Materials_Acceptance|MATERIALS ACCEPTANCE *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Daily_Diaries|DAILY DIARIES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders|CHANGE ORDERS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Pay_Estimates|PAYMENT ESTIMATES *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Running_Reports|RUNNING REPORTS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Global_Actions|GLOBAL ACTIONS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Video_Library|VIDEO LIBRARY *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications|MOBILE APPLICATIONS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Special_Topics|SPECIAL TOPICS *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contractor_Corner|CONTRACTOR CORNER *https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page|MDOT CONSTRUCTION MANUAL 5f96fcad70a3be8a3a8b151f6d843bed649aaaa9 0 148 298 2023-08-21T14:34:15Z McGowanR 4 Creating New Page "Contractor Corner" as a resource for relative topics for the Contractor Community wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 299 298 2023-09-14T14:55:25Z McGowanR 4 Adding Initial Content for Contractor Corner wikitext text/x-wiki =Overview= This page is intended to provide a resource for the Contractor Community. It provides content related to frequent topics. =Support Information= If you have additional topics related to AASHTOWare that you would like to see, please send topics to the support resource below. [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Topics= [[Change_Orders|Change Orders]] [[General_Navigation|General Navigation]] [[Running_Reports|Running Reports]] 0f6236c3e72a8a24248efc020875d6960ab0dca9 301 299 2023-09-14T15:07:34Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:Contractor Corner Image1.jpg|none|500px]] </li> </ul></div> </div> =Overview= This page is intended to provide a resource for the Contractor Community. It provides content related to frequent topics. =Support Information= If you have additional topics related to AASHTOWare that you would like to see, please send topics to the support resource below. [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Topics= [[Change_Orders|Change Orders]] [[General_Navigation|General Navigation]] [[Running_Reports|Running Reports]] 28693051ee1e9af38fb4e31913aa46f48e4e9f55 302 301 2023-09-14T15:15:02Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:Contractor Corner Image1.jpg|none|500px]] </li> </ul></div> </div> =Overview= This page is intended to provide a resource for the Contractor Community. It provides content related to frequent topics. =Support Information= If you have additional topics related to AASHTOWare that you would like to see, please send topics to the support resource below. [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Book a Training= [https://outlook.office365.com/owa/calendar/APCMTrainings@StateofMichigan.onmicrosoft.com/bookings/ Click here to book a Training] =Topics= [[Change_Orders|Change Orders]] [[General_Navigation|General Navigation]] [[Running_Reports|Running Reports]] 598d9f8cc79170d4160671bce0c9f3e2d6ff5d58 6 149 300 2023-09-14T15:02:11Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 89 304 228 2024-01-08T19:04:25Z McGowanR 4 /* Closing and Archiving a Contract */ Updating steps for Closing and Archiving a Contract wikitext text/x-wiki =CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION= ==Managing Contracts Information== <p style="color:green"><i>The Additional Information tab allows you to maintain additional information on the contract. </i> </p> 1. Navigate to the '''Contract Administration''' component. 2. Search for and Select the contract ID that you are assigned. 3. Click the '''Additional Information''' tab. [[File:Contract Administration Picture1.png|center]] 4. The following fields are available, depending on your role, some maybe updatable: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Proposal Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the proposal type.</li> <li>'''Division/Residency''' - enter the administrative office level responsible for this contract.</li> <li>'''Designer''' - search for and select the person responsible for the contract’s design.</li> <li>'''Surety''' - search for and select the name of the company that insures the proposal vendor.</li> <li>'''Surety Agent''' - search for and select the contact person at the surety company.</li> <li>'''Stormwater Events Enabled''' – click checkbox if a Stormwater Event is required.</li> <li>'''Contract Work Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the kind of work to be performed.</li> <li>'''Progress Schedule Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the method used to track contract progress.</li> <li>'''Contract Alternate Name 1''' - enter an alternate name for the contract, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Contract Alternate Name 2''' - enter a second alternate name for the contract, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Total Allowable Maximum Subcontract Percent''' - enter the maximum percent of contract work that the agency allows to be subcontracted for non-specialty items.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Spec Book''' - enter a specification book associated with the proposal in addition to the primary spec book.</li> <li>'''Incentive Cap Amount''' - enter the maximum incentive amount that can be paid to contractors for work on the contract.</li> <li>'''Disincentive Cap Amount''' - enter the maximum total amount of disincentives that can be withheld from payment to contractors for work on the contract.</li> </ol> 5. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Stormwater Earth Moving''' - indicates whether the SECIR report for this contract includes an earth moving inspection.</li> <li>'''Original Reference Vendor ID''' - shows the identification number for the original contractor on the contract.</li> <li>'''Original Reference Vendor Name''' - lists the name of the original contractor.</li> <li>'''Original Material Generated User ID''' - indicates a unique identifier regarding each person for materials.</li> <li>'''DWR Agency View Reference Item Associations Imported''' - indicates whether the contract imported associations between DWR agency views and reference items.</li> <li>'''Override Global Payment Estimate Exceptions''' - indicates whether the contract includes overrides to the agency- wide default settings for contractor payment estimate exceptions.</li> <li>'''Override Global Contract Payment Approval Levels''' - indicates whether the contract includes overrides to the agency- wide default settings for contractor payment approval levels.</li> </ol> 6. The following fields can be completed in the Phase Financial Closeout group box: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Review Date''' - enter the date that the project was reviewed.</li> <li>'''Primary Reason for Delay''' - enter the proper reason for delay.</li> <li>'''Construction Comments''' - enter any information about the associated work.</li> <li>'''Engineer Certification Expiration Date''' - enter the date that the engineer certification will expire.</li> <li>'''Final Estimate Projected Date''' - enter the projected final estimate completion date.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Administrative Offices on the Contract== <p style="color:green"><i>The Administrative Offices tab enables you to associate one or more administrative offices with the contract. Staff assigned to the administrative offices selected will be able to see contracts with their roles that are assigned to that office. </i> </p> 1. To add an administrative office, Click the '''Administrative Offices''' tab. 2. Enter the search criteria for an administrative office in the '''Quick Find''' search box. Or, click the '''Select Administrative''' Office button. 3. Click the row for the office to add to the contract. 4. Click the '''Add to Contract''' button. [[File:Contract Administration Picture2.png|center]] 5. Click the expand arrow for the new office row. [[File:Contract Administration Picture3.png|center]] 6. The following fields are available: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Effective Date''' - enter the date the office becomes effective.</li> <li>'''Expiration Date''' - enter the date that approval or effectiveness ends for the office, if appropriate. This does not need to be populated.</li> <li>'''Status''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the status of the office.</li> <li>'''Active''' - should be defaulted to Active and indicates whether the record is active or not, based on the effective and expiration dates and the status field.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. 8. Once saved, depending on which level of contract administrative office is selected, you may need to use range fill to fill in the Effective Date and Status of the higher contract administrative offices. <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>Click the arrow next to the Effective Date label on the contract administrative office that you selected and select All x rows (where x is the number of contract administrative offices).</li> <li>Click the arrow next to the Status label on the contract administrative office that you selected and select All x rows (where x is the number of contract administrative offices).</li> </ol> 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Contract Specific Contract Authority== <p style="color:green"><i>Contract Specific Contract Authority works in conjunction with other security features to give individual users the authority to access and change contract information. The Contract Authority tab contains all the contract authority information that has been recorded for this contract. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |When using InfoTech Mobile Inspector, users must be assigned contract-specific contract authority in order to access contract data and enter DWR information in Mobile Inspector. Assigning All Contract Access or inheriting office-wide contract authority does not provide the user with contract access in Mobile Inspector. |- |} </div> 1. To add contract authority information, Click the '''Contract Authority''' tab. 2. In the '''Contract Specific Contract Authority''' section, Click the '''New''' button. [[File:Contract Administration Picture4.png|center]] 3. The following fields are available: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Person''' - enter the ID of the person for whom you are assigning contract authority.</li> <li>'''Role''' - enter the role of the person for whom you are assigning contract authority.</li> <li>'''Effective Date''' - enter the date the contract authority becomes effective for the person.</li> <li>'''Expiration Date''' - enter the date the contract authority ends for the person.</li> <li>'''Status''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the status for the record.</li> </ol> 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Office-Wide Contract Authority== <p style="color:green"><i>This section contains a list of all the office-wide contract authorities in the system that would include this contract, listed by person. The information in this list is view only and cannot be changed. </i> </p> 1. To view information on the contract authorities, Click the Contract Authority tab. 2. In the '''Office-Wide Contract Authority''' section, click in a row to expand it. [[File:Contract Administration Picture5.png|center]] 3. View the information. '''Managing Contract Items''' The Contract Items component provides information about all the items associated with the contract. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Contract Items== <p style="color:green"><i>The General tab contains an accordion list of all of the awarded vendor's bid prices for the contract items and any items that were added or modified by change orders. </i> </p> 1. To view contract items on the General tab, Navigate to the '''Contract Administration''' component, and select the appropriate contract. 2. Click the '''Items''' quick link. 3. Click the expand arrow for a row to view information about the item. The other tabs, Contract Project Items tab, and Contractor Items tab show the contract item information sorted by project and contractor respectively. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding an Unattached Item to the Contract== <p style="color:green"><i>An unattached item is an item added to the contract after the contract has been executed. Unattached items are included in contract categories and can be tracked on daily work reports but are not recognized as contract items by the system and cannot be included in a contract payment until they are added to the contract through a change order and the change order is approved. </i> </p> 1. To add unattached items to a contract Click the '''General''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Unattached Items''' button. 3. In the '''Item ID''' field, search for and select the Item you want to designate as unattached in the contract. 4. Search for and select the '''Projects''' and '''Categories''' to which to add the unattached item. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Contract Project Items== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Project Items tab provides a view of all the items in the contract, listed by project category. </i> </p> 1. To maintain contract project items, Click the '''Contract Project Items''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow for the project, and for each newly added item. 3. In the '''Contract Project Item Comments''' field, enter comments. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Contractor Items== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contractor Items tab contains an accordion list that includes the prime contractor and all subcontractors associated with the contract, and lists the items assigned to each. For more information, see the Working with Contractor Items section of the AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials™ User’s Guide for Construction. </i> </p> 1. To view contractor items on a contract, Click the '''Contractor Items''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow to view the items for a contractor. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Using Attention Flags on Contract Items== <p style="color:green"><i>Attention flags allow you to place a temporary reminder or comment on a contract item or DWR item. </i> </p> 1. To add an attention flag, Click the '''Items''' link. 2. Click the row '''Actions''' button for the item to which to add an attention flag on the Contract Items > General tab and select the '''Contract Item Attention Flags''' task. 3. Click the '''New''' button (unless blank row already there). 4. In the '''Comments''' field, enter a comment for the flag. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Closing and Archiving a Contract== <p style="color:green"><i>At the end of a contract, the contract can be closed by creating a Final estimate. A closed contract can be reopened if needed. See [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Pay_Estimates#Adding_a_Contract_Payment_Estimate Adding a Contract Payment Estimate.] </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>The archival functionality does not remove a contract from the system. Instead, the system updates the contract so it has an Archived status and the Roles within the system are configured to restrict access to the archived contracts. Archiving a contract removes contract access to most users. </i> </p> To archive a contract, navigate to the Contract Administration Summary screen of the contract you wish to archive: 1. From the '''Home''' dashboard go to the '''Construction''' component, select the '''Contract Administration''' link. 2. Search for and select the contract to archive by clicking the '''Contract ID''' link. 3. On the '''General tab''' in the '''Workflow Phase field''', click the drop-down arrow and select '''Finance Closeout'''. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. 233bb1554faed00aac740bfcde891440ad381e6e 309 304 2024-01-30T15:26:33Z McGowanR 4 Added content related to "Transferring Contracts Between Offices" wikitext text/x-wiki =CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION= ==Managing Contracts Information== <p style="color:green"><i>The Additional Information tab allows you to maintain additional information on the contract. </i> </p> 1. Navigate to the '''Contract Administration''' component. 2. Search for and Select the contract ID that you are assigned. 3. Click the '''Additional Information''' tab. [[File:Contract Administration Picture1.png|center]] 4. The following fields are available, depending on your role, some maybe updatable: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Proposal Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the proposal type.</li> <li>'''Division/Residency''' - enter the administrative office level responsible for this contract.</li> <li>'''Designer''' - search for and select the person responsible for the contract’s design.</li> <li>'''Surety''' - search for and select the name of the company that insures the proposal vendor.</li> <li>'''Surety Agent''' - search for and select the contact person at the surety company.</li> <li>'''Stormwater Events Enabled''' – click checkbox if a Stormwater Event is required.</li> <li>'''Contract Work Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the kind of work to be performed.</li> <li>'''Progress Schedule Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the method used to track contract progress.</li> <li>'''Contract Alternate Name 1''' - enter an alternate name for the contract, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Contract Alternate Name 2''' - enter a second alternate name for the contract, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Total Allowable Maximum Subcontract Percent''' - enter the maximum percent of contract work that the agency allows to be subcontracted for non-specialty items.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Spec Book''' - enter a specification book associated with the proposal in addition to the primary spec book.</li> <li>'''Incentive Cap Amount''' - enter the maximum incentive amount that can be paid to contractors for work on the contract.</li> <li>'''Disincentive Cap Amount''' - enter the maximum total amount of disincentives that can be withheld from payment to contractors for work on the contract.</li> </ol> 5. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Stormwater Earth Moving''' - indicates whether the SECIR report for this contract includes an earth moving inspection.</li> <li>'''Original Reference Vendor ID''' - shows the identification number for the original contractor on the contract.</li> <li>'''Original Reference Vendor Name''' - lists the name of the original contractor.</li> <li>'''Original Material Generated User ID''' - indicates a unique identifier regarding each person for materials.</li> <li>'''DWR Agency View Reference Item Associations Imported''' - indicates whether the contract imported associations between DWR agency views and reference items.</li> <li>'''Override Global Payment Estimate Exceptions''' - indicates whether the contract includes overrides to the agency- wide default settings for contractor payment estimate exceptions.</li> <li>'''Override Global Contract Payment Approval Levels''' - indicates whether the contract includes overrides to the agency- wide default settings for contractor payment approval levels.</li> </ol> 6. The following fields can be completed in the Phase Financial Closeout group box: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Review Date''' - enter the date that the project was reviewed.</li> <li>'''Primary Reason for Delay''' - enter the proper reason for delay.</li> <li>'''Construction Comments''' - enter any information about the associated work.</li> <li>'''Engineer Certification Expiration Date''' - enter the date that the engineer certification will expire.</li> <li>'''Final Estimate Projected Date''' - enter the projected final estimate completion date.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Administrative Offices on the Contract== <p style="color:green"><i>The Administrative Offices tab enables you to associate one or more administrative offices with the contract. Staff assigned to the administrative offices selected will be able to see contracts with their roles that are assigned to that office. </i> </p> 1. To add an administrative office, Click the '''Administrative Offices''' tab. 2. Enter the search criteria for an administrative office in the '''Quick Find''' search box. Or, click the '''Select Administrative''' Office button. 3. Click the row for the office to add to the contract. 4. Click the '''Add to Contract''' button. [[File:Contract Administration Picture2.png|center]] 5. Click the expand arrow for the new office row. [[File:Contract Administration Picture3.png|center]] 6. The following fields are available: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Effective Date''' - enter the date the office becomes effective.</li> <li>'''Expiration Date''' - enter the date that approval or effectiveness ends for the office, if appropriate. This does not need to be populated.</li> <li>'''Status''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the status of the office.</li> <li>'''Active''' - should be defaulted to Active and indicates whether the record is active or not, based on the effective and expiration dates and the status field.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. 8. Once saved, depending on which level of contract administrative office is selected, you may need to use range fill to fill in the Effective Date and Status of the higher contract administrative offices. <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>Click the arrow next to the Effective Date label on the contract administrative office that you selected and select All x rows (where x is the number of contract administrative offices).</li> <li>Click the arrow next to the Status label on the contract administrative office that you selected and select All x rows (where x is the number of contract administrative offices).</li> </ol> 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Transferring Contracts Between Offices== <p style="color:green"><i>Using the Administrative Office feature described above it is possible to “transfer” a contract from one office to another. Only 1 office from each level (Region, TSC, Local Agency, Consultant) can have access at any one time. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Transferring a contract will remove access from the current office being expired and give access to the new office on the following day. If someone needs immediate access to the contract see [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Maintaining_Contract_Specific_Contract_Authority Maintaining Contract Specific Contract Authority.] Read all steps thoroughly before completing. There is the potential for you to lock yourself out of the contract before completing all steps described below. |- |} </div> To transfer a contract, navigate to the Contract Administration Summary screen of the contract you wish to transfer and select the Administrative Offices tab: 1. From the '''Home''' dashboard go to the '''Construction''' component, select the '''Contract Administration''' link. 2. Search for and select the contract to transfer by clicking the '''Contract ID''' link. 3. On the '''Administrative Offices''' tab expand the current office you wish to expire and enter in the expiration date of today. '''DO NOT CLICK SAVE!''' 4. Click the '''Select Administrative Office''' button and select the office the contract needs to be transferred to. Click the '''Add to Contract button.''' 5. '''Expand''' the row of the office you just added to the list and change the '''Effective date''' to '''tomorrow’s date.''' The expiration date of the old office and the effective date of the new office cannot overlap. 6. '''Verify''' that the expiration date from the old office is filled in and the effective date for the new office is filled in with '''no overlapping dates.''' 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Contract Specific Contract Authority== <p style="color:green"><i>Contract Specific Contract Authority works in conjunction with other security features to give individual users the authority to access and change contract information. The Contract Authority tab contains all the contract authority information that has been recorded for this contract. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |When using InfoTech Mobile Inspector, users must be assigned contract-specific contract authority in order to access contract data and enter DWR information in Mobile Inspector. Assigning All Contract Access or inheriting office-wide contract authority does not provide the user with contract access in Mobile Inspector. |- |} </div> 1. To add contract authority information, Click the '''Contract Authority''' tab. 2. In the '''Contract Specific Contract Authority''' section, Click the '''New''' button. [[File:Contract Administration Picture4.png|center]] 3. The following fields are available: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Person''' - enter the ID of the person for whom you are assigning contract authority.</li> <li>'''Role''' - enter the role of the person for whom you are assigning contract authority.</li> <li>'''Effective Date''' - enter the date the contract authority becomes effective for the person.</li> <li>'''Expiration Date''' - enter the date the contract authority ends for the person.</li> <li>'''Status''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the status for the record.</li> </ol> 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Office-Wide Contract Authority== <p style="color:green"><i>This section contains a list of all the office-wide contract authorities in the system that would include this contract, listed by person. The information in this list is view only and cannot be changed. </i> </p> 1. To view information on the contract authorities, Click the Contract Authority tab. 2. In the '''Office-Wide Contract Authority''' section, click in a row to expand it. [[File:Contract Administration Picture5.png|center]] 3. View the information. '''Managing Contract Items''' The Contract Items component provides information about all the items associated with the contract. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Contract Items== <p style="color:green"><i>The General tab contains an accordion list of all of the awarded vendor's bid prices for the contract items and any items that were added or modified by change orders. </i> </p> 1. To view contract items on the General tab, Navigate to the '''Contract Administration''' component, and select the appropriate contract. 2. Click the '''Items''' quick link. 3. Click the expand arrow for a row to view information about the item. The other tabs, Contract Project Items tab, and Contractor Items tab show the contract item information sorted by project and contractor respectively. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding an Unattached Item to the Contract== <p style="color:green"><i>An unattached item is an item added to the contract after the contract has been executed. Unattached items are included in contract categories and can be tracked on daily work reports but are not recognized as contract items by the system and cannot be included in a contract payment until they are added to the contract through a change order and the change order is approved. </i> </p> 1. To add unattached items to a contract Click the '''General''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Unattached Items''' button. 3. In the '''Item ID''' field, search for and select the Item you want to designate as unattached in the contract. 4. Search for and select the '''Projects''' and '''Categories''' to which to add the unattached item. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Contract Project Items== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Project Items tab provides a view of all the items in the contract, listed by project category. </i> </p> 1. To maintain contract project items, Click the '''Contract Project Items''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow for the project, and for each newly added item. 3. In the '''Contract Project Item Comments''' field, enter comments. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Contractor Items== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contractor Items tab contains an accordion list that includes the prime contractor and all subcontractors associated with the contract, and lists the items assigned to each. For more information, see the Working with Contractor Items section of the AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials™ User’s Guide for Construction. </i> </p> 1. To view contractor items on a contract, Click the '''Contractor Items''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow to view the items for a contractor. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Using Attention Flags on Contract Items== <p style="color:green"><i>Attention flags allow you to place a temporary reminder or comment on a contract item or DWR item. </i> </p> 1. To add an attention flag, Click the '''Items''' link. 2. Click the row '''Actions''' button for the item to which to add an attention flag on the Contract Items > General tab and select the '''Contract Item Attention Flags''' task. 3. Click the '''New''' button (unless blank row already there). 4. In the '''Comments''' field, enter a comment for the flag. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Closing and Archiving a Contract== <p style="color:green"><i>At the end of a contract, the contract can be closed by creating a Final estimate. A closed contract can be reopened if needed. See [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Pay_Estimates#Adding_a_Contract_Payment_Estimate Adding a Contract Payment Estimate.] </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>The archival functionality does not remove a contract from the system. Instead, the system updates the contract so it has an Archived status and the Roles within the system are configured to restrict access to the archived contracts. Archiving a contract removes contract access to most users. </i> </p> To archive a contract, navigate to the Contract Administration Summary screen of the contract you wish to archive: 1. From the '''Home''' dashboard go to the '''Construction''' component, select the '''Contract Administration''' link. 2. Search for and select the contract to archive by clicking the '''Contract ID''' link. 3. On the '''General tab''' in the '''Workflow Phase field''', click the drop-down arrow and select '''Finance Closeout'''. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. 484b353126aa0efa549f7d32ad0d95aec8b41071 6 28 307 83 2024-01-29T16:13:32Z BurnsD 6 BurnsD uploaded a new version of [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png]] wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 124 311 242 2024-03-01T13:52:07Z McGowanR 4 /* Creating a New Material */ Removed HelpDesk Number (no longer in service) wikitext text/x-wiki =MATERIALS= ==Generating Materials and Acceptance Actions== <p style="color:green"><i>To begin working with materials on a contract, you must first run process to generate the materials and acceptance actions for your contract. The process will consult the statewide reference material sets for each item and copy them to your contract. </i> </p> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Administration Overview''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture1.png|center]] 2. Select the row '''Action''' for the corresponding contract. 3. Select the '''Generate Materials and Acceptance Actions''' task. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture2.png|center]] 4. A “Processing…” message will appear at the top of the screen and the system will refresh the page when the task has been completed. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |You should only need to run this process once when you first start working on your contract. |- |} </div> 5. The following fields will auto-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Orig Matl and AAs Gen DT:''' This field displays the date and time the Generate Materials and Acceptance Actions process was completed.</li> </ol> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Creating a New Material Set== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture3.png|center]] 2. Select the corresponding contract. 3. Select the '''Items''' quick link at the top of the page. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture4.png|center]] 4. Select the '''Contract Project Items''' tab. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture5.png|center]] 5. Select the '''Category''' and '''Item''' to add the set to. Select the '''Create Material Set''' from the Actions dropdown. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture6.png|center]] 6. Enter a name for the material set in the '''Material Set''' field and tab out of the field. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Once a material set is created it cannot be deleted. |- |} </div> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture7.png|center]] 8. The system now navigates you to the material screen where the material set has been created. 9. See <u>''Step 6''</u>. in '''Adding Materials to Material Sets''' section to complete the setup. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Materials to Material Sets== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture8.png|center]] 2. Select the corresponding contract. 3. Select the '''Contract Materials and Acceptance Actions''' quick link at the top of the page. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture9.png|center]] 4. Select the '''Materials''' tab. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Materials can be added to sets, even ones that came from the reference data, but they cannot be deleted. |- |} </div> [[File:Material Acceptance Picture10.png|center]] 5. Select the row '''Action''' for the material set you wish to add materials to. 6. Select '''Add Material.''' [[File:Material Acceptance Picture11.png|center]] 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>''''Material:''' The name of the material that is part of this material set.</li> </ol> [[File:Material Acceptance Picture12.png|center]] 8. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Source:''' The name of the material that is part of this material set.</li> <li>'''Facility:''' The name of a facility associated with the source.</li> <li>'''Comments:''' Any material comments you want to add to this screen.</li> </ol> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Multiple materials can be added at the same time by repeating steps 5 through 8 before clicking the save button. |- |} </div> 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Changing Acceptance Actions== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture13.png|center]] 2. Select the corresponding contract. 3. Select the '''Contract Materials and Acceptance Actions''' quick link at the top of the page. [[File:Material_Acceptance_Picture_14a.png|center]] 4. Select the '''Acceptance Actions''' tab. Search for the material in the search field. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture15.png|center]] 5. '''Expand''' the row for the material you wish to change. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture16.png|center]] 6. Select the '''Acceptance Action''' listed in the blue text. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- | Using two monitors helps keep your place in the list. In step 6, use a right click on the acceptance action to open it in a new window. |- |} </div> [[File:Material Acceptance Picture17.png|center]] 7. '''Expand''' the Acceptance Action Option at the bottom of the screen. 8. The following fields are required: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Action Rate:''' The number of sample records required based on the action frequency.</li> <li>'''Action Frequency:''' The frequency of which the number of sample records is required to occur.</li> <li>'''Frequency Type:''' The unit for the action frequency.</li> </ol> [[File:Material Acceptance Picture18.png|center]] 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Creating a New Material== <p style="color:green"><i>Due to business policies and procedures, the field offices are restricted from creating new materials for the system. If for some reason a material is needed for a project and does not exist in the system, please contact the helpdesk at [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov]. Please be prepared to give information regarding the material name and the specification from which the material comes from. </i> </p> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Entering Material Approvals (Sample Records)== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, select the '''Sample Records''' component. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture19.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Action''' menu and select '''Add.''' [[File:Material Acceptance Picture20.png|center]] The following fields are required: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Sample ID:''' The identification name of the material approval to be entered.</li> <li>'''Material Code - Name:''' The material that is being approved.</li> <li>'''Sample Date:''' The date of approval.</li> <li>'''Sample Type:''' The sampling method of the material.</li> <li>'''Acceptance Method:''' The acceptance method of the material.</li> </ol> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Sample Records can be started, then finished later. The material will only be approved once you complete the Tests tab in step 21. |- |} </div> [[File:Material Acceptance Picture21.png|center]] 3. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''File:''' The project file location.</li> <li>'''Form:''' The form number for the approval.</li> <li>'''Remarks:''' Any material comments that may need to be recorded.</li> </ol> 4. Click '''Save.''' 5. Select the '''Associations''' tab. 6. Click the '''New''' button. 7. For the '''Association Type''' field select '''Destination Lab.''' 8. For the '''Association Value''' field press enter and select '''CTLAB.''' [[File:Material Acceptance Picture22.png|center]] 9. Click '''Save.''' 10. Click the '''Sources''' tab. 11. Click the '''Select Primary Source''' button. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture23.png|center]] 12. Search for the '''Source''' of the material and click the '''Add to Sample Record''' button. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture24.png|center]] 13. Click '''Save.''' 14. Select the '''Contract''' tab. 15. Click the '''Select Contract Project Items''' button. [[File:Material Acceptance Picture25.png|center]] 16. Search for and select the '''Project Items''' that the material approval applies to. 17. Click '''Save.''' 18. Select the '''Tests''' tab. 19. Select the row '''Actions''' menu and select '''Assign Default Tests.''' 20. Select '''Pass''' in the '''Test Result Value''' field. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If no test appears when you complete Step 20, check the Sample Type and Acceptance Method on the General Tab. These must match how the material was set up. |- |} </div> 21. Click '''Save.''' <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Material Approvals (Sample Records)== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, select the '''Sample Records''' component. 2. Use the '''Search''' field to find and select the sample record. 3. '''Review''' the sample record information. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Creating The Insufficient Materials Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, select the '''Payment Estimates''' component. 2. Use the '''Search''' field to find the corresponding payment estimate. 3. Click the row '''Action''' and select the '''Insufficient Materials Report.''' 4. Select the '''Execute''' button. d719c0c0450391263777dbcc6c59571b526c4e5d 6 150 312 2024-03-01T18:41:35Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 151 313 2024-03-01T19:11:04Z McGowanR 4 Created New Special Topics Page: Final Project Review Reporting (Phase Financial Closeout Information) wikitext text/x-wiki <p style="color:green"><i>The Final Project Review Report is published quarterly by MDOT and contains a listing of any project which was not closed out within 180 days from contract completion date. This report is used by MDOT management to monitor performance of the project closeout process. Users with the appropriate role access can enter and maintain contract information and comments that will appear on the report. For more information regarding how to view and maintain other contract information refer to the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration Contract Administration] page of this manual.</i></p> To update your contract’s Final Project Review information: 1. From the '''Home''' dashboard go to the '''Construction''' component, select the '''Contract Administration''' link. 2. Search for and select your contract by clicking the '''Contract ID''' link. 3. Select the '''Additional Information''' tab and scroll to the '''bottom of the page''' and complete the relevant fields. [[File:Creating Final Project Review Reporting (Phase Financial Closeout Information) Picture1.png|center]] 4. Click the '''Save''' button. d982657080fbcec52435cb09860e2ca83c134abe 0 127 314 283 2024-03-01T19:21:38Z McGowanR 4 Added Link for [[Final_Project_Review_Reporting_(Phase_Financial_Closeout_Information)|Final Project Review Reporting (Phase Financial Closeout Information)]] wikitext text/x-wiki =SPECIAL TOPICS= ==[[Final_Project_Review_Reporting_(Phase_Financial_Closeout_Information)|Final Project Review Reporting (Phase Financial Closeout Information)]]== ==[[Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports|Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports]]== ==[[Updating_Microsoft_Word_Settings|Updating Microsoft Word Settings]]== ==[[Viewing_Person_Qualifications_in_AASHTOWare_Construction_and_Materials|Viewing Person Qualifications in AASHTOWare Construction and Materials]]== 87b567720cfe8adf7f09590802f03e9c48522e9f 0 89 315 309 2024-03-01T19:24:40Z McGowanR 4 /* Managing Contracts Information */ Update Managing Contract Information Section to provide link to new Special Topics page related to Final Project Review Reporting wikitext text/x-wiki =CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION= ==Managing Contracts Information== <p style="color:green"><i>The Additional Information tab allows you to maintain additional information on the contract. </i> </p> 1. Navigate to the '''Contract Administration''' component. 2. Search for and Select the contract ID that you are assigned. 3. Click the '''Additional Information''' tab. [[File:Contract Administration Picture1.png|center]] 4. The following fields are available, depending on your role, some maybe updatable: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Proposal Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the proposal type.</li> <li>'''Division/Residency''' - enter the administrative office level responsible for this contract.</li> <li>'''Designer''' - search for and select the person responsible for the contract’s design.</li> <li>'''Surety''' - search for and select the name of the company that insures the proposal vendor.</li> <li>'''Surety Agent''' - search for and select the contact person at the surety company.</li> <li>'''Stormwater Events Enabled''' – click checkbox if a Stormwater Event is required.</li> <li>'''Contract Work Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the kind of work to be performed.</li> <li>'''Progress Schedule Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the method used to track contract progress.</li> <li>'''Contract Alternate Name 1''' - enter an alternate name for the contract, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Contract Alternate Name 2''' - enter a second alternate name for the contract, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Total Allowable Maximum Subcontract Percent''' - enter the maximum percent of contract work that the agency allows to be subcontracted for non-specialty items.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Spec Book''' - enter a specification book associated with the proposal in addition to the primary spec book.</li> <li>'''Incentive Cap Amount''' - enter the maximum incentive amount that can be paid to contractors for work on the contract.</li> <li>'''Disincentive Cap Amount''' - enter the maximum total amount of disincentives that can be withheld from payment to contractors for work on the contract.</li> </ol> 5. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Stormwater Earth Moving''' - indicates whether the SECIR report for this contract includes an earth moving inspection.</li> <li>'''Original Reference Vendor ID''' - shows the identification number for the original contractor on the contract.</li> <li>'''Original Reference Vendor Name''' - lists the name of the original contractor.</li> <li>'''Original Material Generated User ID''' - indicates a unique identifier regarding each person for materials.</li> <li>'''DWR Agency View Reference Item Associations Imported''' - indicates whether the contract imported associations between DWR agency views and reference items.</li> <li>'''Override Global Payment Estimate Exceptions''' - indicates whether the contract includes overrides to the agency- wide default settings for contractor payment estimate exceptions.</li> <li>'''Override Global Contract Payment Approval Levels''' - indicates whether the contract includes overrides to the agency- wide default settings for contractor payment approval levels.</li> </ol> 6. The following fields can be completed in the Phase Financial Closeout group box. For more information see [[Final_Project_Review_Reporting_(Phase_Financial_Closeout_Information)|Final Project Review Reporting]] page. <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Review Date''' - enter the date that the project was reviewed.</li> <li>'''Primary Reason for Delay''' - enter the proper reason for delay.</li> <li>'''Construction Comments''' - enter any information about the associated work.</li> <li>'''Engineer Certification Expiration Date''' - enter the date that the engineer certification will expire.</li> <li>'''Final Estimate Projected Date''' - enter the projected final estimate completion date.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Administrative Offices on the Contract== <p style="color:green"><i>The Administrative Offices tab enables you to associate one or more administrative offices with the contract. Staff assigned to the administrative offices selected will be able to see contracts with their roles that are assigned to that office. </i> </p> 1. To add an administrative office, Click the '''Administrative Offices''' tab. 2. Enter the search criteria for an administrative office in the '''Quick Find''' search box. Or, click the '''Select Administrative''' Office button. 3. Click the row for the office to add to the contract. 4. Click the '''Add to Contract''' button. [[File:Contract Administration Picture2.png|center]] 5. Click the expand arrow for the new office row. [[File:Contract Administration Picture3.png|center]] 6. The following fields are available: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Effective Date''' - enter the date the office becomes effective.</li> <li>'''Expiration Date''' - enter the date that approval or effectiveness ends for the office, if appropriate. This does not need to be populated.</li> <li>'''Status''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the status of the office.</li> <li>'''Active''' - should be defaulted to Active and indicates whether the record is active or not, based on the effective and expiration dates and the status field.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. 8. Once saved, depending on which level of contract administrative office is selected, you may need to use range fill to fill in the Effective Date and Status of the higher contract administrative offices. <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>Click the arrow next to the Effective Date label on the contract administrative office that you selected and select All x rows (where x is the number of contract administrative offices).</li> <li>Click the arrow next to the Status label on the contract administrative office that you selected and select All x rows (where x is the number of contract administrative offices).</li> </ol> 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Transferring Contracts Between Offices== <p style="color:green"><i>Using the Administrative Office feature described above it is possible to “transfer” a contract from one office to another. Only 1 office from each level (Region, TSC, Local Agency, Consultant) can have access at any one time. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Transferring a contract will remove access from the current office being expired and give access to the new office on the following day. If someone needs immediate access to the contract see [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Maintaining_Contract_Specific_Contract_Authority Maintaining Contract Specific Contract Authority.] Read all steps thoroughly before completing. There is the potential for you to lock yourself out of the contract before completing all steps described below. |- |} </div> To transfer a contract, navigate to the Contract Administration Summary screen of the contract you wish to transfer and select the Administrative Offices tab: 1. From the '''Home''' dashboard go to the '''Construction''' component, select the '''Contract Administration''' link. 2. Search for and select the contract to transfer by clicking the '''Contract ID''' link. 3. On the '''Administrative Offices''' tab expand the current office you wish to expire and enter in the expiration date of today. '''DO NOT CLICK SAVE!''' 4. Click the '''Select Administrative Office''' button and select the office the contract needs to be transferred to. Click the '''Add to Contract button.''' 5. '''Expand''' the row of the office you just added to the list and change the '''Effective date''' to '''tomorrow’s date.''' The expiration date of the old office and the effective date of the new office cannot overlap. 6. '''Verify''' that the expiration date from the old office is filled in and the effective date for the new office is filled in with '''no overlapping dates.''' 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Contract Specific Contract Authority== <p style="color:green"><i>Contract Specific Contract Authority works in conjunction with other security features to give individual users the authority to access and change contract information. The Contract Authority tab contains all the contract authority information that has been recorded for this contract. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |When using InfoTech Mobile Inspector, users must be assigned contract-specific contract authority in order to access contract data and enter DWR information in Mobile Inspector. Assigning All Contract Access or inheriting office-wide contract authority does not provide the user with contract access in Mobile Inspector. |- |} </div> 1. To add contract authority information, Click the '''Contract Authority''' tab. 2. In the '''Contract Specific Contract Authority''' section, Click the '''New''' button. [[File:Contract Administration Picture4.png|center]] 3. The following fields are available: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Person''' - enter the ID of the person for whom you are assigning contract authority.</li> <li>'''Role''' - enter the role of the person for whom you are assigning contract authority.</li> <li>'''Effective Date''' - enter the date the contract authority becomes effective for the person.</li> <li>'''Expiration Date''' - enter the date the contract authority ends for the person.</li> <li>'''Status''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the status for the record.</li> </ol> 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Office-Wide Contract Authority== <p style="color:green"><i>This section contains a list of all the office-wide contract authorities in the system that would include this contract, listed by person. The information in this list is view only and cannot be changed. </i> </p> 1. To view information on the contract authorities, Click the Contract Authority tab. 2. In the '''Office-Wide Contract Authority''' section, click in a row to expand it. [[File:Contract Administration Picture5.png|center]] 3. View the information. '''Managing Contract Items''' The Contract Items component provides information about all the items associated with the contract. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Contract Items== <p style="color:green"><i>The General tab contains an accordion list of all of the awarded vendor's bid prices for the contract items and any items that were added or modified by change orders. </i> </p> 1. To view contract items on the General tab, Navigate to the '''Contract Administration''' component, and select the appropriate contract. 2. Click the '''Items''' quick link. 3. Click the expand arrow for a row to view information about the item. The other tabs, Contract Project Items tab, and Contractor Items tab show the contract item information sorted by project and contractor respectively. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding an Unattached Item to the Contract== <p style="color:green"><i>An unattached item is an item added to the contract after the contract has been executed. Unattached items are included in contract categories and can be tracked on daily work reports but are not recognized as contract items by the system and cannot be included in a contract payment until they are added to the contract through a change order and the change order is approved. </i> </p> 1. To add unattached items to a contract Click the '''General''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Unattached Items''' button. 3. In the '''Item ID''' field, search for and select the Item you want to designate as unattached in the contract. 4. Search for and select the '''Projects''' and '''Categories''' to which to add the unattached item. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Contract Project Items== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Project Items tab provides a view of all the items in the contract, listed by project category. </i> </p> 1. To maintain contract project items, Click the '''Contract Project Items''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow for the project, and for each newly added item. 3. In the '''Contract Project Item Comments''' field, enter comments. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Contractor Items== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contractor Items tab contains an accordion list that includes the prime contractor and all subcontractors associated with the contract, and lists the items assigned to each. For more information, see the Working with Contractor Items section of the AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials™ User’s Guide for Construction. </i> </p> 1. To view contractor items on a contract, Click the '''Contractor Items''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow to view the items for a contractor. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Using Attention Flags on Contract Items== <p style="color:green"><i>Attention flags allow you to place a temporary reminder or comment on a contract item or DWR item. </i> </p> 1. To add an attention flag, Click the '''Items''' link. 2. Click the row '''Actions''' button for the item to which to add an attention flag on the Contract Items > General tab and select the '''Contract Item Attention Flags''' task. 3. Click the '''New''' button (unless blank row already there). 4. In the '''Comments''' field, enter a comment for the flag. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Closing and Archiving a Contract== <p style="color:green"><i>At the end of a contract, the contract can be closed by creating a Final estimate. A closed contract can be reopened if needed. See [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Pay_Estimates#Adding_a_Contract_Payment_Estimate Adding a Contract Payment Estimate.] </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>The archival functionality does not remove a contract from the system. Instead, the system updates the contract so it has an Archived status and the Roles within the system are configured to restrict access to the archived contracts. Archiving a contract removes contract access to most users. </i> </p> To archive a contract, navigate to the Contract Administration Summary screen of the contract you wish to archive: 1. From the '''Home''' dashboard go to the '''Construction''' component, select the '''Contract Administration''' link. 2. Search for and select the contract to archive by clicking the '''Contract ID''' link. 3. On the '''General tab''' in the '''Workflow Phase field''', click the drop-down arrow and select '''Finance Closeout'''. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. aea1e3438da31867b041ece2ac2deebd84101615 321 315 2024-04-15T16:52:20Z McGowanR 4 Added New Section Related to "Adding Subcontracts" wikitext text/x-wiki =CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION= ==Managing Contracts Information== <p style="color:green"><i>The Additional Information tab allows you to maintain additional information on the contract. </i> </p> 1. Navigate to the '''Contract Administration''' component. 2. Search for and Select the contract ID that you are assigned. 3. Click the '''Additional Information''' tab. [[File:Contract Administration Picture1.png|center]] 4. The following fields are available, depending on your role, some maybe updatable: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Proposal Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the proposal type.</li> <li>'''Division/Residency''' - enter the administrative office level responsible for this contract.</li> <li>'''Designer''' - search for and select the person responsible for the contract’s design.</li> <li>'''Surety''' - search for and select the name of the company that insures the proposal vendor.</li> <li>'''Surety Agent''' - search for and select the contact person at the surety company.</li> <li>'''Stormwater Events Enabled''' – click checkbox if a Stormwater Event is required.</li> <li>'''Contract Work Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the kind of work to be performed.</li> <li>'''Progress Schedule Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the method used to track contract progress.</li> <li>'''Contract Alternate Name 1''' - enter an alternate name for the contract, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Contract Alternate Name 2''' - enter a second alternate name for the contract, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Total Allowable Maximum Subcontract Percent''' - enter the maximum percent of contract work that the agency allows to be subcontracted for non-specialty items.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Spec Book''' - enter a specification book associated with the proposal in addition to the primary spec book.</li> <li>'''Incentive Cap Amount''' - enter the maximum incentive amount that can be paid to contractors for work on the contract.</li> <li>'''Disincentive Cap Amount''' - enter the maximum total amount of disincentives that can be withheld from payment to contractors for work on the contract.</li> </ol> 5. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Stormwater Earth Moving''' - indicates whether the SECIR report for this contract includes an earth moving inspection.</li> <li>'''Original Reference Vendor ID''' - shows the identification number for the original contractor on the contract.</li> <li>'''Original Reference Vendor Name''' - lists the name of the original contractor.</li> <li>'''Original Material Generated User ID''' - indicates a unique identifier regarding each person for materials.</li> <li>'''DWR Agency View Reference Item Associations Imported''' - indicates whether the contract imported associations between DWR agency views and reference items.</li> <li>'''Override Global Payment Estimate Exceptions''' - indicates whether the contract includes overrides to the agency- wide default settings for contractor payment estimate exceptions.</li> <li>'''Override Global Contract Payment Approval Levels''' - indicates whether the contract includes overrides to the agency- wide default settings for contractor payment approval levels.</li> </ol> 6. The following fields can be completed in the Phase Financial Closeout group box. For more information see [[Final_Project_Review_Reporting_(Phase_Financial_Closeout_Information)|Final Project Review Reporting]] page. <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Review Date''' - enter the date that the project was reviewed.</li> <li>'''Primary Reason for Delay''' - enter the proper reason for delay.</li> <li>'''Construction Comments''' - enter any information about the associated work.</li> <li>'''Engineer Certification Expiration Date''' - enter the date that the engineer certification will expire.</li> <li>'''Final Estimate Projected Date''' - enter the projected final estimate completion date.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Administrative Offices on the Contract== <p style="color:green"><i>The Administrative Offices tab enables you to associate one or more administrative offices with the contract. Staff assigned to the administrative offices selected will be able to see contracts with their roles that are assigned to that office. </i> </p> 1. To add an administrative office, Click the '''Administrative Offices''' tab. 2. Enter the search criteria for an administrative office in the '''Quick Find''' search box. Or, click the '''Select Administrative''' Office button. 3. Click the row for the office to add to the contract. 4. Click the '''Add to Contract''' button. [[File:Contract Administration Picture2.png|center]] 5. Click the expand arrow for the new office row. [[File:Contract Administration Picture3.png|center]] 6. The following fields are available: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Effective Date''' - enter the date the office becomes effective.</li> <li>'''Expiration Date''' - enter the date that approval or effectiveness ends for the office, if appropriate. This does not need to be populated.</li> <li>'''Status''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the status of the office.</li> <li>'''Active''' - should be defaulted to Active and indicates whether the record is active or not, based on the effective and expiration dates and the status field.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. 8. Once saved, depending on which level of contract administrative office is selected, you may need to use range fill to fill in the Effective Date and Status of the higher contract administrative offices. <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>Click the arrow next to the Effective Date label on the contract administrative office that you selected and select All x rows (where x is the number of contract administrative offices).</li> <li>Click the arrow next to the Status label on the contract administrative office that you selected and select All x rows (where x is the number of contract administrative offices).</li> </ol> 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Transferring Contracts Between Offices== <p style="color:green"><i>Using the Administrative Office feature described above it is possible to “transfer” a contract from one office to another. Only 1 office from each level (Region, TSC, Local Agency, Consultant) can have access at any one time. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Transferring a contract will remove access from the current office being expired and give access to the new office on the following day. If someone needs immediate access to the contract see [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Maintaining_Contract_Specific_Contract_Authority Maintaining Contract Specific Contract Authority.] Read all steps thoroughly before completing. There is the potential for you to lock yourself out of the contract before completing all steps described below. |- |} </div> To transfer a contract, navigate to the Contract Administration Summary screen of the contract you wish to transfer and select the Administrative Offices tab: 1. From the '''Home''' dashboard go to the '''Construction''' component, select the '''Contract Administration''' link. 2. Search for and select the contract to transfer by clicking the '''Contract ID''' link. 3. On the '''Administrative Offices''' tab expand the current office you wish to expire and enter in the expiration date of today. '''DO NOT CLICK SAVE!''' 4. Click the '''Select Administrative Office''' button and select the office the contract needs to be transferred to. Click the '''Add to Contract button.''' 5. '''Expand''' the row of the office you just added to the list and change the '''Effective date''' to '''tomorrow’s date.''' The expiration date of the old office and the effective date of the new office cannot overlap. 6. '''Verify''' that the expiration date from the old office is filled in and the effective date for the new office is filled in with '''no overlapping dates.''' 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Contract Specific Contract Authority== <p style="color:green"><i>Contract Specific Contract Authority works in conjunction with other security features to give individual users the authority to access and change contract information. The Contract Authority tab contains all the contract authority information that has been recorded for this contract. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |When using InfoTech Mobile Inspector, users must be assigned contract-specific contract authority in order to access contract data and enter DWR information in Mobile Inspector. Assigning All Contract Access or inheriting office-wide contract authority does not provide the user with contract access in Mobile Inspector. |- |} </div> 1. To add contract authority information, Click the '''Contract Authority''' tab. 2. In the '''Contract Specific Contract Authority''' section, Click the '''New''' button. [[File:Contract Administration Picture4.png|center]] 3. The following fields are available: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Person''' - enter the ID of the person for whom you are assigning contract authority.</li> <li>'''Role''' - enter the role of the person for whom you are assigning contract authority.</li> <li>'''Effective Date''' - enter the date the contract authority becomes effective for the person.</li> <li>'''Expiration Date''' - enter the date the contract authority ends for the person.</li> <li>'''Status''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the status for the record.</li> </ol> 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Office-Wide Contract Authority== <p style="color:green"><i>This section contains a list of all the office-wide contract authorities in the system that would include this contract, listed by person. The information in this list is view only and cannot be changed. </i> </p> 1. To view information on the contract authorities, Click the Contract Authority tab. 2. In the '''Office-Wide Contract Authority''' section, click in a row to expand it. [[File:Contract Administration Picture5.png|center]] 3. View the information. '''Managing Contract Items''' The Contract Items component provides information about all the items associated with the contract. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Contract Items== <p style="color:green"><i>The General tab contains an accordion list of all of the awarded vendor's bid prices for the contract items and any items that were added or modified by change orders. </i> </p> 1. To view contract items on the General tab, Navigate to the '''Contract Administration''' component, and select the appropriate contract. 2. Click the '''Items''' quick link. 3. Click the expand arrow for a row to view information about the item. The other tabs, Contract Project Items tab, and Contractor Items tab show the contract item information sorted by project and contractor respectively. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding an Unattached Item to the Contract== <p style="color:green"><i>An unattached item is an item added to the contract after the contract has been executed. Unattached items are included in contract categories and can be tracked on daily work reports but are not recognized as contract items by the system and cannot be included in a contract payment until they are added to the contract through a change order and the change order is approved. </i> </p> 1. To add unattached items to a contract Click the '''General''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Unattached Items''' button. 3. In the '''Item ID''' field, search for and select the Item you want to designate as unattached in the contract. 4. Search for and select the '''Projects''' and '''Categories''' to which to add the unattached item. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Contract Project Items== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Project Items tab provides a view of all the items in the contract, listed by project category. </i> </p> 1. To maintain contract project items, Click the '''Contract Project Items''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow for the project, and for each newly added item. 3. In the '''Contract Project Item Comments''' field, enter comments. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Subcontracts== <p style="color:green"><i>The system enforces the rule that subcontractors must have a subcontract entered into the system before Inspectors are able to post items to the on DWRs. </i> </p> To add a subcontract, navigate to the Contract Administration Summary or the Contract Progress Summary screen of your contract. 1. From the Contract Administration Summary or the Contract Progress Summary screen select the '''Subcontracts quick link.''' [[File:Contract Administration Picture6.png|center]] 2. From the subcontract section of the page, select the '''Add action''' from the '''action menu by the save button.''' [[File:Contract Administration Picture7.png|center]] 3. The screen will refresh. Complete the '''Vendor field''' and click the '''save''' button. 4. After the screen refreshes, the following fields should be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''MDOT Approved Date -''' This date is similar to the old date written on the old cover sheet before when subcontracts were sent to central office.</li> </ol> 5. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Ready For Review Date –''' This field will be used in the future. It can be used if multiple people are reviewing the subcontract prior to approval.</li> <li>'''Description of Work –''' A description of the work being done on the subcontract</li> <li>'''Progress Schedule –''' Any progress schedule notes related to the subcontract</li> <li>'''Parent Subcontract Number –''' If this subcontract is a sub-sub relationship, a second or third tier subcontract, indicate which subcontract is the parent subcontract for this subcontract</li> <li>'''Trucker –''' If the subcontract is for trucking, check this box and enter the value of the trucking in the Trucker Amount field that appears.</li> <li>'''Supplier -''' If the subcontract is for supplying materials, check this box and enter the value of the supplying in the Supplier Amount field that appears.</li> <li>'''Broker -''' If the subcontract is for Brokering, check this box and enter the value of the brokering in the Broker Amount field that appears.</li> <li>'''Inactive Date –''' The date the subcontract was inactivated/cancelled</li> </ol> 6. Add items to the subcontract by navigating to the '''Items tab or the Items Worksheet Tab.''' Both tabs show the same information and allow the same functions, but display the information differently. ''Items Tab Option:'' <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>Navigate to the '''Items tab'''</li> <li>Click the '''Select Items button'''</li> <li>Search for and select your item(s) and click the '''Add to Subcontract''' button</li> <li>For each item added to the subcontract, expand each row and modify the fields as needed to match the subcontract documents supplied by the contractor. Fields available include:</li> <ol type="I" start="1"> <li>'''Partial Item –''' an option to flag the item as a partial item</li> <li>'''Subset Item –''' an option to flag the item as a subset item</li> <li>'''Quantity –''' The quantity of the item being performed by the subcontractor, which is used to calculate the value of the subcontract</li> <li>'''Prime Unit Price –''' The price of the item in the subcontract, used to calculate the value of the subcontract</li> <li>'''Subcontract Unit Price –''' This field is a system used field and should auto populate with the value you enter into the Prime Unit Price Field.</li> <li>'''Comments –''' An optional comments field</li> </ol> <li>Click the '''save''' button.</li> </ol> [[File:Contract Administration Picture8.png|center]] ''Items Worksheet Option:'' <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>Navigate to the '''Item Worksheet tab'''</li> <li>Click the '''Select Items button'''</li> <li>Search for and select your item(s) and click the '''Add to Subcontract''' button</li> <li>For each item added to the subcontract, double click into each cell to modify its contents. Editable cells have a pencil icon by their title.</li> <ol type="I" start="1"> <li>'''Subset Item –''' an option to flag the item as a subset item</li> <li>'''Quantity –''' The quantity of the item being performed by the subcontractor, which is used to calculate the value of the subcontract</li> <li>'''Prime Unit Price –''' The price of the item in the subcontract, used to calculate the value of the subcontract</li> <li>'''Subcontract Unit Price –''' Populate this field with the same price as the Prime Unit Price Field</li> </ol> <li>Click the '''save''' button.</li> </ol> [[File:Contract Administration Picture9.png|center]] <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Subcontracts do not automatically update based on approved change orders. In order to post extras and modified originals to a subcontractor, the items added via change order must still be manually added to the respective subcontract. |- |} </div> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Contractor Items== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contractor Items tab contains an accordion list that includes the prime contractor and all subcontractors associated with the contract, and lists the items assigned to each. For more information, see the Working with Contractor Items section of the AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials™ User’s Guide for Construction. </i> </p> 1. To view contractor items on a contract, Click the '''Contractor Items''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow to view the items for a contractor. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Using Attention Flags on Contract Items== <p style="color:green"><i>Attention flags allow you to place a temporary reminder or comment on a contract item or DWR item. </i> </p> 1. To add an attention flag, Click the '''Items''' link. 2. Click the row '''Actions''' button for the item to which to add an attention flag on the Contract Items > General tab and select the '''Contract Item Attention Flags''' task. 3. Click the '''New''' button (unless blank row already there). 4. In the '''Comments''' field, enter a comment for the flag. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Closing and Archiving a Contract== <p style="color:green"><i>At the end of a contract, the contract can be closed by creating a Final estimate. A closed contract can be reopened if needed. See [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Pay_Estimates#Adding_a_Contract_Payment_Estimate Adding a Contract Payment Estimate.] </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>The archival functionality does not remove a contract from the system. Instead, the system updates the contract so it has an Archived status and the Roles within the system are configured to restrict access to the archived contracts. Archiving a contract removes contract access to most users. </i> </p> To archive a contract, navigate to the Contract Administration Summary screen of the contract you wish to archive: 1. From the '''Home''' dashboard go to the '''Construction''' component, select the '''Contract Administration''' link. 2. Search for and select the contract to archive by clicking the '''Contract ID''' link. 3. On the '''General tab''' in the '''Workflow Phase field''', click the drop-down arrow and select '''Finance Closeout'''. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. 558063ff1ef20200e6d008e3c5222599f08d68ee 341 321 2024-08-29T18:25:23Z BurnsD 6 /* Adding Subcontracts */ wikitext text/x-wiki =CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION= ==Managing Contracts Information== <p style="color:green"><i>The Additional Information tab allows you to maintain additional information on the contract. </i> </p> 1. Navigate to the '''Contract Administration''' component. 2. Search for and Select the contract ID that you are assigned. 3. Click the '''Additional Information''' tab. [[File:Contract Administration Picture1.png|center]] 4. The following fields are available, depending on your role, some maybe updatable: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Proposal Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the proposal type.</li> <li>'''Division/Residency''' - enter the administrative office level responsible for this contract.</li> <li>'''Designer''' - search for and select the person responsible for the contract’s design.</li> <li>'''Surety''' - search for and select the name of the company that insures the proposal vendor.</li> <li>'''Surety Agent''' - search for and select the contact person at the surety company.</li> <li>'''Stormwater Events Enabled''' – click checkbox if a Stormwater Event is required.</li> <li>'''Contract Work Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the kind of work to be performed.</li> <li>'''Progress Schedule Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the method used to track contract progress.</li> <li>'''Contract Alternate Name 1''' - enter an alternate name for the contract, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Contract Alternate Name 2''' - enter a second alternate name for the contract, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Total Allowable Maximum Subcontract Percent''' - enter the maximum percent of contract work that the agency allows to be subcontracted for non-specialty items.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Spec Book''' - enter a specification book associated with the proposal in addition to the primary spec book.</li> <li>'''Incentive Cap Amount''' - enter the maximum incentive amount that can be paid to contractors for work on the contract.</li> <li>'''Disincentive Cap Amount''' - enter the maximum total amount of disincentives that can be withheld from payment to contractors for work on the contract.</li> </ol> 5. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Stormwater Earth Moving''' - indicates whether the SECIR report for this contract includes an earth moving inspection.</li> <li>'''Original Reference Vendor ID''' - shows the identification number for the original contractor on the contract.</li> <li>'''Original Reference Vendor Name''' - lists the name of the original contractor.</li> <li>'''Original Material Generated User ID''' - indicates a unique identifier regarding each person for materials.</li> <li>'''DWR Agency View Reference Item Associations Imported''' - indicates whether the contract imported associations between DWR agency views and reference items.</li> <li>'''Override Global Payment Estimate Exceptions''' - indicates whether the contract includes overrides to the agency- wide default settings for contractor payment estimate exceptions.</li> <li>'''Override Global Contract Payment Approval Levels''' - indicates whether the contract includes overrides to the agency- wide default settings for contractor payment approval levels.</li> </ol> 6. The following fields can be completed in the Phase Financial Closeout group box. For more information see [[Final_Project_Review_Reporting_(Phase_Financial_Closeout_Information)|Final Project Review Reporting]] page. <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Review Date''' - enter the date that the project was reviewed.</li> <li>'''Primary Reason for Delay''' - enter the proper reason for delay.</li> <li>'''Construction Comments''' - enter any information about the associated work.</li> <li>'''Engineer Certification Expiration Date''' - enter the date that the engineer certification will expire.</li> <li>'''Final Estimate Projected Date''' - enter the projected final estimate completion date.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Administrative Offices on the Contract== <p style="color:green"><i>The Administrative Offices tab enables you to associate one or more administrative offices with the contract. Staff assigned to the administrative offices selected will be able to see contracts with their roles that are assigned to that office. </i> </p> 1. To add an administrative office, Click the '''Administrative Offices''' tab. 2. Enter the search criteria for an administrative office in the '''Quick Find''' search box. Or, click the '''Select Administrative''' Office button. 3. Click the row for the office to add to the contract. 4. Click the '''Add to Contract''' button. [[File:Contract Administration Picture2.png|center]] 5. Click the expand arrow for the new office row. [[File:Contract Administration Picture3.png|center]] 6. The following fields are available: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Effective Date''' - enter the date the office becomes effective.</li> <li>'''Expiration Date''' - enter the date that approval or effectiveness ends for the office, if appropriate. This does not need to be populated.</li> <li>'''Status''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the status of the office.</li> <li>'''Active''' - should be defaulted to Active and indicates whether the record is active or not, based on the effective and expiration dates and the status field.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. 8. Once saved, depending on which level of contract administrative office is selected, you may need to use range fill to fill in the Effective Date and Status of the higher contract administrative offices. <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>Click the arrow next to the Effective Date label on the contract administrative office that you selected and select All x rows (where x is the number of contract administrative offices).</li> <li>Click the arrow next to the Status label on the contract administrative office that you selected and select All x rows (where x is the number of contract administrative offices).</li> </ol> 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Transferring Contracts Between Offices== <p style="color:green"><i>Using the Administrative Office feature described above it is possible to “transfer” a contract from one office to another. Only 1 office from each level (Region, TSC, Local Agency, Consultant) can have access at any one time. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Transferring a contract will remove access from the current office being expired and give access to the new office on the following day. If someone needs immediate access to the contract see [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Maintaining_Contract_Specific_Contract_Authority Maintaining Contract Specific Contract Authority.] Read all steps thoroughly before completing. There is the potential for you to lock yourself out of the contract before completing all steps described below. |- |} </div> To transfer a contract, navigate to the Contract Administration Summary screen of the contract you wish to transfer and select the Administrative Offices tab: 1. From the '''Home''' dashboard go to the '''Construction''' component, select the '''Contract Administration''' link. 2. Search for and select the contract to transfer by clicking the '''Contract ID''' link. 3. On the '''Administrative Offices''' tab expand the current office you wish to expire and enter in the expiration date of today. '''DO NOT CLICK SAVE!''' 4. Click the '''Select Administrative Office''' button and select the office the contract needs to be transferred to. Click the '''Add to Contract button.''' 5. '''Expand''' the row of the office you just added to the list and change the '''Effective date''' to '''tomorrow’s date.''' The expiration date of the old office and the effective date of the new office cannot overlap. 6. '''Verify''' that the expiration date from the old office is filled in and the effective date for the new office is filled in with '''no overlapping dates.''' 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Contract Specific Contract Authority== <p style="color:green"><i>Contract Specific Contract Authority works in conjunction with other security features to give individual users the authority to access and change contract information. The Contract Authority tab contains all the contract authority information that has been recorded for this contract. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |When using InfoTech Mobile Inspector, users must be assigned contract-specific contract authority in order to access contract data and enter DWR information in Mobile Inspector. Assigning All Contract Access or inheriting office-wide contract authority does not provide the user with contract access in Mobile Inspector. |- |} </div> 1. To add contract authority information, Click the '''Contract Authority''' tab. 2. In the '''Contract Specific Contract Authority''' section, Click the '''New''' button. [[File:Contract Administration Picture4.png|center]] 3. The following fields are available: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Person''' - enter the ID of the person for whom you are assigning contract authority.</li> <li>'''Role''' - enter the role of the person for whom you are assigning contract authority.</li> <li>'''Effective Date''' - enter the date the contract authority becomes effective for the person.</li> <li>'''Expiration Date''' - enter the date the contract authority ends for the person.</li> <li>'''Status''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the status for the record.</li> </ol> 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Office-Wide Contract Authority== <p style="color:green"><i>This section contains a list of all the office-wide contract authorities in the system that would include this contract, listed by person. The information in this list is view only and cannot be changed. </i> </p> 1. To view information on the contract authorities, Click the Contract Authority tab. 2. In the '''Office-Wide Contract Authority''' section, click in a row to expand it. [[File:Contract Administration Picture5.png|center]] 3. View the information. '''Managing Contract Items''' The Contract Items component provides information about all the items associated with the contract. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Contract Items== <p style="color:green"><i>The General tab contains an accordion list of all of the awarded vendor's bid prices for the contract items and any items that were added or modified by change orders. </i> </p> 1. To view contract items on the General tab, Navigate to the '''Contract Administration''' component, and select the appropriate contract. 2. Click the '''Items''' quick link. 3. Click the expand arrow for a row to view information about the item. The other tabs, Contract Project Items tab, and Contractor Items tab show the contract item information sorted by project and contractor respectively. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding an Unattached Item to the Contract== <p style="color:green"><i>An unattached item is an item added to the contract after the contract has been executed. Unattached items are included in contract categories and can be tracked on daily work reports but are not recognized as contract items by the system and cannot be included in a contract payment until they are added to the contract through a change order and the change order is approved. </i> </p> 1. To add unattached items to a contract Click the '''General''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Unattached Items''' button. 3. In the '''Item ID''' field, search for and select the Item you want to designate as unattached in the contract. 4. Search for and select the '''Projects''' and '''Categories''' to which to add the unattached item. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Maintaining Contract Project Items== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Project Items tab provides a view of all the items in the contract, listed by project category. </i> </p> 1. To maintain contract project items, Click the '''Contract Project Items''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow for the project, and for each newly added item. 3. In the '''Contract Project Item Comments''' field, enter comments. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Subcontracts== <p style="color:green"><i>The system enforces the rule that subcontractors must have a subcontract entered into the system before Inspectors are able to post items to the on DWRs. </i> </p> To add a subcontract, navigate to the Contract Administration Summary or the Contract Progress Summary screen of your contract. 1. From the Contract Administration Summary or the Contract Progress Summary screen select the '''Subcontracts quick link.''' [[File:Contract Administration Picture6.png|center]] 2. From the subcontract section of the page, select the '''Add action''' from the '''action menu by the save button.''' [[File:Contract Administration Picture7.png|center]] 3. The screen will refresh. Complete the '''Vendor field''' and click the '''save''' button. 4. After the screen refreshes, the following fields should be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''MDOT Approved Date -''' This date is similar to the old date written on the old cover sheet before when subcontracts were sent to central office.</li> </ol> 5. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Ready For Review Date –''' This field will be used in the future. It can be used if multiple people are reviewing the subcontract prior to approval.</li> <li>'''Description of Work –''' A description of the work being done on the subcontract</li> <li>'''Progress Schedule –''' Any progress schedule notes related to the subcontract</li> <li>'''Parent Subcontract Number –''' If this subcontract is a sub-sub relationship, a second or third tier subcontract, indicate which subcontract is the parent subcontract for this subcontract</li> <li>'''Trucker –''' If the subcontract is for trucking, check this box and enter the value of the trucking in the Trucker Amount field that appears.</li> <li>'''Supplier -''' If the subcontract is for supplying materials, check this box and enter the value of the supplying in the Supplier Amount field that appears.</li> <li>'''Broker -''' If the subcontract is for Brokering, check this box and enter the value of the brokering in the Broker Amount field that appears.</li> <li>'''Inactive Date –''' The date the subcontract was inactivated/cancelled</li> </ol> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |When entering a subcontract for trucking, the Trucker check box and Trucker Amount field on the General Tab of the subcontract should be used. Using this field allows MDOT to accurately report trucking amounts in statewide reports. Adding pay items to the items area of a trucking subcontract is not needed and could double the value of the subcontract. Users should use the Trucker, Supplier and Brokering fields as needed when the subcontractor is not directly working on the pay items. [[File:Contract Administration Picture7.1.png|800px|center]] |- |} </div> 6. Add items to the subcontract by navigating to the '''Items tab or the Items Worksheet Tab.''' Both tabs show the same information and allow the same functions, but display the information differently. ''Items Tab Option:'' <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>Navigate to the '''Items tab'''</li> <li>Click the '''Select Items button'''</li> <li>Search for and select your item(s) and click the '''Add to Subcontract''' button</li> <li>For each item added to the subcontract, expand each row and modify the fields as needed to match the subcontract documents supplied by the contractor. Fields available include:</li> <ol type="I" start="1"> <li>'''Partial Item –''' an option to flag the item as a partial item</li> <li>'''Subset Item –''' an option to flag the item as a subset item</li> <li>'''Quantity –''' The quantity of the item being performed by the subcontractor, which is used to calculate the value of the subcontract</li> <li>'''Prime Unit Price –''' The price of the item in the subcontract, used to calculate the value of the subcontract</li> <li>'''Subcontract Unit Price –''' This field is a system used field and should auto populate with the value you enter into the Prime Unit Price Field.</li> <li>'''Comments –''' An optional comments field</li> </ol> <li>Click the '''save''' button.</li> </ol> [[File:Contract Administration Picture8.png|center]] ''Items Worksheet Option:'' <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>Navigate to the '''Item Worksheet tab'''</li> <li>Click the '''Select Items button'''</li> <li>Search for and select your item(s) and click the '''Add to Subcontract''' button</li> <li>For each item added to the subcontract, double click into each cell to modify its contents. Editable cells have a pencil icon by their title.</li> <ol type="I" start="1"> <li>'''Subset Item –''' an option to flag the item as a subset item</li> <li>'''Quantity –''' The quantity of the item being performed by the subcontractor, which is used to calculate the value of the subcontract</li> <li>'''Prime Unit Price –''' The price of the item in the subcontract, used to calculate the value of the subcontract</li> <li>'''Subcontract Unit Price –''' Populate this field with the same price as the Prime Unit Price Field</li> </ol> <li>Click the '''save''' button.</li> </ol> [[File:Contract Administration Picture9.png|center]] <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Subcontracts do not automatically update based on approved change orders. In order to post extras and modified originals to a subcontractor, the items added via change order must still be manually added to the respective subcontract. |- |} </div> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing Contractor Items== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contractor Items tab contains an accordion list that includes the prime contractor and all subcontractors associated with the contract, and lists the items assigned to each. For more information, see the Working with Contractor Items section of the AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials™ User’s Guide for Construction. </i> </p> 1. To view contractor items on a contract, Click the '''Contractor Items''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow to view the items for a contractor. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Using Attention Flags on Contract Items== <p style="color:green"><i>Attention flags allow you to place a temporary reminder or comment on a contract item or DWR item. </i> </p> 1. To add an attention flag, Click the '''Items''' link. 2. Click the row '''Actions''' button for the item to which to add an attention flag on the Contract Items > General tab and select the '''Contract Item Attention Flags''' task. 3. Click the '''New''' button (unless blank row already there). 4. In the '''Comments''' field, enter a comment for the flag. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Closing and Archiving a Contract== <p style="color:green"><i>At the end of a contract, the contract can be closed by creating a Final estimate. A closed contract can be reopened if needed. See [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Pay_Estimates#Adding_a_Contract_Payment_Estimate Adding a Contract Payment Estimate.] </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>The archival functionality does not remove a contract from the system. Instead, the system updates the contract so it has an Archived status and the Roles within the system are configured to restrict access to the archived contracts. Archiving a contract removes contract access to most users. </i> </p> To archive a contract, navigate to the Contract Administration Summary screen of the contract you wish to archive: 1. From the '''Home''' dashboard go to the '''Construction''' component, select the '''Contract Administration''' link. 2. Search for and select the contract to archive by clicking the '''Contract ID''' link. 3. On the '''General tab''' in the '''Workflow Phase field''', click the drop-down arrow and select '''Finance Closeout'''. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. 18fab7ff320dcff0772ce93003b0041fd43ab14c 0 1 316 310 2024-03-01T19:44:02Z McGowanR 4 /* Recent Minor Changes */ Updating Recent Minor Change Table to reflect next Special Topics page related to Final Project Review Reporting wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|250px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>03/01/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Special_Topics Special Topics]||Created new Special Topics Page for [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Final_Project_Review_Reporting_(Phase_Financial_Closeout_Information) Final Project Review Reporting]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Special_Topics&type=revision&diff=314&oldid=283 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/30/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration Contract Administration]|| Created section related to [[Contract_Administration#Transferring_Contracts_Between_Offices|Transferring Contracts Between Offices]]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=309&oldid=304 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/08/2024</center>|| [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]|| Updated steps for Closing and Archiving a Contract.||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=304&oldid=228 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/09/2023</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Mobile_Applications Mobile Applications]||Provided content related to Syncing Contracts with Mobile Inspector||Next section added [[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Syncing_Contracts_with_Mobile_Inspector: here]] |- |<center>09/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Minor updates to clarify use of New Items tab for a change order.|| Changed title of Contract Items section and added explanation note to adding new items. |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || Office Technicians are advised to override the insufficent material exceptions as needed to prevent improper payment. || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | 5 || Payments, $0 priced items || $0 priced items can cause the create payment estimate process to stop when a $0 priced item has any type of payment estimate exception that causes a payment item adjustment (insufficient material, overrun, etc.). || 11/2/2022 || Office Technicians are encouraged to process all material approvals and change orders prior to creating estimates. A DWR temporarily backing out the posting of the $0 priced item, with a negative posting, can temporarily allow estimates to be created until the proper material approvals and change orders for the $0 priced items can be processed. Once material approvals and change orders are processed to avoid payment exceptions, a followup DWR can be made to restore the original item posting. || TBD || Pending || |- | 6 || DWR, Item Quantities || On a DWR, an error is being returned when trying to post item quantities to the third decimal place. (example: 0.123) || 3/15/2023 || N/A || An emergency ticket has been submitted to DTMB to allow three decimal places for postings. || Pending || |- | 7 || Subcontracts, Approval Dates, DWR, Item Quantities || The 4.8 upgrade process appears to have caused data loss of the already entered approval dates for subcontracts. This is preventing the posting of quantities to subcontractors. || 3/15/2023 || The approval date can be manually re-entered to allow postings. || An emergency Ticket has been submitted to DTMB to restore the missing data. || Pending || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. ==Construction Technology News== <strong>Coming Soon!</strong> =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. 1c9027a1be89085f7adeef18efcaac8c832c77b4 326 316 2024-04-15T17:48:49Z McGowanR 4 /* Construction Technology News */ Added new content/bulletin to Construction Technology News area wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|250px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>03/01/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Special_Topics Special Topics]||Created new Special Topics Page for [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Final_Project_Review_Reporting_(Phase_Financial_Closeout_Information) Final Project Review Reporting]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Special_Topics&type=revision&diff=314&oldid=283 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/30/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration Contract Administration]|| Created section related to [[Contract_Administration#Transferring_Contracts_Between_Offices|Transferring Contracts Between Offices]]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=309&oldid=304 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/08/2024</center>|| [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]|| Updated steps for Closing and Archiving a Contract.||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=304&oldid=228 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/09/2023</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Mobile_Applications Mobile Applications]||Provided content related to Syncing Contracts with Mobile Inspector||Next section added [[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Syncing_Contracts_with_Mobile_Inspector: here]] |- |<center>09/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Minor updates to clarify use of New Items tab for a change order.|| Changed title of Contract Items section and added explanation note to adding new items. |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || Office Technicians are advised to override the insufficent material exceptions as needed to prevent improper payment. || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | 5 || Payments, $0 priced items || $0 priced items can cause the create payment estimate process to stop when a $0 priced item has any type of payment estimate exception that causes a payment item adjustment (insufficient material, overrun, etc.). || 11/2/2022 || Office Technicians are encouraged to process all material approvals and change orders prior to creating estimates. A DWR temporarily backing out the posting of the $0 priced item, with a negative posting, can temporarily allow estimates to be created until the proper material approvals and change orders for the $0 priced items can be processed. Once material approvals and change orders are processed to avoid payment exceptions, a followup DWR can be made to restore the original item posting. || TBD || Pending || |- | 6 || DWR, Item Quantities || On a DWR, an error is being returned when trying to post item quantities to the third decimal place. (example: 0.123) || 3/15/2023 || N/A || An emergency ticket has been submitted to DTMB to allow three decimal places for postings. || Pending || |- | 7 || Subcontracts, Approval Dates, DWR, Item Quantities || The 4.8 upgrade process appears to have caused data loss of the already entered approval dates for subcontracts. This is preventing the posting of quantities to subcontractors. || 3/15/2023 || The approval date can be manually re-entered to allow postings. || An emergency Ticket has been submitted to DTMB to restore the missing data. || Pending || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. ==Construction Technology News== AASHTOWare Project 5.00 is here! On April 15th MDOT upgraded to the 5.00 version of AASHTOWare Project software. By upgrading from version 4.8 to 5.00, MDOT is now able to take advantage of the more than 180 fixes and enhancements that were resolved or added across the system. Many of the fixes were behind the scenes and won’t be directly apparent to you as a user. However, there were a few that we would like to point out that will show up in the new version. We have compiled the list below with some matching updates to this manual. *The drop-down options on the funding field in the change order area have been simplified and should only now show the correct funding for the new item based on the project category chosen when adding new items to the contract. **[[Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order]] **[[Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items]] **[[Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items_.28Modified_Originals.29|Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)]] *The policy that creators of DWRs cannot approve their own DWR has now fully been implemented in the system and the office tech role is being changed back to allow them to see their own DWRs under the Office Technician roles. **[[Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report|Approving a Daily Work Report]] *Some estimate errors that occur while the estimate is being created will now be shown to the user in a pop-up message like other errors and warnings. *The blue bar that contains the save button and corresponding action menu will now travel with you as you scroll long pages. This should make navigation and saving on pages with long lists easier. *A new tab in the subcontract entry area has been added. This tab contains a scrollable grid similar to an excel spreadsheet and should make subcontract entry easier. **[[Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts|Adding Subcontracts]] =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. be2e6a0d61f45e69ff1d642abf8888f96abc7bad 327 326 2024-04-16T03:51:16Z McGowanR 4 /* Recent Minor Changes */ Updated Recent Change Table to reflect changes primarily related to AASHTOWare Project 5.00 Release wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|250px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Updated content related to verifying funding source in the following Change Order Sections: *[[Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order]] *[[Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items]] *[[Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items_.28Modified_Originals.29|Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)]] ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Change_Orders&type=revision&diff=325&oldid=324 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report Daily Work Reports]||Added note specifically related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report Approving Daily Work Reports]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports&type=revision&diff=322&oldid=198 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Contract Administration]||New section related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Adding Subcontracts]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=321&oldid=315 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page Main Page]||Update related to the release of AASHTOWare Project 5.00||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page#Construction_Technology_News See Construction Technology News below] |- |<center>03/01/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Special_Topics Special Topics]||Created new Special Topics Page for [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Final_Project_Review_Reporting_(Phase_Financial_Closeout_Information) Final Project Review Reporting]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Special_Topics&type=revision&diff=314&oldid=283 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/30/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration Contract Administration]|| Created section related to [[Contract_Administration#Transferring_Contracts_Between_Offices|Transferring Contracts Between Offices]]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=309&oldid=304 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/08/2024</center>|| [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]|| Updated steps for Closing and Archiving a Contract.||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=304&oldid=228 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/09/2023</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Mobile_Applications Mobile Applications]||Provided content related to Syncing Contracts with Mobile Inspector||Next section added [[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Syncing_Contracts_with_Mobile_Inspector: here]] |- |<center>09/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Minor updates to clarify use of New Items tab for a change order.|| Changed title of Contract Items section and added explanation note to adding new items. |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || Office Technicians are advised to override the insufficent material exceptions as needed to prevent improper payment. || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | 5 || Payments, $0 priced items || $0 priced items can cause the create payment estimate process to stop when a $0 priced item has any type of payment estimate exception that causes a payment item adjustment (insufficient material, overrun, etc.). || 11/2/2022 || Office Technicians are encouraged to process all material approvals and change orders prior to creating estimates. A DWR temporarily backing out the posting of the $0 priced item, with a negative posting, can temporarily allow estimates to be created until the proper material approvals and change orders for the $0 priced items can be processed. Once material approvals and change orders are processed to avoid payment exceptions, a followup DWR can be made to restore the original item posting. || TBD || Pending || |- | 6 || DWR, Item Quantities || On a DWR, an error is being returned when trying to post item quantities to the third decimal place. (example: 0.123) || 3/15/2023 || N/A || An emergency ticket has been submitted to DTMB to allow three decimal places for postings. || Pending || |- | 7 || Subcontracts, Approval Dates, DWR, Item Quantities || The 4.8 upgrade process appears to have caused data loss of the already entered approval dates for subcontracts. This is preventing the posting of quantities to subcontractors. || 3/15/2023 || The approval date can be manually re-entered to allow postings. || An emergency Ticket has been submitted to DTMB to restore the missing data. || Pending || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. ==Construction Technology News== AASHTOWare Project 5.00 is here! On April 15th MDOT upgraded to the 5.00 version of AASHTOWare Project software. By upgrading from version 4.8 to 5.00, MDOT is now able to take advantage of the more than 180 fixes and enhancements that were resolved or added across the system. Many of the fixes were behind the scenes and won’t be directly apparent to you as a user. However, there were a few that we would like to point out that will show up in the new version. We have compiled the list below with some matching updates to this manual. *The drop-down options on the funding field in the change order area have been simplified and should only now show the correct funding for the new item based on the project category chosen when adding new items to the contract. **[[Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order]] **[[Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items]] **[[Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items_.28Modified_Originals.29|Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)]] *The policy that creators of DWRs cannot approve their own DWR has now fully been implemented in the system and the office tech role is being changed back to allow them to see their own DWRs under the Office Technician roles. **[[Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report|Approving a Daily Work Report]] *Some estimate errors that occur while the estimate is being created will now be shown to the user in a pop-up message like other errors and warnings. *The blue bar that contains the save button and corresponding action menu will now travel with you as you scroll long pages. This should make navigation and saving on pages with long lists easier. *A new tab in the subcontract entry area has been added. This tab contains a scrollable grid similar to an excel spreadsheet and should make subcontract entry easier. **[[Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts|Adding Subcontracts]] =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. 11f9683aa8588eab6677c20e5d60c3bbc7a40985 328 327 2024-04-16T12:48:01Z McGowanR 4 Adjusted the order of content on Main Page to improve visibility and flow. Also recategorized New Subcontract Content from Minor to Major Change in the Recent Change table per the business owner. wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|250px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. ==Construction Technology News== AASHTOWare Project 5.00 is here! On April 15th MDOT upgraded to the 5.00 version of AASHTOWare Project software. By upgrading from version 4.8 to 5.00, MDOT is now able to take advantage of the more than 180 fixes and enhancements that were resolved or added across the system. Many of the fixes were behind the scenes and won’t be directly apparent to you as a user. However, there were a few that we would like to point out that will show up in the new version. We have compiled the list below with some matching updates to this manual. *The drop-down options on the funding field in the change order area have been simplified and should only now show the correct funding for the new item based on the project category chosen when adding new items to the contract. **[[Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order]] **[[Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items]] **[[Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items_.28Modified_Originals.29|Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)]] *The policy that creators of DWRs cannot approve their own DWR has now fully been implemented in the system and the office tech role is being changed back to allow them to see their own DWRs under the Office Technician roles. **[[Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report|Approving a Daily Work Report]] *Some estimate errors that occur while the estimate is being created will now be shown to the user in a pop-up message like other errors and warnings. *The blue bar that contains the save button and corresponding action menu will now travel with you as you scroll long pages. This should make navigation and saving on pages with long lists easier. *A new tab in the subcontract entry area has been added. This tab contains a scrollable grid similar to an excel spreadsheet and should make subcontract entry easier. **[[Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts|Adding Subcontracts]] =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Contract Administration]||New section related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Adding Subcontracts]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=321&oldid=315 See what changed here.] |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Updated content related to verifying funding source in the following Change Order Sections: *[[Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order]] *[[Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items]] *[[Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items_.28Modified_Originals.29|Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)]] ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Change_Orders&type=revision&diff=325&oldid=324 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report Daily Work Reports]||Added note specifically related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report Approving Daily Work Reports]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports&type=revision&diff=322&oldid=198 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page Main Page]||Update related to the release of AASHTOWare Project 5.00||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page#Construction_Technology_News See Construction Technology News] |- |<center>03/01/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Special_Topics Special Topics]||Created new Special Topics Page for [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Final_Project_Review_Reporting_(Phase_Financial_Closeout_Information) Final Project Review Reporting]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Special_Topics&type=revision&diff=314&oldid=283 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/30/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration Contract Administration]|| Created section related to [[Contract_Administration#Transferring_Contracts_Between_Offices|Transferring Contracts Between Offices]]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=309&oldid=304 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/08/2024</center>|| [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]|| Updated steps for Closing and Archiving a Contract.||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=304&oldid=228 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/09/2023</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Mobile_Applications Mobile Applications]||Provided content related to Syncing Contracts with Mobile Inspector||Next section added [[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Syncing_Contracts_with_Mobile_Inspector: here]] |- |<center>09/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Minor updates to clarify use of New Items tab for a change order.|| Changed title of Contract Items section and added explanation note to adding new items. |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || Office Technicians are advised to override the insufficent material exceptions as needed to prevent improper payment. || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | 5 || Payments, $0 priced items || $0 priced items can cause the create payment estimate process to stop when a $0 priced item has any type of payment estimate exception that causes a payment item adjustment (insufficient material, overrun, etc.). || 11/2/2022 || Office Technicians are encouraged to process all material approvals and change orders prior to creating estimates. A DWR temporarily backing out the posting of the $0 priced item, with a negative posting, can temporarily allow estimates to be created until the proper material approvals and change orders for the $0 priced items can be processed. Once material approvals and change orders are processed to avoid payment exceptions, a followup DWR can be made to restore the original item posting. || TBD || Pending || |- | 6 || DWR, Item Quantities || On a DWR, an error is being returned when trying to post item quantities to the third decimal place. (example: 0.123) || 3/15/2023 || N/A || An emergency ticket has been submitted to DTMB to allow three decimal places for postings. || Pending || |- | 7 || Subcontracts, Approval Dates, DWR, Item Quantities || The 4.8 upgrade process appears to have caused data loss of the already entered approval dates for subcontracts. This is preventing the posting of quantities to subcontractors. || 3/15/2023 || The approval date can be manually re-entered to allow postings. || An emergency Ticket has been submitted to DTMB to restore the missing data. || Pending || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. 53c031e46aeba9ad6339c08d4810fc5ef3771026 329 328 2024-04-25T18:18:38Z McGowanR 4 /* Most Recent Identified Known Issues */ wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|250px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. ==Construction Technology News== AASHTOWare Project 5.00 is here! On April 15th MDOT upgraded to the 5.00 version of AASHTOWare Project software. By upgrading from version 4.8 to 5.00, MDOT is now able to take advantage of the more than 180 fixes and enhancements that were resolved or added across the system. Many of the fixes were behind the scenes and won’t be directly apparent to you as a user. However, there were a few that we would like to point out that will show up in the new version. We have compiled the list below with some matching updates to this manual. *The drop-down options on the funding field in the change order area have been simplified and should only now show the correct funding for the new item based on the project category chosen when adding new items to the contract. **[[Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order]] **[[Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items]] **[[Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items_.28Modified_Originals.29|Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)]] *The policy that creators of DWRs cannot approve their own DWR has now fully been implemented in the system and the office tech role is being changed back to allow them to see their own DWRs under the Office Technician roles. **[[Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report|Approving a Daily Work Report]] *Some estimate errors that occur while the estimate is being created will now be shown to the user in a pop-up message like other errors and warnings. *The blue bar that contains the save button and corresponding action menu will now travel with you as you scroll long pages. This should make navigation and saving on pages with long lists easier. *A new tab in the subcontract entry area has been added. This tab contains a scrollable grid similar to an excel spreadsheet and should make subcontract entry easier. **[[Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts|Adding Subcontracts]] =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Contract Administration]||New section related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Adding Subcontracts]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=321&oldid=315 See what changed here.] |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Updated content related to verifying funding source in the following Change Order Sections: *[[Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order]] *[[Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items]] *[[Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items_.28Modified_Originals.29|Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)]] ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Change_Orders&type=revision&diff=325&oldid=324 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report Daily Work Reports]||Added note specifically related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report Approving Daily Work Reports]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports&type=revision&diff=322&oldid=198 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page Main Page]||Update related to the release of AASHTOWare Project 5.00||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page#Construction_Technology_News See Construction Technology News] |- |<center>03/01/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Special_Topics Special Topics]||Created new Special Topics Page for [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Final_Project_Review_Reporting_(Phase_Financial_Closeout_Information) Final Project Review Reporting]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Special_Topics&type=revision&diff=314&oldid=283 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/30/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration Contract Administration]|| Created section related to [[Contract_Administration#Transferring_Contracts_Between_Offices|Transferring Contracts Between Offices]]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=309&oldid=304 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/08/2024</center>|| [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]|| Updated steps for Closing and Archiving a Contract.||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=304&oldid=228 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/09/2023</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Mobile_Applications Mobile Applications]||Provided content related to Syncing Contracts with Mobile Inspector||Next section added [[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Syncing_Contracts_with_Mobile_Inspector: here]] |- |<center>09/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Minor updates to clarify use of New Items tab for a change order.|| Changed title of Contract Items section and added explanation note to adding new items. |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || N/A || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | 5 || Payments, $0 priced items || $0 priced items can cause the create payment estimate process to stop when a $0 priced item has any type of payment estimate exception that causes a payment item adjustment (insufficient material, overrun, etc.). || 11/2/2022 || Office Technicians are encouraged to process all material approvals and change orders prior to creating estimates. A DWR temporarily backing out the posting of the $0 priced item, with a negative posting, can temporarily allow estimates to be created until the proper material approvals and change orders for the $0 priced items can be processed. Once material approvals and change orders are processed to avoid payment exceptions, a followup DWR can be made to restore the original item posting. || TBD || Pending || |- | 6 || DWR, Item Quantities || On a DWR, an error is being returned when trying to post item quantities to the third decimal place. (example: 0.123) || 3/15/2023 || N/A || An emergency ticket has been submitted to DTMB to allow three decimal places for postings. || Pending || |- | 7 || Subcontracts, Approval Dates, DWR, Item Quantities || The 4.8 upgrade process appears to have caused data loss of the already entered approval dates for subcontracts. This is preventing the posting of quantities to subcontractors. || 3/15/2023 || The approval date can be manually re-entered to allow postings. || An emergency Ticket has been submitted to DTMB to restore the missing data. || Pending || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. 250f1a23c927ecbe61f3ac6aaae571709d213d9a 333 329 2024-05-07T16:54:14Z McGowanR 4 /* Recent Major Changes */ wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|250px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. ==Construction Technology News== AASHTOWare Project 5.00 is here! On April 15th MDOT upgraded to the 5.00 version of AASHTOWare Project software. By upgrading from version 4.8 to 5.00, MDOT is now able to take advantage of the more than 180 fixes and enhancements that were resolved or added across the system. Many of the fixes were behind the scenes and won’t be directly apparent to you as a user. However, there were a few that we would like to point out that will show up in the new version. We have compiled the list below with some matching updates to this manual. *The drop-down options on the funding field in the change order area have been simplified and should only now show the correct funding for the new item based on the project category chosen when adding new items to the contract. **[[Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order]] **[[Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items]] **[[Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items_.28Modified_Originals.29|Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)]] *The policy that creators of DWRs cannot approve their own DWR has now fully been implemented in the system and the office tech role is being changed back to allow them to see their own DWRs under the Office Technician roles. **[[Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report|Approving a Daily Work Report]] *Some estimate errors that occur while the estimate is being created will now be shown to the user in a pop-up message like other errors and warnings. *The blue bar that contains the save button and corresponding action menu will now travel with you as you scroll long pages. This should make navigation and saving on pages with long lists easier. *A new tab in the subcontract entry area has been added. This tab contains a scrollable grid similar to an excel spreadsheet and should make subcontract entry easier. **[[Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts|Adding Subcontracts]] =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>05/07/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#DAILY_WORK_REPORTS Daily Work Reports]||Removed Material Comments and Sources section and updated New section related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Posting_Item_and_Material_Quantities_to_a_Daily_Work_Report Posting Item and Material Quantities to a Daily Work Report] ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports&type=revision&diff=332&oldid=322 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Contract Administration]||New section related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Adding Subcontracts]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=321&oldid=315 See what changed here.] |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Updated content related to verifying funding source in the following Change Order Sections: *[[Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order]] *[[Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items]] *[[Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items_.28Modified_Originals.29|Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)]] ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Change_Orders&type=revision&diff=325&oldid=324 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report Daily Work Reports]||Added note specifically related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report Approving Daily Work Reports]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports&type=revision&diff=322&oldid=198 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page Main Page]||Update related to the release of AASHTOWare Project 5.00||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page#Construction_Technology_News See Construction Technology News] |- |<center>03/01/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Special_Topics Special Topics]||Created new Special Topics Page for [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Final_Project_Review_Reporting_(Phase_Financial_Closeout_Information) Final Project Review Reporting]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Special_Topics&type=revision&diff=314&oldid=283 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/30/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration Contract Administration]|| Created section related to [[Contract_Administration#Transferring_Contracts_Between_Offices|Transferring Contracts Between Offices]]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=309&oldid=304 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/08/2024</center>|| [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]|| Updated steps for Closing and Archiving a Contract.||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=304&oldid=228 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/09/2023</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Mobile_Applications Mobile Applications]||Provided content related to Syncing Contracts with Mobile Inspector||Next section added [[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Syncing_Contracts_with_Mobile_Inspector: here]] |- |<center>09/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Minor updates to clarify use of New Items tab for a change order.|| Changed title of Contract Items section and added explanation note to adding new items. |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || N/A || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | 5 || Payments, $0 priced items || $0 priced items can cause the create payment estimate process to stop when a $0 priced item has any type of payment estimate exception that causes a payment item adjustment (insufficient material, overrun, etc.). || 11/2/2022 || Office Technicians are encouraged to process all material approvals and change orders prior to creating estimates. A DWR temporarily backing out the posting of the $0 priced item, with a negative posting, can temporarily allow estimates to be created until the proper material approvals and change orders for the $0 priced items can be processed. Once material approvals and change orders are processed to avoid payment exceptions, a followup DWR can be made to restore the original item posting. || TBD || Pending || |- | 6 || DWR, Item Quantities || On a DWR, an error is being returned when trying to post item quantities to the third decimal place. (example: 0.123) || 3/15/2023 || N/A || An emergency ticket has been submitted to DTMB to allow three decimal places for postings. || Pending || |- | 7 || Subcontracts, Approval Dates, DWR, Item Quantities || The 4.8 upgrade process appears to have caused data loss of the already entered approval dates for subcontracts. This is preventing the posting of quantities to subcontractors. || 3/15/2023 || The approval date can be manually re-entered to allow postings. || An emergency Ticket has been submitted to DTMB to restore the missing data. || Pending || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. 541870f6dffaef6afdcbc5102eb53867cda7eb8c 337 333 2024-06-20T16:14:06Z McGowanR 4 /* Recent Minor Changes */ Updated Minor Change Table to reflect recent update to the Change Order Page wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|250px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. ==Construction Technology News== AASHTOWare Project 5.00 is here! On April 15th MDOT upgraded to the 5.00 version of AASHTOWare Project software. By upgrading from version 4.8 to 5.00, MDOT is now able to take advantage of the more than 180 fixes and enhancements that were resolved or added across the system. Many of the fixes were behind the scenes and won’t be directly apparent to you as a user. However, there were a few that we would like to point out that will show up in the new version. We have compiled the list below with some matching updates to this manual. *The drop-down options on the funding field in the change order area have been simplified and should only now show the correct funding for the new item based on the project category chosen when adding new items to the contract. **[[Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order]] **[[Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items]] **[[Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items_.28Modified_Originals.29|Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)]] *The policy that creators of DWRs cannot approve their own DWR has now fully been implemented in the system and the office tech role is being changed back to allow them to see their own DWRs under the Office Technician roles. **[[Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report|Approving a Daily Work Report]] *Some estimate errors that occur while the estimate is being created will now be shown to the user in a pop-up message like other errors and warnings. *The blue bar that contains the save button and corresponding action menu will now travel with you as you scroll long pages. This should make navigation and saving on pages with long lists easier. *A new tab in the subcontract entry area has been added. This tab contains a scrollable grid similar to an excel spreadsheet and should make subcontract entry easier. **[[Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts|Adding Subcontracts]] =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>05/07/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#DAILY_WORK_REPORTS Daily Work Reports]||Removed Material Comments and Sources section and updated New section related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Posting_Item_and_Material_Quantities_to_a_Daily_Work_Report Posting Item and Material Quantities to a Daily Work Report] ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports&type=revision&diff=332&oldid=322 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Contract Administration]||New section related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Adding Subcontracts]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=321&oldid=315 See what changed here.] |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>06/20/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Updated content related to verifying funding source. Funding field is no longer shown on the screen in APCM, Related bullet point removed from following Change Order Sections: *[[Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order]] *[[Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items]] *[[Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items_.28Modified_Originals.29|Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)]] ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Change_Orders&type=revision&diff=336&oldid=325 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Updated content related to verifying funding source in the following Change Order Sections: *[[Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order]] *[[Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items]] *[[Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items_.28Modified_Originals.29|Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)]] ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Change_Orders&type=revision&diff=325&oldid=324 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report Daily Work Reports]||Added note specifically related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report Approving Daily Work Reports]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports&type=revision&diff=322&oldid=198 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page Main Page]||Update related to the release of AASHTOWare Project 5.00||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page#Construction_Technology_News See Construction Technology News] |- |<center>03/01/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Special_Topics Special Topics]||Created new Special Topics Page for [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Final_Project_Review_Reporting_(Phase_Financial_Closeout_Information) Final Project Review Reporting]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Special_Topics&type=revision&diff=314&oldid=283 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/30/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration Contract Administration]|| Created section related to [[Contract_Administration#Transferring_Contracts_Between_Offices|Transferring Contracts Between Offices]]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=309&oldid=304 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/08/2024</center>|| [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]|| Updated steps for Closing and Archiving a Contract.||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=304&oldid=228 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/09/2023</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Mobile_Applications Mobile Applications]||Provided content related to Syncing Contracts with Mobile Inspector||Next section added [[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Syncing_Contracts_with_Mobile_Inspector: here]] |- |<center>09/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Minor updates to clarify use of New Items tab for a change order.|| Changed title of Contract Items section and added explanation note to adding new items. |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || N/A || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | 5 || Payments, $0 priced items || $0 priced items can cause the create payment estimate process to stop when a $0 priced item has any type of payment estimate exception that causes a payment item adjustment (insufficient material, overrun, etc.). || 11/2/2022 || Office Technicians are encouraged to process all material approvals and change orders prior to creating estimates. A DWR temporarily backing out the posting of the $0 priced item, with a negative posting, can temporarily allow estimates to be created until the proper material approvals and change orders for the $0 priced items can be processed. Once material approvals and change orders are processed to avoid payment exceptions, a followup DWR can be made to restore the original item posting. || TBD || Pending || |- | 6 || DWR, Item Quantities || On a DWR, an error is being returned when trying to post item quantities to the third decimal place. (example: 0.123) || 3/15/2023 || N/A || An emergency ticket has been submitted to DTMB to allow three decimal places for postings. || Pending || |- | 7 || Subcontracts, Approval Dates, DWR, Item Quantities || The 4.8 upgrade process appears to have caused data loss of the already entered approval dates for subcontracts. This is preventing the posting of quantities to subcontractors. || 3/15/2023 || The approval date can be manually re-entered to allow postings. || An emergency Ticket has been submitted to DTMB to restore the missing data. || Pending || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. 08ae4f5967f539ef17336983abd1947f0062902a 342 337 2024-08-29T18:31:27Z BurnsD 6 /* Construction Technology News */ wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|250px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. ==Construction Technology News== August 29, 2024 The construction team has been working with the Department of Technology Managment and Budget (DTMB) to develop a more orderly process for implementing system changes and configurations within the system and communicating those changes to the user community. We are still working on an overall communication plan, however we are pleased to announce the use of our very first Release Train. Release Trains are a feature within our DTMB call ticketing system that allows MDOT and DTMB to batch tickets together and set the specific day that those system changes will go into effect within the system. This allows MDOT more time to plan arounds specific dates and to be better prepared to let all of you know what changes have been made to the system in a timely manner. Currently release trains are being planned for each month. However, that may change as we become more familiar with their functionality. The first release train contained several report updates along with some system configurations as described below. '''Report Updates''' *'''''Weighted Average Item Price Report''''' - An error was identified that prevented this report from running when certain report parameters were chosen, this error has been fixed allowing the report to complete. *'''''Change Order Report''''' - The report was updated to not display item balancing that resulted in a zero-quantity change. Showing the zero changes made the report long and difficult to review. The report now only shows item balancing that actually results in a quantity change. *'''''Material History to Date Report''''' - Various column headers and data descriptions were updated to make the report data more user friendly. Sample record tests were also added to the report. *'''''Material Set List Report XLS(*)''''' - A column has been added to the report to show the Spec Book the item corresponds to. This allows filtering as there are several Spec Books within the system and allows filtering of the report. *'''''Cert and Qual Report''''' - An error was discovered in the report that was not properly populating the company column. The company column in the report now pulls from the correct data field in the system. *'''''Item Posting by Contractor Report''''' - The report was duplicating item posting quantities, which has now been fixed. *'''''Materials by Item Report''''' - Category and project line numbers were added to the report for ease of use. *'''''Current Items by Project/Category Report''''' - This report was updated to accurately show items within the correct categories. *'''''Pay Estimate Items Report''''' - A parameter was added to allow this report to show either all items, or just items that were paid on the current estimate. *'''''Daily Personnel On Site Report''''' - An error was discovered and fixed. The report now shows the correct personnel for each day. '''Reference Data Updates''' *'''''2012 Materials Inactivation''''' - The materials from the 2012 Standards Specifications for Construction have been deactivated. '''System Configurations and Guidance Updates''' *'''I''tem Description added to Add Material Set Screen''''' - When adding a material set to an item, the pop-up screen now shows the item ID code and the item description to assist the user. *'''''Updated Default Filtering on Change Order Screen''''' - The default screen filtering for the change order, Increase/Decrease Items tab has been updated to filter out quantity changes that are zero quantity changes. This is in line with the change order report updated listed above. The screen will now only show balancing that results in a non-zero quantity change. *'''''Updated Guidance on Entering Trucking Subcontracts''''' - New guidance has been issued on how to properly enter trucking subcontracts in the system. Please reference the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Adding Subcontracts] section of the Contract Administration page for the updated guidance. *'''''Contractor Notification of Approved Estimates''''' - Prime contractors who are associated to a contract with the CONTR_CONSTRMATRO_CO role now receive an email notification once an estimate is fully approved by finance. *'''''Material Set Name Field''''' - To prevent issues with material quantities, the Material Set Name field on the Contract Materials and Acceptance Actions Summary was made non-editable. Existing material sets cannot be renamed. Material sets can still be modfied and created. *'''''FieldManager Contractor Data Extract Scheduling''''' - The export process that creates a FieldManager Contractor file for contractors was rescheduled from Sunday at 1:05am to Wednesday 1:05am. *'''''Contractor Performance Review Requirement''''' - The system requirment to have Contractor Performance Reviews (CPEs) completed before final estiamte creation has been turned off. CPEs are still required on some contracts, however the system will no longer require them for closeout. To view previous news articles, visit the [[Construction Technology News Archive]]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>05/07/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#DAILY_WORK_REPORTS Daily Work Reports]||Removed Material Comments and Sources section and updated New section related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Posting_Item_and_Material_Quantities_to_a_Daily_Work_Report Posting Item and Material Quantities to a Daily Work Report] ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports&type=revision&diff=332&oldid=322 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Contract Administration]||New section related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Adding Subcontracts]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=321&oldid=315 See what changed here.] |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>06/20/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Updated content related to verifying funding source. Funding field is no longer shown on the screen in APCM, Related bullet point removed from following Change Order Sections: *[[Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order]] *[[Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items]] *[[Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items_.28Modified_Originals.29|Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)]] ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Change_Orders&type=revision&diff=336&oldid=325 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Updated content related to verifying funding source in the following Change Order Sections: *[[Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order]] *[[Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items]] *[[Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items_.28Modified_Originals.29|Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)]] ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Change_Orders&type=revision&diff=325&oldid=324 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report Daily Work Reports]||Added note specifically related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report Approving Daily Work Reports]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports&type=revision&diff=322&oldid=198 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page Main Page]||Update related to the release of AASHTOWare Project 5.00||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page#Construction_Technology_News See Construction Technology News] |- |<center>03/01/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Special_Topics Special Topics]||Created new Special Topics Page for [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Final_Project_Review_Reporting_(Phase_Financial_Closeout_Information) Final Project Review Reporting]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Special_Topics&type=revision&diff=314&oldid=283 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/30/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration Contract Administration]|| Created section related to [[Contract_Administration#Transferring_Contracts_Between_Offices|Transferring Contracts Between Offices]]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=309&oldid=304 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/08/2024</center>|| [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]|| Updated steps for Closing and Archiving a Contract.||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=304&oldid=228 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/09/2023</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Mobile_Applications Mobile Applications]||Provided content related to Syncing Contracts with Mobile Inspector||Next section added [[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Syncing_Contracts_with_Mobile_Inspector: here]] |- |<center>09/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Minor updates to clarify use of New Items tab for a change order.|| Changed title of Contract Items section and added explanation note to adding new items. |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || N/A || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | 5 || Payments, $0 priced items || $0 priced items can cause the create payment estimate process to stop when a $0 priced item has any type of payment estimate exception that causes a payment item adjustment (insufficient material, overrun, etc.). || 11/2/2022 || Office Technicians are encouraged to process all material approvals and change orders prior to creating estimates. A DWR temporarily backing out the posting of the $0 priced item, with a negative posting, can temporarily allow estimates to be created until the proper material approvals and change orders for the $0 priced items can be processed. Once material approvals and change orders are processed to avoid payment exceptions, a followup DWR can be made to restore the original item posting. || TBD || Pending || |- | 6 || DWR, Item Quantities || On a DWR, an error is being returned when trying to post item quantities to the third decimal place. (example: 0.123) || 3/15/2023 || N/A || An emergency ticket has been submitted to DTMB to allow three decimal places for postings. || Pending || |- | 7 || Subcontracts, Approval Dates, DWR, Item Quantities || The 4.8 upgrade process appears to have caused data loss of the already entered approval dates for subcontracts. This is preventing the posting of quantities to subcontractors. || 3/15/2023 || The approval date can be manually re-entered to allow postings. || An emergency Ticket has been submitted to DTMB to restore the missing data. || Pending || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. 55cd06bd497ca2ffa8081f5fa302e2d173d13f49 343 342 2024-08-29T18:49:03Z BurnsD 6 /* Recent Minor Changes */ wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|250px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. ==Construction Technology News== August 29, 2024 The construction team has been working with the Department of Technology Managment and Budget (DTMB) to develop a more orderly process for implementing system changes and configurations within the system and communicating those changes to the user community. We are still working on an overall communication plan, however we are pleased to announce the use of our very first Release Train. Release Trains are a feature within our DTMB call ticketing system that allows MDOT and DTMB to batch tickets together and set the specific day that those system changes will go into effect within the system. This allows MDOT more time to plan arounds specific dates and to be better prepared to let all of you know what changes have been made to the system in a timely manner. Currently release trains are being planned for each month. However, that may change as we become more familiar with their functionality. The first release train contained several report updates along with some system configurations as described below. '''Report Updates''' *'''''Weighted Average Item Price Report''''' - An error was identified that prevented this report from running when certain report parameters were chosen, this error has been fixed allowing the report to complete. *'''''Change Order Report''''' - The report was updated to not display item balancing that resulted in a zero-quantity change. Showing the zero changes made the report long and difficult to review. The report now only shows item balancing that actually results in a quantity change. *'''''Material History to Date Report''''' - Various column headers and data descriptions were updated to make the report data more user friendly. Sample record tests were also added to the report. *'''''Material Set List Report XLS(*)''''' - A column has been added to the report to show the Spec Book the item corresponds to. This allows filtering as there are several Spec Books within the system and allows filtering of the report. *'''''Cert and Qual Report''''' - An error was discovered in the report that was not properly populating the company column. The company column in the report now pulls from the correct data field in the system. *'''''Item Posting by Contractor Report''''' - The report was duplicating item posting quantities, which has now been fixed. *'''''Materials by Item Report''''' - Category and project line numbers were added to the report for ease of use. *'''''Current Items by Project/Category Report''''' - This report was updated to accurately show items within the correct categories. *'''''Pay Estimate Items Report''''' - A parameter was added to allow this report to show either all items, or just items that were paid on the current estimate. *'''''Daily Personnel On Site Report''''' - An error was discovered and fixed. The report now shows the correct personnel for each day. '''Reference Data Updates''' *'''''2012 Materials Inactivation''''' - The materials from the 2012 Standards Specifications for Construction have been deactivated. '''System Configurations and Guidance Updates''' *'''I''tem Description added to Add Material Set Screen''''' - When adding a material set to an item, the pop-up screen now shows the item ID code and the item description to assist the user. *'''''Updated Default Filtering on Change Order Screen''''' - The default screen filtering for the change order, Increase/Decrease Items tab has been updated to filter out quantity changes that are zero quantity changes. This is in line with the change order report updated listed above. The screen will now only show balancing that results in a non-zero quantity change. *'''''Updated Guidance on Entering Trucking Subcontracts''''' - New guidance has been issued on how to properly enter trucking subcontracts in the system. Please reference the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Adding Subcontracts] section of the Contract Administration page for the updated guidance. *'''''Contractor Notification of Approved Estimates''''' - Prime contractors who are associated to a contract with the CONTR_CONSTRMATRO_CO role now receive an email notification once an estimate is fully approved by finance. *'''''Material Set Name Field''''' - To prevent issues with material quantities, the Material Set Name field on the Contract Materials and Acceptance Actions Summary was made non-editable. Existing material sets cannot be renamed. Material sets can still be modfied and created. *'''''FieldManager Contractor Data Extract Scheduling''''' - The export process that creates a FieldManager Contractor file for contractors was rescheduled from Sunday at 1:05am to Wednesday 1:05am. *'''''Contractor Performance Review Requirement''''' - The system requirment to have Contractor Performance Reviews (CPEs) completed before final estiamte creation has been turned off. CPEs are still required on some contracts, however the system will no longer require them for closeout. To view previous news articles, visit the [[Construction Technology News Archive]]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>05/07/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#DAILY_WORK_REPORTS Daily Work Reports]||Removed Material Comments and Sources section and updated New section related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Posting_Item_and_Material_Quantities_to_a_Daily_Work_Report Posting Item and Material Quantities to a Daily Work Report] ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports&type=revision&diff=332&oldid=322 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Contract Administration]||New section related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Adding Subcontracts]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=321&oldid=315 See what changed here.] |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>08/29/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page Main Page]||Updated the Construction Technology News section for August system updates. Updated guidance on entering subcontracts for trucking. ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page&type=revision&diff=342&oldid=337 See Main Page changes here.] [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=341&oldid=321 See Subcontract changes here.] |- |<center>06/20/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Updated content related to verifying funding source. Funding field is no longer shown on the screen in APCM, Related bullet point removed from following Change Order Sections: *[[Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order]] *[[Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items]] *[[Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items_.28Modified_Originals.29|Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)]] ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Change_Orders&type=revision&diff=336&oldid=325 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Updated content related to verifying funding source in the following Change Order Sections: *[[Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order]] *[[Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items]] *[[Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items_.28Modified_Originals.29|Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)]] ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Change_Orders&type=revision&diff=325&oldid=324 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report Daily Work Reports]||Added note specifically related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report Approving Daily Work Reports]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports&type=revision&diff=322&oldid=198 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page Main Page]||Update related to the release of AASHTOWare Project 5.00||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page#Construction_Technology_News See Construction Technology News] |- |<center>03/01/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Special_Topics Special Topics]||Created new Special Topics Page for [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Final_Project_Review_Reporting_(Phase_Financial_Closeout_Information) Final Project Review Reporting]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Special_Topics&type=revision&diff=314&oldid=283 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/30/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration Contract Administration]|| Created section related to [[Contract_Administration#Transferring_Contracts_Between_Offices|Transferring Contracts Between Offices]]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=309&oldid=304 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/08/2024</center>|| [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]|| Updated steps for Closing and Archiving a Contract.||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=304&oldid=228 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/09/2023</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Mobile_Applications Mobile Applications]||Provided content related to Syncing Contracts with Mobile Inspector||Next section added [[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Syncing_Contracts_with_Mobile_Inspector: here]] |- |<center>09/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Minor updates to clarify use of New Items tab for a change order.|| Changed title of Contract Items section and added explanation note to adding new items. |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || N/A || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | 5 || Payments, $0 priced items || $0 priced items can cause the create payment estimate process to stop when a $0 priced item has any type of payment estimate exception that causes a payment item adjustment (insufficient material, overrun, etc.). || 11/2/2022 || Office Technicians are encouraged to process all material approvals and change orders prior to creating estimates. A DWR temporarily backing out the posting of the $0 priced item, with a negative posting, can temporarily allow estimates to be created until the proper material approvals and change orders for the $0 priced items can be processed. Once material approvals and change orders are processed to avoid payment exceptions, a followup DWR can be made to restore the original item posting. || TBD || Pending || |- | 6 || DWR, Item Quantities || On a DWR, an error is being returned when trying to post item quantities to the third decimal place. (example: 0.123) || 3/15/2023 || N/A || An emergency ticket has been submitted to DTMB to allow three decimal places for postings. || Pending || |- | 7 || Subcontracts, Approval Dates, DWR, Item Quantities || The 4.8 upgrade process appears to have caused data loss of the already entered approval dates for subcontracts. This is preventing the posting of quantities to subcontractors. || 3/15/2023 || The approval date can be manually re-entered to allow postings. || An emergency Ticket has been submitted to DTMB to restore the missing data. || Pending || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. 909e34ef303e019b534c51fd8b48c158a1da7c6e 346 343 2024-09-12T13:49:43Z BurnsD 6 /* Construction Technology News */ wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|250px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. ==Construction Technology News== September 12, 2024 Fiscal year-end directions have been issued by the Contractor Payments Unit. Please refer to these directions when preparing your year-end estimates. [[Media:Year_End_Instructions_FY24_-_FieldManager.pdf|Year End Instructions FY24 - FieldManager]] [[Media:Year_End_Instructions_FY24_-_APCM.pdf|Year End Instructions FY24 - APCM]] August 29, 2024 The construction team has been working with the Department of Technology Managment and Budget (DTMB) to develop a more orderly process for implementing system changes and configurations within the system and communicating those changes to the user community. We are still working on an overall communication plan, however we are pleased to announce the use of our very first Release Train. Release Trains are a feature within our DTMB call ticketing system that allows MDOT and DTMB to batch tickets together and set the specific day that those system changes will go into effect within the system. This allows MDOT more time to plan arounds specific dates and to be better prepared to let all of you know what changes have been made to the system in a timely manner. Currently release trains are being planned for each month. However, that may change as we become more familiar with their functionality. The first release train contained several report updates along with some system configurations as described below. '''Report Updates''' *'''''Weighted Average Item Price Report''''' - An error was identified that prevented this report from running when certain report parameters were chosen, this error has been fixed allowing the report to complete. *'''''Change Order Report''''' - The report was updated to not display item balancing that resulted in a zero-quantity change. Showing the zero changes made the report long and difficult to review. The report now only shows item balancing that actually results in a quantity change. *'''''Material History to Date Report''''' - Various column headers and data descriptions were updated to make the report data more user friendly. Sample record tests were also added to the report. *'''''Material Set List Report XLS(*)''''' - A column has been added to the report to show the Spec Book the item corresponds to. This allows filtering as there are several Spec Books within the system and allows filtering of the report. *'''''Cert and Qual Report''''' - An error was discovered in the report that was not properly populating the company column. The company column in the report now pulls from the correct data field in the system. *'''''Item Posting by Contractor Report''''' - The report was duplicating item posting quantities, which has now been fixed. *'''''Materials by Item Report''''' - Category and project line numbers were added to the report for ease of use. *'''''Current Items by Project/Category Report''''' - This report was updated to accurately show items within the correct categories. *'''''Pay Estimate Items Report''''' - A parameter was added to allow this report to show either all items, or just items that were paid on the current estimate. *'''''Daily Personnel On Site Report''''' - An error was discovered and fixed. The report now shows the correct personnel for each day. '''Reference Data Updates''' *'''''2012 Materials Inactivation''''' - The materials from the 2012 Standards Specifications for Construction have been deactivated. '''System Configurations and Guidance Updates''' *'''I''tem Description added to Add Material Set Screen''''' - When adding a material set to an item, the pop-up screen now shows the item ID code and the item description to assist the user. *'''''Updated Default Filtering on Change Order Screen''''' - The default screen filtering for the change order, Increase/Decrease Items tab has been updated to filter out quantity changes that are zero quantity changes. This is in line with the change order report updated listed above. The screen will now only show balancing that results in a non-zero quantity change. *'''''Updated Guidance on Entering Trucking Subcontracts''''' - New guidance has been issued on how to properly enter trucking subcontracts in the system. Please reference the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Adding Subcontracts] section of the Contract Administration page for the updated guidance. *'''''Contractor Notification of Approved Estimates''''' - Prime contractors who are associated to a contract with the CONTR_CONSTRMATRO_CO role now receive an email notification once an estimate is fully approved by finance. *'''''Material Set Name Field''''' - To prevent issues with material quantities, the Material Set Name field on the Contract Materials and Acceptance Actions Summary was made non-editable. Existing material sets cannot be renamed. Material sets can still be modfied and created. *'''''FieldManager Contractor Data Extract Scheduling''''' - The export process that creates a FieldManager Contractor file for contractors was rescheduled from Sunday at 1:05am to Wednesday 1:05am. *'''''Contractor Performance Review Requirement''''' - The system requirment to have Contractor Performance Reviews (CPEs) completed before final estiamte creation has been turned off. CPEs are still required on some contracts, however the system will no longer require them for closeout. To view previous news articles, visit the [[Construction Technology News Archive]]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>05/07/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#DAILY_WORK_REPORTS Daily Work Reports]||Removed Material Comments and Sources section and updated New section related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Posting_Item_and_Material_Quantities_to_a_Daily_Work_Report Posting Item and Material Quantities to a Daily Work Report] ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports&type=revision&diff=332&oldid=322 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Contract Administration]||New section related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Adding Subcontracts]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=321&oldid=315 See what changed here.] |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>08/29/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page Main Page]||Updated the Construction Technology News section for August system updates. Updated guidance on entering subcontracts for trucking. ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page&type=revision&diff=342&oldid=337 See Main Page changes here.] [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=341&oldid=321 See Subcontract changes here.] |- |<center>06/20/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Updated content related to verifying funding source. Funding field is no longer shown on the screen in APCM, Related bullet point removed from following Change Order Sections: *[[Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order]] *[[Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items]] *[[Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items_.28Modified_Originals.29|Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)]] ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Change_Orders&type=revision&diff=336&oldid=325 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Updated content related to verifying funding source in the following Change Order Sections: *[[Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order]] *[[Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items]] *[[Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items_.28Modified_Originals.29|Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)]] ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Change_Orders&type=revision&diff=325&oldid=324 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report Daily Work Reports]||Added note specifically related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report Approving Daily Work Reports]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports&type=revision&diff=322&oldid=198 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page Main Page]||Update related to the release of AASHTOWare Project 5.00||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page#Construction_Technology_News See Construction Technology News] |- |<center>03/01/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Special_Topics Special Topics]||Created new Special Topics Page for [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Final_Project_Review_Reporting_(Phase_Financial_Closeout_Information) Final Project Review Reporting]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Special_Topics&type=revision&diff=314&oldid=283 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/30/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration Contract Administration]|| Created section related to [[Contract_Administration#Transferring_Contracts_Between_Offices|Transferring Contracts Between Offices]]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=309&oldid=304 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/08/2024</center>|| [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]|| Updated steps for Closing and Archiving a Contract.||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=304&oldid=228 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/09/2023</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Mobile_Applications Mobile Applications]||Provided content related to Syncing Contracts with Mobile Inspector||Next section added [[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Syncing_Contracts_with_Mobile_Inspector: here]] |- |<center>09/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Minor updates to clarify use of New Items tab for a change order.|| Changed title of Contract Items section and added explanation note to adding new items. |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || N/A || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | 5 || Payments, $0 priced items || $0 priced items can cause the create payment estimate process to stop when a $0 priced item has any type of payment estimate exception that causes a payment item adjustment (insufficient material, overrun, etc.). || 11/2/2022 || Office Technicians are encouraged to process all material approvals and change orders prior to creating estimates. A DWR temporarily backing out the posting of the $0 priced item, with a negative posting, can temporarily allow estimates to be created until the proper material approvals and change orders for the $0 priced items can be processed. Once material approvals and change orders are processed to avoid payment exceptions, a followup DWR can be made to restore the original item posting. || TBD || Pending || |- | 6 || DWR, Item Quantities || On a DWR, an error is being returned when trying to post item quantities to the third decimal place. (example: 0.123) || 3/15/2023 || N/A || An emergency ticket has been submitted to DTMB to allow three decimal places for postings. || Pending || |- | 7 || Subcontracts, Approval Dates, DWR, Item Quantities || The 4.8 upgrade process appears to have caused data loss of the already entered approval dates for subcontracts. This is preventing the posting of quantities to subcontractors. || 3/15/2023 || The approval date can be manually re-entered to allow postings. || An emergency Ticket has been submitted to DTMB to restore the missing data. || Pending || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. 8e8253b3f5b7b44332fc0566d07da248509db555 347 346 2024-09-12T13:51:04Z BurnsD 6 /* Construction Technology News */ wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|250px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. ==Construction Technology News== =====September 12, 2024===== Fiscal year-end directions have been issued by the Contractor Payments Unit. Please refer to these directions when preparing your year-end estimates. [[Media:Year_End_Instructions_FY24_-_FieldManager.pdf|Year End Instructions FY24 - FieldManager]] [[Media:Year_End_Instructions_FY24_-_APCM.pdf|Year End Instructions FY24 - APCM]] =====August 29, 2024===== The construction team has been working with the Department of Technology Managment and Budget (DTMB) to develop a more orderly process for implementing system changes and configurations within the system and communicating those changes to the user community. We are still working on an overall communication plan, however we are pleased to announce the use of our very first Release Train. Release Trains are a feature within our DTMB call ticketing system that allows MDOT and DTMB to batch tickets together and set the specific day that those system changes will go into effect within the system. This allows MDOT more time to plan arounds specific dates and to be better prepared to let all of you know what changes have been made to the system in a timely manner. Currently release trains are being planned for each month. However, that may change as we become more familiar with their functionality. The first release train contained several report updates along with some system configurations as described below. '''Report Updates''' *'''''Weighted Average Item Price Report''''' - An error was identified that prevented this report from running when certain report parameters were chosen, this error has been fixed allowing the report to complete. *'''''Change Order Report''''' - The report was updated to not display item balancing that resulted in a zero-quantity change. Showing the zero changes made the report long and difficult to review. The report now only shows item balancing that actually results in a quantity change. *'''''Material History to Date Report''''' - Various column headers and data descriptions were updated to make the report data more user friendly. Sample record tests were also added to the report. *'''''Material Set List Report XLS(*)''''' - A column has been added to the report to show the Spec Book the item corresponds to. This allows filtering as there are several Spec Books within the system and allows filtering of the report. *'''''Cert and Qual Report''''' - An error was discovered in the report that was not properly populating the company column. The company column in the report now pulls from the correct data field in the system. *'''''Item Posting by Contractor Report''''' - The report was duplicating item posting quantities, which has now been fixed. *'''''Materials by Item Report''''' - Category and project line numbers were added to the report for ease of use. *'''''Current Items by Project/Category Report''''' - This report was updated to accurately show items within the correct categories. *'''''Pay Estimate Items Report''''' - A parameter was added to allow this report to show either all items, or just items that were paid on the current estimate. *'''''Daily Personnel On Site Report''''' - An error was discovered and fixed. The report now shows the correct personnel for each day. '''Reference Data Updates''' *'''''2012 Materials Inactivation''''' - The materials from the 2012 Standards Specifications for Construction have been deactivated. '''System Configurations and Guidance Updates''' *'''I''tem Description added to Add Material Set Screen''''' - When adding a material set to an item, the pop-up screen now shows the item ID code and the item description to assist the user. *'''''Updated Default Filtering on Change Order Screen''''' - The default screen filtering for the change order, Increase/Decrease Items tab has been updated to filter out quantity changes that are zero quantity changes. This is in line with the change order report updated listed above. The screen will now only show balancing that results in a non-zero quantity change. *'''''Updated Guidance on Entering Trucking Subcontracts''''' - New guidance has been issued on how to properly enter trucking subcontracts in the system. Please reference the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Adding Subcontracts] section of the Contract Administration page for the updated guidance. *'''''Contractor Notification of Approved Estimates''''' - Prime contractors who are associated to a contract with the CONTR_CONSTRMATRO_CO role now receive an email notification once an estimate is fully approved by finance. *'''''Material Set Name Field''''' - To prevent issues with material quantities, the Material Set Name field on the Contract Materials and Acceptance Actions Summary was made non-editable. Existing material sets cannot be renamed. Material sets can still be modfied and created. *'''''FieldManager Contractor Data Extract Scheduling''''' - The export process that creates a FieldManager Contractor file for contractors was rescheduled from Sunday at 1:05am to Wednesday 1:05am. *'''''Contractor Performance Review Requirement''''' - The system requirment to have Contractor Performance Reviews (CPEs) completed before final estiamte creation has been turned off. CPEs are still required on some contracts, however the system will no longer require them for closeout. To view previous news articles, visit the [[Construction Technology News Archive]]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>05/07/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#DAILY_WORK_REPORTS Daily Work Reports]||Removed Material Comments and Sources section and updated New section related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Posting_Item_and_Material_Quantities_to_a_Daily_Work_Report Posting Item and Material Quantities to a Daily Work Report] ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports&type=revision&diff=332&oldid=322 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Contract Administration]||New section related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Adding Subcontracts]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=321&oldid=315 See what changed here.] |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>08/29/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page Main Page]||Updated the Construction Technology News section for August system updates. Updated guidance on entering subcontracts for trucking. ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page&type=revision&diff=342&oldid=337 See Main Page changes here.] [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=341&oldid=321 See Subcontract changes here.] |- |<center>06/20/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Updated content related to verifying funding source. Funding field is no longer shown on the screen in APCM, Related bullet point removed from following Change Order Sections: *[[Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order]] *[[Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items]] *[[Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items_.28Modified_Originals.29|Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)]] ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Change_Orders&type=revision&diff=336&oldid=325 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Updated content related to verifying funding source in the following Change Order Sections: *[[Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order]] *[[Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items]] *[[Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items_.28Modified_Originals.29|Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)]] ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Change_Orders&type=revision&diff=325&oldid=324 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report Daily Work Reports]||Added note specifically related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report Approving Daily Work Reports]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports&type=revision&diff=322&oldid=198 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page Main Page]||Update related to the release of AASHTOWare Project 5.00||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page#Construction_Technology_News See Construction Technology News] |- |<center>03/01/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Special_Topics Special Topics]||Created new Special Topics Page for [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Final_Project_Review_Reporting_(Phase_Financial_Closeout_Information) Final Project Review Reporting]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Special_Topics&type=revision&diff=314&oldid=283 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/30/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration Contract Administration]|| Created section related to [[Contract_Administration#Transferring_Contracts_Between_Offices|Transferring Contracts Between Offices]]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=309&oldid=304 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/08/2024</center>|| [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]|| Updated steps for Closing and Archiving a Contract.||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=304&oldid=228 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/09/2023</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Mobile_Applications Mobile Applications]||Provided content related to Syncing Contracts with Mobile Inspector||Next section added [[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Syncing_Contracts_with_Mobile_Inspector: here]] |- |<center>09/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Minor updates to clarify use of New Items tab for a change order.|| Changed title of Contract Items section and added explanation note to adding new items. |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || N/A || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | 5 || Payments, $0 priced items || $0 priced items can cause the create payment estimate process to stop when a $0 priced item has any type of payment estimate exception that causes a payment item adjustment (insufficient material, overrun, etc.). || 11/2/2022 || Office Technicians are encouraged to process all material approvals and change orders prior to creating estimates. A DWR temporarily backing out the posting of the $0 priced item, with a negative posting, can temporarily allow estimates to be created until the proper material approvals and change orders for the $0 priced items can be processed. Once material approvals and change orders are processed to avoid payment exceptions, a followup DWR can be made to restore the original item posting. || TBD || Pending || |- | 6 || DWR, Item Quantities || On a DWR, an error is being returned when trying to post item quantities to the third decimal place. (example: 0.123) || 3/15/2023 || N/A || An emergency ticket has been submitted to DTMB to allow three decimal places for postings. || Pending || |- | 7 || Subcontracts, Approval Dates, DWR, Item Quantities || The 4.8 upgrade process appears to have caused data loss of the already entered approval dates for subcontracts. This is preventing the posting of quantities to subcontractors. || 3/15/2023 || The approval date can be manually re-entered to allow postings. || An emergency Ticket has been submitted to DTMB to restore the missing data. || Pending || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. 9e4f7ed90f312e947652b6790c6fad2b1fb4ba58 348 347 2024-09-12T13:57:21Z BurnsD 6 /* Recent Minor Changes */ wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="text-align: center;"> <div><ul> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:MDOT LOGO.png|none|300px]] </li> <li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:AW Project Logo Construction & Materials.png|none|250px]] </li> </ul></div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials'''</div> <div style="text-align: center; font-size:200%">'''Software Manual'''</div> </div> =Introduction= <strong>Welcome to the MDOT AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials Software Manual!</strong> AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials is a fast, easy-to-use, web-based system for documenting construction progress, initiating contractor payment, and communicating with your agency's central office administration applications. Construction & Materials focuses on refining the work flow of construction contract management at all agency levels. With Construction & Materials, the field office can manage field-gathered data and then interface with a central office. Construction & Materials allows several users to update contract information, and it implements a shared database to expand an agency's data sharing ability. This user's guide is the key to discovering Construction & Materials’ vast capabilities and is a valuable resource both for novice and experienced users. For more background information regarding AASHTOWare Project software visit the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/home AASHTOWare Project webpage] or the [https://www.aashtowareproject.org/apr-cm AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials webpage]. ==Construction Technology News== =====September 12, 2024===== Fiscal year-end directions have been issued by the Contractor Payments Unit. Please refer to these directions when preparing your year-end estimates. [[Media:Year_End_Instructions_FY24_-_FieldManager.pdf|Year End Instructions FY24 - FieldManager]] [[Media:Year_End_Instructions_FY24_-_APCM.pdf|Year End Instructions FY24 - APCM]] =====August 29, 2024===== The construction team has been working with the Department of Technology Managment and Budget (DTMB) to develop a more orderly process for implementing system changes and configurations within the system and communicating those changes to the user community. We are still working on an overall communication plan, however we are pleased to announce the use of our very first Release Train. Release Trains are a feature within our DTMB call ticketing system that allows MDOT and DTMB to batch tickets together and set the specific day that those system changes will go into effect within the system. This allows MDOT more time to plan arounds specific dates and to be better prepared to let all of you know what changes have been made to the system in a timely manner. Currently release trains are being planned for each month. However, that may change as we become more familiar with their functionality. The first release train contained several report updates along with some system configurations as described below. '''Report Updates''' *'''''Weighted Average Item Price Report''''' - An error was identified that prevented this report from running when certain report parameters were chosen, this error has been fixed allowing the report to complete. *'''''Change Order Report''''' - The report was updated to not display item balancing that resulted in a zero-quantity change. Showing the zero changes made the report long and difficult to review. The report now only shows item balancing that actually results in a quantity change. *'''''Material History to Date Report''''' - Various column headers and data descriptions were updated to make the report data more user friendly. Sample record tests were also added to the report. *'''''Material Set List Report XLS(*)''''' - A column has been added to the report to show the Spec Book the item corresponds to. This allows filtering as there are several Spec Books within the system and allows filtering of the report. *'''''Cert and Qual Report''''' - An error was discovered in the report that was not properly populating the company column. The company column in the report now pulls from the correct data field in the system. *'''''Item Posting by Contractor Report''''' - The report was duplicating item posting quantities, which has now been fixed. *'''''Materials by Item Report''''' - Category and project line numbers were added to the report for ease of use. *'''''Current Items by Project/Category Report''''' - This report was updated to accurately show items within the correct categories. *'''''Pay Estimate Items Report''''' - A parameter was added to allow this report to show either all items, or just items that were paid on the current estimate. *'''''Daily Personnel On Site Report''''' - An error was discovered and fixed. The report now shows the correct personnel for each day. '''Reference Data Updates''' *'''''2012 Materials Inactivation''''' - The materials from the 2012 Standards Specifications for Construction have been deactivated. '''System Configurations and Guidance Updates''' *'''I''tem Description added to Add Material Set Screen''''' - When adding a material set to an item, the pop-up screen now shows the item ID code and the item description to assist the user. *'''''Updated Default Filtering on Change Order Screen''''' - The default screen filtering for the change order, Increase/Decrease Items tab has been updated to filter out quantity changes that are zero quantity changes. This is in line with the change order report updated listed above. The screen will now only show balancing that results in a non-zero quantity change. *'''''Updated Guidance on Entering Trucking Subcontracts''''' - New guidance has been issued on how to properly enter trucking subcontracts in the system. Please reference the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Adding Subcontracts] section of the Contract Administration page for the updated guidance. *'''''Contractor Notification of Approved Estimates''''' - Prime contractors who are associated to a contract with the CONTR_CONSTRMATRO_CO role now receive an email notification once an estimate is fully approved by finance. *'''''Material Set Name Field''''' - To prevent issues with material quantities, the Material Set Name field on the Contract Materials and Acceptance Actions Summary was made non-editable. Existing material sets cannot be renamed. Material sets can still be modfied and created. *'''''FieldManager Contractor Data Extract Scheduling''''' - The export process that creates a FieldManager Contractor file for contractors was rescheduled from Sunday at 1:05am to Wednesday 1:05am. *'''''Contractor Performance Review Requirement''''' - The system requirment to have Contractor Performance Reviews (CPEs) completed before final estiamte creation has been turned off. CPEs are still required on some contracts, however the system will no longer require them for closeout. To view previous news articles, visit the [[Construction Technology News Archive]]. =Recent Updates= ===Recent Major Changes=== The table below is a list of Major changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" !Updated!! Page!! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>05/07/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#DAILY_WORK_REPORTS Daily Work Reports]||Removed Material Comments and Sources section and updated New section related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Posting_Item_and_Material_Quantities_to_a_Daily_Work_Report Posting Item and Material Quantities to a Daily Work Report] ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports&type=revision&diff=332&oldid=322 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Contract Administration]||New section related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts Adding Subcontracts]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=321&oldid=315 See what changed here.] |- |<center>4/1/2022</center>||<center>[[Materials_Acceptance|Materials Acceptance]]</center>||Created new page for related content||N/A |- |<center>6/16/2021</center>||<center> - </center>||Uploaded manual.||N/A |- |} </div> ===Recent Minor Changes=== The table below is a list of Minor changes. <div style="overflow:auto; height:auto; width:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style=color:black" |- !Updated!! Page !! Summary !! What Changed |- |<center>09/12/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page Main Page]||Updated the Construction Technology News section for Fiscal Year-End updates. ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page&type=revision&diff=347&oldid=343 See Main Page changes here.] |- |<center>08/29/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page Main Page]||Updated the Construction Technology News section for August system updates. Updated guidance on entering subcontracts for trucking. ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page&type=revision&diff=342&oldid=337 See Main Page changes here.] [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=341&oldid=321 See Subcontract changes here.] |- |<center>06/20/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Updated content related to verifying funding source. Funding field is no longer shown on the screen in APCM, Related bullet point removed from following Change Order Sections: *[[Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order]] *[[Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items]] *[[Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items_.28Modified_Originals.29|Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)]] ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Change_Orders&type=revision&diff=336&oldid=325 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Updated content related to verifying funding source in the following Change Order Sections: *[[Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order]] *[[Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items]] *[[Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items_.28Modified_Originals.29|Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)]] ||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Change_Orders&type=revision&diff=325&oldid=324 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report Daily Work Reports]||Added note specifically related to [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report Approving Daily Work Reports]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Daily_Work_Reports&type=revision&diff=322&oldid=198 See what changed here.] |- |<center>04/15/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page Main Page]||Update related to the release of AASHTOWare Project 5.00||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Main_Page#Construction_Technology_News See Construction Technology News] |- |<center>03/01/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Special_Topics Special Topics]||Created new Special Topics Page for [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Final_Project_Review_Reporting_(Phase_Financial_Closeout_Information) Final Project Review Reporting]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Special_Topics&type=revision&diff=314&oldid=283 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/30/2024</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration Contract Administration]|| Created section related to [[Contract_Administration#Transferring_Contracts_Between_Offices|Transferring Contracts Between Offices]]||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=309&oldid=304 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/08/2024</center>|| [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]|| Updated steps for Closing and Archiving a Contract.||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php?title=Contract_Administration&type=revision&diff=304&oldid=228 See what changed here.] |- |<center>01/09/2023</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Mobile_Applications Mobile Applications]||Provided content related to Syncing Contracts with Mobile Inspector||Next section added [[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Mobile_Applications#Syncing_Contracts_with_Mobile_Inspector: here]] |- |<center>09/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Change_Orders Change Orders]||Minor updates to clarify use of New Items tab for a change order.|| Changed title of Contract Items section and added explanation note to adding new items. |- |<center>03/29/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Access_and_Roles#Available_Roles Access and Roles - Available Roles]||Added page to main menu and added role names and descriptions to page.||Tables for abbreviations and role names |- |<center>03/24/2022</center>||[https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Contract_Administration#Closing_and_Archiving_a_Contract Contract Administration - Closing and Archiving a Contract]||Updated the Workflow Phase selection when archiving a contract.||"Archived Contract" was changed to "Finance Closeout" |} </div> ===Tracked Known Issues=== =====Most Recent Identified Known Issues===== {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || N/A || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | 5 || Payments, $0 priced items || $0 priced items can cause the create payment estimate process to stop when a $0 priced item has any type of payment estimate exception that causes a payment item adjustment (insufficient material, overrun, etc.). || 11/2/2022 || Office Technicians are encouraged to process all material approvals and change orders prior to creating estimates. A DWR temporarily backing out the posting of the $0 priced item, with a negative posting, can temporarily allow estimates to be created until the proper material approvals and change orders for the $0 priced items can be processed. Once material approvals and change orders are processed to avoid payment exceptions, a followup DWR can be made to restore the original item posting. || TBD || Pending || |- | 6 || DWR, Item Quantities || On a DWR, an error is being returned when trying to post item quantities to the third decimal place. (example: 0.123) || 3/15/2023 || N/A || An emergency ticket has been submitted to DTMB to allow three decimal places for postings. || Pending || |- | 7 || Subcontracts, Approval Dates, DWR, Item Quantities || The 4.8 upgrade process appears to have caused data loss of the already entered approval dates for subcontracts. This is preventing the posting of quantities to subcontractors. || 3/15/2023 || The approval date can be manually re-entered to allow postings. || An emergency Ticket has been submitted to DTMB to restore the missing data. || Pending || |} ====Tracked Issues Complete List==== The complete list of tracked known issues can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Known_Issues_List Known Issues List] page. =Support Information= [[File:MI MDOT Software Support.png|frameless|center]] <div style="text-align: center> <strong>AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk</strong> <br> [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] </div> =Preamble= This manual provides guidance to administrative, engineering, and technical staff. Engineering practice requires that professionals use a combination of technical skills and judgment in decision making. Engineering judgment is necessary to allow decisions to account for unique site-specific conditions and considerations to provide high quality products, within budget, and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This manual provides the general operational guidelines; however, it is understood that adaptation, adjustments, and deviations are sometimes necessary. Innovation is a key foundational element to advance the state of engineering practice and develop more effective and efficient engineering solutions and materials. As such, it is essential that our engineering manuals provide a vehicle to promote, pilot, or implement technologies or practices that provide efficiencies and quality products, while maintaining the safety, health, and welfare of the public. It is expected when making significant or impactful deviations from the technical information from these guidance materials, that reasonable consultations with experts, technical committees, and/or policy setting bodies occur prior to actions within the timeframes allowed. It is also expected that these consultations will eliminate any potential conflicts of interest, perceived or otherwise. MDOT Leadership is committed to a culture of innovation to optimize engineering solutions. The National Society of Professional Engineers Code of Ethics for Engineering is founded on six fundamental canons. Those canons are provided below. Engineers, in the fulfillment of their professional duties, shall: # Hold paramount the safety, health, and welfare of the public. # Perform Services only in areas of their competence. # Issue public statement only in an objective and truthful manner. # Act for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees. # Avoid deceptive acts. # Conduct themselves honorably, reasonably, ethically and lawfully so as to enhance the honor, reputation, and usefulness of the profession. Additional information about MDOT Construction Practices and Policies can be found on the [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/construction/index.php/Main_Page Wiki Construction Manual]. For additional information about the AASHTOWare Wiki and to submit revision suggestions, please contact the [mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov AASHTOWare Construction & Materials Helpdesk]. d9003b866d8953dfda78cab9e61256014bf2f2dc 6 152 317 2024-04-15T15:59:06Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 153 318 2024-04-15T15:59:26Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 154 319 2024-04-15T15:59:40Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 155 320 2024-04-15T16:00:01Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 58 322 198 2024-04-15T16:58:39Z McGowanR 4 /* Approving a Daily Work Report */ Added Special Note Related to Approving Daily Work Reports wikitext text/x-wiki =DAILY WORK REPORTS= ==Adding Daily Work Reports== <p style="color:green"><i>There are several ways to create a daily work report. The steps below show one of the fastest ways to create a DWR without entering the contract.</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For information about how DWRs can be created with the Mobile Inspector application, contact the MDOT Construction Technology help desk at 517-322-1556 or [mailto:Change?body=http://mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Daily Work Report Overview''' quick link. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture1.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Select Contract to Add DWR''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture2.png|center]] 3. Search for and Select the contract ID in which to add a DWR. 4. Click the '''Create DWR on Contract''' button. You will be taken to the General tab. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture3.png|center]] 5. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''DWR Date''' field, enter the date for the DWR using the calendar or manual entry.</li> <li>'''Weather''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate weather condition.</li> <li>'''Rainfall Amount''' field, enter the amount of rainfall recorded for the DWR date, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Low Temperature''' field, enter the low temperature recorded for the DWR date.</li> <li>'''High Temperature''' field, enter the high temperature recorded for the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Remarks''' section, in the '''Type''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate remark type</li> <li>'''Remarks''' section, in the '''Remarks''' field, enter remarks for the day.</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture4.png|center]] 6. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''SECIR Report''' field - indicates whether a Storm Water Environmental Compliance Inspection Report may be required (to be used in a future release of the software).</li> <li>'''Contractors Onsite''' field - indicates whether a contractor is recorded on the DWR.</li> <li>'''Attachments''' field - indicates whether there are attachments associated with this DWR.</li> <li>'''Remarks''' field - indicates the number of remarks.</li> <li>'''Federal Project Number''' field - indicates the project number assigned by the federal government.</li> <li>'''Entered By''' field - indicates the user ID and name of the person that created the DWR.</li> <li>'''Entered Date''' field - indicates the date and time the record was added to the system.</li> <li>'''Approval Date''' field - indicates the date that the DWR was approved.</li> <li>'''Approved By''' field - indicates the user who approved the DWR.</li> <li>'''Payment Est Num''' field - indicates the number generated by the system and assigned to the contract payment estimate when it is created.</li> <li>'''Payment Est Statu'''s field - indicates the status of the payment estimate.</li> <li>'''Agency Views''' field - indicates whether agency views are associated with a contract item posted to this DWR.</li> <li>'''Work Items Installed''' field - indicates whether any work items are recorded on the DWR.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Daily Work Report Notes== <p style="color:green"><i>The notes captured in the Notes section of the Daily Work Report are like sticky notes on a paper document. They are not part of the official DWR. Notes may contain any type of information related to the DWR and can be added or deleted at any time, regardless of the DWR status.</i> <p style="color:green"><i>'''Notes should not be used for recording information that should be documented in the official DWR!'''</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Many roles have the ability to create DWR notes but only the Office Technician roles can delete DWR notes. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add notes to. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture5.png|center]] 5. Click the '''Notes''' tab. 6. Click the '''New''' button. 7. Enter the appropriate information in the '''DWR Note''' field. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture6.png|center]] 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Recording Time Information on a Daily Work Report== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Time Tab is used to charge contract time against Work Day and Calendar Day contracts. This tab is not used for Completion Date contracts.</i></p> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to record time information on. 5. Select the '''Contract Time''' tab. 6. Search for and select the time ID to modify, and click the expand arrow for the time ID. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor Working''' check the box to indicate the contractor was working on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Available''' field, enter the number of time units available for the contractor to work.</li> <li>'''Hours Worked''' field, enter the number of time units the contractor worked.</li> <li>'''Controlling Operation''' field, enter the primary type of work related to the time charge.</li> <li>'''Delay Reason''' field, enter a description of circumstances or events impeding progress of work related to the contract time.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record.</li> <li>'''Time Charged''' field, enter the number of time units charged.</li> <li>'''Work Start Time''' field, enter the date and time of day the contractor began work.</li> <li>'''Work Stop Time''' field, enter the date and time of day the contractor stopped work.</li> </ol> 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Contractors On Site== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contractors On Site tab is used to record the contractors that will be part of this DWR.</i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The contractor must be listed on the Contractors On Site tab if you wish to post any items to that contractor. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add contractors to. 5. Select the '''Contractors On Site''' tab. 6. Click the '''Select Contractors''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture7.png|center]] 7. Search for and Select the contractor(s) for this DWR by Clicking on the row(s). 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractors''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture8.png|center]] 9. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor''' field indicates the contractor(s) you selected.</li> <li>'''Prime''' field indicates whether the contractor is the prime contractor on the contract.</li> <li>'''DBE Certified''' field indicates whether this contractor is certified as a DBE vendor.</li> <li>'''Equipment''' field indicates whether the contractor has equipment being reported on this DWR.</li> <li>'''Personnel''' field indicates whether this contractor has personnel being reported on this DWR.</li> </ol> 10. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Start Time''' field - enter the time of day this contractor was first observed on site.</li> <li>'''End Time''' field - enter the time of day this contractor was last observed on site.</li> <li>'''Hours''' field - enter the total time the contractor was observed on site.</li> </ol> 11. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Contractor Equipment on a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |MDOT has chosen to use a standardized equipment list. Specific or special equipment information should be recorded in the comments field of the equipment being used. |- |} </div> 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add Equipment to. 5. Select the '''Contractor Equipment''' tab. 6. Click the row '''Actions''' button for the contractor associated with this DWR and choose the '''Select Equipment''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture9.png|center|850px]] 7. Search for and Select the appropriate contract vendor equipment ID(s). 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractor Equipment''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture10.png|center]] 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Number On Site''' field, enter the number of pieces of the equipment on site on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Number Used''' field, enter the number of pieces of the equipment used on site on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Used''' field, enter the number of hours the equipment was used on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Idle''' field, enter the number of hours the equipment was idle on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record (Tip: clicking the magnifying glass opens a text dialog panel for the comments field).</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture11.png|center]] 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Contractor Personnel on a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add Personnel to. 5. Select the '''Contractor Personnel''' tab. 6. For the appropriate contractor, click the row '''Actions''' button, and choose the '''Select Personnel''' action. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |MDOT has chosen to use a standardized personnel list. Specific or special personnel information should be recorded in the comments field of the personnel listed. |- |} </div> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture12.png|center|850px]] 7. Select the personnel records to associate with the DWR. 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractor Personnel''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture13.png|center]] 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Number On Site''' field, enter the count of how many of this type of personnel to record on this DWR date for this contractor.</li> <li>'''Total Hours''' field, enter the total number of hours worked by this person for this DWR contractor on this date.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record (Tip: clicking the magnifying glass opens a text dialog panel for the comments field).</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture14.png|center]] 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Posting Items to a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to post items to. 5. Select the '''Item Postings''' tab. 6. Click the '''Select Items''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture15.png|center]] 7. Search for and Select the contract line number(s) to add to the DWR. 8. Click the '''Save''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture16.png|center]] 9. Click the expand arrow for the newly added item posting. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture17.png|center]] 10. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Attention''' field indicates the number of attention flags recorded for this entity.</li> <li>'''Units''' field indicates the type of measurement used to determine the quantity of the reference item.</li> <li>'''Agency Views''' field indicates if there are agency views or not on this DWR.</li> </ol> 11. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the contractor that performed the work for this item posting.</li> <li>'''Quantity Posted''' field, enter the quantity of the item installed by the contractor on this date.</li> <li>'''Station From'''field, enter the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Station From Plus''' field, enter the distance from the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Type''' field, enter the offset type for the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Distance''' field, enter the offset distance for the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Station To''' field, enter the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Station To Plus''' field, enter the distance from the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Type''' field, enter the offset type for the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Distance''' field, enter the offset distance for the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Location''' field, enter the location where the work was performed for the DWR item posting.</li> <li>'''Measured''' check box, check if the item quantity installed is measured, or leave the box unchecked if the installed quantity is interim.</li> <li>'''Material Set''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the material set associated with the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Plan Sheet Page Number''' field, enter the number of the plan sheet page on which this work item is found.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the item posting.</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture18.png|center]] 12. Click the '''Save''' button. 13. The list of materials associated with the material set you have chosen will now populate at the bottom of your item posting. 14. The following fields will self-populate <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Material Name''' field indicates the name of the material being used.</li> <li>'''Conversion Factor''' field indicates the item-material conversion factor used to determine the installed quantity</li> <li>'''Overwritten''' field indicates if the user has updated the installed quantity field</li> <li>'''Installed Qty''' field indicates the quantity of material placed in the field for the listed material</li> <li>'''Material Units''' field indicates unit of the material being used. </ol> 15. Update the '''Installed Qty''' field if needed and click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Recording Material Comments and Sources== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to edit. 5. Select the '''Material Postings''' tab. 6. Click the expand arrow for the item. 7. Click the expand arrow for the material. 8. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Source''' field, begin typing the source name to find and select the source of the material</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any information needing to be documented for this material</li> </ol> 9. Click the '''Save''' button <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Attachments and Links to a DWR== <p style="color:green"><i>The application provides an easy way to integrate outside information of various kinds into your project. Examples of the types of files you might attach include Microsoft® Word documents, Excel spreadsheets, PDFs, digital photographs and other types of graphic files.</i> </p> '''To add an attachment:''' 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add attachments to. 5. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select '''Attachments.''' 6. Click the '''Select File''' button. 7. Navigate to and select the file you wish to attach. 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Name''' field indicates the file name.</li> <li>'''Historical Report''' field indicates if the file was created by the historical report process.</li> <li>'''Size''' field indicates the file size.</li> <li>'''Additional Roles Count''' field indicates additional security features of the attachment.</li> </ol> 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Description''' field – enter a description for the attachment</li> <li>'''Attorney/Client Privilege''' – select this is the file is associated with attorney/client privilege</li> </ol> 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <p style="color:green"><i>Links are like attachments except that you don’t need to have the actual file. Just the URL, URN, or some other link to where the file is located.</i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Links are a great option for referencing files that are already stored in ProjectWise. Just use the URN! (in PW right click the file > Send Links > Copy Document URNs to Clipboard) |- |} </div> '''To add a link:''' 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add links to. 5. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select '''Links.''' 6. Click the ''New''' button. A new link row will appear. 7. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Additional Roles Count''' field indicates additional security features of the link.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields are required: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Link Name''' field – enter the name of the document or location you are linking to</li> <li>'''URL''' – enter the link you wish to use</li> </ol> 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Description''' field – enter a description for the link</li> </ol> 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Submitting a Daily Work Report for Approval== <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Depending on your access, you may not have the ability to submit for approval, approve, or reject a DWR and can skip this section. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to submit. 5. The Status must be Draft to Submit for Approval. 6. Click the row '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Submit for Approval''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture19.png|center]] 7. The DWR will save automatically and the Status will change to Pending. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture20.png|center]] <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Approving a Daily Work Report== <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The system restricts who can approve a Daily Work Report. Even if your role allows the approving of Daily Work Reports, the system will not allow you to approve your own. The system does not allow the DWR creator to approve their own DWRs. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Construction''' component. 2. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 3. To approve a DWR, you must have authority to approve it and it must have a status of Pending Approval. 4. Click the row '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Approve action.''' [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture21.png|center]] 5. The DWR will save automatically and the Status will change to Approved. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture22.png|center]] <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |A DWR can be rejected and submitted for approval many times. However, once the DWR is approved it is not able to be edited. An approved DWR is locked from any future changes. |- |} </div> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Revising an Approved Daily Work Report== <p style="color:green"><i>'''To revise an approved DWR, you must have authority to reject the DWR.'''<br> <br> '''Roles/Associated Actions:'''<br> <br> '''Inspector'''<br> -Can '''Change to Draft''' their own DWR that is Submitted for Approval<br> -Can '''Reject''' their own DWR that has been Approved<br> -Can change the status of their own DWR to '''Draft''', to make revisions<br> <br> '''MDOT Office Tech'''<br> -Can '''Reject''' a DWR that has been Submitted for Approval<br> -Can '''Reject''' a DWR that has been Approved<br> </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |When a DWR is approved and included within a pay estimate the DWR is Locked and cannot be revised. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Navigate to the '''Construction''' component. 2. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' Link. 3. Find the Daily Work Report and Click the row '''Actions''' button on the right, choose the '''Reject action.''' [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture28.png|center]] 4. The DWR will save automatically, and the Status will change to Rejected. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture29.png|center]] 5. When the DWR is Rejected the creator of the DWR will be notified. At which time the creator must change the state of the DWR to Draft in order to make the necessary revisions. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture30.png|center]] 6. After revisions are made submit the DWR for approval; see '''[[Daily_Work_Reports#Submitting_a_Daily_Work_Report_for_Approval|Submitting a Daily Work Report for Approval.]]''' <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Additional Daily Work Reports== <p style="color:green"><i>The steps below show another popular way to create a DWR. This method shows the navigation steps of creating a DWR from within the contract itself.</i> </p> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID in which to add a DWR.''' [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture23.png|center]] 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab and Click the '''Add''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture24.png|center]] 4. Enter the general information for the DWR as shown in “Adding First Daily Work Report.” 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Copying a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID in which the DWR is located.''' 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab 4. Click the row '''Actions''' button on the DWR you wish to copy and choose the '''Copy''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture25.png|center]] 5. Click the '''Save''' button. 6. Update information for the DWR and Click '''Save''' again. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Generating DWR Reports== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Sub reports can optionally be generated for remarks; contract times; contractor personnel and equipment and attachments in the DWR. 5. You can generate reports for multiple DWRs created by multiple inspectors for different date ranges. When multiple reports are generated, each DWR is separated by a page break. 6. If you generate this report for a DWR that is not yet approved, the system automatically includes a Draft watermark on all pages of the report. 7. Click the row '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Daily Work Report''' action from the '''Reports''' section. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture26.png|center]] 1. Click all of the following check boxes: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Show Remarks''' check box to display the sub report for Remarks.</li> <li>'''Show Contract Times''' check box to display the sub report for Contract Time.</li> <li>'''Show Contractor Personnel''' check box to display the sub report for Contractor Personnel.</li> <li>'''Show Contractor Equipment''' check box to display the sub report for Contractor Equipment.</li> <li>'''Show Attachments''' check box to display the sub report for Attachments.</li> </ol> 2. Click the '''Execute''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture27.png|center]] 16f182253c13a0f8754fc6beaff29015733c359b 332 322 2024-05-07T16:45:34Z McGowanR 4 Remove Material Comments and Sources section and Update New section related to Posting Item and Material Quantities to a Daily Work Report wikitext text/x-wiki =DAILY WORK REPORTS= ==Adding Daily Work Reports== <p style="color:green"><i>There are several ways to create a daily work report. The steps below show one of the fastest ways to create a DWR without entering the contract.</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For information about how DWRs can be created with the Mobile Inspector application, contact the MDOT Construction Technology help desk at 517-322-1556 or [mailto:Change?body=http://mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Daily Work Report Overview''' quick link. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture1.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Select Contract to Add DWR''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture2.png|center]] 3. Search for and Select the contract ID in which to add a DWR. 4. Click the '''Create DWR on Contract''' button. You will be taken to the General tab. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture3.png|center]] 5. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''DWR Date''' field, enter the date for the DWR using the calendar or manual entry.</li> <li>'''Weather''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate weather condition.</li> <li>'''Rainfall Amount''' field, enter the amount of rainfall recorded for the DWR date, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Low Temperature''' field, enter the low temperature recorded for the DWR date.</li> <li>'''High Temperature''' field, enter the high temperature recorded for the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Remarks''' section, in the '''Type''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate remark type</li> <li>'''Remarks''' section, in the '''Remarks''' field, enter remarks for the day.</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture4.png|center]] 6. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''SECIR Report''' field - indicates whether a Storm Water Environmental Compliance Inspection Report may be required (to be used in a future release of the software).</li> <li>'''Contractors Onsite''' field - indicates whether a contractor is recorded on the DWR.</li> <li>'''Attachments''' field - indicates whether there are attachments associated with this DWR.</li> <li>'''Remarks''' field - indicates the number of remarks.</li> <li>'''Federal Project Number''' field - indicates the project number assigned by the federal government.</li> <li>'''Entered By''' field - indicates the user ID and name of the person that created the DWR.</li> <li>'''Entered Date''' field - indicates the date and time the record was added to the system.</li> <li>'''Approval Date''' field - indicates the date that the DWR was approved.</li> <li>'''Approved By''' field - indicates the user who approved the DWR.</li> <li>'''Payment Est Num''' field - indicates the number generated by the system and assigned to the contract payment estimate when it is created.</li> <li>'''Payment Est Statu'''s field - indicates the status of the payment estimate.</li> <li>'''Agency Views''' field - indicates whether agency views are associated with a contract item posted to this DWR.</li> <li>'''Work Items Installed''' field - indicates whether any work items are recorded on the DWR.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Daily Work Report Notes== <p style="color:green"><i>The notes captured in the Notes section of the Daily Work Report are like sticky notes on a paper document. They are not part of the official DWR. Notes may contain any type of information related to the DWR and can be added or deleted at any time, regardless of the DWR status.</i> <p style="color:green"><i>'''Notes should not be used for recording information that should be documented in the official DWR!'''</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Many roles have the ability to create DWR notes but only the Office Technician roles can delete DWR notes. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add notes to. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture5.png|center]] 5. Click the '''Notes''' tab. 6. Click the '''New''' button. 7. Enter the appropriate information in the '''DWR Note''' field. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture6.png|center]] 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Recording Time Information on a Daily Work Report== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Time Tab is used to charge contract time against Work Day and Calendar Day contracts. This tab is not used for Completion Date contracts.</i></p> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to record time information on. 5. Select the '''Contract Time''' tab. 6. Search for and select the time ID to modify, and click the expand arrow for the time ID. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor Working''' check the box to indicate the contractor was working on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Available''' field, enter the number of time units available for the contractor to work.</li> <li>'''Hours Worked''' field, enter the number of time units the contractor worked.</li> <li>'''Controlling Operation''' field, enter the primary type of work related to the time charge.</li> <li>'''Delay Reason''' field, enter a description of circumstances or events impeding progress of work related to the contract time.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record.</li> <li>'''Time Charged''' field, enter the number of time units charged.</li> <li>'''Work Start Time''' field, enter the date and time of day the contractor began work.</li> <li>'''Work Stop Time''' field, enter the date and time of day the contractor stopped work.</li> </ol> 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Contractors On Site== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contractors On Site tab is used to record the contractors that will be part of this DWR.</i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The contractor must be listed on the Contractors On Site tab if you wish to post any items to that contractor. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add contractors to. 5. Select the '''Contractors On Site''' tab. 6. Click the '''Select Contractors''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture7.png|center]] 7. Search for and Select the contractor(s) for this DWR by Clicking on the row(s). 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractors''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture8.png|center]] 9. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor''' field indicates the contractor(s) you selected.</li> <li>'''Prime''' field indicates whether the contractor is the prime contractor on the contract.</li> <li>'''DBE Certified''' field indicates whether this contractor is certified as a DBE vendor.</li> <li>'''Equipment''' field indicates whether the contractor has equipment being reported on this DWR.</li> <li>'''Personnel''' field indicates whether this contractor has personnel being reported on this DWR.</li> </ol> 10. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Start Time''' field - enter the time of day this contractor was first observed on site.</li> <li>'''End Time''' field - enter the time of day this contractor was last observed on site.</li> <li>'''Hours''' field - enter the total time the contractor was observed on site.</li> </ol> 11. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Contractor Equipment on a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |MDOT has chosen to use a standardized equipment list. Specific or special equipment information should be recorded in the comments field of the equipment being used. |- |} </div> 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add Equipment to. 5. Select the '''Contractor Equipment''' tab. 6. Click the row '''Actions''' button for the contractor associated with this DWR and choose the '''Select Equipment''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture9.png|center|850px]] 7. Search for and Select the appropriate contract vendor equipment ID(s). 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractor Equipment''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture10.png|center]] 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Number On Site''' field, enter the number of pieces of the equipment on site on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Number Used''' field, enter the number of pieces of the equipment used on site on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Used''' field, enter the number of hours the equipment was used on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Idle''' field, enter the number of hours the equipment was idle on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record (Tip: clicking the magnifying glass opens a text dialog panel for the comments field).</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture11.png|center]] 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Contractor Personnel on a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add Personnel to. 5. Select the '''Contractor Personnel''' tab. 6. For the appropriate contractor, click the row '''Actions''' button, and choose the '''Select Personnel''' action. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |MDOT has chosen to use a standardized personnel list. Specific or special personnel information should be recorded in the comments field of the personnel listed. |- |} </div> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture12.png|center|850px]] 7. Select the personnel records to associate with the DWR. 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractor Personnel''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture13.png|center]] 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Number On Site''' field, enter the count of how many of this type of personnel to record on this DWR date for this contractor.</li> <li>'''Total Hours''' field, enter the total number of hours worked by this person for this DWR contractor on this date.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record (Tip: clicking the magnifying glass opens a text dialog panel for the comments field).</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture14.png|center]] 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Posting Item and Material Quantities to a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to post items to. 5. Select the '''Item Postings''' tab. 6. Click the '''Select Items''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture15.1.png|center]] 7. Search for and Select the contract line number(s) to add to the DWR. 8. Click the '''Save''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture16.png|center]] 9. Click the expand arrow for the newly added item posting. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture17.png|center]] 10. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Attention''' field indicates the number of attention flags recorded for this entity.</li> <li>'''Units''' field indicates the type of measurement used to determine the quantity of the reference item.</li> <li>'''Agency Views''' field indicates if there are agency views or not on this DWR.</li> </ol> 11. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the contractor that performed the work for this item posting.</li> <li>'''Quantity Posted''' field, enter the quantity of the item installed by the contractor on this date.</li> <li>'''Station From'''field, enter the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Station From Plus''' field, enter the distance from the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Type''' field, enter the offset type for the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Distance''' field, enter the offset distance for the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Station To''' field, enter the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Station To Plus''' field, enter the distance from the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Type''' field, enter the offset type for the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Distance''' field, enter the offset distance for the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Location''' field, enter the location where the work was performed for the DWR item posting.</li> <li>'''Measured''' check box, check if the item quantity installed is measured, or leave the box unchecked if the installed quantity is interim.</li> <li>'''Material Set''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the material set associated with the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Plan Sheet Page Number''' field, enter the number of the plan sheet page on which this work item is found.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the item posting.</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture18.png|center]] 12. Click the '''Save''' button. 13. The list of materials associated with the material set you have chosen will now populate at the bottom of your item posting. 14. The following fields will self-populate <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Material Name''' field indicates the name of the material being used.</li> <li>'''Conversion Factor''' field indicates the item-material conversion factor used to determine the installed quantity</li> <li>'''Overwritten''' field indicates if the user has updated the installed quantity field</li> <li>'''Installed Qty''' field indicates the quantity of material placed in the field for the listed material</li> <li>'''Material Units''' field indicates unit of the material being used. </ol> 15. Update the '''Installed Qty''' field if needed. 16. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Source ID''' indicates the source of the material.</li> <li>'''VI and Accepted''' indicates the material was VI'd and accepted for placement.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field is available for any material comments that need to be recorded. </ol> 17. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Attachments and Links to a DWR== <p style="color:green"><i>The application provides an easy way to integrate outside information of various kinds into your project. Examples of the types of files you might attach include Microsoft® Word documents, Excel spreadsheets, PDFs, digital photographs and other types of graphic files.</i> </p> '''To add an attachment:''' 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add attachments to. 5. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select '''Attachments.''' 6. Click the '''Select File''' button. 7. Navigate to and select the file you wish to attach. 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Name''' field indicates the file name.</li> <li>'''Historical Report''' field indicates if the file was created by the historical report process.</li> <li>'''Size''' field indicates the file size.</li> <li>'''Additional Roles Count''' field indicates additional security features of the attachment.</li> </ol> 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Description''' field – enter a description for the attachment</li> <li>'''Attorney/Client Privilege''' – select this is the file is associated with attorney/client privilege</li> </ol> 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <p style="color:green"><i>Links are like attachments except that you don’t need to have the actual file. Just the URL, URN, or some other link to where the file is located.</i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Links are a great option for referencing files that are already stored in ProjectWise. Just use the URN! (in PW right click the file > Send Links > Copy Document URNs to Clipboard) |- |} </div> '''To add a link:''' 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add links to. 5. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select '''Links.''' 6. Click the ''New''' button. A new link row will appear. 7. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Additional Roles Count''' field indicates additional security features of the link.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields are required: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Link Name''' field – enter the name of the document or location you are linking to</li> <li>'''URL''' – enter the link you wish to use</li> </ol> 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Description''' field – enter a description for the link</li> </ol> 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Submitting a Daily Work Report for Approval== <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Depending on your access, you may not have the ability to submit for approval, approve, or reject a DWR and can skip this section. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to submit. 5. The Status must be Draft to Submit for Approval. 6. Click the row '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Submit for Approval''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture19.png|center]] 7. The DWR will save automatically and the Status will change to Pending. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture20.png|center]] <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Approving a Daily Work Report== <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The system restricts who can approve a Daily Work Report. Even if your role allows the approving of Daily Work Reports, the system will not allow you to approve your own. The system does not allow the DWR creator to approve their own DWRs. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Construction''' component. 2. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 3. To approve a DWR, you must have authority to approve it and it must have a status of Pending Approval. 4. Click the row '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Approve action.''' [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture21.png|center]] 5. The DWR will save automatically and the Status will change to Approved. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture22.png|center]] <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |A DWR can be rejected and submitted for approval many times. However, once the DWR is approved it is not able to be edited. An approved DWR is locked from any future changes. |- |} </div> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Revising an Approved Daily Work Report== <p style="color:green"><i>'''To revise an approved DWR, you must have authority to reject the DWR.'''<br> <br> '''Roles/Associated Actions:'''<br> <br> '''Inspector'''<br> -Can '''Change to Draft''' their own DWR that is Submitted for Approval<br> -Can '''Reject''' their own DWR that has been Approved<br> -Can change the status of their own DWR to '''Draft''', to make revisions<br> <br> '''MDOT Office Tech'''<br> -Can '''Reject''' a DWR that has been Submitted for Approval<br> -Can '''Reject''' a DWR that has been Approved<br> </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |When a DWR is approved and included within a pay estimate the DWR is Locked and cannot be revised. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Navigate to the '''Construction''' component. 2. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' Link. 3. Find the Daily Work Report and Click the row '''Actions''' button on the right, choose the '''Reject action.''' [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture28.png|center]] 4. The DWR will save automatically, and the Status will change to Rejected. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture29.png|center]] 5. When the DWR is Rejected the creator of the DWR will be notified. At which time the creator must change the state of the DWR to Draft in order to make the necessary revisions. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture30.png|center]] 6. After revisions are made submit the DWR for approval; see '''[[Daily_Work_Reports#Submitting_a_Daily_Work_Report_for_Approval|Submitting a Daily Work Report for Approval.]]''' <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Additional Daily Work Reports== <p style="color:green"><i>The steps below show another popular way to create a DWR. This method shows the navigation steps of creating a DWR from within the contract itself.</i> </p> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID in which to add a DWR.''' [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture23.png|center]] 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab and Click the '''Add''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture24.png|center]] 4. Enter the general information for the DWR as shown in “Adding First Daily Work Report.” 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Copying a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID in which the DWR is located.''' 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab 4. Click the row '''Actions''' button on the DWR you wish to copy and choose the '''Copy''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture25.png|center]] 5. Click the '''Save''' button. 6. Update information for the DWR and Click '''Save''' again. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Generating DWR Reports== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Sub reports can optionally be generated for remarks; contract times; contractor personnel and equipment and attachments in the DWR. 5. You can generate reports for multiple DWRs created by multiple inspectors for different date ranges. When multiple reports are generated, each DWR is separated by a page break. 6. If you generate this report for a DWR that is not yet approved, the system automatically includes a Draft watermark on all pages of the report. 7. Click the row '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Daily Work Report''' action from the '''Reports''' section. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture26.png|center]] 1. Click all of the following check boxes: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Show Remarks''' check box to display the sub report for Remarks.</li> <li>'''Show Contract Times''' check box to display the sub report for Contract Time.</li> <li>'''Show Contractor Personnel''' check box to display the sub report for Contractor Personnel.</li> <li>'''Show Contractor Equipment''' check box to display the sub report for Contractor Equipment.</li> <li>'''Show Attachments''' check box to display the sub report for Attachments.</li> </ol> 2. Click the '''Execute''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture27.png|center]] d376db4e0e00c30fda608d9fa39b0fca1723755f 334 332 2024-05-07T18:06:30Z BurnsD 6 /* Approving a Daily Work Report */ wikitext text/x-wiki =DAILY WORK REPORTS= ==Adding Daily Work Reports== <p style="color:green"><i>There are several ways to create a daily work report. The steps below show one of the fastest ways to create a DWR without entering the contract.</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For information about how DWRs can be created with the Mobile Inspector application, contact the MDOT Construction Technology help desk at 517-322-1556 or [mailto:Change?body=http://mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Daily Work Report Overview''' quick link. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture1.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Select Contract to Add DWR''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture2.png|center]] 3. Search for and Select the contract ID in which to add a DWR. 4. Click the '''Create DWR on Contract''' button. You will be taken to the General tab. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture3.png|center]] 5. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''DWR Date''' field, enter the date for the DWR using the calendar or manual entry.</li> <li>'''Weather''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate weather condition.</li> <li>'''Rainfall Amount''' field, enter the amount of rainfall recorded for the DWR date, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Low Temperature''' field, enter the low temperature recorded for the DWR date.</li> <li>'''High Temperature''' field, enter the high temperature recorded for the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Remarks''' section, in the '''Type''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate remark type</li> <li>'''Remarks''' section, in the '''Remarks''' field, enter remarks for the day.</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture4.png|center]] 6. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''SECIR Report''' field - indicates whether a Storm Water Environmental Compliance Inspection Report may be required (to be used in a future release of the software).</li> <li>'''Contractors Onsite''' field - indicates whether a contractor is recorded on the DWR.</li> <li>'''Attachments''' field - indicates whether there are attachments associated with this DWR.</li> <li>'''Remarks''' field - indicates the number of remarks.</li> <li>'''Federal Project Number''' field - indicates the project number assigned by the federal government.</li> <li>'''Entered By''' field - indicates the user ID and name of the person that created the DWR.</li> <li>'''Entered Date''' field - indicates the date and time the record was added to the system.</li> <li>'''Approval Date''' field - indicates the date that the DWR was approved.</li> <li>'''Approved By''' field - indicates the user who approved the DWR.</li> <li>'''Payment Est Num''' field - indicates the number generated by the system and assigned to the contract payment estimate when it is created.</li> <li>'''Payment Est Statu'''s field - indicates the status of the payment estimate.</li> <li>'''Agency Views''' field - indicates whether agency views are associated with a contract item posted to this DWR.</li> <li>'''Work Items Installed''' field - indicates whether any work items are recorded on the DWR.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Daily Work Report Notes== <p style="color:green"><i>The notes captured in the Notes section of the Daily Work Report are like sticky notes on a paper document. They are not part of the official DWR. Notes may contain any type of information related to the DWR and can be added or deleted at any time, regardless of the DWR status.</i> <p style="color:green"><i>'''Notes should not be used for recording information that should be documented in the official DWR!'''</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Many roles have the ability to create DWR notes but only the Office Technician roles can delete DWR notes. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add notes to. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture5.png|center]] 5. Click the '''Notes''' tab. 6. Click the '''New''' button. 7. Enter the appropriate information in the '''DWR Note''' field. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture6.png|center]] 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Recording Time Information on a Daily Work Report== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Time Tab is used to charge contract time against Work Day and Calendar Day contracts. This tab is not used for Completion Date contracts.</i></p> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to record time information on. 5. Select the '''Contract Time''' tab. 6. Search for and select the time ID to modify, and click the expand arrow for the time ID. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor Working''' check the box to indicate the contractor was working on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Available''' field, enter the number of time units available for the contractor to work.</li> <li>'''Hours Worked''' field, enter the number of time units the contractor worked.</li> <li>'''Controlling Operation''' field, enter the primary type of work related to the time charge.</li> <li>'''Delay Reason''' field, enter a description of circumstances or events impeding progress of work related to the contract time.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record.</li> <li>'''Time Charged''' field, enter the number of time units charged.</li> <li>'''Work Start Time''' field, enter the date and time of day the contractor began work.</li> <li>'''Work Stop Time''' field, enter the date and time of day the contractor stopped work.</li> </ol> 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Contractors On Site== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contractors On Site tab is used to record the contractors that will be part of this DWR.</i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The contractor must be listed on the Contractors On Site tab if you wish to post any items to that contractor. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add contractors to. 5. Select the '''Contractors On Site''' tab. 6. Click the '''Select Contractors''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture7.png|center]] 7. Search for and Select the contractor(s) for this DWR by Clicking on the row(s). 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractors''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture8.png|center]] 9. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor''' field indicates the contractor(s) you selected.</li> <li>'''Prime''' field indicates whether the contractor is the prime contractor on the contract.</li> <li>'''DBE Certified''' field indicates whether this contractor is certified as a DBE vendor.</li> <li>'''Equipment''' field indicates whether the contractor has equipment being reported on this DWR.</li> <li>'''Personnel''' field indicates whether this contractor has personnel being reported on this DWR.</li> </ol> 10. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Start Time''' field - enter the time of day this contractor was first observed on site.</li> <li>'''End Time''' field - enter the time of day this contractor was last observed on site.</li> <li>'''Hours''' field - enter the total time the contractor was observed on site.</li> </ol> 11. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Contractor Equipment on a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |MDOT has chosen to use a standardized equipment list. Specific or special equipment information should be recorded in the comments field of the equipment being used. |- |} </div> 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add Equipment to. 5. Select the '''Contractor Equipment''' tab. 6. Click the row '''Actions''' button for the contractor associated with this DWR and choose the '''Select Equipment''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture9.png|center|850px]] 7. Search for and Select the appropriate contract vendor equipment ID(s). 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractor Equipment''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture10.png|center]] 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Number On Site''' field, enter the number of pieces of the equipment on site on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Number Used''' field, enter the number of pieces of the equipment used on site on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Used''' field, enter the number of hours the equipment was used on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Idle''' field, enter the number of hours the equipment was idle on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record (Tip: clicking the magnifying glass opens a text dialog panel for the comments field).</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture11.png|center]] 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Contractor Personnel on a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add Personnel to. 5. Select the '''Contractor Personnel''' tab. 6. For the appropriate contractor, click the row '''Actions''' button, and choose the '''Select Personnel''' action. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |MDOT has chosen to use a standardized personnel list. Specific or special personnel information should be recorded in the comments field of the personnel listed. |- |} </div> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture12.png|center|850px]] 7. Select the personnel records to associate with the DWR. 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractor Personnel''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture13.png|center]] 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Number On Site''' field, enter the count of how many of this type of personnel to record on this DWR date for this contractor.</li> <li>'''Total Hours''' field, enter the total number of hours worked by this person for this DWR contractor on this date.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record (Tip: clicking the magnifying glass opens a text dialog panel for the comments field).</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture14.png|center]] 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Posting Item and Material Quantities to a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to post items to. 5. Select the '''Item Postings''' tab. 6. Click the '''Select Items''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture15.1.png|center]] 7. Search for and Select the contract line number(s) to add to the DWR. 8. Click the '''Save''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture16.png|center]] 9. Click the expand arrow for the newly added item posting. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture17.png|center]] 10. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Attention''' field indicates the number of attention flags recorded for this entity.</li> <li>'''Units''' field indicates the type of measurement used to determine the quantity of the reference item.</li> <li>'''Agency Views''' field indicates if there are agency views or not on this DWR.</li> </ol> 11. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the contractor that performed the work for this item posting.</li> <li>'''Quantity Posted''' field, enter the quantity of the item installed by the contractor on this date.</li> <li>'''Station From'''field, enter the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Station From Plus''' field, enter the distance from the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Type''' field, enter the offset type for the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Distance''' field, enter the offset distance for the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Station To''' field, enter the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Station To Plus''' field, enter the distance from the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Type''' field, enter the offset type for the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Distance''' field, enter the offset distance for the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Location''' field, enter the location where the work was performed for the DWR item posting.</li> <li>'''Measured''' check box, check if the item quantity installed is measured, or leave the box unchecked if the installed quantity is interim.</li> <li>'''Material Set''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the material set associated with the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Plan Sheet Page Number''' field, enter the number of the plan sheet page on which this work item is found.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the item posting.</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture18.png|center]] 12. Click the '''Save''' button. 13. The list of materials associated with the material set you have chosen will now populate at the bottom of your item posting. 14. The following fields will self-populate <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Material Name''' field indicates the name of the material being used.</li> <li>'''Conversion Factor''' field indicates the item-material conversion factor used to determine the installed quantity</li> <li>'''Overwritten''' field indicates if the user has updated the installed quantity field</li> <li>'''Installed Qty''' field indicates the quantity of material placed in the field for the listed material</li> <li>'''Material Units''' field indicates unit of the material being used. </ol> 15. Update the '''Installed Qty''' field if needed. 16. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Source ID''' indicates the source of the material.</li> <li>'''VI and Accepted''' indicates the material was VI'd and accepted for placement.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field is available for any material comments that need to be recorded. </ol> 17. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Attachments and Links to a DWR== <p style="color:green"><i>The application provides an easy way to integrate outside information of various kinds into your project. Examples of the types of files you might attach include Microsoft® Word documents, Excel spreadsheets, PDFs, digital photographs and other types of graphic files.</i> </p> '''To add an attachment:''' 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add attachments to. 5. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select '''Attachments.''' 6. Click the '''Select File''' button. 7. Navigate to and select the file you wish to attach. 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Name''' field indicates the file name.</li> <li>'''Historical Report''' field indicates if the file was created by the historical report process.</li> <li>'''Size''' field indicates the file size.</li> <li>'''Additional Roles Count''' field indicates additional security features of the attachment.</li> </ol> 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Description''' field – enter a description for the attachment</li> <li>'''Attorney/Client Privilege''' – select this is the file is associated with attorney/client privilege</li> </ol> 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <p style="color:green"><i>Links are like attachments except that you don’t need to have the actual file. Just the URL, URN, or some other link to where the file is located.</i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Links are a great option for referencing files that are already stored in ProjectWise. Just use the URN! (in PW right click the file > Send Links > Copy Document URNs to Clipboard) |- |} </div> '''To add a link:''' 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add links to. 5. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select '''Links.''' 6. Click the ''New''' button. A new link row will appear. 7. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Additional Roles Count''' field indicates additional security features of the link.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields are required: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Link Name''' field – enter the name of the document or location you are linking to</li> <li>'''URL''' – enter the link you wish to use</li> </ol> 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Description''' field – enter a description for the link</li> </ol> 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Submitting a Daily Work Report for Approval== <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Depending on your access, you may not have the ability to submit for approval, approve, or reject a DWR and can skip this section. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to submit. 5. The Status must be Draft to Submit for Approval. 6. Click the row '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Submit for Approval''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture19.png|center]] 7. The DWR will save automatically and the Status will change to Pending. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture20.png|center]] <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Approving a Daily Work Report== <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The system restricts who can approve a Daily Work Report. Even if your role allows the approving of Daily Work Reports, the system will not allow you to approve your own. The system does not allow the DWR creator to approve their own DWRs. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Construction''' component. 2. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 3. To approve a DWR, you must have authority to approve it and it must have a status of Pending Approval. 4. Click the row '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Approve action.''' [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture21.png|center]] 5. The DWR will save automatically and the Status will change to Approved. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture22.png|center]] <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |A DWR can be rejected and submitted for approval many times. However, once the DWR is approved and placed on an estimate, it is not able to be edited. An approved DWR, that has been picked up by an estimate is locked from any future changes. |- |} </div> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Revising an Approved Daily Work Report== <p style="color:green"><i>'''To revise an approved DWR, you must have authority to reject the DWR.'''<br> <br> '''Roles/Associated Actions:'''<br> <br> '''Inspector'''<br> -Can '''Change to Draft''' their own DWR that is Submitted for Approval<br> -Can '''Reject''' their own DWR that has been Approved<br> -Can change the status of their own DWR to '''Draft''', to make revisions<br> <br> '''MDOT Office Tech'''<br> -Can '''Reject''' a DWR that has been Submitted for Approval<br> -Can '''Reject''' a DWR that has been Approved<br> </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |When a DWR is approved and included within a pay estimate the DWR is Locked and cannot be revised. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Navigate to the '''Construction''' component. 2. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' Link. 3. Find the Daily Work Report and Click the row '''Actions''' button on the right, choose the '''Reject action.''' [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture28.png|center]] 4. The DWR will save automatically, and the Status will change to Rejected. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture29.png|center]] 5. When the DWR is Rejected the creator of the DWR will be notified. At which time the creator must change the state of the DWR to Draft in order to make the necessary revisions. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture30.png|center]] 6. After revisions are made submit the DWR for approval; see '''[[Daily_Work_Reports#Submitting_a_Daily_Work_Report_for_Approval|Submitting a Daily Work Report for Approval.]]''' <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Additional Daily Work Reports== <p style="color:green"><i>The steps below show another popular way to create a DWR. This method shows the navigation steps of creating a DWR from within the contract itself.</i> </p> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID in which to add a DWR.''' [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture23.png|center]] 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab and Click the '''Add''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture24.png|center]] 4. Enter the general information for the DWR as shown in “Adding First Daily Work Report.” 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Copying a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID in which the DWR is located.''' 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab 4. Click the row '''Actions''' button on the DWR you wish to copy and choose the '''Copy''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture25.png|center]] 5. Click the '''Save''' button. 6. Update information for the DWR and Click '''Save''' again. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Generating DWR Reports== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Sub reports can optionally be generated for remarks; contract times; contractor personnel and equipment and attachments in the DWR. 5. You can generate reports for multiple DWRs created by multiple inspectors for different date ranges. When multiple reports are generated, each DWR is separated by a page break. 6. If you generate this report for a DWR that is not yet approved, the system automatically includes a Draft watermark on all pages of the report. 7. Click the row '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Daily Work Report''' action from the '''Reports''' section. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture26.png|center]] 1. Click all of the following check boxes: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Show Remarks''' check box to display the sub report for Remarks.</li> <li>'''Show Contract Times''' check box to display the sub report for Contract Time.</li> <li>'''Show Contractor Personnel''' check box to display the sub report for Contractor Personnel.</li> <li>'''Show Contractor Equipment''' check box to display the sub report for Contractor Equipment.</li> <li>'''Show Attachments''' check box to display the sub report for Attachments.</li> </ol> 2. Click the '''Execute''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture27.png|center]] fb47233a5c280f08066ee978cff91a01bfc366a5 335 334 2024-05-22T15:14:28Z BurnsD 6 /* Adding Daily Work Reports */ wikitext text/x-wiki =DAILY WORK REPORTS= ==Adding Daily Work Reports== <p style="color:green"><i>There are several ways to create a daily work report. The steps below show one of the fastest ways to create a DWR without entering the contract.</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For information about how DWRs can be created with the Mobile Inspector application, contact the MDOT Construction Technology help desk at [mailto:Change?body=http://mailto:MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov MDOT-ConstructionSoftware@michigan.gov] |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Daily Work Report Overview''' quick link. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture1.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Select Contract to Add DWR''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture2.png|center]] 3. Search for and Select the contract ID in which to add a DWR. 4. Click the '''Create DWR on Contract''' button. You will be taken to the General tab. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture3.png|center]] 5. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''DWR Date''' field, enter the date for the DWR using the calendar or manual entry.</li> <li>'''Weather''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate weather condition.</li> <li>'''Rainfall Amount''' field, enter the amount of rainfall recorded for the DWR date, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Low Temperature''' field, enter the low temperature recorded for the DWR date.</li> <li>'''High Temperature''' field, enter the high temperature recorded for the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Remarks''' section, in the '''Type''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate remark type</li> <li>'''Remarks''' section, in the '''Remarks''' field, enter remarks for the day.</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture4.png|center]] 6. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''SECIR Report''' field - indicates whether a Storm Water Environmental Compliance Inspection Report may be required (to be used in a future release of the software).</li> <li>'''Contractors Onsite''' field - indicates whether a contractor is recorded on the DWR.</li> <li>'''Attachments''' field - indicates whether there are attachments associated with this DWR.</li> <li>'''Remarks''' field - indicates the number of remarks.</li> <li>'''Federal Project Number''' field - indicates the project number assigned by the federal government.</li> <li>'''Entered By''' field - indicates the user ID and name of the person that created the DWR.</li> <li>'''Entered Date''' field - indicates the date and time the record was added to the system.</li> <li>'''Approval Date''' field - indicates the date that the DWR was approved.</li> <li>'''Approved By''' field - indicates the user who approved the DWR.</li> <li>'''Payment Est Num''' field - indicates the number generated by the system and assigned to the contract payment estimate when it is created.</li> <li>'''Payment Est Statu'''s field - indicates the status of the payment estimate.</li> <li>'''Agency Views''' field - indicates whether agency views are associated with a contract item posted to this DWR.</li> <li>'''Work Items Installed''' field - indicates whether any work items are recorded on the DWR.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Daily Work Report Notes== <p style="color:green"><i>The notes captured in the Notes section of the Daily Work Report are like sticky notes on a paper document. They are not part of the official DWR. Notes may contain any type of information related to the DWR and can be added or deleted at any time, regardless of the DWR status.</i> <p style="color:green"><i>'''Notes should not be used for recording information that should be documented in the official DWR!'''</i> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Many roles have the ability to create DWR notes but only the Office Technician roles can delete DWR notes. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add notes to. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture5.png|center]] 5. Click the '''Notes''' tab. 6. Click the '''New''' button. 7. Enter the appropriate information in the '''DWR Note''' field. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture6.png|center]] 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Recording Time Information on a Daily Work Report== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Time Tab is used to charge contract time against Work Day and Calendar Day contracts. This tab is not used for Completion Date contracts.</i></p> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to record time information on. 5. Select the '''Contract Time''' tab. 6. Search for and select the time ID to modify, and click the expand arrow for the time ID. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor Working''' check the box to indicate the contractor was working on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Available''' field, enter the number of time units available for the contractor to work.</li> <li>'''Hours Worked''' field, enter the number of time units the contractor worked.</li> <li>'''Controlling Operation''' field, enter the primary type of work related to the time charge.</li> <li>'''Delay Reason''' field, enter a description of circumstances or events impeding progress of work related to the contract time.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record.</li> <li>'''Time Charged''' field, enter the number of time units charged.</li> <li>'''Work Start Time''' field, enter the date and time of day the contractor began work.</li> <li>'''Work Stop Time''' field, enter the date and time of day the contractor stopped work.</li> </ol> 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Contractors On Site== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contractors On Site tab is used to record the contractors that will be part of this DWR.</i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The contractor must be listed on the Contractors On Site tab if you wish to post any items to that contractor. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add contractors to. 5. Select the '''Contractors On Site''' tab. 6. Click the '''Select Contractors''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture7.png|center]] 7. Search for and Select the contractor(s) for this DWR by Clicking on the row(s). 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractors''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture8.png|center]] 9. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor''' field indicates the contractor(s) you selected.</li> <li>'''Prime''' field indicates whether the contractor is the prime contractor on the contract.</li> <li>'''DBE Certified''' field indicates whether this contractor is certified as a DBE vendor.</li> <li>'''Equipment''' field indicates whether the contractor has equipment being reported on this DWR.</li> <li>'''Personnel''' field indicates whether this contractor has personnel being reported on this DWR.</li> </ol> 10. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Start Time''' field - enter the time of day this contractor was first observed on site.</li> <li>'''End Time''' field - enter the time of day this contractor was last observed on site.</li> <li>'''Hours''' field - enter the total time the contractor was observed on site.</li> </ol> 11. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Contractor Equipment on a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |MDOT has chosen to use a standardized equipment list. Specific or special equipment information should be recorded in the comments field of the equipment being used. |- |} </div> 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add Equipment to. 5. Select the '''Contractor Equipment''' tab. 6. Click the row '''Actions''' button for the contractor associated with this DWR and choose the '''Select Equipment''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture9.png|center|850px]] 7. Search for and Select the appropriate contract vendor equipment ID(s). 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractor Equipment''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture10.png|center]] 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Number On Site''' field, enter the number of pieces of the equipment on site on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Number Used''' field, enter the number of pieces of the equipment used on site on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Used''' field, enter the number of hours the equipment was used on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Hours Idle''' field, enter the number of hours the equipment was idle on the DWR date.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record (Tip: clicking the magnifying glass opens a text dialog panel for the comments field).</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture11.png|center]] 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Contractor Personnel on a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add Personnel to. 5. Select the '''Contractor Personnel''' tab. 6. For the appropriate contractor, click the row '''Actions''' button, and choose the '''Select Personnel''' action. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |MDOT has chosen to use a standardized personnel list. Specific or special personnel information should be recorded in the comments field of the personnel listed. |- |} </div> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture12.png|center|850px]] 7. Select the personnel records to associate with the DWR. 8. Click the '''Add to DWR Contractor Personnel''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture13.png|center]] 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Number On Site''' field, enter the count of how many of this type of personnel to record on this DWR date for this contractor.</li> <li>'''Total Hours''' field, enter the total number of hours worked by this person for this DWR contractor on this date.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the record (Tip: clicking the magnifying glass opens a text dialog panel for the comments field).</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture14.png|center]] 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Posting Item and Material Quantities to a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to post items to. 5. Select the '''Item Postings''' tab. 6. Click the '''Select Items''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture15.1.png|center]] 7. Search for and Select the contract line number(s) to add to the DWR. 8. Click the '''Save''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture16.png|center]] 9. Click the expand arrow for the newly added item posting. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture17.png|center]] 10. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Attention''' field indicates the number of attention flags recorded for this entity.</li> <li>'''Units''' field indicates the type of measurement used to determine the quantity of the reference item.</li> <li>'''Agency Views''' field indicates if there are agency views or not on this DWR.</li> </ol> 11. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contractor''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the contractor that performed the work for this item posting.</li> <li>'''Quantity Posted''' field, enter the quantity of the item installed by the contractor on this date.</li> <li>'''Station From'''field, enter the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Station From Plus''' field, enter the distance from the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Type''' field, enter the offset type for the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Distance''' field, enter the offset distance for the beginning station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Station To''' field, enter the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Station To Plus''' field, enter the distance from the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Type''' field, enter the offset type for the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Offset Distance''' field, enter the offset distance for the ending station for the item posting.</li> <li>'''Location''' field, enter the location where the work was performed for the DWR item posting.</li> <li>'''Measured''' check box, check if the item quantity installed is measured, or leave the box unchecked if the installed quantity is interim.</li> <li>'''Material Set''' field, click the drop-down arrow and select the material set associated with the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Plan Sheet Page Number''' field, enter the number of the plan sheet page on which this work item is found.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field, enter any additional information about the item posting.</li> </ol> [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture18.png|center]] 12. Click the '''Save''' button. 13. The list of materials associated with the material set you have chosen will now populate at the bottom of your item posting. 14. The following fields will self-populate <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Material Name''' field indicates the name of the material being used.</li> <li>'''Conversion Factor''' field indicates the item-material conversion factor used to determine the installed quantity</li> <li>'''Overwritten''' field indicates if the user has updated the installed quantity field</li> <li>'''Installed Qty''' field indicates the quantity of material placed in the field for the listed material</li> <li>'''Material Units''' field indicates unit of the material being used. </ol> 15. Update the '''Installed Qty''' field if needed. 16. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Source ID''' indicates the source of the material.</li> <li>'''VI and Accepted''' indicates the material was VI'd and accepted for placement.</li> <li>'''Comments''' field is available for any material comments that need to be recorded. </ol> 17. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Attachments and Links to a DWR== <p style="color:green"><i>The application provides an easy way to integrate outside information of various kinds into your project. Examples of the types of files you might attach include Microsoft® Word documents, Excel spreadsheets, PDFs, digital photographs and other types of graphic files.</i> </p> '''To add an attachment:''' 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add attachments to. 5. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select '''Attachments.''' 6. Click the '''Select File''' button. 7. Navigate to and select the file you wish to attach. 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Name''' field indicates the file name.</li> <li>'''Historical Report''' field indicates if the file was created by the historical report process.</li> <li>'''Size''' field indicates the file size.</li> <li>'''Additional Roles Count''' field indicates additional security features of the attachment.</li> </ol> 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Description''' field – enter a description for the attachment</li> <li>'''Attorney/Client Privilege''' – select this is the file is associated with attorney/client privilege</li> </ol> 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <p style="color:green"><i>Links are like attachments except that you don’t need to have the actual file. Just the URL, URN, or some other link to where the file is located.</i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Links are a great option for referencing files that are already stored in ProjectWise. Just use the URN! (in PW right click the file > Send Links > Copy Document URNs to Clipboard) |- |} </div> '''To add a link:''' 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to add links to. 5. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select '''Links.''' 6. Click the ''New''' button. A new link row will appear. 7. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Additional Roles Count''' field indicates additional security features of the link.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields are required: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Link Name''' field – enter the name of the document or location you are linking to</li> <li>'''URL''' – enter the link you wish to use</li> </ol> 9. The following fields are optional: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Description''' field – enter a description for the link</li> </ol> 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Submitting a Daily Work Report for Approval== <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Depending on your access, you may not have the ability to submit for approval, approve, or reject a DWR and can skip this section. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Select the '''Daily Work Report''' you want to submit. 5. The Status must be Draft to Submit for Approval. 6. Click the row '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Submit for Approval''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture19.png|center]] 7. The DWR will save automatically and the Status will change to Pending. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture20.png|center]] <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Approving a Daily Work Report== <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The system restricts who can approve a Daily Work Report. Even if your role allows the approving of Daily Work Reports, the system will not allow you to approve your own. The system does not allow the DWR creator to approve their own DWRs. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Construction''' component. 2. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 3. To approve a DWR, you must have authority to approve it and it must have a status of Pending Approval. 4. Click the row '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Approve action.''' [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture21.png|center]] 5. The DWR will save automatically and the Status will change to Approved. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture22.png|center]] <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |A DWR can be rejected and submitted for approval many times. However, once the DWR is approved and placed on an estimate, it is not able to be edited. An approved DWR, that has been picked up by an estimate is locked from any future changes. |- |} </div> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Revising an Approved Daily Work Report== <p style="color:green"><i>'''To revise an approved DWR, you must have authority to reject the DWR.'''<br> <br> '''Roles/Associated Actions:'''<br> <br> '''Inspector'''<br> -Can '''Change to Draft''' their own DWR that is Submitted for Approval<br> -Can '''Reject''' their own DWR that has been Approved<br> -Can change the status of their own DWR to '''Draft''', to make revisions<br> <br> '''MDOT Office Tech'''<br> -Can '''Reject''' a DWR that has been Submitted for Approval<br> -Can '''Reject''' a DWR that has been Approved<br> </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |When a DWR is approved and included within a pay estimate the DWR is Locked and cannot be revised. |- |} </div> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Navigate to the '''Construction''' component. 2. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' Link. 3. Find the Daily Work Report and Click the row '''Actions''' button on the right, choose the '''Reject action.''' [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture28.png|center]] 4. The DWR will save automatically, and the Status will change to Rejected. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture29.png|center]] 5. When the DWR is Rejected the creator of the DWR will be notified. At which time the creator must change the state of the DWR to Draft in order to make the necessary revisions. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture30.png|center]] 6. After revisions are made submit the DWR for approval; see '''[[Daily_Work_Reports#Submitting_a_Daily_Work_Report_for_Approval|Submitting a Daily Work Report for Approval.]]''' <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Additional Daily Work Reports== <p style="color:green"><i>The steps below show another popular way to create a DWR. This method shows the navigation steps of creating a DWR from within the contract itself.</i> </p> 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID in which to add a DWR.''' [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture23.png|center]] 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab and Click the '''Add''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture24.png|center]] 4. Enter the general information for the DWR as shown in “Adding First Daily Work Report.” 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Copying a Daily Work Report== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID in which the DWR is located.''' 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab 4. Click the row '''Actions''' button on the DWR you wish to copy and choose the '''Copy''' action. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture25.png|center]] 5. Click the '''Save''' button. 6. Update information for the DWR and Click '''Save''' again. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Generating DWR Reports== 1. From the '''Home''' screen, Select the '''Contract Progress Overview''' component. 2. Select the '''Contract ID''' in which the DWR is located. 3. Select the '''Daily Work Reports''' tab. 4. Sub reports can optionally be generated for remarks; contract times; contractor personnel and equipment and attachments in the DWR. 5. You can generate reports for multiple DWRs created by multiple inspectors for different date ranges. When multiple reports are generated, each DWR is separated by a page break. 6. If you generate this report for a DWR that is not yet approved, the system automatically includes a Draft watermark on all pages of the report. 7. Click the row '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Daily Work Report''' action from the '''Reports''' section. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture26.png|center]] 1. Click all of the following check boxes: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Show Remarks''' check box to display the sub report for Remarks.</li> <li>'''Show Contract Times''' check box to display the sub report for Contract Time.</li> <li>'''Show Contractor Personnel''' check box to display the sub report for Contractor Personnel.</li> <li>'''Show Contractor Equipment''' check box to display the sub report for Contractor Equipment.</li> <li>'''Show Attachments''' check box to display the sub report for Attachments.</li> </ol> 2. Click the '''Execute''' button. [[File:Daily Work Reports Picture27.png|center]] aec35ee08a99679fcc2d60208f3357edc23be823 0 59 323 286 2024-04-15T17:06:28Z McGowanR 4 /* Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order */ Updated to content to related to verifying funding source. wikitext text/x-wiki =CHANGE ORDERS= <p style="color:green"><i>Change orders allow you to legally change a signed contract, including adding new items of work to the contract, increasing/decreasing quantities of existing items, making time extensions, setting final quantities, and specification changes. Please remember that depending on policies, system configurations, and roles, you may not have access to all the AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials functionality shown in this Users’ guide. </i> </p> ==Adding a Change Order to a Contract== 1. Navigate to the '''Change Order''' component. [[File:Change Orders Picture1.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Select Contract to Add Change Order''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture2.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the appropriate contract. 4. Click the '''Create Change Order on Contract''' button. 5. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Change Order Date''' - enter the date of the change order.</li> <li>'''Description''' - enter a description for the change order.</li> <li>'''Change Order Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the classification for the change order.</li> <li>'''Author''' - search for and select the user ID for the person creating the change order.</li> </ol> 6. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Entered By''' - indicates the name of the person who added the record.</li> <li>'''Entered Date''' - indicates the date and time the record was added.</li> <li>'''Explanations''' - indicates the number of explanations associated to the change order, from the Change Order Explanations section in the lower part of the window.</li> <li>'''Change Order Revision Number''' - indicates that number of times that the change order was revised.</li> <li>'''Approval Date''' - indicates the date the change order was approved, when applicable.</li> <li>'''Current Approval Round''' - specifies the current round of approval that has been achieved for the change order.</li> <li>'''Current Approval Group''' - specifies the approval group corresponding to the current level of approval.</li> <li>'''Override Approval Rules''' - indicates whether standard approval rules are superseded for the change order.</li> <li>'''Total of Previously Approved Change Orders''' - indicates the total amount of all other change orders for this contract that have reached approval status.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Change Order Explanations== <p style="color:green"><i>Explanation information can be added for the change order in the Change Order Explanations section. You can add your own explanation. The system enters a sequence number in the Order field, which can be changed. </i> </p> To add an explanation to a change order: 1. In the '''Change Orders Explanation''' section, in the '''Reference Explanation Name''' field, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. [[File:Change Orders Picture3.png|center]] 2. Click the Save button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Changing Item Quantities with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>Sometimes during construction on an project, there may be a need to increase or decrease the quantity of a work item that was approved in the executed contract. The Increase/Decrease Items tab contains a row for each item quantity being changed on this change order. The rows are divided into two sections, one for general quantity changes on items that are not completed in the project and the other for quantity changes needed to balance completed items. </i> </p> 1. Click the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' tab. 2. In the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' section, click the '''Select Items''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture4.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the item(s) to change. 4. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 5. Click the arrow to expand the row. 6. In the '''Increase/Decrease Quantity''' field, enter the change to the approved quantity for the contract project item. 7. In the '''Change Order Increase/Decrease Items Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. [[File:Change Orders Picture5.png|center]] 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Balancing Completed Items== <p style="color:green"><i>At the time a work item is marked complete on a contract, the quantity used might not match the approved quantity on the contract; that is, the remaining item quantity might not be zero. A portion of the approved quantity might not have been used and is therefore left over, or the project may have overrun the approved quantity of the item. </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>Use the Balance Completed Items section to balance the quantity for a completed item, that is, to provide it with a zero quantity. The system automatically calculates the correct increase or decrease needed to balance the completed item. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |A non-lump sum item must be marked complete on the Contract Items screen for this process to work. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' tab 2. In the '''Balance Completed Items''' section, click the '''Balance Completed Items''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture6.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the item(s) to balance. 4. Click the '''Balance Completed Items''' button. 5. In the '''Balance Completed Items Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. 6. Click the '''Save''' button. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The system will list all the non lumpsum items on the contract that have been marked complete. |- |} </div> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>Sometimes during a construction project, the contractor will need to complete items of work that were not included in the executed contract. This is one of the most common reasons for creating a change order. Any kind of item can be added to the contract on a change order, including new reference items, contract items and, unattached items. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |There are three distinct areas on the New Items tab of the Change Order; the [[#Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order|New Items]] section for extras and adding new items to the contract, the [[#Adding Unattached Items|Unattached Items]] section for attaching unattached items, and the [[#Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals) | Contract Items]] section for creating modified originals. Each section should be used for the corresponding item type you are trying to add to the contract. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''New Items''' tab. 2. In the '''New Items''' section, click the '''Select New Item''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture7.png|center]] 3. In the '''Item''' field, search for and select the item to add to the change order. 4. Click the row for the project/category to which the item will be added. 5. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 6. Click the expand arrow for the row. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the project item line number.</li> <li>'''Contract Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the contact item line number.</li> <li>'''Quantity''' -enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - The funding field will auto select the correct funding source. You must reselect to verify the funding.</li> <li>'''Unit Price''' - enter the unit price for the item at the contract project level.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - enter an additional description for the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> <li>'''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates source of where the item originated.</li> <li>'''Extended Amount''' - shows the extended amount for the new item on the change order.</li> </ol> 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Unattached Items== <p style="color:green"><i>An unattached item is an item that was added to the contract after the contract was executed. Unattached items are included in contract categories and can be tracked on daily work reports but are not recognized as contract items by the system and cannot be included in a contract payment until they are added to the contract through a change order and the change order is approved. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For this section to work properly, at least one unattached item should already have been added on the Contract Items screen. |- |} </div> 1. In the '''Unattached Items''' section, click the '''Select Unattached Item''' button. The system displays a row for each unattached item that was created on the contract. [[File:Change Orders Picture8.png|center]] 2. Click the row for the appropriate unattached item to add to the change order. 3. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 4. Click the expand arrow for the row, if necessary. 5. Verify the project item line number in the '''Project Item Line Number''' field. 6. Verify the contact item line number in the '''Contract Item Line Number''' field. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Quantity''' - enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate fund package.</li> <li>'''Unit Price''' - enter the unit price for the item at the contract project level.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - enter an additional description for the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates source of where the item originated.</li> <li>'''Extended Amount''' - shows the extended amount for the new item on the change order.</li> </ol> 9. Enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate, in the '''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section. 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)== <p style="color:green"><i>Contract items are items that are already associated with this contract but need to be added to one or more additional projects or categories. Previously these were called modified original items. </i> </p> 1. In the '''Contract Items''' section, click the '''Select Contract Item''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture9.png|center]] 2. Search for and select the item(s) to add to the change order in the '''Contract Item''' field. 3. Click the row for the project/category to which the item will be added. 4. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 5. Click the expand arrow for the row. 6. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the project item line number.</li> <li>'''Quantity''' - enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the identification name or number for the fund package.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> </ol> 7. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contract Item Line Number''' - identifies the line item within the contract. <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates where the contract item originated. <li>'''Unit Price''' - indicates the price for the item at the contract proposal level. <li>'''Extended Amount''' - indicates the extended amount for the new item on the change order. <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - displays additional information describing the entity. </ol> 8. Enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate in the '''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section. 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adjusting Contract Time with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>A common reason for creating a change order is to adjust the completion date for a milestone or contract because work has fallen behind or been completed ahead of schedule. The Time Adjustments tab contains an accordion list of all the time adjustments that have been recorded in the change order. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If the Time Type for the adjustment is Available Time or Calendar Time, you can change the value in the Adjustment Time Units field. When you save the change, the system automatically recalculates the value in the Adjustment Completion Date field. |- |} </div> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If the Time Type is Contract Time, you can change the Adjustment Completion Date field. When you save the change, the system automatically recalculates the value in the Adjustment Time Units field. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Time Adjustments''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Contract''' Time button. 3. Search for and select the contract time records to adjust. 4. Click the '''Add Time Adjustments to Change Order''' button. 5. The following fields must be completed: a. '''Adjustment Time Units''' field, enter the number of time units to add or remove from the associated contract time on this change order. 6. In the '''Time Adjustment Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the time extension, as appropriate. 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Managing Change Order Reviewers== <p style="color:green"><i>Prior to starting the change order approval process, you can send the change order for review by multiple reviewers. The change order must be in Draft or Pending Review status to be reviewed. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The change order will not go to the approvers until the reviewer has approved it! |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Review Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Reviewers''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture10.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the reviewer(s) to add to the change order. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |To see the reviewer(s) decision, click the expand arrow. |- |} </div> To cancel a reviewer(s) for a change order: 1. Click the row '''Actions''' button and select the '''Cancel Reviewer''' action. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Managing Change Order Approvals== <p style="color:green"><i>When a user submits the change order for approval, the system automatically adds the default approval groups before changing the change order's status to Pending Approval. The system does this based on the Change Order Type field selected on the general tab. The steps described in this section should only be followed if the default approval groups need to be modified in some way. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Only follow these steps to manually add or modify the change order approval groups. |- |} </div> To add approval groups to a change order: 1. Click the '''Approval Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the list Actions button on the '''Add Approval Group''' and select the '''Assign Default Approval Groups''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture11.png|center]] '''Depending on your role''', you may be able to manually add one or more approval groups to the change order and override the default approval structure. Although, this should not be necessary. 1. Click the '''Add Approval Group''' button. 2. Search for and select the reference approval group(s) to add. 3. In the '''Override Comments''' field, enter information about why the approval groups are being added. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Submitting a Change Order for Approval== <p style="color:green"><i>When the change order is ready, it must be submitted for approval to begin the approval processes. </i> </p> 1. On the '''Contract Change Order''' Summary for the appropriate change order, click the component '''Actions''' button, and select the '''Submit for Approval''' task. [[File:Change Orders Picture12.png|center]] 2. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing a Contract Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Change Order Overview lists all the change orders for a contract and contains all the information currently recorded in a change order. Select a change order to view its details. </i> </p> [[File:Change Orders Picture13.png|center]] 1. There are various functions available within the change order: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>Increasing or decreasing the approved quantities of items.</li> <li>Adding new items to the contract, including whether negative prices and quantities are allowed.</li> <li>Increasing or decreasing contract times.</li> <li>Processing a change order without the approval of the prime contractor.</li> <li>Editing textual content of the contract</li> </ol> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Change Orders can only be edited by certain roles and only when the Change order is in Draft status. |- |} </div> [[File:Change Orders Picture14.png|center]] 2. Recorded item or time entries are listed within the change order tabs. Some or all of these functions can be included in a change order. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Reviewing a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>You can review a change order only when it is in Pending Review status. When reviewing the change order, reviewers make their recommendations to either approve or reject the change order. If the change order is approved at all review levels, it will go to the first approver on the approval group. If any reviewer rejects the review, it will go back to the creator of the change order. </i> </p> 1. In the '''Contract Change Order Summary''', click the component '''Actions''' button. 2. To approve the review of the change order, select the '''Approve''' task. 3. To reject the review of the change order, select the '''Reject''' task. [[File:Change Orders Picture15.png|center]] 4. In the Approval Decision Comments field, enter a comment about the decision to approve or reject the change order. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Approving or Rejecting a Change Order== To approve a change order: 1. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select the '''Approve or Reject''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture16.png|center]] 2. In the '''Approval Decision Comments''' field, enter a comment about the decision to approve or reject the change order. 3. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Tracking Approvals for a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>The Approval Tracking tab on the Contract Change Order Summary contains an accordion list of approval records for the change order, sorted by round and approval group. </i> </p> To track the approvals on a change order: 1. Click the '''Approval Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow for the approval group to view. [[File:Change Orders Picture17.png|center]] 3. View the information. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Generating the Change Order Report== <p style="color:green"><i>The Change Order Report contains all the information about the selected change orders </i> </p> 1. Click the component '''Actions''' button 2. From the '''Reports''' section, select the '''Change Order Report'''. [[File:Change Orders Picture18.png|center]] 3. Select the '''Output Type'''. 4. Select the '''Report Layout Source'''. 5. Click the '''Execute''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Appendix A== The following is a list of contract types and roles that have access to approve Change Orders for Michigan. '''Note: To view which contract type your contract is, see the Contract Administration Summary >General tab.''' [[File:Change Orders Picture19.png|center]] b4944c451984066bda9a93dafaf52e8adf9c87d3 324 323 2024-04-15T17:09:59Z McGowanR 4 /* Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals) */Updated to content related to verifying funding source. wikitext text/x-wiki =CHANGE ORDERS= <p style="color:green"><i>Change orders allow you to legally change a signed contract, including adding new items of work to the contract, increasing/decreasing quantities of existing items, making time extensions, setting final quantities, and specification changes. Please remember that depending on policies, system configurations, and roles, you may not have access to all the AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials functionality shown in this Users’ guide. </i> </p> ==Adding a Change Order to a Contract== 1. Navigate to the '''Change Order''' component. [[File:Change Orders Picture1.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Select Contract to Add Change Order''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture2.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the appropriate contract. 4. Click the '''Create Change Order on Contract''' button. 5. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Change Order Date''' - enter the date of the change order.</li> <li>'''Description''' - enter a description for the change order.</li> <li>'''Change Order Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the classification for the change order.</li> <li>'''Author''' - search for and select the user ID for the person creating the change order.</li> </ol> 6. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Entered By''' - indicates the name of the person who added the record.</li> <li>'''Entered Date''' - indicates the date and time the record was added.</li> <li>'''Explanations''' - indicates the number of explanations associated to the change order, from the Change Order Explanations section in the lower part of the window.</li> <li>'''Change Order Revision Number''' - indicates that number of times that the change order was revised.</li> <li>'''Approval Date''' - indicates the date the change order was approved, when applicable.</li> <li>'''Current Approval Round''' - specifies the current round of approval that has been achieved for the change order.</li> <li>'''Current Approval Group''' - specifies the approval group corresponding to the current level of approval.</li> <li>'''Override Approval Rules''' - indicates whether standard approval rules are superseded for the change order.</li> <li>'''Total of Previously Approved Change Orders''' - indicates the total amount of all other change orders for this contract that have reached approval status.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Change Order Explanations== <p style="color:green"><i>Explanation information can be added for the change order in the Change Order Explanations section. You can add your own explanation. The system enters a sequence number in the Order field, which can be changed. </i> </p> To add an explanation to a change order: 1. In the '''Change Orders Explanation''' section, in the '''Reference Explanation Name''' field, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. [[File:Change Orders Picture3.png|center]] 2. Click the Save button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Changing Item Quantities with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>Sometimes during construction on an project, there may be a need to increase or decrease the quantity of a work item that was approved in the executed contract. The Increase/Decrease Items tab contains a row for each item quantity being changed on this change order. The rows are divided into two sections, one for general quantity changes on items that are not completed in the project and the other for quantity changes needed to balance completed items. </i> </p> 1. Click the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' tab. 2. In the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' section, click the '''Select Items''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture4.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the item(s) to change. 4. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 5. Click the arrow to expand the row. 6. In the '''Increase/Decrease Quantity''' field, enter the change to the approved quantity for the contract project item. 7. In the '''Change Order Increase/Decrease Items Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. [[File:Change Orders Picture5.png|center]] 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Balancing Completed Items== <p style="color:green"><i>At the time a work item is marked complete on a contract, the quantity used might not match the approved quantity on the contract; that is, the remaining item quantity might not be zero. A portion of the approved quantity might not have been used and is therefore left over, or the project may have overrun the approved quantity of the item. </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>Use the Balance Completed Items section to balance the quantity for a completed item, that is, to provide it with a zero quantity. The system automatically calculates the correct increase or decrease needed to balance the completed item. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |A non-lump sum item must be marked complete on the Contract Items screen for this process to work. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' tab 2. In the '''Balance Completed Items''' section, click the '''Balance Completed Items''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture6.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the item(s) to balance. 4. Click the '''Balance Completed Items''' button. 5. In the '''Balance Completed Items Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. 6. Click the '''Save''' button. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The system will list all the non lumpsum items on the contract that have been marked complete. |- |} </div> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>Sometimes during a construction project, the contractor will need to complete items of work that were not included in the executed contract. This is one of the most common reasons for creating a change order. Any kind of item can be added to the contract on a change order, including new reference items, contract items and, unattached items. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |There are three distinct areas on the New Items tab of the Change Order; the [[#Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order|New Items]] section for extras and adding new items to the contract, the [[#Adding Unattached Items|Unattached Items]] section for attaching unattached items, and the [[#Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals) | Contract Items]] section for creating modified originals. Each section should be used for the corresponding item type you are trying to add to the contract. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''New Items''' tab. 2. In the '''New Items''' section, click the '''Select New Item''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture7.png|center]] 3. In the '''Item''' field, search for and select the item to add to the change order. 4. Click the row for the project/category to which the item will be added. 5. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 6. Click the expand arrow for the row. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the project item line number.</li> <li>'''Contract Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the contact item line number.</li> <li>'''Quantity''' -enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - The funding field will auto select the correct funding source. You must reselect to verify the funding.</li> <li>'''Unit Price''' - enter the unit price for the item at the contract project level.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - enter an additional description for the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> <li>'''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates source of where the item originated.</li> <li>'''Extended Amount''' - shows the extended amount for the new item on the change order.</li> </ol> 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Unattached Items== <p style="color:green"><i>An unattached item is an item that was added to the contract after the contract was executed. Unattached items are included in contract categories and can be tracked on daily work reports but are not recognized as contract items by the system and cannot be included in a contract payment until they are added to the contract through a change order and the change order is approved. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For this section to work properly, at least one unattached item should already have been added on the Contract Items screen. |- |} </div> 1. In the '''Unattached Items''' section, click the '''Select Unattached Item''' button. The system displays a row for each unattached item that was created on the contract. [[File:Change Orders Picture8.png|center]] 2. Click the row for the appropriate unattached item to add to the change order. 3. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 4. Click the expand arrow for the row, if necessary. 5. Verify the project item line number in the '''Project Item Line Number''' field. 6. Verify the contact item line number in the '''Contract Item Line Number''' field. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Quantity''' - enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate fund package.</li> <li>'''Unit Price''' - enter the unit price for the item at the contract project level.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - enter an additional description for the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates source of where the item originated.</li> <li>'''Extended Amount''' - shows the extended amount for the new item on the change order.</li> </ol> 9. Enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate, in the '''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section. 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)== <p style="color:green"><i>Contract items are items that are already associated with this contract but need to be added to one or more additional projects or categories. Previously these were called modified original items. </i> </p> 1. In the '''Contract Items''' section, click the '''Select Contract Item''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture9.png|center]] 2. Search for and select the item(s) to add to the change order in the '''Contract Item''' field. 3. Click the row for the project/category to which the item will be added. 4. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 5. Click the expand arrow for the row. 6. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the project item line number.</li> <li>'''Quantity''' - enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - The funding field will auto select the correct funding source. You must reselect to verify the funding.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> </ol> 7. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contract Item Line Number''' - identifies the line item within the contract. <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates where the contract item originated. <li>'''Unit Price''' - indicates the price for the item at the contract proposal level. <li>'''Extended Amount''' - indicates the extended amount for the new item on the change order. <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - displays additional information describing the entity. </ol> 8. Enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate in the '''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section. 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adjusting Contract Time with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>A common reason for creating a change order is to adjust the completion date for a milestone or contract because work has fallen behind or been completed ahead of schedule. The Time Adjustments tab contains an accordion list of all the time adjustments that have been recorded in the change order. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If the Time Type for the adjustment is Available Time or Calendar Time, you can change the value in the Adjustment Time Units field. When you save the change, the system automatically recalculates the value in the Adjustment Completion Date field. |- |} </div> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If the Time Type is Contract Time, you can change the Adjustment Completion Date field. When you save the change, the system automatically recalculates the value in the Adjustment Time Units field. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Time Adjustments''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Contract''' Time button. 3. Search for and select the contract time records to adjust. 4. Click the '''Add Time Adjustments to Change Order''' button. 5. The following fields must be completed: a. '''Adjustment Time Units''' field, enter the number of time units to add or remove from the associated contract time on this change order. 6. In the '''Time Adjustment Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the time extension, as appropriate. 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Managing Change Order Reviewers== <p style="color:green"><i>Prior to starting the change order approval process, you can send the change order for review by multiple reviewers. The change order must be in Draft or Pending Review status to be reviewed. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The change order will not go to the approvers until the reviewer has approved it! |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Review Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Reviewers''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture10.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the reviewer(s) to add to the change order. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |To see the reviewer(s) decision, click the expand arrow. |- |} </div> To cancel a reviewer(s) for a change order: 1. Click the row '''Actions''' button and select the '''Cancel Reviewer''' action. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Managing Change Order Approvals== <p style="color:green"><i>When a user submits the change order for approval, the system automatically adds the default approval groups before changing the change order's status to Pending Approval. The system does this based on the Change Order Type field selected on the general tab. The steps described in this section should only be followed if the default approval groups need to be modified in some way. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Only follow these steps to manually add or modify the change order approval groups. |- |} </div> To add approval groups to a change order: 1. Click the '''Approval Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the list Actions button on the '''Add Approval Group''' and select the '''Assign Default Approval Groups''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture11.png|center]] '''Depending on your role''', you may be able to manually add one or more approval groups to the change order and override the default approval structure. Although, this should not be necessary. 1. Click the '''Add Approval Group''' button. 2. Search for and select the reference approval group(s) to add. 3. In the '''Override Comments''' field, enter information about why the approval groups are being added. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Submitting a Change Order for Approval== <p style="color:green"><i>When the change order is ready, it must be submitted for approval to begin the approval processes. </i> </p> 1. On the '''Contract Change Order''' Summary for the appropriate change order, click the component '''Actions''' button, and select the '''Submit for Approval''' task. [[File:Change Orders Picture12.png|center]] 2. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing a Contract Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Change Order Overview lists all the change orders for a contract and contains all the information currently recorded in a change order. Select a change order to view its details. </i> </p> [[File:Change Orders Picture13.png|center]] 1. There are various functions available within the change order: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>Increasing or decreasing the approved quantities of items.</li> <li>Adding new items to the contract, including whether negative prices and quantities are allowed.</li> <li>Increasing or decreasing contract times.</li> <li>Processing a change order without the approval of the prime contractor.</li> <li>Editing textual content of the contract</li> </ol> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Change Orders can only be edited by certain roles and only when the Change order is in Draft status. |- |} </div> [[File:Change Orders Picture14.png|center]] 2. Recorded item or time entries are listed within the change order tabs. Some or all of these functions can be included in a change order. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Reviewing a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>You can review a change order only when it is in Pending Review status. When reviewing the change order, reviewers make their recommendations to either approve or reject the change order. If the change order is approved at all review levels, it will go to the first approver on the approval group. If any reviewer rejects the review, it will go back to the creator of the change order. </i> </p> 1. In the '''Contract Change Order Summary''', click the component '''Actions''' button. 2. To approve the review of the change order, select the '''Approve''' task. 3. To reject the review of the change order, select the '''Reject''' task. [[File:Change Orders Picture15.png|center]] 4. In the Approval Decision Comments field, enter a comment about the decision to approve or reject the change order. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Approving or Rejecting a Change Order== To approve a change order: 1. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select the '''Approve or Reject''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture16.png|center]] 2. In the '''Approval Decision Comments''' field, enter a comment about the decision to approve or reject the change order. 3. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Tracking Approvals for a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>The Approval Tracking tab on the Contract Change Order Summary contains an accordion list of approval records for the change order, sorted by round and approval group. </i> </p> To track the approvals on a change order: 1. Click the '''Approval Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow for the approval group to view. [[File:Change Orders Picture17.png|center]] 3. View the information. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Generating the Change Order Report== <p style="color:green"><i>The Change Order Report contains all the information about the selected change orders </i> </p> 1. Click the component '''Actions''' button 2. From the '''Reports''' section, select the '''Change Order Report'''. [[File:Change Orders Picture18.png|center]] 3. Select the '''Output Type'''. 4. Select the '''Report Layout Source'''. 5. Click the '''Execute''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Appendix A== The following is a list of contract types and roles that have access to approve Change Orders for Michigan. '''Note: To view which contract type your contract is, see the Contract Administration Summary >General tab.''' [[File:Change Orders Picture19.png|center]] d9842f456d1647fb5981cce97982e7397ac3e234 325 324 2024-04-15T17:12:06Z McGowanR 4 /* Adding Unattached Items */ Updated to content related to verifying funding source. wikitext text/x-wiki =CHANGE ORDERS= <p style="color:green"><i>Change orders allow you to legally change a signed contract, including adding new items of work to the contract, increasing/decreasing quantities of existing items, making time extensions, setting final quantities, and specification changes. Please remember that depending on policies, system configurations, and roles, you may not have access to all the AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials functionality shown in this Users’ guide. </i> </p> ==Adding a Change Order to a Contract== 1. Navigate to the '''Change Order''' component. [[File:Change Orders Picture1.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Select Contract to Add Change Order''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture2.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the appropriate contract. 4. Click the '''Create Change Order on Contract''' button. 5. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Change Order Date''' - enter the date of the change order.</li> <li>'''Description''' - enter a description for the change order.</li> <li>'''Change Order Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the classification for the change order.</li> <li>'''Author''' - search for and select the user ID for the person creating the change order.</li> </ol> 6. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Entered By''' - indicates the name of the person who added the record.</li> <li>'''Entered Date''' - indicates the date and time the record was added.</li> <li>'''Explanations''' - indicates the number of explanations associated to the change order, from the Change Order Explanations section in the lower part of the window.</li> <li>'''Change Order Revision Number''' - indicates that number of times that the change order was revised.</li> <li>'''Approval Date''' - indicates the date the change order was approved, when applicable.</li> <li>'''Current Approval Round''' - specifies the current round of approval that has been achieved for the change order.</li> <li>'''Current Approval Group''' - specifies the approval group corresponding to the current level of approval.</li> <li>'''Override Approval Rules''' - indicates whether standard approval rules are superseded for the change order.</li> <li>'''Total of Previously Approved Change Orders''' - indicates the total amount of all other change orders for this contract that have reached approval status.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Change Order Explanations== <p style="color:green"><i>Explanation information can be added for the change order in the Change Order Explanations section. You can add your own explanation. The system enters a sequence number in the Order field, which can be changed. </i> </p> To add an explanation to a change order: 1. In the '''Change Orders Explanation''' section, in the '''Reference Explanation Name''' field, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. [[File:Change Orders Picture3.png|center]] 2. Click the Save button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Changing Item Quantities with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>Sometimes during construction on an project, there may be a need to increase or decrease the quantity of a work item that was approved in the executed contract. The Increase/Decrease Items tab contains a row for each item quantity being changed on this change order. The rows are divided into two sections, one for general quantity changes on items that are not completed in the project and the other for quantity changes needed to balance completed items. </i> </p> 1. Click the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' tab. 2. In the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' section, click the '''Select Items''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture4.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the item(s) to change. 4. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 5. Click the arrow to expand the row. 6. In the '''Increase/Decrease Quantity''' field, enter the change to the approved quantity for the contract project item. 7. In the '''Change Order Increase/Decrease Items Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. [[File:Change Orders Picture5.png|center]] 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Balancing Completed Items== <p style="color:green"><i>At the time a work item is marked complete on a contract, the quantity used might not match the approved quantity on the contract; that is, the remaining item quantity might not be zero. A portion of the approved quantity might not have been used and is therefore left over, or the project may have overrun the approved quantity of the item. </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>Use the Balance Completed Items section to balance the quantity for a completed item, that is, to provide it with a zero quantity. The system automatically calculates the correct increase or decrease needed to balance the completed item. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |A non-lump sum item must be marked complete on the Contract Items screen for this process to work. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' tab 2. In the '''Balance Completed Items''' section, click the '''Balance Completed Items''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture6.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the item(s) to balance. 4. Click the '''Balance Completed Items''' button. 5. In the '''Balance Completed Items Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. 6. Click the '''Save''' button. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The system will list all the non lumpsum items on the contract that have been marked complete. |- |} </div> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>Sometimes during a construction project, the contractor will need to complete items of work that were not included in the executed contract. This is one of the most common reasons for creating a change order. Any kind of item can be added to the contract on a change order, including new reference items, contract items and, unattached items. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |There are three distinct areas on the New Items tab of the Change Order; the [[#Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order|New Items]] section for extras and adding new items to the contract, the [[#Adding Unattached Items|Unattached Items]] section for attaching unattached items, and the [[#Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals) | Contract Items]] section for creating modified originals. Each section should be used for the corresponding item type you are trying to add to the contract. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''New Items''' tab. 2. In the '''New Items''' section, click the '''Select New Item''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture7.png|center]] 3. In the '''Item''' field, search for and select the item to add to the change order. 4. Click the row for the project/category to which the item will be added. 5. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 6. Click the expand arrow for the row. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the project item line number.</li> <li>'''Contract Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the contact item line number.</li> <li>'''Quantity''' -enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - The funding field will auto select the correct funding source. You must reselect to verify the funding.</li> <li>'''Unit Price''' - enter the unit price for the item at the contract project level.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - enter an additional description for the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> <li>'''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates source of where the item originated.</li> <li>'''Extended Amount''' - shows the extended amount for the new item on the change order.</li> </ol> 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Unattached Items== <p style="color:green"><i>An unattached item is an item that was added to the contract after the contract was executed. Unattached items are included in contract categories and can be tracked on daily work reports but are not recognized as contract items by the system and cannot be included in a contract payment until they are added to the contract through a change order and the change order is approved. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For this section to work properly, at least one unattached item should already have been added on the Contract Items screen. |- |} </div> 1. In the '''Unattached Items''' section, click the '''Select Unattached Item''' button. The system displays a row for each unattached item that was created on the contract. [[File:Change Orders Picture8.png|center]] 2. Click the row for the appropriate unattached item to add to the change order. 3. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 4. Click the expand arrow for the row, if necessary. 5. Verify the project item line number in the '''Project Item Line Number''' field. 6. Verify the contact item line number in the '''Contract Item Line Number''' field. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Quantity''' - enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - The funding field will auto select the correct funding source. You must reselect to verify the funding.</li> <li>'''Unit Price''' - enter the unit price for the item at the contract project level.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - enter an additional description for the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates source of where the item originated.</li> <li>'''Extended Amount''' - shows the extended amount for the new item on the change order.</li> </ol> 9. Enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate, in the '''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section. 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)== <p style="color:green"><i>Contract items are items that are already associated with this contract but need to be added to one or more additional projects or categories. Previously these were called modified original items. </i> </p> 1. In the '''Contract Items''' section, click the '''Select Contract Item''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture9.png|center]] 2. Search for and select the item(s) to add to the change order in the '''Contract Item''' field. 3. Click the row for the project/category to which the item will be added. 4. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 5. Click the expand arrow for the row. 6. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the project item line number.</li> <li>'''Quantity''' - enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Funding''' - The funding field will auto select the correct funding source. You must reselect to verify the funding.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> </ol> 7. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contract Item Line Number''' - identifies the line item within the contract. <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates where the contract item originated. <li>'''Unit Price''' - indicates the price for the item at the contract proposal level. <li>'''Extended Amount''' - indicates the extended amount for the new item on the change order. <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - displays additional information describing the entity. </ol> 8. Enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate in the '''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section. 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adjusting Contract Time with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>A common reason for creating a change order is to adjust the completion date for a milestone or contract because work has fallen behind or been completed ahead of schedule. The Time Adjustments tab contains an accordion list of all the time adjustments that have been recorded in the change order. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If the Time Type for the adjustment is Available Time or Calendar Time, you can change the value in the Adjustment Time Units field. When you save the change, the system automatically recalculates the value in the Adjustment Completion Date field. |- |} </div> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If the Time Type is Contract Time, you can change the Adjustment Completion Date field. When you save the change, the system automatically recalculates the value in the Adjustment Time Units field. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Time Adjustments''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Contract''' Time button. 3. Search for and select the contract time records to adjust. 4. Click the '''Add Time Adjustments to Change Order''' button. 5. The following fields must be completed: a. '''Adjustment Time Units''' field, enter the number of time units to add or remove from the associated contract time on this change order. 6. In the '''Time Adjustment Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the time extension, as appropriate. 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Managing Change Order Reviewers== <p style="color:green"><i>Prior to starting the change order approval process, you can send the change order for review by multiple reviewers. The change order must be in Draft or Pending Review status to be reviewed. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The change order will not go to the approvers until the reviewer has approved it! |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Review Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Reviewers''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture10.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the reviewer(s) to add to the change order. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |To see the reviewer(s) decision, click the expand arrow. |- |} </div> To cancel a reviewer(s) for a change order: 1. Click the row '''Actions''' button and select the '''Cancel Reviewer''' action. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Managing Change Order Approvals== <p style="color:green"><i>When a user submits the change order for approval, the system automatically adds the default approval groups before changing the change order's status to Pending Approval. The system does this based on the Change Order Type field selected on the general tab. The steps described in this section should only be followed if the default approval groups need to be modified in some way. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Only follow these steps to manually add or modify the change order approval groups. |- |} </div> To add approval groups to a change order: 1. Click the '''Approval Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the list Actions button on the '''Add Approval Group''' and select the '''Assign Default Approval Groups''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture11.png|center]] '''Depending on your role''', you may be able to manually add one or more approval groups to the change order and override the default approval structure. Although, this should not be necessary. 1. Click the '''Add Approval Group''' button. 2. Search for and select the reference approval group(s) to add. 3. In the '''Override Comments''' field, enter information about why the approval groups are being added. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Submitting a Change Order for Approval== <p style="color:green"><i>When the change order is ready, it must be submitted for approval to begin the approval processes. </i> </p> 1. On the '''Contract Change Order''' Summary for the appropriate change order, click the component '''Actions''' button, and select the '''Submit for Approval''' task. [[File:Change Orders Picture12.png|center]] 2. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing a Contract Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Change Order Overview lists all the change orders for a contract and contains all the information currently recorded in a change order. Select a change order to view its details. </i> </p> [[File:Change Orders Picture13.png|center]] 1. There are various functions available within the change order: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>Increasing or decreasing the approved quantities of items.</li> <li>Adding new items to the contract, including whether negative prices and quantities are allowed.</li> <li>Increasing or decreasing contract times.</li> <li>Processing a change order without the approval of the prime contractor.</li> <li>Editing textual content of the contract</li> </ol> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Change Orders can only be edited by certain roles and only when the Change order is in Draft status. |- |} </div> [[File:Change Orders Picture14.png|center]] 2. Recorded item or time entries are listed within the change order tabs. Some or all of these functions can be included in a change order. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Reviewing a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>You can review a change order only when it is in Pending Review status. When reviewing the change order, reviewers make their recommendations to either approve or reject the change order. If the change order is approved at all review levels, it will go to the first approver on the approval group. If any reviewer rejects the review, it will go back to the creator of the change order. </i> </p> 1. In the '''Contract Change Order Summary''', click the component '''Actions''' button. 2. To approve the review of the change order, select the '''Approve''' task. 3. To reject the review of the change order, select the '''Reject''' task. [[File:Change Orders Picture15.png|center]] 4. In the Approval Decision Comments field, enter a comment about the decision to approve or reject the change order. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Approving or Rejecting a Change Order== To approve a change order: 1. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select the '''Approve or Reject''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture16.png|center]] 2. In the '''Approval Decision Comments''' field, enter a comment about the decision to approve or reject the change order. 3. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Tracking Approvals for a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>The Approval Tracking tab on the Contract Change Order Summary contains an accordion list of approval records for the change order, sorted by round and approval group. </i> </p> To track the approvals on a change order: 1. Click the '''Approval Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow for the approval group to view. [[File:Change Orders Picture17.png|center]] 3. View the information. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Generating the Change Order Report== <p style="color:green"><i>The Change Order Report contains all the information about the selected change orders </i> </p> 1. Click the component '''Actions''' button 2. From the '''Reports''' section, select the '''Change Order Report'''. [[File:Change Orders Picture18.png|center]] 3. Select the '''Output Type'''. 4. Select the '''Report Layout Source'''. 5. Click the '''Execute''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Appendix A== The following is a list of contract types and roles that have access to approve Change Orders for Michigan. '''Note: To view which contract type your contract is, see the Contract Administration Summary >General tab.''' [[File:Change Orders Picture19.png|center]] cb60b038052d71bb4699fbe6212cdfca7ddbe252 336 325 2024-06-20T15:57:25Z McGowanR 4 Funding field is no longer shown on the screen in APCM, Related bullet point removed from the following sections [ Adding New Items to Contract with a Change Order, Adding Unattached Items, Modifying Contract Items (Modified Orginals)] wikitext text/x-wiki =CHANGE ORDERS= <p style="color:green"><i>Change orders allow you to legally change a signed contract, including adding new items of work to the contract, increasing/decreasing quantities of existing items, making time extensions, setting final quantities, and specification changes. Please remember that depending on policies, system configurations, and roles, you may not have access to all the AASHTOWare Project Construction & Materials functionality shown in this Users’ guide. </i> </p> ==Adding a Change Order to a Contract== 1. Navigate to the '''Change Order''' component. [[File:Change Orders Picture1.png|center]] 2. Click the component '''Actions''' button and choose the '''Select Contract to Add Change Order''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture2.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the appropriate contract. 4. Click the '''Create Change Order on Contract''' button. 5. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Change Order Date''' - enter the date of the change order.</li> <li>'''Description''' - enter a description for the change order.</li> <li>'''Change Order Type''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the classification for the change order.</li> <li>'''Author''' - search for and select the user ID for the person creating the change order.</li> </ol> 6. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Entered By''' - indicates the name of the person who added the record.</li> <li>'''Entered Date''' - indicates the date and time the record was added.</li> <li>'''Explanations''' - indicates the number of explanations associated to the change order, from the Change Order Explanations section in the lower part of the window.</li> <li>'''Change Order Revision Number''' - indicates that number of times that the change order was revised.</li> <li>'''Approval Date''' - indicates the date the change order was approved, when applicable.</li> <li>'''Current Approval Round''' - specifies the current round of approval that has been achieved for the change order.</li> <li>'''Current Approval Group''' - specifies the approval group corresponding to the current level of approval.</li> <li>'''Override Approval Rules''' - indicates whether standard approval rules are superseded for the change order.</li> <li>'''Total of Previously Approved Change Orders''' - indicates the total amount of all other change orders for this contract that have reached approval status.</li> </ol> 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Change Order Explanations== <p style="color:green"><i>Explanation information can be added for the change order in the Change Order Explanations section. You can add your own explanation. The system enters a sequence number in the Order field, which can be changed. </i> </p> To add an explanation to a change order: 1. In the '''Change Orders Explanation''' section, in the '''Reference Explanation Name''' field, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. [[File:Change Orders Picture3.png|center]] 2. Click the Save button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Changing Item Quantities with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>Sometimes during construction on an project, there may be a need to increase or decrease the quantity of a work item that was approved in the executed contract. The Increase/Decrease Items tab contains a row for each item quantity being changed on this change order. The rows are divided into two sections, one for general quantity changes on items that are not completed in the project and the other for quantity changes needed to balance completed items. </i> </p> 1. Click the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' tab. 2. In the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' section, click the '''Select Items''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture4.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the item(s) to change. 4. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 5. Click the arrow to expand the row. 6. In the '''Increase/Decrease Quantity''' field, enter the change to the approved quantity for the contract project item. 7. In the '''Change Order Increase/Decrease Items Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. [[File:Change Orders Picture5.png|center]] 8. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Balancing Completed Items== <p style="color:green"><i>At the time a work item is marked complete on a contract, the quantity used might not match the approved quantity on the contract; that is, the remaining item quantity might not be zero. A portion of the approved quantity might not have been used and is therefore left over, or the project may have overrun the approved quantity of the item. </i> </p> <p style="color:green"><i>Use the Balance Completed Items section to balance the quantity for a completed item, that is, to provide it with a zero quantity. The system automatically calculates the correct increase or decrease needed to balance the completed item. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |A non-lump sum item must be marked complete on the Contract Items screen for this process to work. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Increase/Decrease Items''' tab 2. In the '''Balance Completed Items''' section, click the '''Balance Completed Items''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture6.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the item(s) to balance. 4. Click the '''Balance Completed Items''' button. 5. In the '''Balance Completed Items Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate. 6. Click the '''Save''' button. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The system will list all the non lumpsum items on the contract that have been marked complete. |- |} </div> <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>Sometimes during a construction project, the contractor will need to complete items of work that were not included in the executed contract. This is one of the most common reasons for creating a change order. Any kind of item can be added to the contract on a change order, including new reference items, contract items and, unattached items. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |There are three distinct areas on the New Items tab of the Change Order; the [[#Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order|New Items]] section for extras and adding new items to the contract, the [[#Adding Unattached Items|Unattached Items]] section for attaching unattached items, and the [[#Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals) | Contract Items]] section for creating modified originals. Each section should be used for the corresponding item type you are trying to add to the contract. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''New Items''' tab. 2. In the '''New Items''' section, click the '''Select New Item''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture7.png|center]] 3. In the '''Item''' field, search for and select the item to add to the change order. 4. Click the row for the project/category to which the item will be added. 5. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 6. Click the expand arrow for the row. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the project item line number.</li> <li>'''Contract Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the contact item line number.</li> <li>'''Quantity''' -enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Unit Price''' - enter the unit price for the item at the contract project level.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - enter an additional description for the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> <li>'''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates source of where the item originated.</li> <li>'''Extended Amount''' - shows the extended amount for the new item on the change order.</li> </ol> 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adding Unattached Items== <p style="color:green"><i>An unattached item is an item that was added to the contract after the contract was executed. Unattached items are included in contract categories and can be tracked on daily work reports but are not recognized as contract items by the system and cannot be included in a contract payment until they are added to the contract through a change order and the change order is approved. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |For this section to work properly, at least one unattached item should already have been added on the Contract Items screen. |- |} </div> 1. In the '''Unattached Items''' section, click the '''Select Unattached Item''' button. The system displays a row for each unattached item that was created on the contract. [[File:Change Orders Picture8.png|center]] 2. Click the row for the appropriate unattached item to add to the change order. 3. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 4. Click the expand arrow for the row, if necessary. 5. Verify the project item line number in the '''Project Item Line Number''' field. 6. Verify the contact item line number in the '''Contract Item Line Number''' field. 7. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Quantity''' - enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Unit Price''' - enter the unit price for the item at the contract project level.</li> <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - enter an additional description for the item, if appropriate.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> </ol> 8. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates source of where the item originated.</li> <li>'''Extended Amount''' - shows the extended amount for the new item on the change order.</li> </ol> 9. Enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate, in the '''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section. 10. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)== <p style="color:green"><i>Contract items are items that are already associated with this contract but need to be added to one or more additional projects or categories. Previously these were called modified original items. </i> </p> 1. In the '''Contract Items''' section, click the '''Select Contract Item''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture9.png|center]] 2. Search for and select the item(s) to add to the change order in the '''Contract Item''' field. 3. Click the row for the project/category to which the item will be added. 4. Click the '''Add to Change Order''' button. 5. Click the expand arrow for the row. 6. The following fields must be completed: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Project Item Line Number''' - verify or modify the project item line number.</li> <li>'''Quantity''' - enter the number of units of the item that are required.</li> <li>'''Item Reason''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the reason for adding the item.</li> <li>'''Contractor''' - click the drop-down arrow and select the appropriate contractor.</li> </ol> 7. The following fields will self-populate: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>'''Contract Item Line Number''' - identifies the line item within the contract. <li>'''Item Source''' - indicates where the contract item originated. <li>'''Unit Price''' - indicates the price for the item at the contract proposal level. <li>'''Extended Amount''' - indicates the extended amount for the new item on the change order. <li>'''Supplemental Description''' - displays additional information describing the entity. </ol> 8. Enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the item, as appropriate in the '''Change Order New Item Explanations''' section. 9. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Adjusting Contract Time with a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>A common reason for creating a change order is to adjust the completion date for a milestone or contract because work has fallen behind or been completed ahead of schedule. The Time Adjustments tab contains an accordion list of all the time adjustments that have been recorded in the change order. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If the Time Type for the adjustment is Available Time or Calendar Time, you can change the value in the Adjustment Time Units field. When you save the change, the system automatically recalculates the value in the Adjustment Completion Date field. |- |} </div> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |If the Time Type is Contract Time, you can change the Adjustment Completion Date field. When you save the change, the system automatically recalculates the value in the Adjustment Time Units field. |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Time Adjustments''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Contract''' Time button. 3. Search for and select the contract time records to adjust. 4. Click the '''Add Time Adjustments to Change Order''' button. 5. The following fields must be completed: a. '''Adjustment Time Units''' field, enter the number of time units to add or remove from the associated contract time on this change order. 6. In the '''Time Adjustment Explanations''' section, enter the order and the supplemental explanation for the time extension, as appropriate. 7. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Managing Change Order Reviewers== <p style="color:green"><i>Prior to starting the change order approval process, you can send the change order for review by multiple reviewers. The change order must be in Draft or Pending Review status to be reviewed. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |The change order will not go to the approvers until the reviewer has approved it! |- |} </div> 1. Click the '''Review Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the '''Select Reviewers''' button. [[File:Change Orders Picture10.png|center]] 3. Search for and select the reviewer(s) to add to the change order. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |To see the reviewer(s) decision, click the expand arrow. |- |} </div> To cancel a reviewer(s) for a change order: 1. Click the row '''Actions''' button and select the '''Cancel Reviewer''' action. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Managing Change Order Approvals== <p style="color:green"><i>When a user submits the change order for approval, the system automatically adds the default approval groups before changing the change order's status to Pending Approval. The system does this based on the Change Order Type field selected on the general tab. The steps described in this section should only be followed if the default approval groups need to be modified in some way. </i> </p> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Only follow these steps to manually add or modify the change order approval groups. |- |} </div> To add approval groups to a change order: 1. Click the '''Approval Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the list Actions button on the '''Add Approval Group''' and select the '''Assign Default Approval Groups''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture11.png|center]] '''Depending on your role''', you may be able to manually add one or more approval groups to the change order and override the default approval structure. Although, this should not be necessary. 1. Click the '''Add Approval Group''' button. 2. Search for and select the reference approval group(s) to add. 3. In the '''Override Comments''' field, enter information about why the approval groups are being added. 4. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Submitting a Change Order for Approval== <p style="color:green"><i>When the change order is ready, it must be submitted for approval to begin the approval processes. </i> </p> 1. On the '''Contract Change Order''' Summary for the appropriate change order, click the component '''Actions''' button, and select the '''Submit for Approval''' task. [[File:Change Orders Picture12.png|center]] 2. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Viewing a Contract Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>The Contract Change Order Overview lists all the change orders for a contract and contains all the information currently recorded in a change order. Select a change order to view its details. </i> </p> [[File:Change Orders Picture13.png|center]] 1. There are various functions available within the change order: <ol style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"> <li>Increasing or decreasing the approved quantities of items.</li> <li>Adding new items to the contract, including whether negative prices and quantities are allowed.</li> <li>Increasing or decreasing contract times.</li> <li>Processing a change order without the approval of the prime contractor.</li> <li>Editing textual content of the contract</li> </ol> <div style="overflow:auto"> {| class="wikitable" style="margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border:none; background:lightyellow; color:Red" ! '''NOTE''' |- |Change Orders can only be edited by certain roles and only when the Change order is in Draft status. |- |} </div> [[File:Change Orders Picture14.png|center]] 2. Recorded item or time entries are listed within the change order tabs. Some or all of these functions can be included in a change order. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Reviewing a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>You can review a change order only when it is in Pending Review status. When reviewing the change order, reviewers make their recommendations to either approve or reject the change order. If the change order is approved at all review levels, it will go to the first approver on the approval group. If any reviewer rejects the review, it will go back to the creator of the change order. </i> </p> 1. In the '''Contract Change Order Summary''', click the component '''Actions''' button. 2. To approve the review of the change order, select the '''Approve''' task. 3. To reject the review of the change order, select the '''Reject''' task. [[File:Change Orders Picture15.png|center]] 4. In the Approval Decision Comments field, enter a comment about the decision to approve or reject the change order. 5. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Approving or Rejecting a Change Order== To approve a change order: 1. Click the component '''Actions''' button and select the '''Approve or Reject''' action. [[File:Change Orders Picture16.png|center]] 2. In the '''Approval Decision Comments''' field, enter a comment about the decision to approve or reject the change order. 3. Click the '''Save''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Tracking Approvals for a Change Order== <p style="color:green"><i>The Approval Tracking tab on the Contract Change Order Summary contains an accordion list of approval records for the change order, sorted by round and approval group. </i> </p> To track the approvals on a change order: 1. Click the '''Approval Tracking''' tab. 2. Click the expand arrow for the approval group to view. [[File:Change Orders Picture17.png|center]] 3. View the information. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Generating the Change Order Report== <p style="color:green"><i>The Change Order Report contains all the information about the selected change orders </i> </p> 1. Click the component '''Actions''' button 2. From the '''Reports''' section, select the '''Change Order Report'''. [[File:Change Orders Picture18.png|center]] 3. Select the '''Output Type'''. 4. Select the '''Report Layout Source'''. 5. Click the '''Execute''' button. <!-- ********************************************************************************* *********************************************************************************--> ==Appendix A== The following is a list of contract types and roles that have access to approve Change Orders for Michigan. '''Note: To view which contract type your contract is, see the Contract Administration Summary >General tab.''' [[File:Change Orders Picture19.png|center]] 7e7ae47a7e3dae06dd982232afa02d893c183c81 0 134 330 295 2024-04-25T18:19:14Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki {| class="wikitable" ! Issue Number !! Area of Impact !! Description !! Date Identified !! Workaround !! Fix Plan !! Fix Status !! Manual Reference Link |- | 1 || Change Orders, Extras, New Items || Sometimes on a draft change order, after adding an item to the change order in the new items area, the system prevents any changes to the item (price, reason, etc.) after the first save and displays an error message. || 5/19/2022 || The project item line number and contract item line number should be 4 digits, the system sometimes leaves off the leading zero ( 530 instead of 0530). Adding a leading zero to the 3 digit numbers and saving solves the problem. || The fields are being configured to add the leading zeros when needed and a call ticket has been created. || Closed || [https://mdotwikiqa.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Creating_Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order Adding New Items to a Contract Change Order] |- | 2 || System Wide || When copying and pasting data into fields from Microsoft Word documents, certain text chacaracters do not display correctly after saving. They appear as the inverted question mark, "¿" || 6/9/2022 || N/A || User needs to update Microsoft Word settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Word_Settings Updating Microsoft Word Settings] |- | 3 || System Wide || When running a report that outputs in an Microsoft Excel file or other Microsoft Office file format, the report does not download and the system provides an ".htm" file that shows an error || 6/15/2022 || N/A || User needs to udpate Microsoft Edge settings || Closed || [https://mdotwiki.state.mi.us/aashtoware/index.php/Updating_Microsoft_Edge_Settings_for_Reports Updating Microsoft Edge Settings for Reports] |- | 4 || Payments, Insufficient Materials || An update appears to have cause some materials that previously were approved to now show as insufficient. || 9/1/2022 || N/A || The issues has been verified to be inconsistent sources listed on DWRs and Sample Records. Office Technicians and Inspectors are advised to take note and care when recording material sources in the system. Reports are being developed to assist with data verification. || Closed || |- | 5 || Payments, $0 priced items || $0 priced items can cause the create payment estimate process to stop when a $0 priced item has any type of payment estimate exception that causes a payment item adjustment (insufficient material, overrun, etc.). || 11/2/2022 || Office Technicians are encouraged to process all material approvals and change orders prior to creating estimates. A DWR temporarily backing out the posting of the $0 priced item, with a negative posting, can temporarily allow estimates to be created until the proper material approvals and change orders for the $0 priced items can be processed. Once material approvals and change orders are processed to avoid payment exceptions, a followup DWR can be made to restore the original item posting. || TBD || Pending || |- | 6 || DWR, Item Quantities || On a DWR, an error is being returned when trying to post item quantities to the third decimal place. (example: 0.123) || 3/15/2023 || N/A || An emergency ticket has been submitted to DTMB to allow three decimal places for postings. || Pending || |- | 7 || Subcontracts, Approval Dates, DWR, Item Quantities || The 4.8 upgrade process appears to have caused data loss of the already entered approval dates for subcontracts. This is preventing the posting of quantities to subcontractors. || 3/15/2023 || The approval date can be manually re-entered to allow postings. || An emergency Ticket has been submitted to DTMB to restore the missing data. || Pending || |} f83eba240e44cff12314eb1aa20e0c12b6a0118f 6 156 331 2024-05-07T16:42:50Z McGowanR 4 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 157 338 2024-08-29T14:48:27Z BurnsD 6 Created page with "=April 15, 2024= AASHTOWare Project 5.00 is here! On April 15th MDOT upgraded to the 5.00 version of AASHTOWare Project software. By upgrading from version 4.8 to 5.00, MDOT..." wikitext text/x-wiki =April 15, 2024= AASHTOWare Project 5.00 is here! On April 15th MDOT upgraded to the 5.00 version of AASHTOWare Project software. By upgrading from version 4.8 to 5.00, MDOT is now able to take advantage of the more than 180 fixes and enhancements that were resolved or added across the system. Many of the fixes were behind the scenes and won’t be directly apparent to you as a user. However, there were a few that we would like to point out that will show up in the new version. We have compiled the list below with some matching updates to this manual. *The drop-down options on the funding field in the change order area have been simplified and should only now show the correct funding for the new item based on the project category chosen when adding new items to the contract. **[[Change_Orders#Adding_New_Items_to_a_Contract_with_a_Change_Order|Adding New Items to a Contract with a Change Order]] **[[Change_Orders#Adding_Unattached_Items|Adding Unattached Items]] **[[Change_Orders#Modifying_Contract_Items_.28Modified_Originals.29|Modifying Contract Items (Modified Originals)]] *The policy that creators of DWRs cannot approve their own DWR has now fully been implemented in the system and the office tech role is being changed back to allow them to see their own DWRs under the Office Technician roles. **[[Daily_Work_Reports#Approving_a_Daily_Work_Report|Approving a Daily Work Report]] *Some estimate errors that occur while the estimate is being created will now be shown to the user in a pop-up message like other errors and warnings. *The blue bar that contains the save button and corresponding action menu will now travel with you as you scroll long pages. This should make navigation and saving on pages with long lists easier. *A new tab in the subcontract entry area has been added. This tab contains a scrollable grid similar to an excel spreadsheet and should make subcontract entry easier. **[[Contract_Administration#Adding_Subcontracts|Adding Subcontracts]] 84247a45eaa847780f5274a7277aef88e3674c1e 0 158 339 2024-08-29T14:49:10Z BurnsD 6 Created page with "Construction Technology is Archived by year. Select the year below to view the archive. [[2024 News Archive]]" wikitext text/x-wiki Construction Technology is Archived by year. Select the year below to view the archive. [[2024 News Archive]] 8c7488924cdf9bb30e7ef0227fd8e4b72772c487 6 159 340 2024-08-29T18:22:53Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 160 344 2024-09-12T13:38:44Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 161 345 2024-09-12T13:39:13Z BurnsD 6 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709